The Analysis of Jazz

Improvisational Language and its

use in Generating New Composition
and Improvisation.


A case study involving bebop jazz guitarist
Jimmy Raney (20/8/27 9/5/95).



Glen Hodges
BMus (Hons), University of New England
MMus, University of North Texas, USA








This thesis is presented for the degree of Doctor of
Philosophy. Division of Humanities, Department of
Contemporary Music Studies, Macquarie University, Sydney,
March 2007




ii

Table of Contents

List of Tables and Figures vi

Summary vii

Declarations viii

Acknowledgements ix

Introduction 1

I. Key Concepts and Thesis Organization 1
a. Outline 1
b. The use of improvisational idioms 1
c. The traditional learning culture 2
d. Learning process as method and structure 7
e. The artist 7
II. Jimmy Raney; A Brief Biography 8

Chapter 1 21
Literature Survey 21

I. Improvisation In Music Generally 24
II. The Conceptualization Of Improvisation - In The Jazz Tradition 25
III. Jazz Style, History And Biography 31
IV. Bibliographies, Discographies, Surveys, Encyclopedias And Dictionaries. 39
V. Criticism, Reviews And News Media 40
VI. Guitar Instructional Works. 41
a. Method 41
b. Concept 43
VII. The Material Of Improvisation 44
a. General 44
b. Method 45
c. Patterns; chords, arpeggios and scales 46
d. Interactive practice works 48
VIII. Transcription Based Works 49
IX. Theses/Monograms/Articles Relating To Transcriptions And Analysis 53
X. Theses/Monograms/Articles Relating To Use Of Transcribed Jazz
Improvisational Material In The Generation Of New Compositions 56
XI. Sound And Vision Recordings 57

Chapter 2 66
Methodology 66

I. Style 66
a. Non-notatable elements 66
b. Notation style 66
(i) Chords 67
(ii) Melody 69
(iii) Diacritical markings 70
c. Referencing and Interviews 71


iii
II. Conceptual Framework 72
a. Imitation, Assimilation, Innovation 72
b. Selection of solos for transcription 76
c. Selection of transcriptions for analysis 76
d. Selection of idioms from analyzed solos 78
e. The harmonic basis of the original works 79
f. Creative exegesis, further research 80
III. Definitions 80

Chapter 3 85
Transcriptions and Analyses 85

I. Transcriptions 85
a. 1948 Interlude In Be Bop 86
b. 1949 Sugar Hill Bop 87
c. 1951 The Song Is You 88
d. 1951 Jumpin With Symphony Sid 90
e. 1952 'Round About Midnight 93
f. 1952 A Night In Tunisia 97
g. 1954 Stella by Starlight 100
h. 1954 Fascinatin' Rhythm 101
i. 1954 Out of Nowhere 103
j. 1957 Gorme Has Her Day 104
k. 1962 Samba Para Dos 106
l. 1964 A Primera Vez 107
m. 1975 It Could Happen To You 109
n. 1976 How About You 112
o. 1976 The Way You Look Tonight 116
p. 1980 Scrapple From The Apple 120
q. 1981 What Is This Thing Called Love 122
r. 1983 Billie's Bounce 125
s. 1985 I Could Write a Book 128
t. 1985 Instant Blue 131
u. 1990 Someone To Watch Over Me 132
v. 1992 West Coast Blues 135
II. Annotation, Analysis And Composition Glossary 137
III. Selected Transcriptions (annotated) 141
a. 1949 Sugar Hill Bop 142
b. 1954 Fascinatin' Rhythm 143
c. 1962 Samba Para Dos 146
d. 1975 It Could Happen To You 148
e. 1981 What Is This Thing Called Love 152
f. 1990 Someone To Watch Over Me 155
IV. General Analysis 158
a. Overview 158
b. Raney as musician 160
(i) Style 160
(ii) Eclecticism 161
(iii) Compositions 162
(iv) Ensemble 163
c. Raney as guitarist 164
(i) Instruments and equipment 164
(ii) Single line focus 165
(iii) Technique 166


iv
(iv) Articulation 169
(v) Fretboard approach and fingering 171
d. Raney as improvisor 174
(i) Bebop language 174
(ii) Compositional approach 177
(iii) Scale choice 178
(iv) Intervallic leaps 180
(v) Arpeggios 181
(vi) Chromatic devices 182
(vii) Rhythmic devices 187
(viii) Harmony and substitution 191
(ix) Other Idioms 203

Chapter 4 210
Eight Jazz Compositions 210

I. Selected Idioms and Compositional Notes 210
e. Composition #1 210
f. Composition #2 212
g. Composition #3 213
h. Composition #4 214
i. Composition #5 216
j. Composition #6 217
k. Composition #7 219
l. Composition #8 220
II. Lead Sheets 223
a. Composition #1 224
b. Composition #2 225
c. Composition #3 226
d. Composition #4 227
e. Composition #5 229
f. Composition #6 230
g. Composition #7 231
h. Composition #8 232
III. The Recording Raney Season 233

Chapter 5 234
Conclusions 234

I. Summary 234
II. Process 234
a. The transcriptions 234
b. The analyses and selection of idioms 235
c. The compositions and recording 235
III. Outcomes 237
a. The transcriptions 237
b. The analysis 237
c. The compositions and recording 238
d. Other outcomes 239
(i) Biographical material 239
(ii) The model 239
IV. Further Research 240

Bibliography 242


v

I. Publications 242
II. Discography 258
III. Video and Film 260
IV. Computer Software 262
V. Computer and Electrical Hardware 262

Appendix 1: Source list of Jimmy Raney recordings 263

Appendix 2: Recordings from which transcriptions were made 272

Appendix 3: Recording of original compositions 273


vi

List of Tables and Figures

Figure 1 - Diacritical Markings 70

Table 1 Strong beat/chord tone correlation in Raney solos 202



vii

Summary

This project approaches the improvised music-learning environment from both
practical and academic perspectives. It explores the content of Jimmy Raneys
improvisational language and how this knowledge can be utilized practically in the
development of new musical material. Raney, while always noted for his technical
proficiency, is now, belatedly, gaining recognition, as a most influential bebop stylist.
To date, relatively little of depth has been published on his unique style.

The project is divided into three sections coinciding with the conceptual framework.
The first involves the selection, learning and transcription of Jimmy Raneys
improvised solos. A representative selection of twenty two of Raneys solos was
transcribed. The second is the analysis and investigation of these solos and the
selection of idioms appropriate for compositional genesis. Six solos were analyzed in
detail and evaluated as to style, idioms, improvisational language and technique. The
third section provides practical and creative outcomes for the thesis and involves the
composition and recording of eight pieces whose primary melodic motifs are derived
from key idioms identified in Raneys improvisational language. They are constructed
to derive the most benefit from important aspects of Raneys style.

Both musical composition (usually with written commentary) and analysis of existing
musical works have traditionally been accepted as valid research products. The
composition of new works based on knowledge gained from the absorption of
preexistent material consequently represents a true research outcome combining both
activities. The composition and recording components ensure a focus on the artistic
outcome rather than just the musicological. The works are scored in lead sheet format
but are recorded in jazz style with solos and improvised extensions. Notes on the
compositional process, with analysis, are included.

Throughout the study a number of points of reference have been used. First, written
material relating to Raneys style and place in the development of jazz was referred to
with preeminence given to sources that had close artistic association with the guitarist.
After this the transcriptions and their analysis were subject to the scrutiny of
proponents of jazz guitar. Lastly, the author consulted with and interviewed musicians
who had a close musical association with Raney.



viii

Declarations

I certify that this work has not been submitted for a higher degree to any other
university or institution. The work herein is entirely my own, except where
acknowledged. Ethics committee approval has been obtained for this research:
HE28OCT2005-D04334




Glen Hodges
July 2008








Publications

The following publications have been contributed by the author to the jazz field:

Hodges, G & Kerr, D (2003) Developing a Successful Jazz Program in a Regional Centre. in Hayward,
P & Hodges, G (ed), Jazz in the Asia Pacific region: Proceedings of the Inaugural Asia Pacific Jazz
Conference. Mackay: Central Queensland University

Whateley, G & Bofinger, I & Kerr, D & Hodges, G (2003) Jazz Studies A Vehicle For Edutourism. in
Hayward, P & Hodges, G (ed), Jazz in the Asia Pacific region: Proceedings of the Inaugural Asia
Pacific Jazz Conference. Mackay: Central Queensland University

Hodges, G & Kerr, D (2003) Creating Cultural and Professional Environments for Industry Focused
Performing Arts Education. in Bartlett, B & Bryer, F & Roebuck, D (ed), Proceedings of the 1
st

International Conference on Cognition, Language and Special Education Research [Vol. 3]. Surfers
Paradise, Australia: Griffith University

Hodges, G (2004) An Integrated Approach to Fretboard Concepts: technical material for jazz and
contemporary guitarists, Mackay, Queensland, Australia: self published

Kerr, D & Hodges, G & Knight, B (2006) An Unlikely Symbiotic Relationship - A Unique Jazz
Education / Island Resort Partnership. in Garcia, A (ed) Jazz Education Journal, Richmond, Virginia:
International Assoc. of Jazz Educators

Kerr, D & Hodges, G & Knight, B (in print) Jazz Education Performance Training: Contemporary
Jazz Educators and Performers Perceptions of Performance Training in the 21st Century [edited book
chapter] Central Queensland University, Rockhampton, Australia

Invited Speaker

Glen Hodges presented, by invitation, an address relating to this thesis at University
of Louisville Jazz Week, Louisville, USA on February 21
st
2006.


ix

Acknowledgements

I would like to take the opportunity of acknowledging;

The encouragement, insight and patience of my beautiful wife, Penny and the
forbearance of my wonderful children, Caleb, Samuel, Joel and Josie. Parents, Lloyd
and Dorothy and in-laws Evan and Elizabeth for support; material, musical and
emotional.

The generous contribution of time, information and material from the many musicians
consulted and interviewed for this project who added immensely to its depth and
helped to illuminate many mysteries. In particular the involvement of Jimmy Raneys
two sons Doug and Jon whose invaluable assistance is noted with gratitude.

The guidance and assistance of my supervisors Prof. Phil Hayward, and Dr. Denis
Crowdy which was given with an enthusiasm and clarity that was inspirational. The
Humanities Division of Macquarie University and in particular the Department of
Contemporary Music Studies who assisted with travel grants, applications and general
administration.

My friend and colleague Derrin Kerr, who has worked tirelessly to help achieve a
viable jazz performance degree in North Queensland, for understanding when I was a
little preoccupied. The skillful work of Viv Middleton, Paul Hudson and Peter
Walters in playing on the recording. Peter also, for the use of his studio and Laurence
Maddy for mixing and mastering the final product.

The personal and professional mentoring of Dr Robert Winters (retired, USA), his
wife Kathleen and Assoc. Prof. Bruce Knight at Central Queensland University who
have all provided a wonderful example of professional excellence and good character.

The Lord Jesus who, I believe, not only gives Life but all good things that go with
it including music!




Glen Hodges
December, 2007



1

Introduction

I. Key Concepts and Thesis Organization

a. Outline

The purpose of this study is to explore the improvisational language of jazz guitarist
Jimmy Raney and to utilize key elements of this material as germinal ideas for the
generation of new compositions. This is achieved by the transcription of a
representative number of solos from his recordings and analyzing these with a view to
selecting a number of important idioms. These idioms are used as primary thematic
material in the composition of a number of new works. This thesis is based on the
premise that this process is at least sympathetic to if not wholly synonymous with
some aspects of the traditional transference of improvisational language in jazz. This
premise provides both a conceptual and a structural framework for the thesis.
Consequently the following concepts reflect on the thesis content and structure.

b. The use of improvisational idioms

One of the key elements in jazz improvisation is the improvisational idiom or lick.
(see under Definitions on page 80) Comparisons of musical statements with
components of language, while fraught with difficulties, are sometimes useful for
describing conceptual ideas. Berliner states of his book, Thinking in Jazz that: the
presentation of material emphasizes the aural absorption of jazz before the study of
music theory (Berliner, 1994:16) and that this was: In accord with this works view
of jazz as a language. Accordingly the current study utilizes the word idiom as
probably the most appropriate for describing a jazz artists characteristic
improvisational phrases. The Macquarie Dictionary offers the following definition,
confirming this application: idiom.n.3. a distinct style or character, as in music,
art, etc.: the idiom of Bach. [LL, from Gk: a peculiarity] (Delbridge, Bernard,
1998:560)

Jimmy Raneys son, Doug, uses the analogy of language.

The analogy is very good, you know they always use artists painting as
a reference to music but really writing is much more, lets say
writing a novel or prose or something is a lot more like music, you know,
because its an alphabet, its a language, its got rules and all that
and the ideas to communicate what it is youre trying to say. (interview
with the author, 2006)
1


I have narrowed this broad term to define musical statements that are peculiar to the
improvisation style of a particular artist and to infer the concept of small segments of
musical material rather than whole solo passages. It is these motifs and statements,
often referred to in jazz and pop circles as licks, which will constitute the generative

1
As described in Referencing and Interviews on page 73 the majority of the quotations in this thesis
are taken from personal interviews recorded by the author in 2006. All other personal communications
are indicated.


2
material for the compositions constituting the creative component of this study. While
improvisational material from an artist of high caliber is expected to contain and
conform to certain ideas and formulae common to the jazz style in general, their
motivic ideas and improvisational statements display unique characteristics and
personal creative ideas. These ideas and statements will be referred to throughout as
idioms.

c. The traditional learning culture

The process of learning the art of improvisation involves a number of complex
factors, not the least of which is assimilation of the important idioms and stylistic
traits of recognized proponents of the art. It can to some extent be compared to the
learning of a language. Generally speaking those most comfortable with the language
are those that learn imitatively, at least in the initial stages.

In aurally transmitted musical genres the instructional link between elementary and
proficient performers is, even if not of a formal or organized nature, at least founded
on some form of regular sessions of imitative learning. Throughout the development
of jazz this relationship usually involved, in some form or other, the student
(recognized or not) attending performances, formal and informal, of the more capable
performer he/she wished to emulate. These interactions may involve, in the more
informal environments, the beginners inclusion in performances. Many jazz
musicians will provide anecdotal evidence of their religious attendance of jams,
rehearsals and performances of more experienced players in their formative years.

One of the main hallmarks of jazz is the improvised solo in which the artist
extemporizes over a largely predetermined harmonic foundation. The assimilation of
improvised idioms from the solos of players regarded, by the playing community, as
expert has been the major focus in the self-imposed learning regimes of developing
players. The essence and to some degree the substance of these idioms are absorbed
into the disciples musical vocabulary in a developmental context and are often
aurally visible markers of their lineage. Also, insofar as the selected experienced
player, or players, represents in themselves a vignette of the tradition of aural and oral
transmission it links the student in with the process of the evolution of the jazz style
and places them in a historical continuum.

The centrality of the improvised solo to the overall realization of a jazz performance
means that while Raney and many other jazz performers were also composers it was
primarily their improvisation that qualified them to also be recognized as proponents
of the jazz art. Certainly, jazz composition over time has reflected the changes and
development of the genre itself but the catalyst of stylistic change is as often the solo
as the composition. Reflections on the relative importance of these two interrelated
components in the influencing of stylistic changes is beyond the scope of this thesis
but it is the solos preeminence in the jazz culture that dictated the current studys
focus on this aspect of Raneys art. The decision to follow the transcriptions and
analysis of Raneys improvisational style with a compositional outcome was based on
the benefit of composition as a way of codifying the material extracted by the analysis
of the improvised solos and thereby creating a set of stylistic studies. The argument
that improvisation is actually a form of composition is also noted but the requirement
for the realization of a jazz solo in real time sets this activity firmly in another


3
realm. In this domain the language of musical expression must be able to be
transferred instantly to an instrument.

With the development of sound recordings and, subsequently, their ready and
affordable access by the general public, the opportunity was created for devotees to
follow the musical development of their heroes on a more comprehensive scale. It
also enabled access to performances and performers from further afield. Almost
without exception players will attest to their absorption, by imitation, of material and
style from these sources. Jazz (along with other forms of modern western pop music)
is somewhat unique in the broad field of improvised music in that much of its history
is comprehensively documented with sound recordings. The opportunity this creates
for practical and academic study of major artists in their context is therefore
unparalleled.

While imitative learning is still the main component of most of the simpler pop/rock
genres, the complexities of the jazz style are such that most players undertake some
form of theoretical training (formal or informal) as well. While many jazz musicians
will use jargon that does not correlate with that in use for current classical
musicological analysis, many have a high degree of theoretical, as well as practical,
knowledge. Often the results of music analysis in academic studies remain theoretical.
However, in jazz the learning of theoretical concepts is almost always linked with
practical music making and serves the greater end of assimilation of accepted idioms
and subsequent genesis of new material.

For the budding jazz musician the theoretical knowledge has often, in the past, been
learned from more senior performers or mentors in an oral tradition. In the last fifteen
to twenty years the publication of a number of jazz theory books has enabled many
players to access this tradition without being attached to the kind of vibrant and
challenging playing/training community that was originally associated with this kind
of music making and learning.

New York jazz lofts were an example of the kind of venues in which young players
could gain experience and informal musical training during the fifties and sixties.
David X. Youngs comments on the liner notes for the album David X. Youngs Jazz
Loft (1965), which includes some Raney tracks, are enlightening regarding the jazz
learning environment. Young was intimately involved with the New York scene and
contributed to the jazz culture as a visual artist and commentator. He says,

Jazz lofts actually have a natural educational function young musicians
just starting out had the opportunity to woodshed
2
with the older
accomplished players in a freeforall [sic] context that could only
encourage the jazz spirit of spontaneity. (Young, c1965:np)

Interestingly he goes on to refer to institutional music tuition. This was probably
classical as at that stage there was little in the way of jazz education in colleges. He
jibes, No college vibe here, no theory, no academics; the real thing! (ibid)


2
As defined on page 67, woodshedding is an intense period of personal practice often focused on
specific technical or musical hurdles that the artist or student is intent on overcoming to progress to the
next level of expertise and artistic skill.


4
These playing communities are not as prevalent as they once were in the United
States and certainly very scarce in Australia. Don Burrows, Australian jazz icon, says
of the Australian situation,

There is nothing like the kind of jazz performance opportunities around
that I had access to in my formative playing years. I certainly happened to
be around at the right time for a chance to get a good crack at a jazz
performance career. There was a lot happening then. People would go out
to dances and the like. There was quite a lot of music making going on.
(Burrows, 2002:pc)

Don Rader an expatriate American, who has kept up an active international
performing career while living in Sydney, says

The scene is pretty non-existent here in Australia. I would hate to be a
young player trying to get any valuable jazz experience in a gigging
environment. There just arent the same opportunities as there was when I
was starting out. Even in the U.S. now there are limited chances for young
players to get on the job training outside of colleges and universities.
(Rader, 2003:pc)

This is confirmed by a number of other American jazz performers and educators such
as Professor Michael Davison from the University of Richmond, Virginia, who
remarks that,

Its quite hard to get many of the students into active playing-learning, as
there just isnt a strong culture of this type of training any more. It may be
a little better in some centers but I hear and see a lot of evidence that
leads me to have a fairly gloomy outlook on the chances for young players
to get caught up in a naturally occurring active and vibrant music
learning culture. There are, of course, some more or less successful
contrived environments. (Davison, 2004:pc)

Former head of the Queensland Conservatorium of Music jazz department, educator
and performer Viv Middleton adds, concerning the Australian scene, that

Even in larger cities, like Brisbane there is not the training environment
there was years ago. Young guns either cut it on artistically elite gigs or
are relegated to playing with rock bands. Young players from the
Brisbane Conservatorium are finding it hard to develop their talents in
practical applications there just arent the gigs and certainly no culture
of fostering young players. (Middleton, 2004:pc)

In the United States and Australia the reduction in live jazz music in anything other
than a concert format (along with a number of other factors) has limited the
opportunities for this kind of transfer. It is therefore fortunate that new transmission
modes and environments have come into existence. This lends credence to the view
that jazz is still a vibrant art form in that proponents have found ways to overcome the
changing circumstances. A strong link has developed between educational
organizations and jazz performance research and practice. Two of the most


5
prestigious education and research focused organizations based in the United States
are the Institute of Jazz Studies at Rutgers University
3
and the International
Association for Jazz Education
4
(both in New York).

This scenario may not be true of other countries where the developing institutional
culture seems to be more of an adjunct to either a continuum of live jazz or a
resurgence of interest in jazz not directly connected with learning institutions
themselves. Live jazz music playing has significantly expanded in a number of Asian
countries over the last few decades. Western Europe has long had an active jazz
performance culture. However even in these counties it would appear that more
institutionalized learning and research are occurring. It is interesting to note in this
context that a large number of jazz education and research organizations are based in
Europe and a number now in Asia. Many of these institutions combine active
performance training with scholarship and this would appear to be a growing trend.
The International Association of Schools of Jazz started by American saxophonist
David Liebman has its headquarters in The Hague, Holland.
5
Others include the
Institute for Jazz Research and the International Society for Jazz Research at the
University of Music and Dramatic Arts in Graz, Austria
6
and the Jazz Institute in
Darmstadt, Germany.
7
Leeds College of Music offers Britains first International Jazz
Conference.
8
This event is strongly linked to their performance and training program.

Educational organizations have been at the forefront of not only preserving the
performance of traditional jazz styles but also in providing an environment where
those styles are passed on and evolved. Jazz trumpeter Don Rader asserts that,

Universities and colleges have become repositories for this type of music
and to a large degree the majority of training for this type of music is
provided by these placesif it wasnt for the institutions then the art form
could very well die... (Rader in Hodges, Kerr, 2003:2)

Berliner expands on this,

At the same time, most stress the importance of jazz performance in
college. In the face of the jam sessions decline and of decreasing
employment opportunities with road bands, colleges provide an
environment where students can interact with peers who share their
concerns. (Berliner, 1994:56)

Also reflecting the trend toward more formal jazz education since the
sixties are private organizationsall providing master classes in jazz
for their surrounding populations. Traveling workshops by Jamey
Aebersold, have also found national and international followings, Within
regional jazz communities, musicians increasingly offer private

3
Rutgers University 185 University Avenue Newark, New Jersey, USA
4
International Association for Jazz Education PO Box 724 Manhattan, KS 66505 U.S.A.
5
International Association of Schools of Jazz, Juliana van Stolberglaan I 2595 The Hague Holland
6
University of Music and Dramatic Arts in Graz, Leonhardstrae 15 A-8010 Graz, Austria
7
Jazz Institute, Bessunger Strae 88d, D64285 Darmstadt, Germany
8
Leeds International Jazz Conference, Leeds College of Music 3 Quarry Hill, Leeds LS2 7PD, UK


6
improvisation lessons, formalizing the dissemination of information
acquired themselves through traditional learning practices. (ibid:57)

Jazz performer, Paul Grabowsky asserts that,

Up to ninety percent of the professional players making a name for
themselves on the Australian scene in the last few years have come from,
or at least through, institutional jazz courses in colleges and universities.
(Grabowsky, 2006:pc)

Saxophonist, David Liebman relates his own learning experiences and eventual
acceptance of the paradigm shift in an article on the world wide web,

Teaching jazz was completely foreign to me during my early musical life.
Musicians from my era (basically the 1960s) for the most part did not go
to school for jazz although there were some places such as Berklee,
University of Miami, North Texas and others. But in the New York area
there were no schools nor were there any teachers of jazz around, except
for Lennie Tristano with whom I took some lessons with. As is said, I
learned from the street, by trial and error, observation and a lot of
luck. In fact the idea of teaching jazz was an anathema to me and many
musicians of that period. (Liebman, 2002:np)

He continues, telling of his exposure to the Jamey Aebersold jazz clinics,

It was at these clinics that I met David Baker, Jerry Coker, Dan Haerle
and others who were the pioneer authors of jazz education texts. I was
very impressed by their musicianship and teaching skills which
transformed the learning of jazz from what appeared to me to be a
mystery to a discipline. It was an awakening and the idea of teaching jazz
became acceptable. (ibid)

The use of both theory training and imitative, practical learning in these contexts has
provided something of a replacement for the more informal but nevertheless effective,
loose associations of past times. The combination of these two aspects of learning is
essential for the development of new work of a compositional nature, both written and
improvised. While these new environments boast varying degrees of success and can
fall prey to the tendency to over-formulate artistic processes, they still represent one
of the best chances of keeping this style of music making within the reach of many
interested players who would otherwise not have the opportunity to develop a
working knowledge of jazz performance, composition and improvisation.

In recognizing the unique importance of both the imitative and analytical processes
this thesis endeavors to provide an outcome that reflects the true aim of such
endeavors, the realization of a creative product. It is hoped that past tendencies to
reduce the pedagogy of improvisatory music forms to mere mathematical or
procedural formulae are behind us and that further research will continue to address
the full picture of improvisatory learning.



7
d. Learning process as method and structure

This thesis attempts to simulate aspects of the traditional jazz learning environment
outlined previously to aid in the development of the authors own skills, utilizing a
conceptual learning framework that is most succinctly expressed by the graphic
phrase,

Imitation ! Assimilation ! Innovation

While the justification for this model is expounded upon in the methodology it is
worth noting here that the concept also provides a structural framework for the
organization of the thesis. The main body of the thesis (aside from the introduction,
literature survey and methodology) is therefore conceived around these concepts.
Imitation is analogous with the selection, learning and transcription of Raneys
improvisational solos. Assimilation equates with the analysis and categorization of
these solos and the identification of key idioms in Raneys playing and Innovation
is realized in the composition and recording components of the work.

e. The artist

As an introduction to Jimmy Raney I have included a short biography. This is not
exhaustive but is designed to give the main points of his professional life and career
and also a sense of his character and personality. Further information and commentary
can be found in the section on Jazz Style, History and Biography and in Sound and
Vision Recordings. The latter is organized chronologically to present the material in
a more coherent format.

The choice of Jimmy Raney as the subject of this thesis was not an immediate one
mainly because of his relative obscurity but as I investigated a number of his
recordings it became obvious that his improvisational style had a number of elements
that both inspired and challenged me creatively. I had heard in other players certain
aspects of what I was looking for but Raney appeared to bring a number of important
characteristics together. He incorporates a remarkable technique, arguably greater
than that of his compatriot, Tal Farlow, the melodic sensitivity of Jim Hall, the strong
sense of swing found in Herb Ellis playing, the understated subtlety of expression of
Barney Kessel, the confidence of Joe Pass and the timbral clarity of Wes
Montgomery.

He is not just a montage however. His long improvised phrases while reminiscent of
Farlow are as unique as his subtlety. In bebop the improvised line tends to extend
over normal harmonic phrase points and resolves in irregular places. Raney extends
this concept close to its limits without creating the musical equivalent of verbosity.
He is also one of the most melodic of the bop players. He manages to keep the
melodic content clear and purposeful while weaving the obligatory web of approach
notes, ornament tones and chromaticisms, altered notes and substitutions.

To notice that he appears second on the list in Jazz Times, July/August 2002 edition
(Cole, 2002:44) of the ten most underrated jazz guitarists supports my contention that
he has been neglected in previous histories. I hope with this study to make a valuable
contribution to the knowledge and appreciation of this highly accomplished musician.


8

II. Jimmy Raney; A Brief Biography

James Elbert Raney was born on the 20
th
of August 1927 in Louisville, Kentucky.
Early influences on him taking up the guitar included his mother, who played and
allegedly taught him chords (Clarke [ed], undated:np).

His son, Doug, maintains that his fathers ability was obvious from an early age,
9


He was very talented [Ola Miracle]
10
was telling me that when they
were kids they played together when they were kids she was
performing with her accordion there used to be a funny picture of them
together actually and a guy in front of them doing the split[s] or some shit
and she told me a story about how before my Dad showed up she had
another guitar player and he was kind of a show-offy guy, you know,
but my Dad played way better, you know, so this guy got really jealous
and it turned into a big stink, you know, and they were like ten years
old, [or possibly] eleven and twelve years old. (interview with the author,
2006)

Raney learned guitar from Hayden Causey who played in Jerry Walds band (and
later replaced him in the line-up). Causey played some Charlie Christian records to
Raney. Reportedly, he said later of this revelation; I almost fainted (Clarke [ed],
undated:np).

Long time Louisville duo partner Scott Henderson confirms this reaction,

He was so blown away by Charlie Christian he told me he almost
like fainted the first time he heard him. It was like, This is it! He said
when he first heard him he felt like walking out in the street and he
said It felt like Archimedes. He said, Eureka! Ive found it.
(interview with author, 2006)

Doug Raney elaborates,

He heard Charlie Christian. In the beginning he tried to copy Charlie
Christian, you know, and you can hear that on his very earliest records.....
his phrasing was different in those days it was more like Charlie Christian
but he was still playing a lot of his own stuff. I could hear that I mean
he wasnt a direct copy of Christian he played a lot of stuff that you
could hear in his playing later so he had already even at that point
begun to develop a style but I mean the approach and the sound and
all that was basically [Christian]... I mean he had the same guitar, the
same amp as Charlie Christian n all that... he had a good teacher too
that was very fond of Charlie Christian his name was Hayden

9
Dougs observations have a unique credibility. Not only due to his personal relationship with his
father but also due to his own internationally recognized performance and recording career as a jazz
guitarist.
10
According to Jon Raney (pc. 2007) Ola was Raneys last partner but he never divorced his wife Lee
Raney, Jons mother.


9
Causey..... and he knew Charlie Christians stuff real well. (interview
with author, 2006)

Guitarist and educator Jeff Sherman had a long association with Raney in his later
years particularly through a series of jazz guitar clinics he produced at Bellarmine
College in Louisville. He comments that while Charlie Parkers influence was
profound, Christian was to first to impact on Raney,

One of his [Raneys] buddies here in town.. went to high school with
Jimmy he was a very fine guitar player too.. apparently they were
kinda like playin country and western type stuff and then he [Raney]
heard Charlie Christian and he said Charlie Christian just blew Jimmys
mind. Yeah so you dont think about that cause you hear all the
Parker influences but initially it was Charlie Christian. That was his man.
(interview with the author, 2006)

Its interesting that some commentators now place Raney as the equivalent of
Christian in the next period of jazz development. Scott Henderson says,

What Charlie Christian was to say Louis Armstrong and Lester
Young Jimmy was sorta the counterpart to Charlie Parker. (interview
with the author, 2006)

The next band Raney worked with was Lou Levys after he moved to Chicago in
1944. He was seventeen years old. Raney himself says of this move,

Chicago turned out OK. There were a lot of talented young musicians,
and they all played bebop. I finally found a place where I got paid to
play. It was called Elmers and it was on State Street too. Not on South
State Street, but right in the heart of the Loop. The Leader of the trio was
a man named Max Miller. (Raney, 1993:np)

Raney quickly gained some exposure to a number of respected players but did not
appear to be troubled by performance nerves. Stan Moon asked him about this,

He [Raney] thought for a minute and he said, The only time I ever, was
ever really nervous performing was the first time I played with Charlie
Parker... (interview with the author, 2006)

He returned briefly to Louisville after his exposure to bebop in Chicago to hone his
skills. Doug refers to this,

and then he hooked up with all those be-bop guys, you know, and
realized that he had some work to do so he got a hold of as many
records as he could and he went back to Louisville for, I dont know, six
months or a year or some shit, you know, and worked on it. (interview
with the author, 2006)

He comments on the extent of Raneys private study,



10
He told me he studied all the solos if there was a Charlie Parker, Miles
Davis and Bud Powell he learned all their solos and that was kind of
difficult to do in those days because you had 78s there was no slowing
down without changing the pitch thing then... they didnt even have 33
rpm then. (ibid)

Raneys other son, Jon adds,

You know when he went to wood-shed.. Al [Haig] took him under
his wing and he gave him a whole bunch of records to go home and
study. I think he was living in Chicago at the time and he gave him the
Savoy records and some other records and basically he just took all
of them and took the best solos from there and some of the other
instrumentalists as well.. in his words he wanted to be, his only goal
was to be a great Charlie Parker interpreter on guitar. (interview with
the author, 2006)

Raney joined the Max Miller trio in late 1945 and played with a number of local
Chicago groups from 1946 47. A major break came when he joined the Woody
Herman band early in 1948. But while the gig may have increased his notoriety it did
little for him musically. He says of this tour,

It was a great band but there wasnt much for me to do. I scratched
around on my old rhythm guitar while my electric Charlie Christian
model Gibson sat idly by. There werent many guitar solos for me to play.
Finally Ralph Burns and Al Cohn took pity on me and wrote a few things.
(Raney, 1993:np)

During this year he also recorded for first time with Stan Getz. He then began to get
recording calls with some big jazz names such as, Al Haig and Buddy DeFranco and
spent time in a number of bands such as Terry Gibbs. His next, more satisfying, Big
Band stint was with Artie Shaw.

Artie Shaw came to my rescue by hiring me for what was to be his last big
band. It was such a fine band, as good as Woodys and I got much more
to play. I was afraid of him because I had heard how tough he was to
work for, but it wasnt true. If you could play he didnt bother you. He
seemed to care only about the music. (ibid)

In 1951 he joined the Stan Getz Quintet and over the next three years produced some
of his most critically acclaimed work. From March 1953 to 1954 he became part of
the Red Norvo Trio, replacing Tal Farlow. The other member of the trio was bassist
Red Mitchell whom he went on to work with on a number of other occasions most
notably the recordings made under his own name during January-February 1954 in
Stockholm and in Paris later in the same year.

He joined trumpeter Les Elgart and played from 1955-60 at the Blue Angel, New
York in a trio led by pianist Jimmy Lyon. Raney had a number of associations with
horn players over his career. Stan Getz, Buddy De Franco, Urbie Green, Bobby
Jasper, Zoot Sims, Gigi Gryce, and Al Cohn are some of the luminaries. Bob


11
Brookmeyer was another important collaborator. World wide web site, Classic Jazz
Guitar states,

Although his association with Getz attained legendary status, his
association with Bob Brookmeyer was equally productive and noteworthy.
On the recordings he made with Brookmeyer, Raney employed many of
the same techniques he used so well on the Getz recordings; voicing his
guitar with, or playing in unison with the horn, playing a counter melody
behind the horn, providing a solid rhythm for the horn solos and of
course, example after example of Raney spinning out his long solo lines.
(unattributed
11
)

Doug confirms this, asserting that,

Its some of the best stuff he ever did, especially the first one, the
Jimmy Raney Featuring Bob Brookmeyer. I mean they just play so
amazing together. Im surprised its not been re-released.
12
(interview
with the author, 2006)

Raney rejoined Getz in 1962 but remained only until the following year. It would
appear the relationship was strained. Henderson tells of an incident that Raney related
to him.

He [Raney] wrote a tune called Parker 51 and actually the Parker pen
company really did issue a pen called the Parker 51 and they thought
that Jimmy had written that tune for them and so in appreciation they sent
Jimmy like a letter and a new Parker 51 fountain pen and Stan Getz like
took it from him. He [Getz] said, Well youre playin in my band so
Im gonna take that pen.. People couldnt believe that Stan did
that to Jimmy. (interview with the author, 2006)

Ironically Henderson says, that Raney had actually written the tune for the visual
artist Ray Parker
13
not the Parker pen company or Charlie Parker as is commonly
supposed. (ibid)

In the mid 60s he played some Broadway shows and was active as a studio musician
in New York on radio and television. He was discouraged by the meager living he
was making and the lack of straight jazz playing opportunities saying, I started doing
other things in order to get by. TV jingles, club dates, recordings-both commercial
and jazz-along with other stuff. (Raney, 1993:np) and described the work as the
nearest thing in music to stuffing mattresses for a living. (ibid). He had an alcohol
problem, possibly exacerbated by these factors and he returned to Louisville in 1968.
There, he took on work outside the music field but continued to compose and taught
himself cello. He recorded Two Jims and Zoot (1964) with Jim Hall and Zoot Sims in
1964 but the following decade was to be scarce for major jazz recording sessions.
Web site Classic Jazz Guitar states,

11
Unattributed (undated) Classic Jazz Guitar:
http://www.classicjazzguitar.com/artists/artists_page.jsp?artist=25 [accessed 16/9/06]
12
This observation was borne out by its re-release shortly after this (February, 2006) on Verve.
13
Ray Parker was an Abstract Expressionist painter of the period.


12

Between a 1965 Shirley Scott date, and the 1974 Momentum session
under his own name, he didnt make any jazz recordings. However, four
titles from a 1967 concert in Louisville with hometown musicians later
appeared as one side of Jimmy Raney Strings and Swings on Muse.
(unattributed
14
)

Raney appeared in this concert with Louisville musicians Bobby Jones, Bob Lam,
Jack Brengle and John Roy. The strings component of the Jimmy Raney, Strings and
Swings (1972) album was recorded on September 5 1957, ten years earlier than the
Louisville concert and fifteen years before the final release of the album in 1972.

Greg Walker another Louisville musician first saw Raney after he came back from
New York in the late 60s, early 70s.

There was a place here in Louisville called the Arts in Louisville.. Ill
never forget it because it was a key club, you know you couldnt get in it
if you didnt have a key but actually, thats a lie [laughs] cause you could
if you went up and knocked on the door it was just like a speakeasy I
mean a little thing would open up. Dyer have a membership? No.
Gee can we come in? And theyd have types of people like the
Inkspots. Whoa! [But] it was a dump!.. when I say it was a dump it
was an old gymnasium actually I think, on the second floor, it was crazy.
But underneath of it was someplace called the Port O Call
15
.. But
the Port O Call was owned by a guy named Hal Tenney. Hal Tenney
was a big jazz fan here and thats the first time I ever saw Jimmy. It
was at one of those concerts.. so I went in to hear this guy Jimmy Raney
that I heard so much about.. it was an eye opener when you have not
watched somebody do that, you know what I mean. Now Ive heard a lot
of guys play and play well but to hear somebody play like that! It was a
very different thing.. I remember it to this day. (interview with the
author, 2006)

Raney returned to wider prominence with a 1974 recital at Carnegie Hall with Al
Haig and recorded the album Special Brew with Haig in November of that year. Doug
Raney says that there were a scattered number of recording dates, gigs and regular
club spots that led up to this.

He actually did come back a few times earlier just for short things, you
know, but that was more of a visit. I mean the first real gig that he did
after that, after like 68 in New York was this gig at The Guitar and
that would be around 72, I think He played there for a month.
(interview with the author, 2006)

Dan Morgenstern may have been referring to this event in his liner notes to the Jimmy
Raney, Strings and Swings (1972) album,


14
Unattributed (undated) Classic Jazz Guitar:
http://www.classicjazzguitar.com/artists/artists_page.jsp?artist=25 [accessed 16/9/06]
15
This is the venue where the second side of the String and Swings album was recorded in 1967


13
When the guitarist visited New York in the summer of 1971, it was one of
the key events of a season that also bought the return of Sonny Rollins and
the first Newport Jazz festival to be held in the city. Not much fanfare was
attendant upon Raneys visit, but when he played at The Guitar and
Bradleys, two off-the-beaten path clubs, the best musicians in town
dropped in to check him out, and they came away with renewed respect
for an artist who has never compromised his talent. (Morgenstern,
1972:np)

Doug Raney adds,

It was Kenny Burrell had a hand in rounding him up for it. Jim Hall used
to play there and Kenny Burrell and all the guys and I thought What
the hell I thought Id talk to them and see if they were interested and
they were but things started getting going for him, pretty well [around
that time] he did a couple record dates he did this Momentum date.
(interview with the author, 2006)

Jon (2007:pc) and Doug Raney (interview with the author, 2006) indicate that through
this period Jimmy established a personal contact with Don Schlitten who co-founded
Muse records and went on to own the Xanadu label which Raney recorded for a
number of times in the next few years. It would appear from a number of the
Aebersold and Music Minus One recordings
16
that Raney was also open to educational
activities. This is confirmed by a comment from Doug,

I remember especially one concert that he did where he went to Washington
DC and he did kind of a clinic-concert together with Bill Evans and Clark
Terry which was a pretty good success. That was around the same time,
probably 73. (ibid)

Raney then went on to tour with Haig internationally. In 1976 he toured Japan where
he recorded Live in Tokyo. (1976) Jon Raney says,

It was basically 3 groups with the same rhythm section. Barry Harris Trio,
Jimmy Raney Trio and Charles McPherson Quartet. Then the final wrap up
with all of them. (Raney, Jon, 2007:pc)

From the mid 70s Raney performed and recorded frequently with his son Doug,
making a number of albums together. From the 80s he toured internationally and
recorded as leader of his own groups, some of which included Doug. Interest in
Raney increased and he appeared frequently in Europe and New York during the
decade 1975 to 1985. In 1981 he began recording with Criss Cross records. Titles,
Raney 81

(1981), The Master (1983), Wisteria (1985, released 1990) and But
Beautiful (1990)

came from this label.

While he was gaining some wider exposure, Raney nevertheless was not to gain the
recognition accorded many other players. This is somewhat inexplicable given that he

16
These companies produce a range of play-along recordings. The examples featuring Raney are
described in the literature survey section entitled Interactive Practice Works.


14
was often referred to by other major players as one of their primary influences and/or
cited by them as one of the major figures in the development of jazz guitar. Doug
Raney lists Jimmy Gourley, Rene Thomas, Grant Green and John Scofield, as players
who recognize Raney as a personal influence.

(interview with the author, 2006) Jon
Raney includes Pat Metheny in the list, quoting an email from Metheny,

first of all i have to tell you how important your dads playing was for me.
there were really only a handful of guys who really got to me like that really
just wes, jim hall, kenny burrell and later billy bean but when I heard your
dad on those stan getz records, it was so far beyond what almost anyone had
been doing around him. he was such an incredibly beautiful player. i never had
the chance to meet him and that is something i really regret. (Metheny in
Raney, Jon, 2007:pc)

Raney lived with his mother for some time after his return to Louisville but according
to Stan Moon she may have lost him at least one gig. Sometime in the early 80s
Raney told him of a humorous incident in which Benny Goodman had called to book
him for a overseas tour. Moon recounts,

Jimmys mother answered the phone and Benny said, ah, This is Benny
Goodman, is Jimmy there? and she said, Benny Goodman? I thought
he was dead! Im not sure if Jimmy got that gig or not. (interview with
the author, 2006)

During this period as well as touring nationally and internationally he was active in
his hometown, performing regularly with local musicians at small venues and
participating occasionally in university activities, particularly guitar clinics and
concerts at Bellarmine College and the University of Louisville as well as occasional
work for Jamey Aebersold
17
. Bass player and guitarist Sonny Stephens remembers
playing local gigs with Raney during the time that he made The Influence (1975) and
the live Tokyo [Live in Tokyo (1976)] record. (interview with the author, 2006)
Louisville musician, Roger Dane recollects that until the resurgence of interest in jazz
in the eighties he would often play at gigs where the authentic jazz content had to be
surreptitiously included. Raneys playing, however, was inextricably linked to the
standards.

[the real jazz content was] whatever you could slip by and whatever you
could sneak in the middle of [sets with tunes like] New York New
York but not Jimmy he played Stella by Starlight and Body and
Soul, Therell Never Be Another You andAutumn Leaves and all
that those were his tunes and you could bet you were gonna hear em
just about on every job. (interview with the author, 2006)

Raney was well known for his dry sense of humor. Henderson remarks, The guy had
a hell of a sense of humor. (interview with the author, 2006) And those that knew
him well often commented on his wit and intellectual abilities. Dane refers to this
obliquely,

17
Jamey Aebersold is the director of the Summer Jazz Workshops, an intensive training program that
has a thirty year history and owner of Jamey Aebersold Jazz a jazz education supplies and
publishing company.


15

Such an unassuming looking guy, you know but once he started [to]
open up and [start] talkin he had a wealth of knowledge and experience.
(interview with the author, 2006)

Greg Walker recollects that he was a great guy and actually a very philosophical
cat. (interview with the author, 2006) Examples of Raneys writing feature good
penmanship and a satirical flavor. In How Did I Become A Living Legend? he
describes the convening of a mythical group of jazz critics searching for descriptive
phrases to replace the hackneyed favorites in their description of Raneys playing. As
the meeting progresses,

a fellow pipes up, Have you seen the new Aftran software? I mean, its
really great. It doesnt just give you synonyms; its really creative. I fed in
crystal clear, deft and logical lines, and I got taut, luminous and
penetrating structures.

(Raney, undated (a):np)

With insight Raney has the critics conclude that they will follow the advice on page
23 of Braintrees [sic] new book, Jazz and Jazz Criticism. and merely label him a
Living Legend as,

[] It makes further comments unnecessary. Its a truism. Dont you
get it? Now the balls in the readers court. He feels like a dumbbell [sic]
because hes never heard of him. (ibid)

Another piece entitled Rhee Khoris (Raney, undated (b):1) (most likely a pseudonym
for Lee Konitz) humorously describes aspects of the avant-garde jazz scene.

When it came time for us to open at the Village Vanguard, Rhee had
worked out a contract which held that I was to play only if I really felt
it. I was to be paid, however, only if I didnt play. If I decided to play, I
would be paid nothing. The way my lawyer interpreted the contract it
was very arcane I could end up owing Rhee money if I played too many
notes. Being the crass, commercial person I am, I opted to lay out. I
listened to Rhee for most of the week, sorry that his enigmatic rules had
made it financially impossible for me to play with him. (Raney, undated
(b):1)

Jon Raney states that the actual events that inspired this piece of creative writing
probably relate to a gig at the Vanguard and indicate that Jimmy was not
comfortable with the more experimental jazz styles. (interview with the author, 2006)

Guitarist and educator, Jack Wilkins adds a list of abilities and achievements that
round out the picture of Raney,

He had tons of stuff that he was working on. He was like a brilliant
scientist. The guy could talk about anything when he felt like it. He was
interested in everything it seemed. His writing was just another part of his
genius. (Fisch, 1997:np)



16
In spite of his sharp wit and intellectual ability Raney had a gentle manner without
airs and graces. Stephens recalls that when Raney had cause to correct him on his
time keeping,

he was great about it and as I matured I was able to realize how
important it was. He couldnt have been nicer about such a delicate
issue. (interview with the author, 2006)

Unpublished video footage of Raney held by jazz educator Jeff Sherman (see page
64) shows a player that was sometimes quite informal about his approach to
performance situations. Raney ambles around a little absent-mindedly before he
finally settles to play. Bruce Morrow, another Louisville musician confirms this
slightly casual attitude. Hed be on the bandstand and hed get there and turn around
and start talking to yall. Not paying attention to the audience really. (interview with
the author, 2006) Alluding to Raneys dry wit, he adds,

Hed come out and seemed like it would take him forever to get situated
and were all waiting [he] fooled around with the amp and all that
stuff [then] hed sit down in front of my drums and say Well, you
wanna play some?! (ibid)

Jeff Sherman recalls,

Jimmy was kind of the absent minded professor he was in the house
[Shermans] maybe fifty or sixty times, n every time hed drive out here
Id have to give him directions. (interview with the author, 2006)

Raney was held in high esteem by his students and peers. Jon recalls his father prizing
a letter from a student as one of the best compliments he had been given over his
career. Jon says the student,

wrote him a long letter [saying] You always played great but your
playing seemed to evolve through the years and get deeper and longer and
more cohesive. How did you do that? (interview with the author, 2006)

Bruce Morrow had been out in Las Vegas and had come back to Louisville around the
mid 70s. He met Raney through Jack Brengle, a guitarist/bassist who had featured on
the B side of Strings and Swings. Morrow says he remembers even later in Raneys
life many well-known jazz guitar players would still exhibit a high degree of
professional respect for his playing.

All the name guitar players that came in, I mean they all used to just sit
and listen to just what he was playin [unclear] I mean all of them!
(interview with the author, 2006)

Morrow expands,

I played a lot of the guitar clinics that Jeff Sherman had over at
Bellarmine and did that for several years. Hed bring in two or three
name guitarists I think Herb Ellis was over there and Howard


17
Roberts and Jimmy was usually on the bill with all those guys and of
course they all loved Jimmy. Hed come in and play you know and he
was always the last one to play. (ibid)

While, by all accounts, Raney had a healthy ego he was not at all mean spirited when
it came to praise of his peers. Greg Walker recalls,

We were at Jeff Shermans house after one of [those] jazz guitar clinic[s]
[he has] here every year.. Tal Farlow was in. Course Jimmy lived here
so they were both there and we went to this party afterwards and Tal
had played a solo version of Stardust on this concert and somebody
had video taped it and they were running it at this party OK. So I was
standing with Tal Farlow in the kitchen and Jimmy was in this room
where they were running this video, watching this performance and so Im
standing there talking to Tal and Jimmy walks up to us and he says, Hey
Tal he says, When I first heard you play in 1940 ([or] whatever it
was) I wanted to quit. He said And now its too late! (interview
with the author, 2006)

Raney had an enduring interest in composition and classical music. Morrow adds
You can tell that in his playin he filtered it into the jazz notes that he played.
(interview with the author, 2006) Sonny Stephens remembers,

When I was taking lessons from him was foolin around with the
cello.. and he could get around on it pretty good. It was pretty
amazing. So he always had that interest in the classical music.
(interview with the author, 2006)

Jack Wilkins elaborates,

He liked to write, and wrote some classical music and some string
quartets. Do you know that record Strings & Swings? That's all his
writing. When I was with him in Louisville I saw a lot of his manuscripts.
(Fisch, 1997:np)

Towards the mid 80s, Raney began to suffer from Menieres disease.
18
Phil Bailey, a
Louisville musician and Radio Host on WFPK Louisville recollects,

In 1987 our quintet had two nights at a local jazz club on Kentucky Derby
weekend, the busiest time of the year in Louisville, and Jimmy went totally
tone deaf. Id call chord changes to him and he got most of them by feel,
but it was pretty tortuous. Jimmy went home early. Jimmys hearing
would go into remission for weeks at a time, but it could return without
warning. In the early 90s he played solo guitar a lot so that he could deal
with it without having to fit into a group. (Bailey, P. 1995:np)

Raney had other ways of coping with his hearing problem. Sherman says that on
most gigs he would sit right next to the bass so that when he wasnt playing he could

18
Menieres disease is a debilitating condition of the inner ear which affects hearing and balance


18
put his hand on the bass and feel the time. (interview with the author, 2006) Roger
Dane recalls a gig that was outside, n everythings way too loud. (interview with
the author, 2006) With Raney right next to a good but nonetheless aggressive
drummer he was finding it difficult to hear above the cacophony. When the band
leader called Duke Ellingtons Caravan, known for its intense and constant drum
pattern, Raney says I dont know it! Dane remembers thinking Well hell! It was
only three chords! How can you not know it. He continues, But I guess that[was]
Jimmys way of saying, I aint gonna play Caravan! Stan Moon says that Raney
told him regarding his hearing that,

The worst, he said, The worst of it wasnt that he, when he couldnt
hear at all, it was that when the pitch got distorted so what he was
actually hearing with his ears didnt match up with what he knew it was
gonna sound like. That was amazing. I mean, he could still play the
most amazing musician I ever worked with Im sure. (interview with the
author, 2006)

While describing the problem of keeping the ensemble together, Walker conveys a
sense of the respect that other musicians had for Raneys ability to transcend his
affliction,

So you would have to sometimes adjust to get to where he [Raney] is
but every note was perfect Everything was beautiful. Its just
sometimes it wasnt with everybody else... Because everybody else was
probably flawed! (interview with the author, 2006)

Jeff Sherman relates an occurrence that reveals how profound the problem was on
occasions. Raney was playing at a local venue and,

when he came up for the second set and started to play a guy came out of
the audience and turned the distortion knob off on his amp. He had
distortion on and didnt even know it. (interview with the author, 2006)

On a humorous note, he goes on to recall a radio program
19
that guitarist Jim Hall
contributed to, indicating the extent to which Raneys skill masked his disability.

Jim Hall was talking about during this concert that he and Gene
Bertoncini were sitting back stage and Jimmy was so deaf that you
couldnt even talk to him, you had to yell and Jim Hall said, Gene
and I are sitting back stage and were looking at Jimmy out there playing
and everything hes doing is perfect. And Jim Hall said, I leaned over
to Gene Bertoncini I said If Raneys putting us on, theres going to be
hell to pay. (ibid)

In spite of these immense difficulties Raney continued to be quite prolific in his
playing, recording at least eight albums between 1980 and 1990 when he recorded his
last album as leader, But Beautiful (1990). These are; the four Criss Cross releases,

19
A copy of the original broadcast can be found at Jon Raneys blog August 20, 2006 entitled Jimmy
Raney: NPR Jimmy Raney Memorial show. Raney, Jon. http://jonraneyblog.blogspot.com/ [accessed
9/12/07]


19
Heres That Raney Day (1980) on the Black and Blue label, the collaborations The
Date (1981) with Martial Solal and Good Company (1985)) with Ted Brown and the
duo album, Nardis (1983) with son Doug.

In November of 1993 Raney suffered a paralyzing stroke and died in May of 1995 in
a Louisville nursing home. Grove Music Online states that, published obituaries are
in disagreement over the exact date of his death however, Kentucky death records
give his date of death as 9 May (Mongan, N and Kernfeld, B, undated)

Jon Raney recollects that Jimmy had his own humble view of his place in the history
of jazz that is quite enlightening.

He said that (he was being modest) but he felt like he was in [on] the
ground floor and in the right place at the right time that there were no
guitar players really truly doing it to that extent. Like truly getting the
message and bringing to the guitar. (interview with the author, 2006)

He adds his own thoughts,

There was one fellow that could have been named Ronnie Singer. No
one is ever gonna hear of him but he played with Sonny Stitt and he was
of equal level but he died. Itd be interesting. But he was another guy who
was getting the message on the guitar. I dont think anybody [else] was
really getting the message. I mean Tal was great but still even Tal had
said Jimmy Raney was ahead of everybody.(ibid)

Jon gives Bob Brookmeyers opinion of the importance of Jimmys place in the
development of be-bop guitar quoting Brookmeyers comments on web chat
archive from 1999,

Raney was BEFORE the three mentioned guitarists [Wes Montgomery,
Kenny Burrell and George Benson] and far more sophisticated, musical
and accomplished. Benson was always a question, Kenny is good and
Wes made a style out of octave melodic playing. None of these had the
ability or gifts of Jimmy. (Raney, Jon, 2007:pc)

And again from 2001,

SOMEDAY, yall will wake up and re-discover Jimmy Raney, the link
between Charlie Christian and everyone else who followed. Just ask Jim
Hall we both just sat in awe with Jimmy at the Loft Sessions now
being sold. Nobody has yet fully comprehended his importance. No Raney,
no anyone else. (ibid)

After hearing Raneys solo on Samba Para Dos
20
from Lalo Schifrins Bossa Nova
Groove (1962) album, a track he had not heard before, Jon exclaimed Hes just a
monster! This reaction and his comments on his July 27, 2006 blog Growing Up
Raney, are an appropriate conclusion.

20
This solo is one of the transcriptions undertaken for this thesis.


20

Growing up the son of a musician is a unique experience. But growing up
the son of a universally accepted genius in jazz is life defining... He just
didnt have it in him to let you down musically. For us Raney children, it
was, Of course, why would anybody play any other way? Not realizing
(at least at the time) how incredibly difficult and rare to do something
that right was.
21
(Raney, Jon, 2006)

21
Jon is an accomplished and critically acclaimed jazz performer, recording artist and composer in his
own right. His observations consequently represent informed opinion as well as the insight gained from
close association.


21

Chapter 1
Literature Survey

This project involves the transcription and analysis of motivic material from jazz
improvisations as the genesis of new composition and further improvised
performance. The motivic ideas have been selected on the basis of extensive listening,
transcription and analysis of the solo improvisations of bebop jazz guitarist, Jimmy
Raney. Consequently, the literature surveyed covers a number of broad but related
areas. The scope of these is narrowed down, as the topics become more defined. For
example, while a broad survey of improvisational tutors and methods is referred to
initially, when it comes to works focused on transcriptions of individual artists only
those featuring jazz guitarists (with a couple of exceptions) are covered. It is beyond
the scope of this thesis to discuss all published instructional manuals for jazz guitar,
fretboard materials and approaches to improvisation. These are not only exceedingly
numerous but often contain little of direct bearing on the current study. I have,
however, listed a representative sample of such works in the footnotes as these are
related insofar as they indicate the range of approaches to the codification and
dissemination of guitar based jazz improvisation.

While I have also attempted to group the works into broad categories it should be
noted that many have multiple roles (by either accident or design). However, I have
tried to delineate each work based on its primary focus. Also, most works are grouped
by content rather than type, for example; some magazines reflect an improvisational
focus, such as Jazz Player and Jazz Improv Magazine and are grouped accordingly.
Magazines such as Jazz Times and Downbeat include criticism, coverage of current
events and a biographical approach to jazz in general and are grouped in another
category. As a consequence of their diverse content, web sites are also mentioned in
different contexts rather than being grouped together. In referencing the general site I
list the homepage address. For actual quotes the full url. for the specific page
concerned is referenced with a last access date. Electronic/software media such as
interactive CD ROMs etc are also referred to by content rather than grouped together.
Due to the jazz emphasis of this study I have included only passing reference to the
massive publishing output that covers rock and pop styles. Those I have included are
pertinent due to content, methodology or areas of special interest.

In contemplating the gamut of literature for this topic it has been necessary to refer
initially and briefly to the more relevant works associated with the broader area of
improvisation in music generally (page 24). Passing reference to those works which
seek to address broader aspects of the conceptualization of improvisation in the jazz
tradition (page 25) has also been made. It should be noted that this study does not
seek to develop those ideas. Equally, comparison of jazz with other forms of
improvised traditions has been avoided.

Jazz style, history and biographical works, (page 31) particularly those incorporating
references to Raney, have been comprehensively surveyed. These help establish
Raneys place in the history and development of jazz. Related reference works are the
bibliographies, discographies, surveys, encyclopedias and dictionaries. (page 39)



22
The criticism, reviews and news media (page 40) literature mostly comprises journals
and periodicals though, as stated previously, some of these fit a little uneasily in any
single category and I have included some of them under materials of improvisation or
transcription based material. Again the categorization is based on a reflection of their
major content. Many periodicals and magazines, as well as some web sites, are more
focused on general interest, interviews and reviews. A number of these contain
transcriptions but these rarely constitute much more than five to ten percent of the
publication.

On the more practical side there are a number of guitar instructional works. (page 41)
These are not necessarily improvisation-focused but, because of the specific
difficulties associated with guitar materials and fretboard logic, these are very
pertinent.

With regards to these it should be noted firstly that the guitar is, at least potentially, a
harmonic instrument. This potential is hampered by its two-dimensional nature.
Whereas, keyboard instruments have notes laid out in one plane only, the pitch rising
in one direction and lowering in the other, the guitar has pitch rise and fall up and
down the strings and also across the sets of strings. This affects the decision to play a
note because not only may it occur in more than one position on the fingerboard but
also the selection needs to be based on preceding, concurrent and following notes.
The instrument can also have a change in pitch facilitated but moving either up and
down the fingerboard or across the fingerboard or various combinations of the two. It
is possible, for example, to play a note higher in pitch by moving down the board and
across. Second, the guitar is not color coded. On a piano, for example, a g# is always
surrounded by two white notes (g and a) and then two black notes (f# and a#). There
is no other note that has this pattern. The guitar has little in the way of such
reference points. Third, the tuning across the strings of the instrument is not
consistent. Whereas all the other strings are tuned in intervals of a perfect fourth, the
second (b) string is a major third higher than the third string (g). Lastly the guitarist
has only four fingers (though occasionally the thumb is included) with which to
access notes on the fretboard. Keyboard players are able to utilize all ten. While
members of the orchestral string families face similar issues they are not routinely
called upon to play vertical harmonies. Bill Edwards has contributed a set of books
that cover this area comprehensively. His Fretboard Logic series (Edwards, 1983,
1993, 1998) with accompanying video, (Edwards, undated) represent a major study of
the guitar and its unique system. A number of other books incorporate aspects of
fretboard logic concepts but due to the main focus of their content are mentioned
elsewhere.

An area of comprehensive reference is the body of material relating to the material of
improvisation. (page 44) There has been a huge increase in the number of
improvisation related publications in the last fifteen years. Much of the mushrooming
publishing effort is in books of aficionado status and not weighty academic tomes.
They are, however, essential to this study for two reasons they contain some attempt
to present the material concerned and many non-academic jazz performers have a
highly developed and complex conceptual frame work for their musical knowledge.
To map the improvisational style of any artist like Raney with enough clarity to
generate both intuitively and cognitively derived composition material is a major task.


23
The approach of many of the works in this area is useful in establishing a
methodology that will be recognized, understood and accessible for future reference.

There is a sub-category of material of improvisational patterns/licks that could be
placed equally in this section or the more specific transcription based category. With
regards to this sub-category I have chosen to leave works that present mostly scales
and patterns in this section and works that present licks (i.e. idioms, however
generic they may be) in the transcription section.

The more specific field of transcription based works (page 49) is important for the
same reasons It also provides a comparative benchmark for transcription material.
Within this field, mention is made, in passing, of the growing body of rock and pop
related works as these confirm the place of transcription as a recognized format for
the aid of transmission of stylistic idioms for popular genres. I mention the growth
in this area because accurate transcriptions of important improvisational and
compositional material are becoming the norm and indeed are expected by even the
average player. Seminal artists in the rock and pop area have sizeable portions of their
output available in accurate transcription. While these are often focused on the riffs
(pop composition motifs) that are associated with a particular piece, they do include
important improvised passages as well. Depending on the player, these are more or
less significant as a notated catalog of the development of style and language in this
genre. Of some significance at this juncture is the body of research, in the form of
theses, monograms and articles relating to transcriptions and analysis. (page 53) This
is reviewed primarily for methodology, as most works in this category do not feature
a creative component. For the few works that do attempt something similar to the
current study there is a separate section discussed later

The improvisations of Jimmy Raney represent an existing body of material highly
regarded by his fellow musicians. The analyses of these solos focus on aspects of the
material that are most conducive to transference and development. New York based
Rick Stone speaks for many jazz performers/educators when he warns of the dangers
of too much intense academic dissection of material that must in the end be assessed
and utilized aurally. He says:

Ive transcribed some of Jimmys solos, but as an educator I dont
believe much in the usefulness of overanalyzing this sort of thing
(theyre much more valuable to be simply listened to and played).
(Stone, 2003:pc)

This doctoral thesis culminates with the expression of the analysis in new creative
work. Research material relating to this aspect is scarce but is covered under; Theses,
monograms and articles relating to use of transcribed jazz improvisational material in
the generation of new compositions. (page 56) There appear to be few examples of
studies documenting this activity in the manner in which it is attempted here. It should
be noted, however, that this process in various permutations, often non-academic, is
arguably one of the most important means of idiom transfer in the jazz tradition.

Obviously, for any style, the analysis of idioms cannot be accomplished successfully
without either primarily or secondarily referring to aural sources. In the area of sound
and audio-visual recordings (page 57) there is a representative and reasonably large


24
sample of Raneys sound output that is accessible, if not readily available.
Unfortunately this does not extend to audio-visual recordings which would appear to
be virtually non-existent, at least in the public domain. Raneys recordings exist
within the stylistic context of jazz performance history and while it is essential to
acknowledge this context it is beyond the parameters of this project to extend the
survey beyond those recordings that include Raney himself, regardless of their
influence on him and his music.


I. Improvisation In Music Generally

In his work Free Play: Improvisation in Life and Art, Stephen Nachmanovitch (2002)
uses a massive canvas, dealing with creativity in all spheres of life. Recommended by
the violinist Yehudi Menuhin he, would that it found its way into every school,
office, hospital, and factory. It is a most exciting book and a most important one
(Menuhin, 2003:np). Derek Bailey (1993) narrows the field to music with
Improvisation: Its Nature and Practice in Music. This is a work that discusses the
broader concepts of the topic and is not a method or materials book. Jazz is allocated
two chapters. Some other styles or periods covered are Indian, Rock, Flamenco,
Baroque and Organ music. In spite of the title and the implication of its chapter
headings it is not an attempt at a comprehensive or systematic coverage of improvised
music styles, lacking a framework for its breakdown of this immense subject. The
chapters are instead interesting vignettes covering unrelated aspects of a number of
traditions. It is nevertheless a readable volume and would be an appropriate primer on
this broad topic.

Nettls (1998) In the Course of Performance Studies in the World of Musical
Improvisation is a compilation of studies on the subject. What is helpful about this
otherwise loose collection is the summary of musicological and methodological
approaches to improvisation and the history of research on the topic contained in the
introduction. However, the genres covered are varied and the scope, broad,
consequently the suitability of the text is limited in its application to studies such as
the current one. Of a similar nature is Slobodas (2001) edited anthology Generative
Processes in Music: The Psychology of Performance, Improvisation, and
Composition. This work claims to focus on the way musical performances are
generated. The contributors, experts in music psychology, offer chapters that due to
the works large scope sometimes appear to bear obtuse relationship to the overall
title of generative processes. Eric Clarkes introductory chapter Generative Principles
in Music Performance is perhaps the most applicable to this thesis. He says,

Playing music is an activity that is comparable in cognitive complexity to
speaking a language, and comparable in its demands on motor control to
playing a sport like tennis (Clarke, 2001:1)

And of the range of improvisational styles or paradigms states,

improvisation itself varies from the comparatively constrained conditions
found in traditional jazz, where a harmonic sequence and metrical
structure must be closely adhered to, to the almost entirely undetermined
format of free improvisation. (ibid:6)


25

Another contributor of note, with an impressive output in this field is Jeff Pressing.
His chapter Improvisation: methods and models (Pressing, 2001:129) provides an
insightful summary of improvisatory processes.

Sloboda (1986) has also contributed The Musical Mind: The Cognitive Psychology of
Music in which he looks at various musical activities such as composing and
performing and discusses the processes involved and the skills required rather than
simply reviewing existing research. The book is of interest to both psychologists for
its attention to a previously neglected area of human cognitive skill and to musicians
who are interested in establishing a psychological paradigm for their activities.

A work which continues with the focus on music making and with some more
specific reference to improvisation in the broad sense of the word is Bensons (2003)
The Improvisation of Musical Dialogue: A Phenomenology of Music. An amazon.com
online review indicates He offers a radical thesis that improvisation is of primary
importance at the moment of music making. (unattributed
22
) A strength of the work
is its reference to a wide variety of styles including jazz and the fact that it
incorporates practical performance issues. His elevation of the art of musical
interpretation in performance practice, regardless of the level of improvisational
expectation attached to the particular musical style, challenges the replication style
approach to music making and consequently reinforces the general premise of this
thesis. However, the reviewers assertion that this is a radical view is somewhat
overstated given the emphasis of much of the current literature.

A work that is extremely broad in scope and with a gamut of styles from essays to
artist profiles and interviews is Corbetts (1994) Extended Play: Sounding Off from
John Cage to Dr. Funkenstein. While Corbett could be accused here of merely
indulging his admittedly eclectic interests in the experimental and improvisational
performers and composers that feature in this work, the depth of insight and
investigation turn such concerns around. The artists covered range from well-known
icons, John Cage and Sun Ra to the relatively obscure Derek Bailey and Anthony
Braxton. The work is a well-rounded insight into the wider world of experimental and
improvisational music applying the broadest definitions to the latter but applicable to
the current study insofar as it confirms the large range of conceptual approaches
allowed by the generic term.


II. The Conceptualization Of Improvisation - In The Jazz Tradition

Berliners (1994) poetically named, monumental work Thinking in Jazz deals in great
depth and clarity with the conception of jazz improvisation. It provides details of the
sub-cultural context and illuminates the performers conceptual development. While
preparing to undertake his study he resolved to:


22
Unattributed (undated) amazon.com [book description]: http://www.amazon.com/Improvisation-
Musical-Dialogue-Phenomenology-Music/dp/0521009324/ref=sr_11_1/102-4710400-
1613764?ie=UTF8 [accessed 17/9/06]


26
...focus initially on close observation and description of the full range of
musical activities that occupied active members of a community known for
its expertise in improvisation. (Berliner 1994:4)

The manner of transmission in jazz learning is at the forefront of Berliners work. He
says:

I became convinced that, despite stylistic changes over time, jazz retains
the continuity of certain underlying practices and values associated with
improvisation, learning and transmission. These factors of continuity,
moreover, rest at the very core of the tradition, contributing to its
integrity as a music system. (ibid:14)

He deals in detail with the jazz learning environment in Part I, recognizing the place
of imitative learning in the culture. Part II deals with the individuals developmental
journey, addressing formal and informal cognitive learning and Part III deals with
collective jazz improvisation. The author refers to Berliners insights in more depth in
the methodology.

The volume by Monson (1996), Saying Something, is an important adjunct to
Berliners. Monson deals less with the materials of improvisation but elaborates
comprehensively on the areas of group interaction in jazz. Musical validation,
appropriateness of musical language and its transfer, ensemble communication and
recognition of common musical patterns among jazz musicians are some of the
subtopics within this area.

One of jazzs most respected advocates, performers and educators is Jerry Coker.
Among a number of publications to his credit, three are applicable here, Improvising
Jazz (1987), How to Practice Jazz (1990) and The Teaching of Jazz (1989). The later,
while generally outside the scope of this study, gives some general insight into the
complexities of improvisation training in the jazz genre. Sam Mosts (1996) Jazz
Improvisation provides another less academic publication.

It is difficult to categorize Birketts (1995) comprehensive and educationally focused
thesis Gaining Access to the Inner Mechanisms of Jazz Improvisation as it provides a
thorough overview of the context and the content of jazz improvisation, an analysis
and assessment of current pedagogical practices and the material, methodology and
model for future improvisational teaching and learning practices. The key axioms of
his thesis indicate its relevance to the current study.

Axiom 1: Jazz improvisation is a language.

Axiom 2: Language must be internalized, mastery of a language being
achieved when one can think with it.

Axiom 3: An individuals musical personality drives the use of the
language.

Axiom 4: The most relevant way to access this language in the above
terms is through awareness of its inner mechanisms. (Birkett, 1995:4-7)


27

Before the presentation of his improvisational material, Birkett summarizes the task
for the learning improviser.

A fundamental task for the student of improvisation is therefore the
training, or sensitizing of the inner ear. As the mathematical possibilities
of musical sound are limitless there is a need to build awareness from
manageable aural building blocks. The following material represents an
attempt to identify those aural building blocks which give rise to the
general vocabulary of the language of jazz. This vocabulary represents
the operating system of the language which is to be aurally (and visually,
i.e. through transcription) observed in improvised solos. Once this
operating system has been identified the isolation of specific mechanisms
of artistic expression becomes feasible. (ibid:93)

Johnson-Lairds (2002) How Jazz Musicians Improvise would appear from its title to
be a comprehensive and exhaustive study but is in fact a mathematical outline with a
formulaic approach and takes the view that,

theories of creativity should be computable and that only three sorts of
algorithm can be creative. It proposes a central principle of algorithmic
demands for jazz improvisation: a division of labor in terms of
computational power occurs between the creation of chord sequences for
improvisation and the creation of melodic improvisations in real time.
(Johnson and Laird, 2002:abstract)

As such it bears little upon the current study and is more applicable to the
development of generative music software such as Band in a Box (Gannon, 2004).
23

David Sudnow's and Hubert Dreyfus (2001) Ways of the Hand: A Rewritten Account,
a phenomenological study of his own journey to learn jazz piano receives vastly
polarized responses, from the anonymous amazon.com review,

As a casual reader of some of the major existential and phenomenological
writers, it strikes me that Sudnow, more than anyone, shows us the
phenomenological perspective at work. (unattributed
24
)

to,

Sudnow's book reads like a manual of how to convolute language beyond
its capacity to render meaning. That this occurs in a book about music--
arguably the most emotionally expressive of the arts--makes Sudnow's
literary idiosyncrasies unforgivable. Expecting enlightenment, the hapless
reader instead encounters turbid gems like this: "A rapidly paced entry
into a way thus known could take it with a sure availability for a
numerical articulational commitment, and with no prefigured digit

23
This computer program generates a MIDI (musical instrument digital interface) accompaniment for
entered chord progressions.
24
Unattributed (undated) amazon.com [book review]: http://www.amazon.com/Ways-Hand-
Rewritten-David-Sudnow/dp/0262194678/ref=dp_return_2/102-4710400-
1613764?ie=UTF8&n=283155&s=books [accessed 17/9/06]


28
counting. Its paceable availability, here and now, afforded securely paced
entries whose soundfully targeted particular places would now be found
in course, doing improvisation.".. Let me save you some money:.
Have faith in yourself to find your own insights, and let Mr. Sudnow
wander in the fog. (Weber, 2004:np)

The Library Journal appears guarded in its review of the works second edition,

The premise of that edition, as well as this update, is that the author's
hands, apart from his conscious direction, learned to improvise jazz: "I
sing with my fingers, so to speak, and only so to speak, for there's a new
being, my body, and it is this being (here too, so to speak) that sings."
This new version represents Sudnow's attempt to reach a broader, less
academic audience with his findings. Although it features less scholarly
diction, the text is still painstakingly detailed, which will limit the book's
appeal. (Pappas, 2002:np)

Suffice to add that Sudnows exploration is couched in language that does not reflect
the majority of jazz musicians description of the improvisational learning process.
Likewise both the theoretical and practical constructs would find little common
ground with most practicing musicians conceptual view. There are other works that
are more likely to be referenced by and have the respect of the general jazz
community.

The current study chooses to focus on melodic/harmonic relationships but there are
works that deal with aspects of soloing more related to musicianship and expression.
In the introduction to one such study, Jazz Under Construction: Blueprints for
Building Interesting and Expressive Solos, Bruce Babad states,

few authors have written a method for improvisation that deals with the
nonharmonic [sic] elements of a good, improvised solo. This paper
focuses on considerations such as context, creativity, and shape of a solo.
(Babad, 1999: iv)

It is clear that there is room for more work in this area but it would seem that those
writing in this discipline should be careful to relate theoretical and philosophical
aspects to the practical, aural product of jazz if they are to gain the respect of jazz
practitioners and make any worthwhile contribution to the understanding of the art
form.

A number of works surveyed in this section relate to the conceptual framework used
in this thesis. Jeff Pressing has produced an impressive volume of work on
improvisation related topics (Pressing, 1984, 1988, 1999). Compositions for
Improvisers: An Australian Perspective (Pressing (ed), 1994) is an anthology of
scores from Australian composers that rely, in an integral way, on improvisation, for
their realization. It has little to do with the current study in its content but the
introduction from Pressing is of some significance:

On the one hand improvisation rides in tandem with intuition and
indeterminacy in service of the exploration of poorly charted musical


29
territory. On the other hand, improvisation can develop as a rigorous
and systemic criterion of musicianship, with formalized institutional
schooling or immersive apprenticeship with a master performer.

Despite this great variety, improvisation virtually always occurs bound
to a tradition of fixed music with which it shares materials and
processes. It is often of secondary importance whether the fixed music
is notated or passed on by aural tradition; in either case it establishes
a context for evaluation a perceptual reference point for the listener,
a generative reference point for the performer. Indeed there are
advantages to each alternative. Aural traditions encourage a self-
contained authenticity and unfettered spontaneity, and these are well-
represented in both modern and traditional culture. (Pressing, 1984:i)

Berliner concurs with this in Thinking in Jazz:

despite stylistic changes over time, jazz retains the continuity of
certain underlying practices and values associated with improvisation,
learning and transmission. These factors of continuity, moreover, rest
at the very core of the tradition, contributing to its integrity as a
musical system. (Berliner, 1994:14)

Pressing gives a sound overview of the scope and complexity of the topic and while
the resultant definition is justifiable, it is worth adding that in both notated traditions
and aural traditions the aural transmission of stylistic attributes (even those that are
non-improvisational) whose detail is nearly impossible to fix in notation, are of
supreme importance to the final performance outcome. The jazz tradition is a complex
marriage of these concepts and traditions. That this current study focuses on elements
that are capable of notation in no way diminishes the imperative to hear and imitate
creatively rather than merely see and replicate mechanically.

The importance of the aural nature of the jazz tradition cannot be overemphasized.
This applies not only to the more obvious area of improvisation but also to
composition. The balance of notation to aural skills in improvisation is heavily
weighted on the side of the aural but in the compositional area there is a wider range
of possible combination weightings. It is outside the scope of the current study to
explore these but it should be noted that the notation of the compositions in this thesis
is subsequent to the formulation of the musical material itself. Comment on the
possible process of Raneys compositional process would be conjecture but may form
the basis of some further study into his overall style that incorporates his
compositional technique as well as his improvisational style. In the current study the
use of notation is primarily as a means of visual representation, the benefits of which
include the removal of time. This removes the disadvantages presented by the
transitory nature of sound artefacts when analyzing and describing.

Doug Raney, in discussing his own inspiration and the assimilation of ideas in the
jazz learning process may be also giving some insight to his fathers approach.

You know, Ive been listening to music for years and Ive been listening to
guys that are good and Ive heard them play and they inspire me and I


30
hear phrases and ideas that I like and I dont necessarily think, oh thats
this scale or this form, you know, I just think oh thats a great phrase and
it works in this spot on the tune, thats it, thats how I think. (interview
with the author, 2006)

New York guitarist, Rick Stone says about different players distinctive sound,

You started noticing as you were transcribing different guys that they
each have like a kind of vocabulary that they had built around these
chords, the lines (interview with the author, 2006)

While this thesiss creative component is derived from Raneys solos and built upon
an imitative process the object is for Raneys idioms to inspire the authors own
creativity and work as seeds for further melodic developments. It is to be hoped the
stylistic influence will be evident but not in such a way as a simple replication of
Raneys style. The purpose is not to imitate directly but to allow his material to
influence the generation of new compositions and improvisations. It is also
understood that the study cannot hope to replicate the authentic historic jazz
learning environment. Rather it is an attempt to utilize the benefits of some aspects of
osmotic learning in creative musical development and therefore balance the
cognitive and analytical aspects of this type of study with the intuitive and imitative
learning that typified the traditional transference of jazz idioms. Green recognizes the
problem in How Popular Musicians Learn (Green, 2002):

In the case of many vernacular and art world musics, and much jazz,
there are also other reasons why it is difficult or even impossible for
Western formal music educators to bring into their studios and
classrooms accurate replications of the learning practices associated with
many such musics. For these learning practices often rely on the presence
of an adult community of practice (Lave and Wenger (1991), and
Chapter 1, p.16) that is steeped in the relevant musical tradition, or that
offers apprenticeship training to young musicians, often through a guru
but such musical communities and apprenticeships are increasingly rare.
The relevant learning practices are also deeply interwoven with the
cultural roots of the societies and communities in which the musics have
developed, roots that are often very different from those of Western music
education contexts and western societies.
2
(Green, 2002:185)

Rather than seeing this as a complete obstacle for the utilization of other modes of
learning she goes on to say (albeit with particular reference to Western popular
music [ibid:185]):

young popular musicians, rather than relying on an adult community
of practice for their musical enculturation and training, rely on two other
main resources, both of which are readily available to young people in
many countries. One involves their solitary, close attention to recordings
of music they like and identify with; the other involves interacting with
their friends and peers. On top of these learning practices, popular music
learners have a number of attitudes and values which are not far removed


31
from some of those already recognized by several formal music educators.
(ibid:185)

Aspects of these modes of musical transference relevant to the current study are
discussed in more detail in the methodology.


III. Jazz Style, History And Biography

There are a number of history texts in common use in tertiary institutions throughout
North America, Europe and Australia. Gridleys (1997) Jazz Styles: History &
Analysis, Porter and Ullmans (1993) Jazz: From Its Origins to the Present and
Tirros (1993) Jazz, A History are the stalwarts. My colleague Derrin Kerr, who
lectures in jazz history, comments on their content and layout:

Gridley takes a more generalist, overview approach. This text would be
good as an introduction to the subject area, suitable even for non- music
majors. The other two works have a little more depth with the main
difference being a different emphasis on various components of the field.
(Kerr, 2004:pc)

All approaches have much to recommend them but Kerrs advice is that the coverage
of the topic for tertiary jazz tuition is more thorough if they are used in conjunction.
These texts are unanimous in omitting Raney from their admittedly overview style
treatment of the field. Leonard Feather has also contributed extensively to the field of
jazz history and criticism. However, his Biographical Encyclopedia of Jazz written
with another highly regarded jazz commentator, Ira Gitler, is also lacking with respect
to information on Raney. Feather has also authored a number of jazz history books
and biographies including, The Encyclopedia of Jazz in the Sixties (1966), The
Encyclopedia of Jazz in the Seventies (1976) with Gitler, The Passion for Jazz (1990)
and The Encyclopedia Yearbooks of Jazz (1993). The New Grove Dictionary of Jazz
(Kernfeld (ed), 2002) is as comprehensive as its parent, The New Grove Dictionary of
Music and Musicians (Sadie (ed), 1995) and its online manifestation Grove Music
Online (world wide web
25
) but obviously is devoted to the jazz field. It does this by
extending the material not just separating existing entries from its encyclopedic
parent. The listing on Raney in the former is not exhaustive but is consistent with
other entries. The same is true of The Oxford Companion to Jazz. (Kirchner (ed),
2000)

Some of the other reference works, like Shiptons (2001) A New History of Jazz

leave
Raney out altogether or mention him only in reference to his relationship to another
players. This is often a result of a particular focus in the work. However, one wonders
if the more superficial coffee-table publications that tend to describe jazz history
only in terms of its few commercial or notorious stars have influenced the listing of
artists that make it into the more substantial works. It comes as no surprise that The
Chronicle of Jazz (Cooke, 1997) fails to include him in its pages. There are many
light-reading books like this, which demonstrate Raneys lack of profile at that level.

25
World Wide Web, (undated) Grove Music Online:
http://www.grovemusic.com/shared/views/home.html?authstatuscode=200 [accessed 17/9/06]


32
However one would expect that lists compiled with regard to an artists musical
contribution and achievements may look substantially different to the regular who's
who of jazz found in such works. However, even in the more substantial and specific
works Raney seems to be somewhat neglected. Yanows (2000) Bebop (The Essential
Listening Companion) is a case in point.

A more substantial offering is Gary Giddins (1998) Visions of Jazz. In this much
acclaimed work, Raney is first mentioned by name only as part of commentary on
Stan Getzs line-up for the 1951 Storyville recordings. In fact, it is widely
recognized that Raney was an integral part of the musical chemistry that made this
one of Getzs most important periods. Tom Cole says in his Jazz Times article,

when the records came out, many thought they were among the finest jazz
recordings ever made. Many still do. Raneys unique sound, by then pretty
much developed, helped define the groups sound. (Cole, 2002:44)

He is mentioned again by Giddins only as part of Artie Shaws 1949 line-up.

Salliss (1996) The Guitar in Jazz is, on his own assertion, an anthology of essays
relating to jazz guitar. None of the considerable number of articles gives any space to
Raneys style and importance. In five references he is referred to only lightly in
passing. These include; mentions in line-ups as a sideman; his reaction to Charlie
Christian; a passing quote from Joe Pass (though again just referring to a line-up) and
a reference to him only playing single line style as opposed to Tal Farlows more
frequent use of chord melody sections. In Salliss other work on the topic, The Guitar
Players (1982), there is a chance to redress the omission (however inadvertent) but
here again he makes only cursory reference to Raney, obliquely noting that he was
one of Wes Montgomerys favorites.

Shadwicks (1998) book features one page cameos/biographies on well-known jazz
artists. Given its lighter approach, Raneys absence is not unexpected. Barry McRae
comments pertinently in the foreword/introduction Inevitably every reader will find
reason to carp at the absence of certain personal favorites. (McRae, 1998:6) This
point is well taken but confirming, yet again, the lack of recognition afforded this
player.

While a substantial portion of the general jazz history and biographical dictionaries
neglect Raney one would think that a volume dedicated to the contribution of white
jazz players would profile him. Sudhalters Lost Chords (1999), given its frame of
reference (1915-1945), sees him as a emerging figure, young and precocious
(Sudhalter, 1999:610) but even at this level, in such an extensive work, he rates only
those two adjectives in listing him, as Giddins does, as one of Artie Shaws side-men
in 1949.

Despite these omissions, Raneys importance is now being belatedly recognized. Jazz
Times, July/Aug 2002 ran an article entitled The 10 Most Underrated Jazz Guitarists
in the History of Jazz. Interestingly, Raney is the second artist in the list. The
contributor, Tom Cole, mentions Jim Halls description of Raney as a cross between
Charlie Parker and Bela Bartok (Cole, 2002:44) due to aspects of his style and his
competency at both performance and composition. He goes on to say, Raney played


33
long legato melodic lines that seemed to ignore measures, took surprising twists and
turns and often resolved in unexpected places. (ibid) In Alexanders Masters of Jazz
Guitar Raney gets further recognition. Alexander cites him as one of the two major
figures of the [bebop] genre. (Alexander, 1999:47)

In his The Jazz Guitarists, Britt (1984) selects twelve artists for more detailed
treatment at the start of the work. He does not include Raney in this section but the
entry in the main body of the book is telling:

The importance of Raney in the context of post-Christian guitar-playing
should never be underestimated. Indeed there is much to be said that he
should have been included in the Top Twelve jazz guitarists. His
technique is well nigh flawless. His harmonic and melodic skills are never
less than exceptional. In terms of transferring the bop language to the
guitar there has been no-one more talented. In fact the only most
important aspect of bebop that Raney fails to transmit is in the noble art
of emotional projection. His is an essentially low-profile approach to jazz
gentle, even, with the accent of the subtlety in performance, enhanced by
superb articulation, rather than one of red-hot blowing. (Britt, 1984:107)
[emphases mine]

The generalization, at least implied, by Britt that delicate nuance is somehow a failure
to emotionally project would be contested by devotees of musicians from Bach to Bill
Evans, however, the otherwise clear recognition of the importance of Raneys
contribution is obvious. Doug Raney comments on his fathers focus on the music
rather than the process or technique,

although hes got a lot, or had a lot of technique he didnt play in a
technical fashion I mean, he wasnt trying to impress anybody. He
just used technique in order to play what he wanted to play. (interview
with the author, 2006)

Jim Fischs web interview with Jack Wilkins is informative regarding a number of
aspects of Raneys work and life. Wilkins remarks reinforce the view of Raney as
musician first and guitarist second.

He was another guitar player who was a great musician first, and just
happened to play the guitar. Do you know what I mean? He could have
played the same thing if he was playing the piano, the trumpet... any
instrument. (Fisch, 1997:np)

He goes on to add,

He never really sought the limelight with his guitar playing, although for
my taste he was surely one of the best players ever. (ibid)

Raneys more delicately nuanced approach tends to mask a complexity and musical
intensity that may be more apparent in a more flamboyant performer. Jon Raney
suggests that Jimmys more introspective style may have been one of the reasons for


34
his fathers lack of notoriety saying, People looking on the surface, you know, may
not be drawn into his world. (interview with the author, 2006) Later he adds,

My father is on the understated vein, like more along the Stan Getz
[line] even though I think hes much more harmonically complex
than Getz, hes still along those lines. (ibid)

Another book that has a specific entry for Raney is Summerfields (1978) The Jazz
Guitar Its evolution and Its Players. This work chooses to present the players
alphabetically thereby avoiding, to some degree, the perception of a ranking of the
relative importance of various performers. However, Summerfield also makes some
emphatic statements regarding Raney that go beyond an obligatory reference to a
minor player.

Jimmy Raney reached world wide recognition in the nineteen fifties as one
of the few really great jazz guitarists.. There is no doubt that his
melodic, inventive and lyrical style has proved to be one of the most
influential in jazz history to-date.. his strong single note playing makes
him one of the most musically creative and brilliant jazz guitarists to-date,
having directly inspired many other leading guitarists such as Rene
Thomas, Jimmy Gourley, and Joe Puma. (Summerfield, 1978:167)

Summerfield includes a table that names Raney as the winner of both the 1954 and
1955 Down Beat jazz critics poll
26
(Summerfield, 1978:23), an important detail not
referred to in most other sources except for Mongan who adds that the poll was for
the Worlds Best Guitarist (Mongan, 1983:132). Raney is also featured in a succinct
and informative list at the start of Summerfields book. (Summerfield, 1978:12) This
list indicates the major jazz guitar styles and players in table form. Raney is included
as the first name in the 1950s Modern/West Coast style. This label may be as much
due to his association with Stan Getz as to his playing style, which is firmly grounded
in the bebop tradition albeit with some of the understatement of the West Coast
Cool. Regardless of style categorizations, for which many viewpoints could be
found, his inclusion in this list, reference to him in the brief chapter on the evolution
of the jazz guitar (Summerfield, 1978:20), the biographical entry in the main body of
the work and the table of Down Beat critics poll results attest to his place as an
important proponent of the art.

Doug Raney notes that many modern players give his father credit as a major
influence. Ask [John] Scofield, he says, even though he plays a completely
different style he puts my father on top as far as guys that play that style. He
continues,

theres several guys who really tried to play a lot like him, Jimmy Gourley,
this guy, Belgian guy, Rene Thomas Grant Green was very influenced
Ive seen it on one of his albums where he acknowledges my Dad as his
primary influence and not Wes Montgomery or somebody you might

26
Jon Raney states that, ironically, Jimmy also won the Talent Deserving Wider Recognition around
1967. (Raney, Jon, 2007:pc)


35
[normally] think [of] I can hear it in his playing in his sound and
his touch. (interview with the author, 2006)

Jon Raney also mentions the influence Jimmy had on Rene Thomas. Rene Thomas
transcribed
27
a lot of Jimmy Raney, he says and referring to Thomass album Guitar
Groove adds,

Interestingly enough its one of my brothers favorite records because for
him Rene Thomas is aggressive. Its like a more aggressive Jimmy
Raney. Dougs approach is similar. (interview with the author, 2006)

New York based, Canadian born guitarist Peter Leitch also refers to this link on his
web site,

Rene was a giant! Because his career took place mostly in Europe and
Canada, he did not become as well known as he should have been. The
musicians knew! They always do. Rene was influenced by Jimmy Raney,
but by what he did with that language rhythmically, and in terms of his
attack, he made it his own. (Leitch, undated:np)

A number of other artists have commented publicly on Raneys work and influence.
Critically acclaimed guitarist and composer Pat Metheny says on his group web site,

Billy Bean and Jimmy Raney - the two guys in the 50's that really figured
out how to get inside a modern rhythm section and make it feel as good as
any of a hundred horn players of the day could do. They were also (not
coincidentally) the two guys who were really dealing with bebop in a non-
pattern, truly improvised kind of way on the guitar. (Metheny, 2006:np)

Eminent guitarist, Allan Holdsworth states in an interview,

I was extremely fond of Jimmy Raney. Of course there was Joe Pass, Tal
Farlow and Barney Kessel. My dad bought lots of records to expose me to
all this great music. Joe Pass' album Catch Me was mind boggling. But
there was something about Jimmy Raney's sound that I loved. My favorite
was a recording called Jimmy Raney In Three Attitudes which I lost
during my move from England. I'm still trying to find the recording. He
played a tune called "So In Love" and his solo is absolutely amazing.
(Adelson, 2000:np)

Jack Wilkins comments on the Stan Getz at Storyville recording,

That stuff is enormous. When I first heard that I just said, "What in the
world?! Who is this guy who can play lines like that?" There was no sense
of difficulty about it. Very few guys were able to do that. (Fisch, 1997:np)


27
Jon is possibly referring to the practice of learning a solo from the record and studying it on the
guitar fingerboard rather than necessarily a notated transcription. There is no record of Thomas having
published any transcriptions.


36
There is, to date, no substantial biographical work dedicated specifically to Jimmy
Raney or for that matter even one that features him to any great extent. There are
however a small number of articles that include some biographical or auto-
biographical material. These are Ira Gitlers (1961) in Down Beat, Valerie Wilmers
(1962) piece in Melody Maker, Morgans (1963) Jazz Monthly article, one by Gourley
(1972) in Jazz-hot, Berles (1977) Guitar Player entry, an interview by George
Clinton (1977) in Guitar and Tomkins' (1977) Crescendo International article. One of
the more substantial pieces is Jean Metcalfes Jimmy Raney, Louisvilles Legendary
Jazz Guitarist (1990) from her Louisville Music News column.

The Watrous (1995) New York Times obituary and Gilberts (1995) in the Jazz
Journal International also add weight to the conviction that among the informed he
was a highly regarded musician. Jon Raney mentions the radio program (see page 18)
which aired after his fathers death in which Jim Hall was involved.

They played a little of his Strings And Swings. That Homage To
Bartok [track] I mean, man, composed in fifty seven,
28
I mean no jazz
musician was doing anything like that studying Bartok and the cello and
writing a guitar suite. I dont think he intended it to be a guitar suite as
the final product, I think he really wanted it to be a serious piece but it
ended up being a suite for guitar and quintet. (interview with the author,
2006)

More recently, in the May 2006 edition of Just Jazz Guitar Ken Wilson (2006)
interviewed Jeff Sherman on the annual Bellarmine Guitar Clinics that have been
running since 1976. The interview contains a number of anecdotes involving Raney as
well as some adjunct biographical information. In Jerry Jensons (2005) interview
with Doug Raney in the August, 2005 edition of Just Jazz Guitar Doug talks
primarily about his own career but includes some observations on his fathers
influence.

Yeah, I went to Louisville every summer and hung out with him; we
played together. I really didnt get so many lessons from him, I was
studying with a guy named Barry Galbraith. . I probably learned more
from his records than I did from him personally. I transcribed most of his
solos.
29
And I used to sit [and] play along with him just for fun, just
getting a big kick out of rhythm and phrasing. And my father has this
beautiful sound, old bar pickup guitar, he had. I finally got one of those.
(Jenson, 2005:87)

Mongans (1983) History of the Guitar in Jazz contains one of the more informative
biographical pieces on Raney. It also includes a couple of quotes from Raney himself
that are enlightening as to his ideas on the guitar and improvisation. Mongan says:

28
Homage to Bartok was a movement of the Suite for Guitar Quintet which was recorded in 1957,
fifteen years before its final release on the album Strings and Swings (Raney, J. 1972) on the Muse
label .
29
Doug was possibly referring to the practice of learning a solo from the record rather than necessarily
a notated transcription. If he had a notated collection of Jimmys solos he made no mention of it during
the authors interviews with him in 2006. In fact, he seemed very pleased to receive a copy of the
notated transcriptions from the current project indicating that he would use them with his students.


37

Melodic musicality was the main characteristic of Raneys work. Raney
added melody to the abstract, serpentine lines of Bauer [Billy], and
brought rhythmic vitality and harmonic audacity, supported by his
buoyant, instinctive sense of swing, to Smiths [Johnny] academic
approach. (Mongan, 1983:127)

He also provides a number of references from other commentators and players. He
quotes Jimmy Gourleys (1972) Jazz-hot article on Raneys style and importance:

Since the disappearance of Charlie Christian, Raney was certainly the
greatest innovator on the scene. Kessel [Barney] knew the modern
harmonies but he had a certain difficulty in running them. Whereas
Raney had them under his fingers perfectly. Raney was a fantastic
swinger. It was his swing that created a great feeling. Jimmy was easily
the most advanced guitarist of the time. (Gourley in Mongan, 1983:128)

Mongan also includes a quote from Wes Montgomery, referred to also by Jon Raney
in a conversation with the author (Raney, Jon, 2005:pc).

Now, Jimmy Raney is just the opposite of Tal Farlow. It seems like they
have the same ideas, the same type runs, the same feeling but Jimmy
Raney is so smooth he does it without a mistake, a real soft touch, its the
touch hes got. (Mongan, 1983:167)

Montgomerys place as one of the most critically acclaimed guitarists in the history of
jazz could give this quote a sense of master player commenting the work of a lesser
artist. The actual relationship may in fact have been the reverse with both Doug and
Jon asserting that Farlow and Montgomery followed Raneys performances quite
closely, paying tacit homage to him as the preeminent practitioner of the time.

Album liner notes contain not only biographical information (though not often
credited or referenced) but also reviews and analysis of the material on the recording.
In this respect LPs are often more useful than CD re-releases as the CD sometimes
have truncated or absent liner notes compared to the original vinyl. One of the most
in-depth is the notes on the Jimmy Raney, Strings and Swings (1972) album. In them,
Dan Morgenstern (1972) offers a short biography and some succinct observations on
Raneys style and contribution to jazz guitar as well as commentary on the works and
recorded performances. Another source for biographical information on Raneys life
before 1962 are the original cover notes to For Guitarists Only! (Jimmy Raney Small
Band Arrangements) (Raney (1996[b]), a Music Minus One play-along publication.


The world wide web contains some information, though usually no more detailed than
encyclopaedia or dictionary listings. One of the more informative and well designed
sites is Olav Torvunds Jimmy Raney web page (Torvund, undated:np). Torvund also
lists works that contain transcriptions of Raneys solos. This was most helpful in
tracking down transcriptions for comparison in the current study. One of the many
less detailed sites is the Music Web Encyclopaedia of Popular Music. The Jimmy
Raney page (Clarke, undated:np) on this site succinctly states the salient points of his
career and includes a brief integrated discography. A less thorough biography but


38
more comprehensive discography exists on the Jimmy Raney page on theiceberg web
site (world wide web
30
). Classic Jazz Guitar is another web site with a page on Raney
(world wide web
31
) containing a short biographical entry. It has a lengthy discography
on a linked page but without any detail such as recording label, CD number etc. This
makes tracking down recording sessions quite difficult and it is therefore possible that
some of the listings that seem to appear only here are in fact no more than different
releases of the same material mentioned elsewhere. This site also contained a personal
tribute by Louisville radio host Phil Bailey (Bailey, P. 1995:np). A website
specifically dedicated to Raney has recently come on-line (world wide web
32
) which
attests to a recent surge of interest in this player.

There are an increasing number of jazz guitar videos on the market that fit in the
historical or biographical category. Unfortunately, due probably to Raneys
previously mentioned lack of recognition and in part to his retiring nature, to the best
of the authors knowledge he features in none of those currently available. A
representative sample of the available material includes Legends of Jazz Guitar Vol.
1, 2 & 3 (unattributed, 2002) and with a focus on a particular artist there are a number
like, Gypsy Guitar: Legacy of Django (unattributed, 1992), Jim Hall A Life in
Progress (Ricker, 1999), Talmage Farlow (unattributed, 1989) and The Genius of Joe
Pass (unattributed, 2002).

Autobiographical material on Raney is scarce. In an article written for the Louisville
Music News (Raney, 1993), Raney reveals attitudes and lessons he learned from
circumstances of his life and musical career. Another rare piece is his Jimmy Raneys
ballad test from Guitar Player (Raney, 1998). The title is self-explanatory and the
only regrettable feature of the article is its short length. Hughes (Hughes, 1988)
Guitar Player contribution of Raneys personal reminiscences is full of insights,
albeit superficial, into his life and career. Album liner notes also provide limited but
informative autobiographical material. The most interesting musically are the notes to
the Solo album (Raney, 1976). Here, Raney gives some insight into his compositional
mind. Of a more personal nature are the notes from both Jimmy and Doug Raney on
Duets (Raney, J and Raney, D, 1979). The article How Did I Become a Living Legend
(Raney, undated [a]) by Raney is in a typically humorous vein as are a couple of
unpublished short stories both of which contain allusions to actual events and
certainly reveal Raneys mind on a number of musical and artistic issues. The
Composer (Raney, undated [c]) and Rhee Khoris (Raney, undated [b]) feature a
mildly satirical style and sharp wit. According to Wilkins (Fisch, 1997) and others,
Raney wrote a considerable amount of material of this nature but very little has been
published.


30
Unattributed (undated) Jimmy Raney: http://www.theiceberg.com/artist/27590/jimmy_raney/
[accessed 17/2/03]
31
Unattributed (undated) Classic Jazz Guitar:
http://www.classicjazzguitar.com/artists/artists_page.jsp?artist=25 [accessed 16/9/06]
32
World Wide Web, Jimmy Raney: http://www.jimmyraney.com/ [accessed 4/8/06]


39

IV. Bibliographies, Discographies, Surveys, Encyclopedias And
Dictionaries.

A number of works in this category were invaluable in compiling this survey.
Kuzmichs (1990) An Annotated Survey of Teaching Materials for Jazz Improvisation
and Volume II (1997) which contains a comprehensive list of print, recordings, video
and interactive pedagogical materials with brief annotations, and Lords (1992)
exhaustive Jazz Discography, now available on CD-ROM (2005), are notable. The
search capabilities of the Lord CD-ROM database are flexible and aided greatly in
gaining information on Raneys recording career and in the search for extant
recordings. The Complete Encyclopedia of Popular Music and Jazz (Kinkle, 1974)
while limited, covering only 1900-1950, has a useful reference to Raney in Vol. III
(biographies). Downbeat; 60 years of Jazz

(Alkyer (ed), 1995) and The Penguin
Guide to Jazz on CD

(Cook and Morton, 2000) were likewise suitable for confirming
other sources. One guide by Donald Kennington (1971), The Literature of Jazz, A
Critical Guide, though very much out of date was useful as a general reference and
comparison of literature coverage. The Encyclopedia of Popular Music, (Larkin (ed),
1998) a Grove publication, has a wider frame of reference than the New Grove
Dictionary of Jazz (Kernfeld (ed), 2002) and includes an ample reference to Raney in
its coverage. The main feature of Gary Carners (1990) Jazz Performers: An
Annotated Bibliography of Biographical Materials is its alphabetical listing of jazz
musicians and ensembles. Basic biographical data is provided for a comprehensive
list of jazz musicians. Each entry then lists sources of biographical information,
including material in all languages and unpublished academic works.

This work puts together in one volume all the book and scholarly
materials related to jazz lives and organizes them in such a way that the
reader, at a glance, can see the entire sweep of writings on a given artist
and grasp the nature of their contents. The bibliography includes many
different kinds of biographical source material published in all languages
from 1921 to the present. (unattributed, world wide web
33
)

There are a number of discographies to be found on the World Wide Web. A number
of these have been included in other sections of this survey (most under Jazz Style,
History And Biography on page 31) due to the major content of the site. One that
provides an exhaustive and comprehensive range of information is on the Yahoo
Shopping site (world wide web
34
). Each album is listed with information relating to
Raneys credited role on the album as a leader, sideman or band member. This list
was useful in developing a comprehensive view of his work and in the search for
extant recordings. Track titles, other performers, recording dates, record label details
and current availability are all provided. This information has been most useful in
sourcing recordings of Raneys work with other artists.

33
Unattributed (undated) amazon.com [book description]: http://www.amazon.com/Jazz-Performers-
Bibliography-Biographical-Collection/dp/0313262500/sr=8-2/qid=1158487786/ref=sr_1_2/102-
4710400-1613764?ie=UTF8&s=books [accessed 17/9/06]
34
World Wide Web, Yahoo Shopping:
http://shopping.yahoo.com/p:Jimmy%20Raney:1927006271:page=discography:subpage=all;_ylt=AqP
FcChwDhsj7Qtxy38DBO9UvQcF;_ylu=X3oDMTBudjZmdTkzBF9zAzg0MzkzMzAwBHNlYwNhcn
R0b29s [accessed 17/9/06]


40

V. Criticism, Reviews And News Media

Works listed here are not only those specific to guitar. Specific articles from journals
relating to Raney are listed at other points in this survey, depending on their content.
In the general jazz vein, the Jazz Education Journal (Garcia [ed]) is a highly regarded
source for educational institutions and as a publication forum for jazz research,
particularly that relating to educational issues. Jazz Times (Porter [ed]) and Down
Beat (Koransky [ed]) are more focused on issues and current events, with some
criticism though generally few scholarly articles. However a Down Beat article by
Silverman (2006) on Raneys style featuring a transcription appeared in the July 2006
edition. OffBeat Magazine (world wide web
35
) and Cadence Magazine (Rusch [ed])
both present a more academic and research emphasis with Cadence focusing on the
more avant-garde elements of current jazz practice. In the guitar specific area, Guitar
Player, (world wide web
36
) Guitarist, (world wide web
37
) Acoustic Guitar (world
wide web
38
) and Guitar World (world wide web
39
) all feature music news, product
and artist/recording reviews, transcriptions, lessons, articles and interviews. There
are a number of similar magazines of varying quality and credibility. One that is quite
specifically jazz focused is Just Jazz Guitar (Benson [ed]). This periodical has tended
in the past to err a little on the side of a picture bulletin board of whos who at
various guitar shows or schools. More recently it has increased the sections that are
aimed at dissemination of knowledge and is now one of the most specific and useful
of the guitar magazines for the jazz specialist. Guitar Techniques (Mead [ed]) has a
pronounced focus on transcriptions and lessons, a number of which are jazz
orientated. The major percentage of this periodical is devoted to these components
with little in the way of advertising and sponsored product reviews. In this respect, in
spite of the claims of competitors, it is quite unique.

The web-based magazine Jazz Guitar International (world wide web
40
) is a specialist
site that also provides a useful forum. As with many other special interest groups,
there are a growing number of jazz guitar web sites. These range from the serious to
the idiosyncratic and/or inane. To cover these comprehensively and with any attempt
to categorize is beyond the scope of the present study, however some of the more
credible are; 20th Century Guitar Magazine (world wide web
41
), Virtual Guitar
Magazine (world wide web
42
), Guitar One (world wide web
43
), Jazz Guitar Online
(world wide web
44
), Total Guitar (world wide web
45
) and GuitarBase (world wide
web
46
). Some of these publications are available in print form as well. The few web
sites that include specific references to Raney are referred to in other sections of this
survey.

35
World Wide Web, OffBeat Magazine: www.offbeat.com [accessed 2/2/04]
36
World Wide Web, Guitar Player: www.guitarplayer.com [accessed 2/2/04]
37
World Wide Web, Guitarist: www.guitarist.co.uk [accessed 2/2/04]
38
World Wide Web, Acoustic Guitar: www.acguitar.com [accessed 2/2/04]
39
World Wide Web, Guitar World: www.guitarworld.com [accessed 2/2/04]
40
World Wide Web, Jazz Guitar International: www.musicweb-uk.com [accessed 2/2/04]
41
World Wide Web, 20th Century Guitar Magazine: www.tcguitar.com [accessed 2/2/04]
42
World Wide Web, Virtual Guitar: www.virtualguitarmagazine.com [accessed 2/2/04]
43
World Wide Web, Guitar One: www.guitaronemag.com [accessed 2/2/04]
44
World Wide Web, Jazz Guitar Online: www.jazzguitar.com [accessed 2/2/04]
45
World Wide Web, Total Guitar: www.totalguitar.com.uk [accessed 2/2/04]
46
World Wide Web, GuitarBase: www.gbase.com [accessed 2/2/04]


41


VI. Guitar Instructional Works.

a. Method

Works that exhibit a comprehensive coverage, even when that coverage is of a limited
area or topic, and methodical approach I have classed as method type works. The
three Howard Roberts guitar manuals (Roberts, 1972, 1978) and (Roberts and Grebb,
1972) certainly qualify. Roberts also collaborated with Garry Hagberg on a massive
conceptual method based work in three volumes, The Praxis System. (Roberts and
Hagberg, 1989) With a more harmonic emphasis, George Van Epps (1981) also
contributed a similar exhaustive three-volume work. Another author of the same ilk is
Sal Salvador who has published a number of instructional works (Salvador, 1988(a),
1988[b]) and (Salvador and Giordano, 1988, 1991). They are a comprehensive set,
covering the full gamut of single line instruction to chord voicing presented in a clear
framework.

Grassel's books (1984(a), 1984(b), 1995) also involve a degree of graded instruction
in their presentation of some specific advanced guitar techniques (walking bass-line
and two-line improvisation) and so are included here. Des Reids Walk This Way
(1991) is one of the easier to follow books of this type (and is the current authors text
of choice, in his educational practice, for bass line techniques). Wymbles The Art of
Two Line Improvisation (2001) is superficially similar with a handful of pages on
techniques followed by a number of etudes but with no explanation or instructional
notes. If one was looking for a progressive technique and materials book for one of
the more complex improvisational styles capable on guitar it could be disappointing.
Perhaps all that is needed is a change of title to reflect the well-crafted, two-part,
guitar arrangements that represent the bulk of the books material. Peter OMara
(1996) on the other hand presents what at first appears to be a simple chord book but
is, in fact, a very well developed instructional framework for guitar chord voicings.
He includes some concept style instructional material at the end of the book. A
similar work is the method like Chord Khancepts by Steve Khan (1996) that deals
with guitar fretboard idiosyncrasies and presents the material in units for study.

Along the same lines are the two volumes by Brett Willmott entitled, Mel Bays
Complete Book of Harmonic Extensions for Guitar (Willmott, 1996) and Mel Bays
Complete Book of Harmony, Theory and Voicing (Willmott, 1994). These are suitable
only for the advanced player. Challenging and well-presented works with an obvious
harmonic focus, this is one set that largely fulfils its complete tag. The Herb Ellis
Jazz Guitar Method (Ellis and Stang, 1996), (Ellis and Stang and Holmes, 1996) and
(Ellis, 2000), again a three-volume set, utilizes three common jazz chord progressions
as the basis for each volume of the trilogy. The William Leavitt (Berklee College) set
of texts A Modern Method for Guitar (Leavitt, 1966) is no longer modern (if by that
we mean recent) but it is still the epitome of the complete jazz guitar tutor. The styles
used and the presentation is somewhat dated but the material is suitably thorough with
all important areas covered. Another offering from Berklee is the Get Your Band
Together series (Baione, 2001), which covers the basics for each band instrument in a
number of styles. Each volume covers rock, blues, swing and funk, dealing with
technique, groove, improvisation and reading as well as a practice regime in each


42
style. One that is designed from the Musicians Institute (USA) core curriculum
programs is Advanced Guitar Soloing: The Professional Guide to Improvisation.
(Gilbert and Marlis, 2002)

A number of jazz guitar performers have added works to the instructional catalogue.
47

Steve Rochinski in his The Motivic Basis for Jazz Guitar Improvisation (Rochinski,
1998) provides a method for constructing jazz solos in the style of numerous artists
including Raney. Rockhampton guitarist, James Woodward has produced an overview
of guitar materials in a method style (Woodward, 2002). This book was self-published
but to a high standard with assistance by the Regional Arts Development Fund,
Queensland.

Jimmy Stewarts Mel Bays Complete Jazz Guitarist (1994) has the first two thirds
presented as a set of very brief compositions in the style of some seminal players,
Jimmy Raney included. While this is interesting and there are a few books of this
nature, they offer, almost without exception, no real explanation as to how the
material was derived from the original players style. The last quarter is a jumbled
concoction of ideas, all of stylistic validity, but with little instructional continuity.
Stewart also authored The Evolution of Jazz Guitar: A Thorough Study of the Guitar
in Jazz (1988).

Raney himself was in the process of writing a book when he died. (see pages 56, 181,
200) Jon Raney who has a copy of the manuscript has indicated that he is completing
the work and should publish it shortly. (interview with the author, 2006) Jon has
posted some information from and concerning this important work on his blog and
web pages.
48
This will be a welcome addition to the available literature. Louisville
jazz educator and guitarist, Jeff Sherman indicates some of its original content saying,

Thats what Jimmy does in his [unfinished] improvisation method book
cause he takes like aone, six, two, five [chord progression] and
plays a simple little line over it, primarily arpeggios and he adds in some
neighbor notes and then he starts doing some rhythmic displacement,
approach tones and all of a sudden youve got this full fledged solo that
you watch him [develop] in slow motion. (interview with the author, 2006)

Jon Raney indicates that the work has some useful information of Jimmys approach
to improvisation,

Im just trying to get this book of his going and fleshing and adding
stuff and one of the things about it is understanding the nuggets, the
pieces of improvisation. And so you see a lot of that like

47
The better-known jazz examples are Don Andrews (c1970), Larry Coryell (1998), Ron Eschete
(1986), Ted Greene (1985), Martin Taylor (1990), and the perennial Mickey Baker (1955, 1973).
Others, better known as instructors, are Doug Munro (1999), Les Wise (2001), Adrian Ingram (1980),
Steve Sutton and Gary Turner (1992), Fred Sokolow (Sokolow and Schiff and Schwartz, 1980) and
Mike Christiansen (1995). Jody Fisher (1995(a), 1995(b), 1995(c), 1996, 2000, 2002) is one of the
more prolific and the full range of his material can be found at his World Wide Web site:
www.jodyfisher.com [accessed 1/2/04].
48
Raney, Jon. http://www.garageband.com/artist/jraney [accessed 26/7/06]
Raney, Jon. http://jonraney.com/ [accessed 26/7/06]
Raney, Jon. http://jonraneyblog.blogspot.com/ [accessed 9/12/07]


43
interconnection of three elements The scale fragments, the arpeggios
and the auxiliary tones as well. (interview with the author, 2006)

For jazz guitar in general there are a growing number of jazz instructional videos;
however, there are very few which have a true systematic method style approach to
the presentation of the material they purport to cover. Most of the videos currently
available are covered in the concept section of this survey but a few that qualify in
varying degrees for the method label are those by Jody Fisher (1997), Ronny Lee
(c1993), Paul Mehling (undated) and Mike DeMicco (1993).

b. Concept

Some publications I have labeled as concept works. In these a loose conglomeration
of concepts is presented in a less organized way than a method book but often the
ideas are of a highly complex nature and reflect a kind of master class/lesson
smorgasbord for the reader. Jim Kelly has a range of self-published works, Jazz
Improvisation (Kelly, undated), Guitar Concepts (Kelly, undated) and The Dominant
Seventh Chord and Then the Blues (Kelly, undated). These works could be
categorized either here or in the method section. They are well thought out with
advanced concepts and the respect among musicians for Kellys work is such that
there would probably be wide support for more formal publication of these works.

Ike Isaacs, an Australian player, largely unrecognized at home in spite of some
success in the USA (a fate common to all but a few high profile Australian jazz
performers), epitomizes the concept approach in his Jazz Guitar School (Isaacs,
1987). The Jazz Guitarists Handbook by Bruce Forman (1991) also presents a
number of loosely linked advanced concepts and then offers some transcribed solos
and compositions. The pieces dont appear to be connected with the previous text. If
there was meant to be a follow on of ideas or a presentation of practical exercises for
the preceding theory material then this is not communicated. Jim Halls Exploring
Jazz Guitar (1990) has a major focus on original compositions with the concept
ideas presented with each piece.

Session guitarist Tommy Tedesco specializes in the concepts department. His books
An Improvisational Concept for the Jazz Guitar (Tedesco, 2002) and For Guitar
Players Only (Tedesco, c1975) are a reflection of a lifetime in the music industry.
George Gollas Improvisation for Guitar (1975) probably fits best into the concept
category but has a strong and evolutionary flow to the information making a method
label possible. Another work capable of registration in either category is Fewells
(2005) Jazz Improvisation for Guitar: A Melodic Approach. Like most Berklee Press
publications it is methodical and well structured in its presentation of fairly advanced
concepts. The categories that Fewell presents for guide tone embellishment and
soloing concepts have contributed to the transcription analysis in the current study. In
spite of their specific titles, works by authors like Diorio (1992, 2000, 2001(a),
2001(b) are also best described by this category. Some of these works focus on
specific topics but still have a concept approach such as Don Mocks (1998(a),
1998[b]) books Harmonic Minor Revealed and Melodic Minor Revealed. There are a
few lessons with the greats, style books that feature tips or concepts from respected
performers. One of the seminal works in this category is Joe Pass Guitar Style. (Pass
and Thrasher, 1986) In spite of the title this book is more about jazz guitar concepts as


44
taught by Pass than a direct expose of his style. Another example is Jody Fishers Jazz
Guitar: Master Class (Fisher (ed), 1996) that compiles input from a number of artists.
Nathaniel Gunod (Gunod (ed), 1996) also compiles input from a number of different
artists. In this work each artist presents a concept and matching study/etude.
Contributors are: Steve Kahn, Ron Eschete, Scott Henderson, Joe Diorio, Mark
Whitfield and Jodie Fisher. Self published works from guitar teachers and in-house
publications from educational institutions represent an enormous resource but often
difficult to source. An example would be the works of Jim Kelly (mentioned
previously) and Fred Hamilton (Hamilton, undated) who is based at North Texas
University. Some of Hamiltons other books are included in later sections.

The majority of jazz guitar video recordings usually tend to fit the concept label best.
They are often very informative, presenting technically and theoretically advanced
information but frequently without a deliberately organized flow of information or
pedagogically sound curriculum. Recognizing the difficulty a short tape presents in
this regard, this is more a statement of fact than a criticism. Also the market demand
is often for tips and insights into particular artists techniques rather than lengthy
step-by-step instructional material. Sometimes the presentations have no specific
focus in spite of somewhat misleading titles.
49



VII. The Material Of Improvisation

Due to the jazz traditions strong link to notated music traditions, in spite of its
improvisational emphasis, most players accept the value of score type presentations of
material. It should be noted however that almost without exception the importance of
reference to recording and live performances is considered by jazz artists as essential
for a complete assimilation of the style.

a. General

There are many volumes that deal with general jazz improvisation materials.
50
Two of
the most succinct are Dan Haerles The Jazz Language (1980) and The Jazz Sound
(1989). A similar work is Schenkels The Tools of Jazz (1983). Mike Steinels volume
Building a Jazz Vocabulary (1995) is more detailed and presents patterns and idioms

49
Emily Remler is a case in point, with titles: Advanced Jazz and Latin Improvisation (c1986[a]) and
Bebop and Swing (c1986[b]) shedding little light on the real content which, while of very high
standard, is nonetheless a smorgasbord. Larry Coryell (1990), Joe Pass (1986), Herb Ellis (Ellis,
undated), Pat Martino (1996), Joe Diorio (1992), Barney Kessel (1981), John Scofield (1993), Frank
Gambale (1988) and John Abercrombie (Abercrombie, undated) are among the other luminaries with
output in this category. Still others aim to expose a particular players style. These might be presented
by the artist themselves or by other players or commentators. A representative is The legendary guitar
of Tal Farlow (Farlow, 1994), Jim Hall: Master Sessions (Hall, undated) and Joe Pass Jazz Lines
(Pass, 2000).
50
Some highly regarded serials contribute to this body of material. Two of the key publications are
Jazz Player Magazine, now out of print, and Jazz Improv Magazine. The latter, in spite of the practical
sounding title, has tended towards more interviews and feature articles of a biographical, social and
ethnomusicological nature rather than the implied emphasis on improvisational theory, practice,
transcription and analysis. While obviously not guitar-focused the Saxophone Journal also has a high-
level jazz and improvisation emphasis due to the instruments place in the genre. These magazines all
feature presentation of advanced improvisational concepts together with play-alongs and
demonstrations on accompanying CDs.


45
in a theoretical or conceptual framework that while a little elusive is nevertheless
comprehensive.

A book similar to Haerles Jazz Language is the one by Jerry Coker, The jazz idiom
(1975). Interestingly enough, Steinel, Haerle and Coker have used words like
language, vocabulary and idiom in their titles. Coker, a respected player and educator
has a number of publications to his name. Kynaston and Ricci combine theory and
patterns convincingly in their Jazz Improvisation (Kynaston and Ricci, 1978) while
Mark Levines (1995) The Jazz Theory Book is more harmonically focused.
Nevertheless, it presents a very comprehensive view of the setting for jazz
improvisation. It should be noted at this point that chord/scale approaches are a major
part of the body of work that tries to place jazz improvisation in appropriate
frameworks. Levines book and The Chord Scale Theory and Jazz Harmony by
Nettles and Graf (1997) are the best known of these works.

Galper has contributed a work that could have been included under the earlier
heading, The conceptualization of improvisation - in the jazz tradition due to its
investigation of the processes as well as the material of improvisation. Forward
Motion (Galper, 2005) provokes mixed reactions amongst jazz educators due to its
skepticism of approaches to jazz improvisation that emphasize scale and note choice
rather than the macro aspects of resolution and directed phrases. This focus, however,
causes it to have wider acceptance from performers and artists. It also explores
concepts of jazz phrasing, melodic material and development and the improvisational
process. Aspects of Galpers concepts have been used in the analysis of the
transcriptions in this study. In particular, the prevalence of central chord tones on
strong beats of otherwise chromatic or dissonant solo passages. This concept is also
central to the presentation of material in Sam Mosts important demonstration of the
development of melodic material in jazz improvisation. Originally entitled
Metamorphosis: Transformation of the Jazz Solo this book has been republished after
a number of years out of print as Jazz Improvisation: The Best Way to Develop Solos
Over Classic Changes (Most, 1996).

b. Method

There are some that actually present a method approach to improvisation,
51
such as
those by Copeland (1977) and Mehegan (1974), whose work is separated into four
volumes and is mainly focused on piano application. David Baker has been most
prolific is this area having written works in most categories. Technical (Baker, 1971),
licks and patterns, (Baker, 1987) conceptual (Baker, 1990) and method-based works
have all issued from his prolific hand. Jazz Improvisation: A Comprehensive Method

51
Many works in this category claim either panacea or comprehensivity, claims which are largely over-
inflated and certainly misleading. Titles like The complete guide to jazz improvisation: (for all
instruments) (Stephan and Stephan, 1992) are unfortunate. Even Baker falls into this trap with the
previously mentioned David Baker's jazz improvisation, a comprehensive method for all musicians.
Similarly, the over-simplified titles of books like Bunky Green's Jazz in a nutshell: a short cut to jazz
improvisation (Green, 1985) misrepresent the complexity of both the material and learning process.
Some appropriate the method approach such as Lowery's grandiose sounding The Robert "Boysie"
Lowery method for jazz improvisation (Lowery, 1994) but others are more realistically portrayed; A
guide to jazz improvisation, (LaPorta, 2000) Jazz improvisation: in theory and practice (Benward and
Wildman, 1984), Jazz Improv: How to Play It and Teach It (Amadie, 1991) and Jazz improvisation I &
II (Sandole, 1977).


46
of Study for All Players (Baker, 1988) was first published in 1969 (Chicago: Maher
Publications) and revised in 1983 (Bloomington, Indiana: Frangipani Press) before its
current edition, an indication of how far Baker was ahead of his time and what a
major contribution he has made.

Reeves Creative Jazz Improvisation (2000) is fairly broad in approach, utilizing
actual players solos to develop a presentation methodology for improvisation then
moving on to the improvisational material itself. In a similar way Dave Pozzi, in his
Approach to Jazz Improvisation (1998), presents a guide to jazz improvisation that is
based on the exploration of seminal artists styles.

Without an overstated title, Bergonzis four volume set, Inside Improvisation (1992)
has a very comprehensive approach. It starts, however, at a fairly advanced level
without much preparation and assumes considerable prior knowledge. It has a concept
similar to Steinel's (1995) similarly understated book and delivers a well thought out
conceptual framework in appropriately sized serves. Eloquent in their simplicity, the
jazz theory books by Michael Furstner (1993) contain some of the clearest
explanations of the jazz improvisational and harmonic language at the introductory
and intermediate levels. Another work with notable clarity, this time from the
Aebersold stable, is George Bouchards Intermediate Jazz Improvisation, (Bouchard,
2000) which has, as its appropriate sub-title, a study guide for developing soloists.

One unique improvisation method that has both a play-along component and
methodically introduced improvisational material is the Beginning improvisation
series by Genova and Quiggley (1997). This was to be published with a guitar specific
booklet which, to the authors knowledge, never eventuated but I was able to obtain a
copy of the unpublished transcript from author/guitarist Jim Kelly. Like Kellys other
self-published teaching materials mentioned in the concept section it has an
inspirational quality with clear presentation and methodology.

George Russells seminal Lydian Chromatic Concept of Tonal Organization (1959) is
an advanced conceptual work. It has been included here rather than with the more
academic studies primarily due to its practical focus. It is, however, a work of high
scholarship that contributed to the credibility of advanced jazz harmony research in
both academic and performance circles.

c. Patterns; chords, arpeggios and scales

In the area of patterns and scales there are a growing number of well-presented works.
Coker's book, Patterns For Jazz (1970) in this heading is perhaps the best known but
there are many others, some of a very specific nature, like Rickers Pentatonic Scales
for Jazz Improvisation (1976) and Weiskopfs and Rickers The Augmented Scale in
Jazz (1993).

Others include Mantooths Patterns for Improvisation: From the Beginning (1996),
an elementary primer and Dan Haerles succinct Scales for Jazz Improvisation (1983).
One book that is quite unique is the previously mentioned Jazz Improvisation: The
Best Way to Develop Solos Over Classic Changes (Most, 1996). In this work Most
takes a more evolutionary and developmental approach to the material of jazz
improvisation.


47

Some of these patterns and scales books focus on guitar or at least provide an
approach to dealing with its particular idiosyncrasies and difficulties. Due to the
guitars peculiarities, works like Volpe and Dales (1970) are not uncommon. Others
are totally aimed at the guitarist. Ted Greene (1975(a), 1975(b), 1975(c), 1985(a),
1985(b), 2000) has a large set of published material. Some of his works, mostly
originally published by Dale Zdenek in the 70s, are now available through Alfreds
and Warner. This continued popularity and republication by a major firm confirms his
place as an important contributor to the field. His books tend to be extremely
comprehensive but sometimes lack clarity or order in the presentation of material. Joe
Passs Joe Pass Guitar Chords (1986) has much the same problem. Unlike OMaras
(1996) clear conceptual framework (see page 41) it is essentially just a chord-voicing
list, albeit categorized into broad groups.

Don Andrewss works have been the backbone of many Australian guitar studios for
years. Interestingly, classical as well as pop and jazz teachers have used his scale
syllabus (Andrews, 1967). Some highly recognized players have also put out works
that present the material of jazz. One of the most notable of these is Scofields On
Improvisation (1983) video, which is essentially a high level scale and pattern
workout. The Jazz Guitar Study Series by Barry Galbraith
52
(1979(a), 1979(b), 1986)
like Raney, another underrated player, are used as texts in many jazz guitar programs.
The fingering studies are not self-explanatory but the training is built into the
exercises. His Guitar Comping (Galbraith, 1986[a]) book is a set of studies of chords
in context. This is deservedly a frequently referred to text. Like Ted Green the
popularity of his works is attested to by their recent republication by a major jazz
publisher and distributor, in this case, Jamey Aebersold. Fred Hamilton, from the
University of North Texas, has an in-house series entitled Jazz Guitar
Fundamentals (Hamilton, 1991, 1992). These works have a degree of instructional
material included and a succinct bibliography and discography. Interestingly Raney is
included in the list of Single String Electric Innovators (Hamilton, 1991:40). The
current author has a self-published work, An Integrated Approach to Fretboard
Concepts: Technical Material for Jazz and Contemporary Guitarists (Hodges, 2004)
that covers the full gamut of guitar fretboard materials with the addition of a
conceptual approach for integrating melodic and harmonic concepts on the
instrument.

Fretboard Roadmaps by Fred Sokolow (2000) could almost be in the method section,
due to its very clear progressive presentation of the whole gamut of jazz materials in
guitar specific forms and patterns. This book is reasonably elementary but does deal
with conceptualizing the fretboard in a sensible and thorough way. It covers all the
basic concepts with clear explanations of why as well as how. A series that claims a
lesson style approach while containing well presented and clearly categorized guitar
materials are the Mel Bay Private Lessons Series. Two titles of note are, The
Changes: Guide Tones for Jazz Chords, Lines & Comping for Guitar (Jacobs, 2004)

52
Galbraiths overall approach includes the use of classical patterns in his two-part Bach studies
(Galbraith, 1986[b]), a penchant he shares with Robert Conti who advocates the use of violin studies in
his The Precision Technique of Robert Conti (Conti, 2001[a]). Conti has self-published a series of jazz
guitar works, entitled Source Code. They include Jazz Lines (Conti, 2001[b]), Precision Technique
(Conti, 2001[c]), Intros Endings Turn - Arounds (Conti, 2001[d]) and The Formula (Conti,
2001[e]).


48
and Guitar: Arpeggio Studies on Jazz Standards (Fox, 2004). Other technique-based
works are Andrew Greens Jazz Guitar Technique (2000) and Jazz Guitar Structures
(2002).

d. Interactive practice works

One of the most important bodies of work in the materials of jazz improvisation
category is the play-along style. The importance of improvisational practice over
stylistically accurate accompaniments is assumed by a number of educators and
publishers. The Jamey Aebersold multi volume series, A New Approach to Jazz
Improvisation (Aebersold [series], multiple dates), in its basic form, provides
recorded accompaniments of standards and important pieces utilizing accomplished
players as the rhythm section together with a book of the melodies and chord changes.
Beyond this simple platform, some of the volumes are devoted to concepts and
materials, particular chord changes or tunes and others have useful instructional
sections. In some instances the bass lines, piano parts and even the drums are
transcribed subsequently and provided as study material in separate books.
53
While
these are, strictly speaking, transcriptions, I have included them here due to their link
with the play-along material.

Other approaches make use of etudes/studies as in the ones Baker prepared for
Aebersold Volumes 5 and 6 (Baker, 1979) Further to this, some volumes have
recorded improvisations by major artists, which are then transcribed and made
available in the same way. Jimmy Raney himself is a good example of this in
Volumes 20 (Raney, 1979) and 29 (Raney, 1983). The material in Volume 20, Jimmy
Raney is a set of study preparations/improvisations based on the chord changes of
various jazz standards. The titles have been slightly disguised, one assumes for
copyright purposes. The cover notes state that: The Jimmy Raney Volume 20 book
and record set contains Jimmys original solos (transcribed) based on the chord
progressions to these standards: It would appear from this explanation that these
improvisations were transcribed from complete Raney solos rather than representing
reworked or partly composed material.
54
Volume 29, Play Duets With Jimmy Raney is
a set of Raney compositions for guitar duet. The improvisational material associated
with it takes the form of a second volume, Jimmy Raney Solos (Raney, 1985). This
features transcriptions of the solos that were part of the performance recorded in the
adjunct recording to Volume 29. Raney explains in his own statement from the cover
notes,

The Volume 29 book contains the written duets, while this book
contains all the improvised solos that I played on the Volume 29
record. These transcribed solos should be very useful in learning to
improvise and for teaching improvisation. I learned this way: from

53
Some examples include; piano voicings by Mark Levine in Volume 50 (Levine, 1992) and Jamey
Aebersold in Volume 70 (Aebersold, 1996) and Volume 54 (Aebersold, 1996). Ron Carter bass lines in
Volume 15 (Carter and Stephens and Aebersold and Fisher (ed), 1983) and Volume 35 (Carter and
Boaden and Aebersold, 1988) and Steve Davis drum parts for Volume 54 (Davis, 1992), Volume 70
(Davis, 1997), and Masters of Time (Davis, 1986) featuring transcriptions of Davis from various play-
along volumes.
54
This point is of some significance, as improvised material that is conceived in real time may vary
substantially from improvisations that represent contemplative and reworked compositions. Raney
himself alludes to the difference in his introduction to Jimmy Raney Solos (Raney, 1985:i)



49
material my teacher wrote for me and, later, from solos that I
transcribed from records and from published folios of established
artist. All the transcribing of the solos that follow was done by me.
(Raney 1985:i)

It should be noted that Raney is the only guitarist featured, to date, with published
transcriptions of his improvisations, in the Aebersold series. While this may have
reflected an interest on his own part in the educational benefits of such works and his
geographical association with Aebersold (both based in Louisville, Kentucky) it also
indicates that the jazz publishing community reciprocated this interest.

Confirming this, Raney also features in a number of works from Music Minus One.
For Guitarists Only (Raney, 1996[a]), a book and CD package, features a line up of
Stan Getz, Hal McCusick, George Duvivier and Ed Shaughnessy (rec. August 21, 23
1962). On the original recording Raney provides the backing with the book including
a 1
st
guitar part that he comments on.

All ten arrangements have a first guitar part included with the album in
the form of a booklet. For the use of guitarists who are only beginning to
improvise, there are example solos on each tune (in smaller notes) to
serve as a guide. These may be used or ignored as desired. The large
notes should always be played, as they constitute the lead part. (Raney,
1996[b])

Whether these written out parts represent actual solos transcribed or a composed
solo for instructional purposes is not indicated. The most recently released version of
the recording has alternate tracks of performance with and without a lead part that
was recorded at a later date by Jack Wilkins (rec. January 18 1996).

Ed Xiques has used the same accompaniment recordings to produce another Music
Minus One interactive practice product. Take A Chorus (Xiques, 1996) adapts the
original for use by B and E instruments and includes in the score the original
sample solos from Raney. However, on the recording the example solos are played by
Xiques with only the Raney comping and second voice parts retained.

Also from Music Minus One with Raney as an accompanist are, 12 Classic Jazz
Standards (Unattributed, 1998[a]) and 12 More Classic Jazz Standards (Unattributed,
1998[b]) both recorded at Judson Hall in Manhattan in 1951. They feature three line-
ups between the two volumes. Raneys line-up included Nat Pierce, Oscar Pettiford
and Kenny Clarke. As well as a recording of the accompaniment only, the current
releases of this material include a more recently recorded soloist playing the melodies
which are written for E, B and bass clef instruments. These tracks include some
solo sections from the original artists, including a number from Raney.


VIII. Transcription Based Works

There are a growing number of lick or idiom based books. Many of these are
randomly organized sets of licks with little or no referencing to either player or


50
style/period but a number contain authentic condensed jazz language and stylistic
idioms. Titles like 101 Must Know Jazz Licks (Marshall, 2000) can be misleading in
its generality, however, this work tends to fit the latter category as its material is
organized in periods and styles and a thorough analysis is provided with each lick or
pattern to aid assimilation of the material.
55
Some publications take a scales and
arpeggios approach. Works by Ferguson (2001), Berle (1994) and Halbig (1994) fit
this category.

David Bakers comprehensive catalogue of licks in his How to Play Bebop three-
volume set (Baker, 1987) is a stylistically more defined work. The set is otherwise
marred by a lack of form in its pedagogy. This criticism could be leveled at a number
of the jazz instruction books surveyed though many are probably more concerned
with presenting material than a curriculum. Les Wise, who wrote The Bebop Bible
(Wise, 1982), another catalogue of bebop
56
idioms, has also dealt with the guitars
idiosyncrasies, in Bebop Licks for Guitar: A Dictionary of Melodic Ideas for
Improvisation (Wise, 2002).

There are a number of works that feature transcriptions of ensembles. Some are
accurate transcriptions of all instruments; others are focused on the riffs or licks
peculiar to the group or piece of music. Many use a mix of tablature and chord
symbols as well as standard notation. A few publishers have produced a series of
books in this genre covering different bands. As mentioned previously, I have not
listed the extensive selection that is now available for rock and pop groups but a few
are worth mentioning here due to their methodology, quality or content.
57


The Hal Leonard Recorded Versions, Guitar series currently covers artists from
Aerosmith to Muddy Waters. Robin Ford, Frank Gambale and Eric Johnson are about
as close to jazz players as they get. These artists certainly could be classed as jazz
capable and sometime jazz stylists but there is no attempt to cover the classic artists in
the jazz genre in this series. However, Hal Leonard also publishes the Artists
Transcription series, which appears to be entirely jazz focused and is discussed later.


55
Other works of this type include 132 Hot Jazz Licks for guitar (Smith, 1986), Guitar jazz licks
(Friedman, 1979) and Mel Bays 101 Jazz Guitar licks (deMause, 1983). Some works that are marred
only by their use of superlative titles are Mel Bay's complete book of jazz guitar lines & phrases
(Jacobs, 1996) and Mel Bay's deluxe encyclopedia of jazz guitar runs, fills, licks, & lines (Rector,
1984).
56
Bebop, in particular, with its fast tempos and intricate melismatic style, presents problems for the
aspiring guitarist and a number of books now present specially annotated bebop tunes. Charlie Parker
for Guitar (Voelpel, 2001) and 50 Essential Bebop Heads; arranged for guitar (Unattributed, 1996) are
a couple of examples. The Be-Bopper's Method Book by Wendell Harrison (1997) is another book that
deals with this area though not with an exclusive guitar focus.
57
Cherry Lane publishes a Play it like it is / Note-For Note Transcriptions series; for example, Steely
Dans greatest songs (Unattributed, 2000). Cherry Lane also publishes The Art of series. An
example of this series is David Pearls The Art of Steely Dan (Pearl, 2002). As the name implies there
is a comprehensive analysis and overview of the band's style as well as the transcriptions. Hal Leonard
publishes the Transcribed Scores series; for example, The best of Blood Sweat and Tears
(Unattributed, 1989) and Recorded Versions, Guitar; for example Santana's greatest Hits
(Unattributed, 1996) and Hendrix Radio One (Redding and Mitchell, 1995). This last work contains
transcriptions for guitar, bass, and drums. Performance notes are also included.


51
The number and range of more jazz focused
58
works is large and growing. A sampling
of some of the non-guitar, transcription based works are, Jazz Transcription for
Trumpet (Unattributed, 1989), and Jazz Transcriptions for Tenor Sax (Unattributed,
1990). Others are artist specific like, Buddy Rich: Jazz Legend 1917-1987:
Transcriptions and Analysis of the Worlds Greatest Drummer (Unattributed 1997),
Stan Getz B Flat Tenor Saxophone Artist Transcriptions (Unattributed, 1993),
Clifford Brown; Complete Transcriptions (Lewis, 1991) and Oscar Peterson: Note-
for-Note Transcriptions of Classic Recordings (Unattributed, 2000). Of particular
note are two works both generated by jazz educator and trumpeter Dr Michael
Davison. Both feature transcriptions of critically acclaimed jazz trumpeter Randy
Brecker. Randy Brecker (Davison, 1994) from the Hal Leonard Artist Transcription
series and The Music of Randy Brecker: Solo Transcriptions and Performing Artist
Master Class CD (Davison, 2003) are both products of Davisons long association
with Brecker. The Hal Leonard publication is clearly a product of Davisons PhD
dissertation, A Motivic Study of Twenty Improvised Solos of Randy Brecker Between
the Years of 1970-1980 (Davison, 1987) with duplication of a number of the
transcriptions and the inclusion of part of an interview with Brecker providing some
insights into the improvisers thought processes. This dissertation is discussed in more
detail under Theses/monograms/articles relating to transcriptions and analysis.

It is worth noting, at this point, the improvisation generative software Band in a Box
(Gannon, 2004). I have included reference to this genre in this section, as the solos
generated by such programs are the result of original programming of a number of
jazz improvisation clichs or idioms into the interactive software. The more advanced
examples can generate solos in the style of well-known jazz artists whose work has
been sampled into the software. It is outside the scope of this study to explore
arguments relating to the validity or otherwise of computer generated jazz solos but it
is interesting that at least some of the essence of the style of a certain player can be
recognized by generating material by this method which would indicate that even at
the basic pitch and rhythm selection level there is enough of a signature to identify an
artists idioms.

In the books that focus on jazz guitar there are a number of anthologies, these include;
Famous Jazz Guitar Solos; As Played and Recorded by , (Mairants, 1989) Jazz
Guitar Standards: Artist Transcriptions Play-Alongs (Unattributed, 1998), Jazz
Guitar Standards (Grassel, 1998) and Great Jazz Guitarists (Vol. 1& 2)

58
The range of rock material is extensive and growing. Music Sales publish a Rock Score Series; for
example The Rolling Stones (Unattributed, 1986) and a Guitar Tablature Edition; for example AC/DC
Ballbreaker (unattributed, 2002). Others seem to be without any link to a series like The Classic
Songs and Solos of Eric Clapton (Unattributed, 1996). Warner Brothers have a number of series in this
genre including the Guitar Anthology series; for example John Mayall: Authentic Guitar-Tab Edition
(Unattributed, 1997), the Guitar Tab edition; for example Steve Howe / Guitar Pieces (Unattributed,
1999) and the Rock Legends series; for example Grateful Dead: Authentic Guitar Tab (Unattributed,
2001). Many of these publications come with a CD recording, most of which include play-along tracks.
An example of these is the Jam with series from Wise publications. Dire Straits (Unattributed,
1999) is one from this series, which exhibits high quality, live-recorded backing. One of the better full
band transcription works available is the Beatles Complete Scores (Unattributed, 1993) in which all the
band parts are completely transcribed. It is worth noting that a large number of instructional videos in
the rock style are now available that, due to their in the style of approach, could be classed in this
section. Curt Mitchells In the Style of Stevie Ray Vaughan (1995) and In the Style of Van Halen (1994)
are good examples.


52
(Unattributed, undated). Mel Bays Master Anthology of Jazz Guitar Solos
(Unattributed, 2001) demonstrates the problem with some of the terminology used in
titles. The word solos in this publication refers, for the most part, to guitar features
or arrangements, not transcribed improvisations. This book also tends to showcase
more contemporary players, but the title doesnt convey this narrower outlook.
Barney Kessels book, The Jazz Guitar Artistry of Barney Kessel (Kessel, 1992) is
another one that is, in spite of its title, really a set of composed solo guitar works not
improvised solos. On the other hand, Schiffs Solos for Jazz Guitar (Schiff (ed),
1988) contains transcriptions of actual improvised solos of seminal players. It also
claims to include a catalog of jazz phrases by each artist. This assertion is a little
grandiose but the set of idiosyncratic idioms for each of the artists at the end of the
book is interesting and useful, if brief.

Artist specific titles are numerous. The following are representative only, John
Abercrombie (Workman and Jentsch, c1993), Pat Martino: The Early Years: Jazz
Guitar Solos (Khan, 1991) and Larry Coryell: Jazz Guitar Solos: Transcriptions &
Adaptations from the Original Recordings (Pritchard and Rahn, 1980). Some artists
receive more attention. From four different publishers come the following works on
Wes Montgomery; Mel Bay Presents Wes Montgomery, Jazz Guitar Artistry (Saalik
Saood, 1995), Wes Montgomery, Artist: Transcriptions for Guitar (Unattributed,
1988), Wes Montgomery Jazz Guitar Solos (Sokolow, 1976) and Wolf Marshalls
contribution from the Hal Leonard Guitar Signature Licks series; Best of Wes
Montgomery (Marshall, 2001) which contains a very brief history, cursory
discography and a short description of the Montgomery style. The transcriptions,
though, as usual from this author, are of high quality. Some works have a method type
approach like Learn to Play Django-Style Gypsy Jazz Guitar (Mehling, undated).
Ayeroffs Django Reinhardt (Ayeroff (ed), 1978) includes transcriptions of solos plus
a very brief analysis of his style. This book is part of Consolidated Musics Jazz
Masters series. The authors tips for improvisation at the rear of the book are quite
comprehensive and amount to a further set of examples of Djangos improvisational
devices. Other works include Famous Jazz Guitar Solos/Eddie Lang (Unattributed,
1985), Charlie Christian (Ayeroff (ed), 1979), Eric Johnson: Guitar Transcriptions
(Johnson, 1990) which is part of another Hal Leonard series; the Recorded Version
[guitar] Series, Jazz Guitar Solos/Mike Stern (Kynaston and Kynaston (ed), 1992),
and John Scofield Guitar Transcriptions (Scofield, 1987). The Jazz Style of Tal
Farlow (Rochinski, 1994) is part of the Artist Transcription series from Hal
Leonard. This series covers a number of those musicians considered to be jazz
legends, such as Charley Christian and also current high profile players like Mike
Stern. Jazz Guitar Environments (Hall and Jones, 1994) is a title from this series that
features compositions, in this case Jim Halls, not solo improvisations making the
series title somewhat misleading in that most players would assume the term
transcription in this context applied to solo improvisations. Though there may be
improvised sections in the pieces, these do not constitute solos as defined by this
study.

There are a few publications that include transcriptions of Raney solos. Publisher Hal
Leonard makes good use of Grassels transcription of Raneys solo over Tangerine,
from the album The Master (1983) recorded on February 16, 1983 in Holland. It is
included in Grassels own Jazz Guitar Classics (Grassel, 1996:10), Guitar Standards
(Unattributed, 1989:92) and in the misleadingly titled Jazz Guitar Bible (unattributed,


53
undated:228) which is a compilation of transcriptions rather than an instructional or
encyclopedic volume. James Birkett, who has contributed a PhD thesis to the jazz
improvisation field, referred to later, has published Jazz Guitar (Birkett, 1987), a set
of transcriptions of jazz guitarists including one from Raney, Indian Summer (Birkett,
1987:38) from the album Jimmy Raney in Three Attitudes. (1956) This track was
recorded on June 15, 1956 in New York and is not currently commercially available.
Petersens Jazz Styles and Analysis: Guitar: A History of the Jazz Guitar via
Recorded Solos (Petersen, 1979) is based on analysis of a selection of artists and
makes an effort to draw some stylistic applications. It includes Raneys solo over
Gone with the Wind (Petersen, 1979:64) from the album The Fourmost Guitars
(1956), recorded on May 4 1956 in Hackensack, New Jersey. This recording is also
not currently available. Another title that, unusually for a reference work, features a
number of transcriptions including a Raney solo is Mongans (1983) History of the
Guitar in Jazz. The transcription (Mongan, 1983:130) is the solo from the Raney
composition, Parker 51 from the album Immortal Concerts: Stan Getz and Jimmy
Raney (1951) recorded October 28, 1951.

As mentioned previously, Aebersold Volume 20; Jimmy Raney (Raney, 1979) and
Jimmy Raney Solos (Raney, 1985), the transcriptions published as an adjunct to
Aebersold Volume 29; Play duets with Jimmy Raney (Raney, 1983), are examples of
transcriptions that while having their purpose as study material also give an insight
into Raneys improvisations. The Music Minus One offerings, Take a Chorus
(Xiques, 1996), Twelve Classic Jazz Standards (Unattributed, 1998[a]) and Twelve
More Classic Jazz Standards (Unattributed, 1998[b]) mentioned under Interactive
Practice Works on pages 48, 49 are further examples of Raneys educational
approach.

There are also a handful of Raney transcriptions available for purchase from websites.
Most notable of these are Shoemakes Talsan Music (Shoemake, S and Shoemake, C,
world wide web, undated) and the tablature transcriptions available for download
from Digital Sounds. (world wide web, unattributed)


IX. Theses/Monograms/Articles Relating To Transcriptions And
Analysis

While this thesis does not attempt to deal with the overall conceptual concerns of jazz
improvisation, it attempts on a secondary level to document the links between all
three components of improvisational learning: imitation, assimilation and innovation
(these are discussed at more length in the methodology). Obviously it is impossible
for purely written works to fully link these three components. Consequently many
studies are limited to transcription and analysis with creative outcomes absent or
separately assessed. In contrast, the current project attempts to formalize creative
outcomes in score and recording and map the transfer of idioms more cogently from
transcribed solo to composition and performance.

This goal has, of necessity, directed not only the review of the literature in this area
but also the resultant formulation of an appropriate approach to the analysis of the
solos and the presentation of that information. It should be noted that (as discussed in
Selection of transcriptions for analysis, page 76-78) informed synthesis of a number


54
of analytical approaches was a distinguishing mark of a majority of works relating to
the analysis of the jazz language especially when dealing with the idiosyncrasies of a
particular artists style. Owens (1974), (Weston, 2005), Martin (2001) and Davison
(1987) are notable examples among a large and diverse field.

The lack of a recognized standard or overarching protocol in the analysis of this type
of material indicated the appropriateness of fashioning a chimera of sorts to serve the
purposes of the study and the desired outcomes. This was not, however, an ad hoc
conglomeration. Not only was each aspect of the analysis benchmarked against other
studies that utilized the same analytical device or component but the amalgam itself
has precedent as indicated above. The components used are discussed further in the
Selection of transcriptions for analysis. (page 76-78) and in the General Analysis
(page 158).

While many of Bakers works are not considered academic in the true sense they are
widely respected by jazz educators and performers. Of interest to the current study
due to its analytical approach to presented transcriptions is his series The Jazz Style
of, A Musical and Historical Perspective (Baker, 1980) which includes volumes on
the solos of Miles Davis, John Coltrane and Sonny Rollins. These are presented with
a loose form and style analysis rather than detailed technical or melodic/harmonic
comparisons and serve here to demonstrate the range of approaches to this complex
area.

Several theses produced at Australian National University in the last few years are
examples of the transcription and analysis style project. Some of the ANU examples
include Johnson (1995), Piper (1998), Barlow (1997), Scott (1994-1995) and
Chamberlain (1998). These present transcriptions and analysis but without any
formally presented creative work linked directly with the thesis. These projects each
present transcriptions of a number of performers. This may be to enhance a perceived
educational benefit of analyzing a range of styles rather than focusing on only one
artist.

In contrast, works like Rasks (2001) and Borthwicks (2000) narrow the field of
study. One that has generated commercial product from its material is the previously
mentioned work by Davison on Randy Breckers solos (1987). This study presents a
number of transcriptions that the author acknowledges are not deeply or extensively
analyzed. However, it has the advantage of close association of the author with the
original artist. This collaboration produces a work that rightly claims substantial
validation of the transcriptions and commentary.

Henry Martins Charlie Parker and Thematic Improvisation (2001) is aimed at a
broader range of jazz improvisational concepts. The study links Parkers
improvisations to original melodic material from the head of the tune and also
assesses his place in the history of western music. Martins observations on Parkers
approach to improvisation illuminate deep thematic correlations and interrelations
between the composed tunes and Parkers subsequent improvisations. By comparison,
Thomas Owens earlier study, Charlie Parker: Techniques of Improvisation (1974) is
more formulaic in its analytical focus and deals more tightly with the improvised
solos themselves. This approach is more relevant to outcomes of the current work.
The issues of organic development of the solo are still dealt with but not as the


55
primary focus of the analyses. Using the language analogy, this thesis could be said to
focus more on vocabulary, syntax and grammar than on plot and character
development. Obviously both methodologies have their place, producing a different
understanding of the work. As with literary analysis both approaches can be utilized
to clarify different aspects of an authors or performers style and abilities.

Karim Adim Al-Zands thesis, Theoretical Observations on Jazz Improvisation: The
Solos of Julian Cannonball Adderley (2000) offers not only extensive analysis of
the selected artists solos but a comprehensive introduction to the issues involved in
addressing improvisation analysis both on what he calls the reactive and the
reflective levels. The reactive level covers areas that relate to the musicians
interaction with their immediate environment, particularly the ensemble dynamic,
while the reflective level relates to the musicians skill, facility and personal
musicality. Of relevance to this study is his clear description of the differences (and
congruences) between motivic, organic and formulaic approaches to both
improvisation and its analysis. He states, Formulaic analyses in turn are usually
made in contradistinction to analyses that focus on motivic development or organic
growth in a solo. (Al-Zand, 2000:115) He goes on, While it may seem as though the
formulaic/motivic distinction is an absolute one, in fact the boundary between the two
is indistinct at best. (ibid:116) Another two studies that are relevant here due to their
wider scope are those by Dickert (1994) and Kerry (1996). Both provide examples of
in-depth analysis of a specific artists style.

A previous student of the authors, Ian Weston, has produced one of the most
applicable studies of this nature as part of his work for a Master of Music at
Queensland Conservatorium of Music. Westons dissertation, But Beautiful: A Study
of the Harmonic and Melodic Elements of Jazz Guitarist Jimmy Raneys
Improvisational Style (Weston, 2005) explores Raneys improvisational style after
transcribing and analyzing a number of solos. The result is a major contribution to the
understanding of Raneys work. Weston separates some of his analysis from the
transcriptions providing an analytical discussion subsequent to the annotated scores. It
is a detailed and meticulous work that offers a number of analytical insights.
Westons study does not explore any of the assimilation concepts, compositional or
otherwise that this thesis addresses or produce any creative outcome comparable to
the study/compositions and recording of this current study but has been useful for
analytical comparison. The current work also goes further in its consultation with
Raneys sons and peers and involves the transcription of more than twice the number
of solos, duplicating only three; Billies Bounce, Stella by Starlight and West Coast
Blues. None of the transcriptions selected for analysis are duplicated. Of most
relevance to this study is the clear and concise analysis that Weston offers for his
transcriptions and the extensive description of bebop improvisational devices and
their use in Raneys soloing style.

One recent specific contribution to the study of Raneys style is Steve Silvermans
article in July 2006 edition of Down Beat (Silverman, 2006). This piece offers a
transcription, complete with fingerings, of the Raney solo on Motion. Silverman
indicates the source as the 1953 album entitled Jimmy Raney (Prestige) (Silverman,
2006:64). The full title of the original release was Jimmy Raney Plays: Jimmy Raney
Quintet later released as Early Stan (1953). The track is also currently available on
Jimmy Raney Woody Hermans Cool Guitar Player (1949-1955) and Complete


56
Studio Sessions, Stan Getz and Jimmy Raney (1948-1953). Silverman discusses
aspects of Raneys phrasing, further dealt with in the Rhythmic Devices section of
the current study on page 187 and points out as a one of the hallmarks of Raneys
style his use of harmonic and rhythmic tension. (Silverman, 2006:64) Of interest is
his reference to hidden sequences a phrase coined by Raney that clarifies and gives
nomenclature to a number of devices exposed by the authors analysis.

Some of the most important material relating to Raneys improvisational style is that
available on his son Jons web and blog pages. (see page 42) These sites showcase the
growing amount of material Jon is compiling to finish his fathers incomplete book.
(see page 42, 181, 200) Some of the topics referred to in my interview with Jon are
covered in more detail on these sites. Jon deals with examples of Jimmys rhythmic
concepts and various improvisational devices on his blog.


X. Theses/Monograms/Articles Relating To Use Of Transcribed Jazz
Improvisational Material In The Generation Of New Compositions

While Porters study of Coltrane, John Coltrane's Music of 1960 through 1967: Jazz
Improvisation as Composition (Porter, 1985) deals more with the issue of the intrinsic
compositional aspects and components of improvisation it does focus on the link
between improvisation and composition. Another work of surprising relevance is
Evanss elementarily aimed Improvise by Learning How to Compose (Evans, 1984).
In spite of its level the concepts are pertinent to the compositional aspects of the
current study. Evans published, in the 1980s, an extensive series of jazz instructional
books ranging from keyboard harmony to patterns and exercises.

Another work that has information pertinent to the improvisation-composition nexus
is Lan Dokys and Gardners Jazz Transcription: Developing Jazz Improvisational
Skills Through Solo Transcription and Analysis (Lan Doky and Gardner, 1992). This
work is a beneficial introduction to the use of transcription and analysis in developing
jazz improvisation skills. Of particular use is the initial discussion of approaches to
maximizing the benefit of such study along with a number of suggestions for where to
concentrate ones attention. From here, Doky moves straight into the practical
application of the transcription and analysis of a number of solos from recognized
players. These are also useful as a methodological comparison.

Montgomerys Studies in the Jazz Style for the Double Bassist: Twelve Original
Etudes Derived from Twenty-Two Transcribed Solos (1984) takes a similar approach
to the current study, allowing the transcribed work to generate a set of etudes for
practical study. While he mentions the stylistic characteristics of some of the pieces
transcribed, there is no clear attempt in his work to indicate a process whereby the
material is selected and utilized compositionally.

A commercially available instruction series from Jim Snidero, Easy Jazz Conception -
Solo Etudes for Jazz Phrasing, Interpretation and Improvisation (c2000) has recently
been published that incorporates elements of the concept for the purpose of
instruction in jazz improvisational technique and style. The series features volumes
for each instrument including voice. Comparison with Raneys own Abersold sets,


57
Volumes 20 (Raney, 1979) and 29 (Raney, 1983) imply that such material has been
considered a useful instructional tool for some time.


XI. Sound And Vision Recordings

Raneys recordings were numerous and comprehensively represent approximately
five decades of work in spite of the fact that he was relatively inactive in the
recording studio for a number of years in the middle of his career. In this survey, the
author has chosen to emphasize those recordings that profile Raney as either a leader
or as an equal participant in an evenly matched ensemble. There are a number of
recordings where Raney is utilized as a session player, sideman or member of a big
band that offer less fruitful fields when it comes to researching his soloing style and
therefore only a representative sample of these was included. The Lord discography
on CDROM (Lord, 2005) provides a comprehensive survey with advanced search
options making complete lists of such material in the current context redundant. I
have also made some attempt to present the recordings as they integrate with his
performance career and wider activities.

For the most part, the recordings surveyed are those that are commercially available
on CD or obtained easily from second hand or specialist dealers. These include re-
releases of vinyl or earlier CD recordings as well as later recordings. There are a
number of vinyl recordings that are now almost impossible to procure. One useful
contact for rare and out of print material is the web-based cdBBQ.
59
This company
procures high quality vinyl records for the buyer and supplies them with a CD
mastered from the vinyl. Options for varying levels of sound processing allow the
purchaser to obtain a high quality digital copy of the recording along with the original
vinyl.

In the text referencing of the sound recordings, the author has indicated the year (or
span of years) in brackets. This overall date is also the primary date used in the
discography. Later copyright or re-release dates, if provided on album covers, are
indicated after the recording company name at the end of the discography reference.
Where applicable the name of the company that re-released the album is also included
in brackets. These are provided as an aid for others who may wish to obtain copies of
the recordings. Please note that the recording dates may not bear any relationship to
the dates of album release, re-release, re-mastering and any subsequent compilations
made by any companies. These are often extremely difficult to establish and in many
cases are not cited in either discographies or on the album sleeves or liner notes
themselves. On re-released recordings the company cited is the one currently holding
copyright or distribution rights. On recordings, often LP/vinyl, that are not readily
available commercially, the original company at the time of initial release is the one
listed. Some of these rare recordings are still available from specialist dealers, both
new (mint) and second hand. A few of these have been referred to but the list is not
exhaustive, as the pursuit of rare recordings is a difficult process and may take many
years without substantive results. Based on the Lord discography (Lord, 2005), the
recordings surveyed are comprehensive, representative and, for the most part,
realistically if not readily procurable.

59
cdBBQ http://www.cdbbq.com/ [accessed 22/5/06]


58

The date convention of indicating inclusive periods of time with a dash (e.g. 1954-56)
and individual events with a comma (e.g. 1954, 56) has been used in the references. In
the text the same applies but the longhand version of each date is used (e.g. 1954
1956; 1954, 1956). Personnel line-ups are generally presented in the order; voice,
trumpet, trombone, sax, piano, guitar, bass, drums.

The author has discovered a number of recording sessions that do not appear in
Lords reference work. These are the two Aebersold play-along recordings, Vol. 20
(Raney, 1979) and Vol. 29 (Raney, 1985), the Music Minus One products 12
Classic Jazz Standards (Unattributed, 1998) and 12 More Classic Jazz Standards
(Unattributed, 1998) recorded in 1951 and the 1960 Mabel Mercer recording Merely
Marvellous. The Mercer sessions are now available on a CD that combines an original
Jimmy Guiffre release Travlin Light and Mercers album (Guiffre and Mercer, 1958,
1960). This recording however is at best unclear as to Raneys involvement with the
liner notes crediting the Jimmy Lyon Trio with Jimmy Raney or Joe Puma as the
guitarist. For that reason this album has not been included on the recordings source
list table in Appendix 1 on page 263. Raney also recorded at least two commercially
released albums with guitarist Atilla Zoller that are not listed or currently available.
Theatre singer Sidney Edens album Then & Now (2006) compiled from a number of
sessions including three tracks in 1968 with Raney, Zoot Sims, Clark Terry, Joe
Albany, Richard Davis and Mel Lewis is also not included in the Lord listing as it has
only recently been produced in a limited release.
60
There are also a number of single
tracks and short sessions such as those for Mahalia Jackson that are not listed in Lord.
These are indicated with an asterisk in the recordings source list (see Appendix 1,
page 263).

Raney began his recording career with sessions for Jerry Wald in 1944 and 1945 and
Dave Lambert and Buddy Stewart in 1948. He also joined Woody Hermans band and
recorded with them number of times during 1948. However it was in October 1948 at
the age of twenty-one that his career gained important impetus and direction away
from the large band format, in a session with Stan Getz. He joined the band proper in
1950/51 after a period with the Artie Shaw Orchestra. The time with Getz was a
remarkable one not only because of its boost to Raneys profile but also because he
contributed so profoundly to the unique Getz ensemble sound. The anonymous liner
notes to Two Jims and Zoot (1964) state,

From 1950-1954 he joined forces with Stan Getz and was responsible for
the unique combo sound achieved by the Getz group, still considered
classic. (Unattributed, c1964:np)

A number of currently available recordings profile this partnership; Immortal
Concerts: Stan Getz and Jimmy Raney (1951); the Prestige CD release Early Stan
(1953). Two multiple CD sets of the Getz, Raney collaboration are; Stan Getz, The
Complete Roost Recordings (1950 1954) and Complete Studio Sessions, Stan Getz
and Jimmy Raney (1948 - 1953). The recording Stan Getz, Birdland Sessions (1948 -
1952) was achieved in an unorthodox way. Jeff Sherman recalls,


60
World Wide Web, http://www.sideden.com/cd.htm [accessed 23/07/06]


59
John Scofield came through town and he had a CD that he had bought in
Spain and Jimmy had no recollection of this recording at all, done
live with Stan Getz and it was done at Birdland and Jimmy didnt
remember them recording [it] so he called some friends in New York and
found out that back in the fifties when Birdland was going, well there
was some people whod bought an office right above Birdland and they
put a little hole in the floor and they dropped a mike down and they
recorded all these people playing there and he said the recording was
really good because it was like above the crowd noise and it didnt
come out until the nineties the early nineteen nineties. It sat around for
forty some odd years. (interview with the author, 2006)

In 1953 Raney recorded for the first time as a leader. The album was originally
entitled Jimmy Raney Plays: Jimmy Raney Quintet (1953) and Getz appears under the
pseudonym Sven Coolson. All the titles from this album are now available on the
previously mentioned Early Stan (1953). Interestingly this is further confirmation of
the lack of recognition of Raney in that the current marketing of an album made under
his leadership is released with a misleading title that implies that Stan Getz was the
leader for those sessions. Doug Raney confirms this and adds that the order and length
of the solos are indicators of his fathers headline role on that recording. (Raney, D,
2006:pc)

A brief but important job as a sideman and band-member was with Artie Shaw. Raney
regarded this as much more personally fulfilling than the time with Woody Herman.
A number of these sessions are available on Artie Shaw and His Orchestra 1949
(1949). Shaw also recorded a number of sessions with Raney as the guitarist in his
smaller sub-group Artie Shaw and his Gramercy Five. Unfortunately with these
types of groups the line-up can change frequently and any of the currently available
recordings procured by the author featured other guitarists. Raney also recorded
during this period as a sideman with Herbie Steward (1950), Teddy Charles (1952),
and Edmond Hall (1959). Some sessions
61
with Ralph Burns are now available on
Bijou (1954 -1955). Raneys other big band engagements include orchestras led or
fronted by Al Cohn, Andy Kirk, Teddy Charles, Irene Kral and Larry Wilcox. He also
recorded with Buddy De Francos Orchestra. As with Artie Shaw he recorded some
sessions in a smaller ensemble with De Franco. Tracks from these are currently
available on Buddy De Franco and His Orchestra (1949-1952). Two tracks on Jazz
Workshop - The Arrangers (1956) involve Raney playing with the RCA Victor Jazz
Orchestra directed by Hal McKusick.

An important collaboration for Raney was with Red Norvo whose trio he joined in
1953, replacing Tal Farlow. This started a productive association in small ensembles
with Red Mitchell (bass). The Red Norvo album, Dancing on the Ceiling (1952-1953)

61
There is some disagreement over the details of these sessions. Liner notes on the re-mastered Bijou
claim the year 1955 while Lord (2005) indicates 1954-55. According to Lord, the line-up includes
Raney in both sessions (all tracks) whereas liner notes on the re-release indicate that Tal Farlow was
the guitarist. The original liner notes state only that, the guitarist was another young poll-winning
musician whose name, for the usual contractual reasons, cannot be revealed. Lords position is
supported by the comprehensive list on the Yahoo shopping site:
http://shopping.yahoo.com/p:Jimmy%20Raney:1927006271:page=discography:subpage=all;_ylt=AqP
FcChwDhsj7Qtxy38DBO9UvQcF;_ylu=X3oDMTBudjZmdTkzBF9zAzg0MzkzMzAwBHNlYwNhcn
R0b29s [accessed 17/9/06]


60
involved four sessions from July 1952 to April 1953, two sessions from each guitarist.
Raneys two sessions were April 21, 1953 and April 24, 1953 though the Decca label
discography incorrectly lists Farlow for the former. The CD release Red Norvo Trios
(1953 - 1955
62
) also showcases these ensembles with sessions from September 14,
1953 and March 1954 involving Raney. Another CD release, Red Norvo Trio

(1954)
includes only the March sessions.

A currently available compilation features Raneys work from 1949-1955. Jimmy
Raney Woody Hermans Cool Guitar Player (1949-1955) contains a representative
selection from those years on a Japanese CD box set. Again this title is indicative of
the marketing need to align Raney with better known names, perhaps to facilitate
sales. Ironically there are no tracks from Raneys time with the Woody Herman Band
on the compilation.

Raney now began to feature frequently as a leader in a number of ensembles. In 1954
he recorded with two different line-ups, featuring Sonny Clark, in Stockholm and
Paris. These sessions were fitted into a European tour in which Billie Holiday was the
star billing. Part of these sessions are available on Together! (1954
63
). The Paris
sessions are now available on Jimmy Raney Visits Paris Vol. 1 (1954). They have
been variously released under the titles, Jimmy Raney and Sonny Clark - Together,
Guitaristic, and Jimmy Raney with Sonny Clark. A subsequent session, recorded just
four days later with Bobby Jasper, was with a local line-up and lacks a little of the
finesse and fire of the first batch due most probably, in part, to the less capable local
rhythm section. They are now available as Jimmy Raney Visits Paris Vol. 2 (1954).

Raney also appeared in an impromptu or at least minimally rehearsed concert
performance with Billie Holiday as part of the tour. The performance on either
January 5 or January 23 1954
64
was introduced as a jam session by the compere and
resulted in the recording of two tracks with Raney. Originally available on Billies
Blues (1942-1954), these are now available as twin release with a Cassandra Wilson
disc as Billies Blues/Blue Light (1942-1954, 1993, released as set 2003). The track
numbers are incorrect on this release and the two featuring Raney are tracks 10 and 11
with track 9 being the comperes intro.

There are other recordings from that period that have not been commercially released.
Doug Raney says,

I know Tal [Farlow] had a wire recorder in the early fifties and he did a
lot of recordings of them playing together and stuff and I used to have
few of them, they were like on 78s. (interview with the author, 2006)

Raney recorded, with either a quintet or quartet, a number of times over 1954 1955.
The quartet with Hall Overton, Teddy Kotick and Art Mardigan recorded on May 28,

62
It should be noted that Lord (2005) does not include the 1955 recording session.
63
Liner notes on Together! claim February 14 1954 as the recording date for these tracks. Lord (2005)
and liner notes on Visits Paris Vol. 1 claim February 6 1954.
64
Cover notes to Billies Blues, (1942-54) states this performance occurred on January 5 1954 whereas
Lord (2005:) records two January dates, the 5
th
, a radio broadcast that recorded only Lover Come Back
to Me and the 23
rd
, a concert in Cologne, Germany that recorded both Billies Blues and Lover Come
Back to Me.


61
1954; one quintet, dropping Art Mardigan from the quartet line-up and adding John
Wilson and Nick Stabulas recorded on February 18, 1955 and March 8, 1955. The
album A (1954-55) features the work of these groups. Another Raney quintet
consisted of John Wilson, Phil Woods, Bill Crow and Joe Morello. Tracks from this
session can now be found on Phil Woods Early Quintets (1954).

The late 50s and early 60s were a productive period of collaborations for Raney. He
recorded three separate sessions with Bob Brookmeyer, Al Cohn and Hall Overton for
the album, Jimmy Raney in Three Attitudes (1956). As the name suggests it features
Raney with three different line-ups. This recording is not currently commercially
available.
65
At the time of writing it was available from cdBBQ. Raney also appears
on The Dual Role of Bob Brookmeyer

(1954, 1955) and Brookmeyer reciprocates on
Jimmy Raney - Featuring Bob Brookmeyer (1956) with Dick Katz, Hank Jones,
Teddy Kotick and Osie Johnson. This recording has been re-released on CD in 2006
by Verve. The Brookmeyer partnership also produced Street Swingers (1957), now
available on the Mosaic compilation entitled Bob Brookmeyer (1954-58); Trombone
Jazz Samba (1962) and Samba Para Dos (1963) which also featured Lalo Schiffrin.
Other collaborations were with Kenny Burrell on 2 Guitars (1957) and Zoot Sims and
Jim Hall on Two Jims and Zoot (1964). Doug Raney relates further information that
confirms his fathers lack of recognition stating that for a number of years the album
was only available under a name that implied Zoot Sims was the leader. They re-
released it, like, in the seventies, and called it [unclear] and they had to knock out a
couple of tunes because he [Sims] didnt play on [them]. (interview with the author,
2006)

Of interest from this period is the live recording On Campus! Ivy League Jazz
Concert! (1960) from a Yale University concert by the Teddy Charles Septet. This,
along with a Washington, DC university clinic concert in the 70s mentioned by Doug
Raney (interview with the author, 2006) (see page 13) are premonitious of Raneys
later involvement in university workshops and jazz summer schools at the University
of Louisville and Bellarmine college, Kentucky.

Recordings that demonstrate Raneys work as a side-man, band member or session
player are
66
, Urbie Green Blues and Other Shades of Green
67
(1955), Teddy Charles
Teddy Charles Tentet (1956), Lalo Schifrin Bossa Nova Groove (1962
68
), Oliver
Nelson Verve Jazz Masters 48 - Oliver Nelson (1962-67), Dave Pike Carnavals
(1962), Aaron Sachs Clarinet and Co. (1957), Wardell Gray Wardell Gray
Complete Sunset and New Jazz Masters (1949), Barbara Lea Lea in Love (1957) and
Shirley Scott talkin verve - Shirley Scott (1965). Mabel Mercers album, Merely
Marvelous (1960) features the Jimmy Lyon trio but the credits are not clear as to

65
The author obtained a digital copy of this out of press recording from Joe Bourne in Louisville,
February, 2006.
66
Unfortunately many of the original albums are no longer procurable and only some of the tracks
from sessions which included Raney are available on various compilations, best ofs, and
retrospectives of the original major artists. However, these still represent a valuable resource in
completing a representative sample of Raneys output.
67
The author obtained a digital copy of this out of press recording from Joe Bourne in Louisville,
February, 2006.
68
Recording date from liner notes given but according to Lord (2005) these tracks were actually
originally released as an Eddie Harris album called Bossa Nova with a recording date of 1963 in
Chicago.


62
whether the guitar work is Joe Pumas, Jimmy Raneys or both. Raney is reported to
have recorded with Cal Tjader also but the Verve compilation release Jazz Round
Midnight Cal Tjader (1961-1968) is similarly confused regarding the line-up. On
track five the liner notes list Kenny Burrell or Jimmy Raney.

(unattributed,
1996:np)

The Lord discography on CDROM (2005) facilitates a comprehensive search of
Raneys achievements in this area and should be consulted for a definitive list. Doug
Raney says that his fathers jazz session work also included recording dates with
players such as Eddie Harris and singers Tony Bennett and Helen Merrill. (interview
with the author, 2006) Harry Belafonte is one of the better known non-jazz artists he
did sessions for. (Lord, 2005:B3361-5) He also appeared as a minor session player on
recordings by Mahalia Jackson. One of these tracks, I Found The Answer, was re-
released later by gospel singer Tramaine Hawkins with herself overdubbed to provide
a posthumous duet ala Natalie Cole.

Raneys work as a minor sideman or commercial session player largely falls outside
the parameters of this study due to the small scope of solo features, if any, on such
albums but for an overview of this area of his work the World Wide Web site AMG
All Music Guide
69
provides an extensive list. The Yahoo Shopping site,
70
as
mentioned previously, has an exhaustive list of Raney recordings (only some of which
are currently available) including many that mention him as a side-man or as a
credited performer. I have made an effort to procure some examples of this work and
a small number of transcriptions of improvised solos from this body of material have
been included in this study.

Raney also recorded with The Sextet of Orchestra USA on Mack the Knife - And
Other Berlin Theatre Songs of Kurt Weil (1966). The album, recorded at two separate
concerts in January 1964 and June 1965, features two all star line-ups. One
including Eric Dolphy and John Lewis the second, Thad Jones and Raney. Also
interesting from the point of view of the range of Raneys work are the Manhattan
Jazz All Stars recording of Swinging Guys and Dolls (1959), and the John Carisi
arranged The New Jazz Sound of Showboat (1959). Chicago theater singer Sidney
Eden has recently released sessions recorded in 1968 entitled Then & Now
71
that have
Raney in the line-up along with Zoot Sims, Clark Terry, Joe Albany, Richard Davis
and Mel Lewis.
72


Other recordings from the period were, The Fourmost Guitars (1956), which featured
four tracks with the Wilson, Overton, Kotick, Stabulas quintet (the rest of the album
was filled by Chuck Wayne and Dick Garcia) and a suite written by Raney for guitar,
violin, viola, cello, double bass and drums recorded in New York on September 5
1957. Other jazz artists around this time were composing and playing works
incorporating elements of classical and other genres but the strong references to the

69
World Wide Web, AMG All Music Guide: www.allmusic.com/cg/amg [accessed 29/3/03]
70
World Wide Web, Yahoo Shopping:
http://shopping.yahoo.com/p:Jimmy%20Raney:1927006271:page=discography:subpage=all;_ylt=AqP
FcChwDhsj7Qtxy38DBO9UvQcF;_ylu=X3oDMTBudjZmdTkzBF9zAzg0MzkzMzAwBHNlYwNhcn
R0b29s [accessed 17/9/06]
71
World Wide Web, www.sideden.com [accessed 23/07/06]
72
These sessions are not listed by Lord (2005)


63
traditional string quartet repertoire in compositional style created a unique work. Jon
Raney comments,

I mean, man, composed in 57,
73
I mean no jazz musician was doing
anything like that studying Bartok and the cello and writing a guitar
suite. (interview with the author, 2006)

This was released at a later date by Muse as part of the Jimmy Raney, Strings and
Swings (1972) album. A copy of this recording was obtained by the author from
cdBBQ
74
. The other component of that release was four tracks from the Port OCall
Gallery Louisville concert on April 11 1967. A further eleven tracks from that date
were never released.

Copies of recordings from the late 50s to the mid 60s are hard to acquire. To add to
this, apart from the Port OCall Gallery concert recording, Raney recorded no jazz
sessions from 1965 to 1974.
75
After 1974 there was a resurgence of Raneys recording
career. He recorded Momentum (1974) on July 21, 1974 with Richard Davis and Alan
Dawson. As noted before this session was advantageous to Raneys career as the
producer Don Schlitten, who was impressed with Raneys skill, went on to set up the
Xanadu label. (see page 13) Other albums followed quickly, The Influence (1975)
with Sam Jones and Billy Higgins; Live in Tokyo (1976) with Jones again and Leroy
Williams and the slightly misleadingly titled Solo (1976) in which all but one track
involves Raney overdubbing himself. This illuminates an interesting aspect of
Raneys style in that he rarely focused on chord solo work in his recordings. At the
end of the decade and into the 80s his son Dougs developing career seemed to help
him with focus and recording output, much of which featured collaborations with
Doug.
76
The result was a number of duo albums, Duets (1979), Stolen Moments
(1979) and Nardis (1983). Stolen Moments and Duets were also released in 1997 on
Steeplechase as a double CD entitled Guitar Moments (1979).

Albums from the 80s featuring Raney as the leader of quartets or quintets were;
Heres that Raney Day (1980) with Hank Jones, Pierre Micholot and Jimmy Cobb;
Raney 81 (1981) with Doug Raney, Jesper Lundgaard and Eric Ineke; The Master
(1983) with Kirk Lightsey, Lundgaard, and Eddie Gladden; Wisteria (recorded 1985,
CD released 1990)
77
with Tommy Flanagan and George Mraz and But Beautiful
(1990) with George Mraz and Lewis Nash. Of the track The Way You Look
Tonight from But Beautiful Jon Raney recollects,

That tune I think was my suggestion, as far as I recall I think he was
trying to think of other tunes to play he was a little out of practice on
that album because he was living in Kentucky and he had a lot of solo
guitar gigs and so he was bringing in tunes that he was playing on his

73
The Suite for Guitar Quintet was recorded in 1957, fifteen years before its final release on Muse
74
World Wide Web cdBBQ, http://www.cdbbq.com/ [accessed 22 /5/06]
75
The Classic Jazz Guitar web site provides information regarding the so-called missing years when
Raneys recording activities waned. World Wide Web, unattributed Classic Jazz Guitar:
http://www.classicjazzguitar.com/artists [accessed 15/2/03]
76
It is worth noting how active Doug Raney has been in recording also. Not content to let the playing
he exhibited on the duo albums with his father be his only statement he has gone on to record a number
of highly regarded albums with various sidemen.
77
An additional track recorded on December 5, 1990 was added to the CD release of the album.


64
solo guitar. So we got him in the trio and he had these little things worked
out, like little clusters worked out on the guitar on the heads and such
and he was like missing on it so I finally just said, Well just play single
notes and so he ended up doing that but that date was interesting I
mean he played great but he was not in practice. (interview with the
author, 2006)

Collaborations from this decade were with guitarist Atilla Zoller, Jim and I (1980)
pianist Martial Solal, The Date (1981) and tenor saxophonist Ted Brown, Good
Company (1985). Raney finished his recording career with his participation in Project
G5 A Tribute to Wes Montgomery (1992). This recording was compiled in 1993 to
commemorate the 25
th
anniversary of the death of Wes Montgomery and features the
work of a number of prominent jazz guitarists, such as Tal Farlow and Herb Ellis in
both duo and solo configurations.

There are some unreleased recordings of Raneys earlier work, mentioned previously.
Relevant to this later period of Raneys life, Scott Henderson mentions that Louisville
Public Library has some recordings of Raney from concerts that Henderson and he
were involved in. These would not have been commercially released though
Henderson believes they had been broadcast at some stage. (interview with the author,
2006)

Unfortunately while some video and film material of Raney exists in private
collections such as Jeff Shermans (Wilson, 2006:106) there seems to be currently no
publicly available audiovisual recordings of a performance (or instructional) nature
featuring his playing or teaching. There is some material featuring Raney at
Bellarmine College
78
guitar clinics but some sources are unable to make it available
for study at this time due to possible contractual issues with other artists that appear
on the footage. However, Bob Patterson (Patterson, 1998:np) indicates this material
may soon be available on his web site for performers and researchers to study. In an
online obituary to Tal Farlow entitled So Long Tal he says,

From then on, Tal recorded infrequently (mostly for Concord) and played
gigs and clinics here and there. I was fortunate enough to see Tal at the
Bellarmine Jazz Guitar Clinic in 1993, playing with Jimmy Raney and
Atilla Zoller. This fantastic experience was videotaped and I may put
some excerpts online at a future date. (Patterson, 1998:np)

The value of video footage to researchers would be considerable. It is hoped further
work in the context of more extended research may be able to resolve these issues and
make the material available at least for research purposes. Paul Brown a guitar
performer and educator based in Sydney, Australia states,

I'd be curious to know if any film exists of Raney performing. There seems
to be nothing in the public domain. Watching players like Wes
Montgomery and Tal Farlow can be very informative to see how they
negotiate phrases. I remember being shocked when I first saw footage of

78
Bellarmine College, Louisville, Kentucky USA


65
Wes to find that he spent so much of his time playing in lower positions
utilising open strings! (Brown, 2006:pc)

A number of Raneys peers such as Joe Pass (1991, 2002), Tal Farlow (1990), Wes
Montgomery (1965) and Barney Kessel (Kessel, undated) have documented
performances, as do many of the more modern players like Pat Methany (Methany,
undated), John Abercrombie (Various artists, undated), George Benson (2001) and
Pat Martino (Martino, undated). The misleadingly titled Great Guitars of Jazz (1998)
is not a history/biography presentation, as the name implies, but a concert featuring
Herb Ellis, Tal Farlow and Charlie Byrd. The Legends of Jazz Guitar (Various artists,
2002) is a three-volume set of jazz guitar performances, with artists ranging from Wes
Montgomery to Pat Martino but with no footage of Jimmy Raney. There were,
according to Doug Raney, a number of television performances featuring Jimmy that
may have been taped in Europe, London and the United States (interview with the
author, 2006) but these are not currently listed on any database. The value of such
archival footage may warrant a more extensive search in the context of further
research.

While it outside the scope of this study to list and annotate the availability of the
various recordings relating to Jimmy Raney the list (Appendix 1 on page 263) of
commercial recordings sourced by the author is provided as a reference of material
that was obtained from regular sources in Australia, the United States and Europe.
Track titles and durations, main artists, album names and recording dates are
indicated for others who may wish to pursue further work on this artist. The list is in
chronological order. Duplicate tracks are shown in bold italics. Track durations are
the actual playing time given by iTunes
79
and most CD players. These may differ
slightly from the duration indicated on the CD album cover that is sometimes based
on the length of the recorded music only, with no start and end silences or applause.
There are therefore, also some minor discrepancies between some of the duplicate
track time details as different masterings may have different lead or end spaces.


79
iTunes, Apple Macintosh audio file management software


66

Chapter 2
Methodology

I. Style

a. Non-notatable elements

Whiteoak, in his Playing Ad Lib (1999) recognizes the importance of the question of
elements of musical expression that are not easily notatable. He also deals
comprehensively with aspects of music performance that involve more generalized
principles of improvisation. He includes any area of performers liberty within the
performance of a work and utilizes the term improvisatory. Bruno Nettl also
provides pertinent comments on aspects of improvisatory components in musical
performance in his introduction to a series of loosely connected papers entitled In the
Course of Performance Studies in the World of Musical Improvisation (Nettl, 1998).
Another feature of this excellent commentary is the comprehensive list of definitions
of improvisation. (Nettl, 1998:10) Both writers recognize a problem with the blurred
distinction between improvisation as an aspect of the interpretation of established
compositions and as an independent art (ibid:12).

In this thesis, (jazz) improvisation has already been defined as the practice of
extemporizing a melody using scales, arpeggios and various chromaticisms
appropriate to (and concurrently with) the harmonic progression of a preexistent
popular song or original composition. Consequently, the micro-structural aspects of
the musical interpretation of established compositions are not relevant. Reference
could be made to many aspects of micro-structure that are important to jazz
improvisation in the context of this definition such as minute aspects of: feel or
groove and other micro-rhythmic variations; tone; articulation; phrasing etc.
However, the notation of these is outside the interest of this study for reasons of
complexity in transcription and due to the predominant interest of this thesis in the
content of the improvisational motivic material or idioms.

b. Notation style

Throughout this study, transcriptions will be presented in lead sheet style (single
stave, treble clef melody line featuring equal tempered pitch and quantized rhythm
with jazz chord symbols above the stave). For a comprehensive coverage of this
system refer to Dan Haerles straightforward and thorough volumes The Jazz
Language (1980) and The Jazz Sound (1989).

The reasons for presenting material in this style include the fact that this is the manner
in which most jazz players pass on the written idioms, with many interpretive factors
(what Jeff Pressing calls micro-structure [Pressing, 1987]) taken as understood.
Most jazz transcription books and compositions are presented in this form unless they
are in an arranged style as in big band charts or similar scores. Interestingly, even
then, there is an assumed body of knowledge that composers and arrangers rely on for
interpretation of their work with major components essential to a correct stylistic
performance not indicated in the notation. The lead sheet format also provides the
simplest presentation for the analysis of the solos. In this regard the introduction to


67
Lewis Porters 1983 thesis, John Coltranes Music of 1960 through 1967: Jazz
Improvisation as Composition (Porter, 1983) is very pertinent. I have adopted his
style in notation and transcription (ibid:9-18) as the standard for this thesis.

Porters style is largely based on traditionally accepted jazz music presentation but he
offers a clear rationale for each concept and justifies deviations from the norm with
concise explanations. His style standards concur for the most part with Haerle who
has been involved in jazz education at university level for many years and is highly
regarded as both a performer and pedagogist.

A summary of relevant style and presentation parameters is as follows:

(i) Chords

In this thesis, chords are presented in letter name format. Porter states:

Since I generally use standard Roman numeral harmonic analysis, it is
only necessary to mention here that jazz musicians prefer to identify
chords by letter name, with the use of Arabic numerals to identify
additions and alterations. (ibid:8)

He then explains the details of the protocols regarding this system of nomenclature.
These can also be found in a more text book format in Haerles work. The letter
name system is designed for ease of playing and does not necessarily divulge great
detail regarding harmonic function. This information will be presented in notes and
annotations when required. Other approaches use roman numerals to include
information on chord function. Mehegan presents his version in Jazz Improvisation
Vol. I (1974). Salvatores Jazz Improvisation: Principles and Practices Relating to
Harmonic and Scalic Resources (1970) uses this method but is more relevant to the
current study due to its comprehensive explanation of jazz harmonic theory.

For the current study the following will serve as a useful summary. The letter name
denotes the triad. The default being a major triad: E.g. C = C major triad. A lower
case m following the letter denotes a minor third. E.g. Cm = C minor triad. While C
o
and C
+
are often used to denote diminished and augmented triads respectively, I
prefer, for reasons of clarity, to continue the protocol of indicating the triad type
without resorting to superscript symbols. Consequently, Cdim = a minor triad with a
diminished fifth and Caug = a major triad with an augmented fifth. It is generally
accepted that there is no need in triads to redundantly indicate in the chord name the
usual concurrence of the diminished fifth with the minor third and the augmented fifth
with the major third. The inclusion of diminished and augmented fifths in seventh
chords is usually indicated as a superscript and does not necessarily follow the
minor/diminished and major/augmented combination.

Superscript numerals denote extensions to the triad. A seventh is assumed to be a
minor seventh unless otherwise stated. E.g. C
7
= C major triad with a minor seventh,
Cm
7
= a minor triad with a minor seventh. The major seventh is indicated as
MA7
.
Therefore,

C
MA7
= C major triad with a major seventh. The only exception to the
minor seventh default is in the case of the chord commonly notated as Cdim
7
which =


68
C diminished triad with a diminished seventh. The full notation of Cdim
dim7
being
considered redundant.

When the superscript numeral is higher than a seventh (e.g. a thirteenth), a minor
seventh is assumed to be present. E.g. C
13
= C major triad with a minor seventh and a
major thirteenth. When the superscript numeral is a sixth, it replaces the seventh
unless otherwise stated. E.g. C
6
= C major triad with a sixth added. When the
superscript numeral is marked as a suspension it usually replaces the note directly
below it in the triad. E.g. C
sus4
= C major triad with the third replaced by the fourth,
C
sus2
= C major triad with the tonic replaced by the second.

One unique chord, sometimes referred to as half diminished, due to its diminished
fifth and minor seventh (rather than fully diminished seventh as in the Cdim
7
), is
Cm
7b5
which = C minor triad with a diminished fifth and a minor seventh. The
reasons for not notating this in the manner of some books and scores as a C half dim
(7)

or C
!(7)
is for reasons of clarity, both of form and function.

Other alterations and extensions to the chords are usually self-explanatory if these
basic principles are followed. In this work flattened (minor or diminished) and raised
(augmented) extensions are denoted with a music notation flat and sharp signs. E.g.
C
7

5
= C major triad with a minor seventh, a minor ninth and diminished fifth.

For the common chords the following are examples of extensions and alterations;

Major triad; 6, 9, 11, sus2 (no tonic), sus4 (no third)
Minor triad; 6, 9, 11, sus2 (no tonic), sus4 (no third)
Diminished triad; 9, 11, 13, (MA)7
Diminished seven; 9, 11, 13, (MA)7
Minor seven; 9, 11, 13
Minor seven; 5; 5, 9, 11, 13
Major seven; 9, 11, 13
Dominant seven; 9, 9, 9, 11/5, 5/13, 13,
sus2 (no tonic), sus4 (no third)

It should be noted that only basic chord guide charts are provided with the
transcriptions. I have not attempted to transcribe the full detail of chord alterations,
substitutions, reharmonizations or passing harmonies introduced by the rhythm
section players. While these may sometimes reflect the material of the solo or
contribute to the generation of its content in the first instance, it is outside the scope of
this study to explore this complex and adjunct field. For some standard tunes jazz
performers recognize the occurrence of a number of alternative chord changes and
openly or tacitly agree to a certain set for any given performance. Where the bass line
and comping indicates this to be the case I have endeavored to use the changes on the
recording rather than the set usually found in so-called real books. (see under
Definitions page 80)



69
In discussions on the analysis and in the compositional notes it was often necessary to
refer to the function of a particular chord or progression. When this is done the
standard protocol of roman numerals is followed with major chords indicated by
capitals and minor by small case. Any other added qualitative indicators such as
superscript numerals utilize the same protocols as discussed previously. There are a
number of music theory texts which deal with this system of nomenclature. While this
thesis makes only the most elementary use of this system it conforms to its use as
presented by Furstner (1993), Nettles and Graf (1997) and Levine (1995).

(ii) Melody

In this thesis, all melodic notation assumes a swing feel unless otherwise stated.
Porter summarizes this concept admirably.

Jazz musicians interpret a pair of eighth notes approximately as,

exaggerating this effect at medium and medium-slow tempos (about
) and approaching more even eighth notes at very fast tempos. The
swing sensation is heightened by subtly accenting the second rather than
the first eighth note, creating a constantly forward-tripping momentum, as
in,

Jazz musicians, then, do not play triplets instead of eighth notes. Rather
they interpret eighths somewhat like triplets, in graduations too subtle to
be expressed by standard Western notation. (Porter 1983:9)

Literal triplets are notated and played in the standard way, as are dotted eighth notes.
Eighth notes that are not to be swung, are notated with equal accents on both, thus:


Regarding transcription format, Porter states,

Jazz performances cannot be exactly represented with our standard
notational system. In this respect they are not unique, but like all other
performances.. An attempt to record exactly what one heard would
require extremely arcane rhythmic notation.. A much better rendering
of the recorded performance may be achieved by taking the original score
[here he is referring to a classical piece] and annotating it.. If we need to
use standard Western notation for purposes of conciseness,
communicability and performability, we will do better to say of a
particularly free rhythmic passage, here the performer is placing his
notes freely with respect to the beat, than to say here he plays a double-
dotted sixteenth tied to (whatever). The latter method is pointless
because such passages can never be exactly transcribed with Western


70
notation. The first approach is simpler, easier to read, and more true to
the mental constructs of the performer. (ibid:10-12)

Porter goes on to discuss issues of rubato and to give examples of problematic
notation.

(iii) Diacritical markings

Porters list of diacritical markings is, as he states, currently in common use among
ethnomusicologists and jazz scholars (ibid:17). I have used a number of his succinct
and accurate definitions but have modified the list extensively. Not all are applicable
to guitar transcription and there are some important guitaristic markings that I have
included in the list.

Less audible, ghosted note
Barely audible note of indefinite pitch
Indefinite pitch, percussive note
Note or phrase delayed
Note or phrase anticipated
Hammer-on, an upward pitch slur on guitar
Pull-off, a downward pitch slur on guitar
A note is bent by the left hand to the second pitch
A note is bent and let return to its original pitch
Slide - the first note is struck then the left hand finger is slid to
the second pitch, which is then plucked. Note slides are the
equivalent of a small glissando on guitar.
Legato slide same as the slide except that the second note is
not plucked


71

Pitch slide of indeterminate finish

String indication

Fingering indication


Sharpened pitch


Flattened pitch
Figure 1 - Diacritical Markings

Most of Raneys playing lacks the complex techniques that attach to many modern
guitar playing styles and so there are rarely any unusual notational devices needed.
Any other technical items will be explained on the scores.

c. Referencing and Interviews

As this thesis deals not only with written literature but references to scores,
transcriptions and recordings as well as personal interviews that include musical
transcriptions there is a wide diversity of material presented. It is often necessary for
the benefit of the reader to have the reference at hand to best understand the material
being presented. For clarity and to preserve the flow of the document I have
consistently applied in text referencing and included specific designations for quotes
from interviews and from transcriptions. I have also indicated where examples are
played or sung by the interviewee. Footnotes are provided for secondary references or
to provide clarification of examples or other material.

The majority of the quotations are taken from personal interviews recorded by the
author in February 2006. All other personal communications are indicated. The
interviews with various artists, peers and acquaintances of Raney have not been
transcribed in full. Those sections relevant to this thesis have been transcribed as
accurately as possible given idiosyncrasies with accent and colloquialisms. Where
possible these have been submitted to the person concerned for proofing and/or
correction or confirmed by personal communication. Non-verbal utterances and word
and short phrase repetitions are excluded and their omission indicated by three
punctuation points. Where their lack of relevance requires longer phrases or sentences
to be omitted the gap is indicated with five punctuation points. Words that are


72
colloquially abbreviated are indicated with an appropriate apostrophe. When a
speaker is quoting someone else quotation marks are used. Other punctuation is
standard and every attempt has been made to delineate phrases and sentences by the
original inflections. Quotes from Jimmys son, Jon are referenced as, Raney, Jon to
prevent confusion. References in the text to Jimmy, Jon and Doug Raney often occur
in close proximity. Consequently all three are frequently indicated by their first or full
names. This is intended to prevent confusion rather to indicate familiarity.

Sections where a pertinent music example is played or sung have been transcribed in
music notation and included in the script. Where possible, references to specific
chords are indicated using the nomenclature previously referred to on page 67. As
interviews were subsequently proofed by the subjects this was considered to be the
clearest way of indicating their intent rather than using long hand. When generic
chords are referred to, the text is transcribed as is. Individual pitches are indicated
with a lower case letter surrounded by single quotation marks, chords or harmony
references with upper case letters. Bar numbers refer to the bar number as they appear
on the score. These may not necessarily coincide with the expected bar as it relates to
the form of the chorus. I.e. bar three of the transcription may be the first bar of the
chorus due to a two bar pick-up.


II. Conceptual Framework

a. Imitation, Assimilation, Innovation

The premise of the transmission of the jazz performance and improvisational
language utilized in this thesis could be conceptualized with the following graphic
phrase:

Imitation ! Assimilation ! Innovation

Attributed to Clark Terry, (Steinel, 1995:9) the author has heard this phrase used by
other educators and performers in many different permutations but with the same
basic conceptual intent and has utilized it in his own cumulative theoretical
framework in attempts to present a coherent pedagogy to tertiary jazz students. It may
also be helpful to consider the concept in more definitive terms, such as:

Aural (rote) Memorization ! Analysis/ Contextualization ! Creative Expression
[Input] [Processing] [Output]

The concept may also be viewed as types of learning, thus:

Intuitive Learning ! Cognitive Learning ! Transcendental Learning

Intuitive learning here refers to the learning that occurs when imitative, aural to motor
skills transference develops a body of musical responses. This is related to but distinct
from the intuitive knowledge referred to by Swanwick, which he discusses in detail
in Musical Knowledge, Intuition, Analysis and Music Education (Swanwick, 1994:26-
39). In this work he deals primarily with two forms of knowledge, intuitive/aesthetic
and logical/analytical and their relationship to music understanding and education.


73
His work is pertinent to the current study in so far as he deals with the complexities of
musical knowledge as a whole and with various attempts (including his own) to
codify those concepts.

In essence, intuitive knowledge is the bridge of imagination between
sensation and analysis. It is pre-analytical. But, left to itself, untended, not
taken up into symbolic forms, intuition cannot thrive. As soon as intuitive
insight is shared with other people as symbolic form it is inevitably drawn
into the analytical processes of sifting, selecting, filtering and
reconstitution. (ibid:42)

Through a matrix of images, metaphors and other conventions of shared
meaning, participation in an art object or event pushes us beyond the
merely intuitive towards analytical frames of reference seeing or
hearing in this way or that. Learning can indeed feel like loss, as intuition
is probed and stretched, as ideas are traced through into new
formulations. In this way music generates new knowledge; we come to see
things differently as intuitive understanding is redefined. (ibid:43)

His comments on improvisation later in the work are also pertinent. After
summarizing the ideas of a number of jazz players he had encountered he goes on,

once again we can identify the intuition/analysis dialectic. Improvising
is the development and demonstration of a retrieval system and intuition
is its essential process. The spotlight of the mind that searches what we
already know for what is relevant at this time is guided, not by conscious
thought, but by intuitive scanning. But as we know, intuitive knowledge
can only grow if it is complemented by analytical mapping; and this
includes identifying the fixed something, both channeling and extending
the way we listen. Copying, imitating, are themselves acts of analysis
where we sift out certain elements for attention those things we want to
emulate. Varied practice is also analytical, a way of consciously
extending the dynamic library, cataloguing, classifying, building up a
schema, an action pattern. (ibid:155)

Swanwicks Figure 9 The developmental spiral (ibid:90) is also of interest and while
relating more to traditional or classical music, shows a similar progression from
repetition to creativity as that outlined above in the concept of imitation, assimilation
and innovation.

Berliners work also suggests that this model is valid. Of his own study he says,

In accord with this works view of jazz as a language and its emphasis on
traditional learning methods, the presentation of material emphasizes the
aural absorption of jazz before the study of music theory, a relationship
that, within the contemporary pedagogy of jazz is sometimes reversed.
(Berliner 1994:16)

The current study seeks to both provide academic substance and at the same time
emulate the previously mentioned ubiquitous jazz learning culture. A set of neat


74
buzzwords, or even a single academic project, however sound its methodology,
cannot of course replicate the learning processes encapsulated by this culture.
However, the concept is a useful condensation in that it provides a framework for
taking the analytical process to its creative conclusion. This is most true when the
process has, as its focus, not merely the musicological expose of a players style but
the recognition of the power of that style for generating further musically creative
activities.

Jimmy Raney himself refers to the importance of transcription and imitation in his
own learning experience:

I learned this way: from material my teacher wrote for me and, later, from
solos that I transcribed from records and from published folios of
established artists. (Raney 1985:i)

His son Doug, also a jazz performer, confirms the need for assimilation. He observes
that educational institutions while speeding up the process cannot replace the essential
part that listening plays in the process,

Basically what Im saying is it just comes from listening a lot to other
people and getting ideas from them and gradually start getting your
own ideas, you know, and you start finding stuff that, that you havent
heard somebody else do its just something you come up with yourself
its kind of a long process, you know, learning it I mean. Nowadays they
learn it a lot faster because the teaching system has gotten so good
for jazz... But theres also an awful lot of young players that dont have
much personality but [have] a lot of technique. (interview with the author,
2006)

Jon Raney also makes some comments relevant to the transfer of the jazz language on
a web site interview with Geetan,

I think the most successful artists are generally those who have mastered a
particular idiom but also have a restless, searching quality in them. They might
be inclined to investigate wholly different musics and integrate them within
their style. Although the less conscious this process the better. Not all artists
experiments are successful, but we sometimes forget that artists are human
beings. Another artists unsuccessful experiment might be perfected by someone
else and the time may be more ripe for it to flower. (Raney, Jon, undated)

In stressing the imitative process as an essential part of the improvisers artistic
growth most players are careful to stipulate that the processes of imitation and
assimilation are not an end in themselves but have creative innovation as the ultimate
goal. Jon states,

How much imitation do you do? And my father had an interesting kind of
take on that. Its like you imitate but dont go too far.. do you take off
five records or thirty records? Or these days will you take five records of
this guy and five records of another guy and you end up being almost like
a chameleon after a while?.. Like once you have enough structure and


75
coherence based on the lessons that youve learned I think you really need
to try to pursue something for your own take on the language or take the
materials and do something else with them or something and I think thats
true of him [Raney]. (interview with the author, 2006)

In spite of his focus on assimilating Charlie Christian and later Charlie Parker, Raney
had his own unique sound, even at the beginning of his recording career. Jon confirms
this and commenting on the intelligence of processing the aural material says,

I mean, theres enough core personality there I mean thats the ideal
way to do things is that you have informed theft.. you understand
the idea behind the thing thats there, that way you can incorporate it. If
you dont have great ideas about what you wanna do then those ideas
arent gonna do very much because what youll end up doing is imitating
them for a bar and then going back to boring stuff and then imitating
them so you really have to have an intelligence behind the choices.
Its really sort of sticking the stuff in the storehouse consciousness of
ideas and hoping that they come out. (ibid)

Green (2002) confirms the practice of imitating recordings, which continues to the
present day amongst popular musicians:

By far the overriding learning practice for the beginner popular musician,
as is already well known, is to copy recordings by ear (Green, 2002:60)

She also notes that both creativity and longevity in the professional popular music
field show correlations with copying recordings or learning covers as a developing
player
80
(ibid:73-76).

In my reply to Emilys email I pointed out that originality is born of
imitation, and suggested that covers are essential for future development,
to which she expressed relief. (ibid:75)

Copying recordings and playing covers are not only related to the
development of performance skills but also form fundamental building-
blocks in compositional skills. Without the experience gained from
copying and covering, original work is unlikely to be convincingly
situated within a style recognized as music: music is not a natural
phenomenon but has to conform to historically constructed norms, both
concerning its intra-musical processes, forms and sound qualities, and its
modes of production, distribution and reception. Otherwise it is unlikely
to be recognized as music at all (which I argue more fully in Green 1988).
What is learnt from playing covers can be adapted to fit new musical
contexts, and thus provides a precursor to original invention. (ibid:75)

However all the professional musicians in this study had a good
grounding in copying recordings or playing covers, and it is not

80
This is a term that denotes learning and performing a popular piece, verbatim. Hence to cover a
tune or play in a covers band


76
unreasonable to suggest that this is the prime method of learning
(ibid:74)

Thus, to summarize, in this thesis, the imitation is analogous with transcription and
memorization of Raneys idioms, the assimilation equates with analysis and the
innovation is realized in the composition and recording components of the work.

b. Selection of solos for transcription

For this project a relatively large number of solos have been transcribed. The primary
reasons for this were to provide a range of transcriptions for reference and comparison
but also so that the necessarily lengthy transcription process might serve to fully
familiarize the author with Raneys sound and style. A useful byproduct of this work
is that it provides a data-base to facilitate and encourage further study.

In transcribing a suitably representative cross section of solos the approach I have
taken with the recorded material is predominantly chronological and style based.
Solos have been selected from all of his major productive periods, incorporating as
many stylistic and ensemble variations as possible. It could be argued that some
differences may exist between live and studio performances. Mongan quotes Jimmy
Gourley; In public, he played even better than on his records, and his records were
really first class. (Mongan 1983:128) The selection will therefore include a small
number of live performances for thorough representation. However, it should be noted
that most commentators agree that Raney is nothing if not consistent. Louisville
musician, Stan Moon confirms the reliability of Raneys creativity and skill, saying,

I think the consistency of his playing was amazing I never heard him
play badly. It was always right up there at the top. Just amazing.
(interview with the author, 2006)

A cursory glance at the recording dates for Raney in Lords (2005) discography will
reveal that most of Raneys albums were recorded in one session. This is a further
confirmation of his technical and creative capabilities. Also, his improvisations tend
to focus on melodic subtleties rather than flamboyant statements and so the influence
of an audience is probably not as noticeable as with some other artists. In any case,
the subtleties of performance nuance and variation dont play an important part in the
considerations of this thesis, which focuses predominantly on the motivic material of
Raneys improvisations. While it could be assumed that comments on Raneys lack of
flamboyance infer a somewhat clinical quality to his playing, it is clear from the
recorded material that Raneys forte is a delicacy and technical proficiency that
creates the sense of effortless complexity and scope.

c. Selection of transcriptions for analysis

From the larger body of transcribed solos a number were selected for detailed
analysis. Australian guitarist and educator Jim Kelly concurs with the selection of a
smaller number of solos for analysis saying,

Im sure youve chosen the ones carefully that you wanted to do the full
analysis with. The rest will, honestly itll just be that again cause I


77
mean hes human. Hes not going to reinvent himself on every tune, hes
just gunna keep doing his thing. Thats who he is. (interview with the
author, 2006)

When first beginning this study I envisaged completing a separate commentary on
each of the transcriptions selected for analysis as well as elementary on-score
annotations. It became clear that this would not serve the interests of the current study
well in that the analysis is most convenient when presented as an annotation on the
score itself. Kelly supports the basic concept of analysis on the score for it immediacy
and pertinence to the observed music. He says of the option of completely separated
analysis,

thats like trying to read a chart where someone like a singer will
write down here [points to bottom of page] A, A, B, B, B, A, A, A, B, B,
B, A and youre supposed to somehow fix that to that! [points back to
body of score] (ibid)

Further, the categorization of idioms and the detailed analysis of those selected as
motivic material, in particular, are more appropriately presented later to show their
link with the compositional material. From study of a number of projects involving
improvisational analysis it is apparent that diversity in style and methodology is the
only common factor. The analysis formats range from sparse, broad observational
commentaries in the case of Bakers series The Jazz Style of , A Musical and
Historical Perspective (Baker, 1980) to detailed, narrowly focused studies such as
Owens Charlie Parker: Techniques of Improvisation (Owens, 1974). In each case the
purpose and desired outcomes of the study dictate the analytical style and presentation
used.

Galper (2005), Babad (1999) and Martin (2001) indicate that, even in detailed
analytical studies, the important information in artists solos is often not best
represented by analyzing melody/harmony relations solely, without reference to other
factors such as chord substitutions, individual concepts of tension and resolution,
melodic ideas that focus on forward direction and anticipated or delayed resolutions.
Consequently studies that have regard for these areas often use descriptive analysis
and/or utilize unique formats that best expound the relevant area being covered.

Davison argues in his study of Michael Brecker's soloing style that transcriptions
represent a valuable outcome of research in their own right especially if some
consultation with the artist concerned is included. (Davison, 1987:70) Of course
consultation with Jimmy Raney is not possible but input from Raneys sons and other
artists such as Scott Henderson and Jeff Sherman, that had extended professional
contact with Jimmy Raney during his career, has been sought and included in the
current study.

The selection of solos for analysis was undertaken using similar parameters to the
selection of the overall body of transcriptions. A solo from each of the decades of his
recording career was selected from the larger group of transcriptions. An effort was
made to include a range of styles from ballads blues, latin and standards in the
selections. Then solos were then confirmed as to their appropriate and representative
nature by consultancy with a number of the jazz performers and educators


78
interviewed as part of this project. An example of some of the feedback from the
consultations follows.

Scott Henderson says of the earliest selection Sugar Hill Bop from Wardell Gray
Complete Sunset and New Jazz Masters (1949) Thats the most Charlie Christian-
esque thing Ive heard [Raney play]. (interview with the author, 2006) adding He
got away from that in a big way. He expands on this by stating that Raney would
rarely begin a phrase on beat one after that early period and that the triplet devices
were typically Christian. When questioned as to the validity of the selection he
affirms its choice as representative of that period saying, Oh, no! its a great one
because I mean he was so blown away by Charlie Christian.

Samba Para Dos from Lalo Schifrins Bossa Nova Groove (1962) album was selected
as an example of a Latin groove. The chronology of this selection is interesting as the
Bossa Nova sound gained widespread popularity during the 1960s. As previously
mentioned, Jon Raneys reaction to Jimmys solo was enthusiastic, exclaiming, Hes
just a monster! adding, when youre growing up with that..... like when you say
your fathers the best.. in our case he really was. (interview with the author, 2006)

Selected originally as a representative of a ballad, consultation with Jon confirmed the
choice of 'Round About Midnight from the Stan Getz, Birdland Sessions (1948-1952)
He suggests that as far as Raney himself was concerned these sessions contained his
best and most representative work.

He thought that the best example of his playing was off of the Birdland

bootleg that came out he felt like that was closer to the way he really
played. (ibid)

As many of Raneys recordings feature his skill at bebop tunes or fast tempo bebop
interpretations of standards a selection of a number of faster tempo pieces was
considered appropriate for a true representation of his work.

To achieve the outcomes proposed for this study I have taken the following approach
to the analysis. Each selected transcription will contain a detailed on-score analysis
and annotation. The key for this is presented directly prior to the scores in chapter
three. The analysis is presented in this format so that observations on content and
material are presented adjunct to the score itself to facilitate comparison and ease of
observation and to separate this information from the discussion of the selected
idioms.

Adjunct to this on-score analysis will be a discussion of various aspects of Raneys
style and approach that have become obvious from the transcription process, the
analytical study and the interviews and consultancy process. It is not intended that this
will provide a bar by bar commentary on each solo but rather will endeavor to
highlight certain key elements of Raneys unique stylistic contribution to jazz and
also address certain technical and theoretical aspects of his work.

d. Selection of idioms from analyzed solos



79
From the annotated transcriptions and subsequent analytical discussion a number of
smaller melodic fragments have been chosen for further investigation and discussion.
These motifs serve as the thematic material for the original compositions. Doug
Raney confirms the efficacy of this selection process in the current project,

Well what you could do is just take certain phrases a lot of them, like
you said yourself they come again and again and so you just pick out
certain things instead of like trying to learn all the solos. Well you
wont be able to digest it that way.. my Dad, he told me when I was
learning from him that playing the things yourself and [assimilating]
good ideas and [learning to] know that this [or that] works is the thing.
(interview with the author, 2006)

The idioms that have been selected for use as motivic material had to satisfy a number
of criteria. The melodic fragment must have elements in it that reflect something of
Raneys style and distinct way of melodically treating a given harmonic situation.
This need not be strictly in the vertical sense of chord scale relationships but possibly
and or concurrently in the direction or forward motion of the line. Preference is
given to those idioms that display some frequency of occurrence thereby
demonstrating the importance of the idiom, or derived forms of it in Raneys
improvisational vocabulary. Another criteria is that their selection arises from the
analytical and consultation process, either directly or indirectly. Consequently the
idioms chosen are all linked in some way to the discussion of the material of Raneys
improvisation.

Further parameters considered in idiom selection included; a diversity of
improvisational devices, a diversity of styles of piece from which the idiom was
selected, a diversity of technical complexity, variety of texture, usefulness of the
idiom for compositional treatment and the suitability of the idiom for extending and
enhancing the improvisational capabilities of the author as a performing artist. As one
of the outcomes of this project is to begin to assimilate key elements of the bop style
into my own playing, the idioms must provide a cross section of the various licks
appropriate to the needs of the developing jazz player. For each of the compositions I
have appropriated at least two licks so that there is a range of material to develop in
the works and to provide some balancing or juxtaposition of material.

e. The harmonic basis of the original works

In considering the style of composition for the works that complete this study two
main options were available. The first was to compose completely new works in
respect to harmony. The second option was to borrow chord progressions from
existing tunes and write the melodies to fit this framework. Since the melodic material
came, at least partially, from Raneys licks it could hardly be considered to be
completely original and so the second option was looked at more closely. It presents
some advantages. The object of the process of this study is not merely to write new
works but to investigate the melodic material of Raneys solos. This is best applied in
harmonic contexts similar to those from which they were drawn. The material can
then be developed with an emphasis on the application of the melodic material to a
predetermined foundation which is the basis of most jazz improvisation. This method
also has historic precedent, as the use of contrafacts (see Definitions on page 80) in


80
jazz composition is not infrequent, particularly during the bebop period.
Consequently, the harmonic progressions for the compositions utilize sections of
standard chord progressions. Some of these are related to the tunes from which the
licks were originally selected others were chosen on the basis of their common use in
the jazz repertoire. Borrowed harmonic fragments have been extended or developed
to either better suite the development of the melodic material or to mark the
composition with some originality. Two of the compositions feature complete
common forms. The blues and rhythm changes have both been subject to
widespread and frequent usage. Any significant harmonic borrowings used in the
remaining compositions are indicated in the compositional notes on page 210.

It should be noted that the evaluation of the comparative weighting of components
and outcomes is common in artistic endeavors that face issues of utility and creative
balance. While in this study the melodies are intentionally derivative (see pages 235-
238) and, as discussed above, the harmonies have been selected in the first instance
for their utility in the role of supporting the exploration of the melodic material the
scope of the compositional process was considered capable of allowing sufficient
freedom to develop the concepts at a creative as well as an analytical level. This dual
purpose dictated the amount of freedom available to the compositional process,
however, this was not seen as detrimental as the imposition of boundaries to any
artistic process often frees the practitioner from a gamut of options, the exploration of
which can often introduce a lack of coherence or focus to the work.

f. Creative exegesis, further research

One other important question that arises is; which component of the project is the
exegesis and therefore how is the project culminated? It could be argued that the
creative work, in this case, is the exegesis, as it explains, or at least represents, the
culmination of the analytical work (albeit in sonic form). The investigation of the
concept of appropriateness (or otherwise) of allowing sonic data to speak for itself
represents another complete and often parallel line of research outside the scope of
this study. However, it is worth noting at this point that while composition has been
accepted as new knowledge in the research quantum of many universities (and
indeed has held that place historically), improvisation is often not so regarded in spite
of its arguably more rigorous real time expectations. Consideration is being given by
some academics and institutions to the current expectation of solely language-based
exegeses in creative arts related studies. The use of other forms of data presentation,
specifically creative aural product, is gaining wider acceptance. It is hoped that the
current thesis may contribute to a broadening of the activities in this type of research
study in the performing arts.


III. Definitions

Although traditional terms have been used, parameters for this study will include an
acceptance of the following specific definitions. The glossary in Birketts thesis
(1995) is comprehensive and contains a number of succinct definitions that have been
utilized in this section:



81
Alterations- Non diatonic chord tones or extensions. i.e. 9, 9, 5, 5, 13,
11.

Blue note - The 3, 5 and 7 of a major scale. Generally used alongside the
major scale, giving potentially a ten note scale. (Birkett, 1995:viii)

Bridge, the This is usually the B section of an AABA structure; most often being
bars 17 24. It is sometimes referred to as the middle eight.

Changes - The chord progression or harmonic sequence of a jazz tune or standard or
section thereof.

Chords see under Style on page 67

Chorus - Delineates one complete form of a particular piece. This name probably
derives from the fact that many jazz standards are the chorus of a longer music theatre
or film form. Usually the recitative-like verse is omitted in jazz performances.

Contrafact A contrafact is a tune which is based on an extant set of chord changes
(harmonic progression) and it was this type of tune which comprised a large portion
of the bebop repertoire. (Baker, 1987 Vol. 3:1) The most recognized example is I
Got Rhythm the chord progression of which has been used for a number of newer,
particularly bebop, jazz compositions.

Comping Jazz chordal accompaniment; the harmony player has considerable liberty
to improvise varied chord voicings, rhythms and style over the basic harmonic
framework.

Extensions The constituent pitches of a harmony which occur beyond the octave,
i.e. the ninth, eleventh and thirteenth. (Birkett, 1995:x)

Feel An often non-notatable (in standard western notation) rhythmic nuance that
gives a genre its specific sound. Sometimes referred to as groove. Each type is
described by specific jargon that can be expressed as a noun or adjective, e.g. Swing,
swing feel; Funk, funk feel. Some genres have distinctive notatable elements (e.g.
samba, shuffle) but still usually exhibit unique non-notatable micro-structures.
(Pressing, 1987)

Front-man The performer who interacts most with the audience. Usually the lead
performer or star act on a performance. Thus the front-man may be a female singer
performing with a band even though the bands leader is the more well known
name. Can be, though not always, the same as the head-line act.

Ghost(ed) notes A note that is articulated in such a way that the dynamic is
considerably lower and the sound is sometimes slightly percussive. Its purpose is to
provide emphasis or accent to the note that follows. Raney liked to call them
swallowed notes. (Silverman, 2006:64). All ghosted notes are indicated in the
transcriptions of this study with a bracket around the note head. Ghosted notes of


82
indeterminate pitch are indicated by brackets and a cross note head. Purely percussive
notes are indicated by cross note heads only. See Diacritical Markings on page 70.

Head The original composition (melody and harmony) on which a jazz
performance is based.

Head-line act The top billed name for a particular performance.

Idiom

A improvised musical motif or statement that is peculiar to the improvisation
style of a particular artist, often referred to in jazz and pop circles as licks. Martin
claims that licks are the more generic, trans-artist form of idioms. (Martin,
2001:116-117) However, while it is true that the term is used of shared
improvisational formulae its use to denote an improvisational motif of a particular
artist is also widespread.

Improvisation (abbrev. improv) While the definitions for this term are as almost
many and varied as the occurrences of its use the iteration used broadly in jazz circles
is the one appropriate to this study. Improvisation in this context is accepted to refer
to the practice of extemporizing a melody using scales, arpeggios and various
chromaticisms appropriate to (and concurrently with) the harmonic progression of a
preexistent popular song or original composition.

Lead sheet A score style that utilizes a single stave with the melody notated and
chords expressed in letter name format above the stave.

Lick (see Idiom, above) This term can be applied more broadly to motifs or
statements that are not necessarily peculiar to the improvisation style of a particular
artist. Some licks have become so commonly used (with minute variations) that they
scarcely qualify for the term improvisation.

Line-up The performers utilized on a particular performance or recording.

Line An improvised melodic phrase or phrases.

Pick-up An anacrusis. Not only applied to that found at the beginning of a piece or
major section; it can denote a melodic lead-in to a phrase.

Pitch set The group of pitches peculiar to a given scale or arpeggio.

Real Book A term used to describe the many publications (some not clearly legal)
that contain standard and jazz tunes in a lead sheet format. While many are useful and
often adequately accurate, the chords and/or melody in some are not true to either the
original composition or later accepted interpretations.

Riff A short rhythmic/melodic line which is designed in such a way that it can be
repeated (often exactly) against a succession of chords. (Birkett, 1995:xiv)

Scales - The following nomenclature is used throughout. For a detailed commentary
on scales, their applications and usage refer to Hearle (1980, 1989), Schenkel (1983)
and Coker (1975). Salvatores Jazz Improvisation: Principles and Practices Relating


83
to Harmonic and Scalic Resources (1970) previously mentioned for its coverage of
harmonic theory is similarly comprehensive in dealing with scale theory and
nomenclature. Abbreviations used in the annotations are listed in the glossary in
chapter three.

Major modes
ionian; 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
dorian; 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
phrygian; 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
lydian; 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7,
mixolydian; 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
aeolian; 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
locrian; 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7

Melodic minor modes
melodic minor; 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
dorian flat two; 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
lydian augmented; 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
lydian dominant; 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
mixolydian flat thirteen; 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
locrian sharp/natural two; 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
altered dominant; 1, 2, 2, 3, 5, 5, 7

Octatonic scales
spanish phrygian; 1, 2, 3, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
(note: this is a mode of the major bebop scale starting on 3)
bebop major; 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 5, 6, 7
bebop minor; 1, 2, 3, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
bebop dominant; 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 7
dimished whole/half; 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 6/7, 7
dimished half/whole; 1, 2, 3, 3, 5, 5, 6/7, 7

Others
harmonic minor; 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
blues scale; 1, 3, 4, 4/5, 5, 7
minor pentatonic; 1, 3, 4, 5, 7
major pentatonic; 1, 2, 3, 5, 6
additive extension scales
Schenkel (1983) describes these scales as common forms with
extra tones added on a needs basis to provide particular


84
extensions or alterations. They occur most commonly on the
major modes.
additive chromatic scales
these scales are common forms with extra tones added on a
needs basis to provide resolution to a particular tone on an
appropriate beat. The bebop scales are examples of this type.
They can occur on all scale types. Viv Middleton, jazz educator
and performer, suggests the term random significant
chromaticism (Middleton, 2005:pc) used by himself in his own
teaching as a means of categorizing a number of devices that use
chromaticism to achieve resolution in appropriate places in the
metre.

Session A recording date or engagement.

Session player A musician employed to record a particular session, not a regular
member of the main ensemble.

Sideman A accompanying performer (as opposed to a leader or equal collaborator).

Solo (as distinct from solo [traditional] = unaccompanied) The complete improvised
section delivered by any one performer in a given piece.

Soloing - The act of improvising.

Standard - A piece (often a song or original composition) that is recognized as
suitable and stable fare for jazz performance.

Tag A coda; often spontaneously composed, based on generally accepted guidelines
and patterns.

Turnaround A harmonic progression, which prepares the return of a repeated
section with a perfect cadence (Birkett, 1995:xv)

Woodshed (also, woodshedding or shedding) An intense period of personal
practice often focused on specific technical or musical hurdles that the artist or
student is intent on overcoming to progress to the next level of expertise and artistic
skill.

X, x In keeping with the annotations used on the analyzed transcriptions and to
prevent confusion I have chosen to use large case letters when referring to chords (eg.
G, D E), general harmonic context or key and small case letters (g, d, e) when
referring to individual pitches. I have also followed this in transcriptions of interviews
as this enables the meaning of the speaker to more readily understood. Notes that
were made on the scores during interviews and the context ensure the accuracy of
these indications.



85

Chapter 3
Transcriptions and Analyses

I. Transcriptions


86

a.
Swing
q = 240
Getz, S & Raney, J "Complete Studio Sessions"
Track 3 @ 1:38 [rec. October 25-26, 1948]
Interlude In Be Bop
Jim Raney Solo
Transcribed By:
G.Hodges, 2005
5
9
13
17
21
25
29
33
!
! "
#
#
#
#
#
1st Chorus
Bbm7 Cm7(b5) F7(b9) Bbm7
$
"
#
#
#
#
#
Bbm7 Cm7(b5) F7(b9)
( )
Bbm7
$
"
#
#
#
#
#
Bbm7 Cm7(b5) F7(b9) Bbm7
( )
( )
3 3 3
"
#
#
#
#
#
Bbm7 Cm7(b5) F7(b9) Bbm7
( )
"
#
#
#
#
#
D7 G7
3
3
"
#
#
#
#
#
C7
( )
Gm7 C7 F7 Cm7 F7
3
"
#
#
#
#
#
Bbm7 Cm7(b5)
( )
F7(b9)
( )
Bbm7
"
#
#
#
#
#
Bbm7 Cm7(b5) F7(b9) Bbm7
End of Form
"
#
#
#
#
#
% & %
%
%
'
(
%
'
(
% &
%
%
'
(
% #
'
(
%
%
% )
*
*
%
%
% &
%
%
% #
% & % #
%
%
%
% % #
% #
%
%
% &
%
%
*
%
%
% & % #
%
% &
%
%
% & %
%
% &
%
%
% & % #
%
% & % #
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
% &
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
% &
%
%
% #
% & % #
%
%
% &
+
(
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
% &
% * * (
%
'
% &
% &
( %
+
%
%
% &
!
% & %
% &
%
% & !
%
,
% & % # % &
% % &
+
(
%
% & %
* ,
%
%
% & % #
%
% &
% &
(
%
+
%
% & % #
%
%
+
( % &
% & %
% & % #
%
, , ,
%
%
%
%
%
+
(
% %
%
%
%
%
%
+
(
)
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
% #
% &
%
%
%
%
* , (
-
+
% &
%
%
% #
% & % #
%
%
%
+
( %
% #
%
%
% &
% (
%
+
%
%
%
%
%
* ,



87

b.
Swing
q = 240
Gray, W & Raney, J "complete Sunset & New Jazz Masters"
Track 13 @ 1:40 [rec. April, 1949]
Sugar Hill Bop
Jim Raney Solo
Transcribed By:
G.Hodges, 2005
5
9
13
17
21
!
! "
#
#
#
Eb7
1st Chorus
Ab7
Eb7
3
3
"
#
#
#
Ab7
( )
Eb7
( )
C7
( )
3
"
#
#
#
( )
Fm7
( )
Bb7 Eb7 Cm7
Fm7
Bb7
( )
"
#
#
#
2nd Chorus
Eb7
Ab7
( ) ( )
Eb7
3
"
#
#
#
Ab7 Eb7
C7
3 3
"
#
#
#
Fm7
Bb7 Eb7 Cm7
Fm7
End of Form
Bb7
3
3
$ #
$
$ % $ #
$
$ $ #
$
$
$ #
&
$
$
$
$
$ $ #
$
$ #
$ ' ( '
$ #
$ % $ #
$
$
$ %
)
$
*
$
$ #
$
$
$ #
$
$
$
' ( ' )
$
*
$ # $ % $ # $ %
&
$
$
$
$
$ %
$
$
&
& $
$ #
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$ % $ #
$
$ %
)
$ %
*
$
$
)
$
*
$
$ # $ %
$
( )
$
*
$
$
$
*
)
$
*
)
$
' ' '
$
$
&
$
$ % $
$
$ # $ %
$
$ # $ %
$ # +
(
$
$ # $ %
$
$
$ #
$
$
$ #
$
$
$
$ $
' ' ' )
$ #
*
$ %
$
$
$
$ $ ,
$ %
&
$ %
$ #
'
' '
$
$ $ #
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$ %
$
$
$ ) $
*
$ $
$ % $ #
$
-
) ' (



88

c.
Swing
q = 256
Getz, S & Raney, J "Complete Roost Recordings 2"
Track 2 @ 4:04 [rec. October 28, 1951]
The Song Is You
Jim Raney Solo
Transcribed By:
G.Hodges, 2005
5
9
13
17
21
25
29
!
! "
#
Gma7
1st Chorus
Bbdim7
Am7
D7
"
#
Gma7
Bm7 E7 Am7 D7
"
#
F7
Bm7
E7
( )( )
Am7 D7
"
#
F7
Cm7
F7
A7
Bm7 E7
Am7 D7
"
#
Gma7 Bbdim7 Am7 D7
3
"
#
Bm7
$
Bb9
Bbdim7
Eb9(b5)
D7
"
#
F7
Gma7
( )
E7
Em7 E7 Am7
D7(#5)
"
#
G6
( )
C#m7(b5) F#7(b9)
3
3
$ %
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
% ' % %
& #
&
&
&
&
&
&
(
)
&
&
&
(
) %
& *
&
&
&
&
(
) %
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
(
) % %
&
&
&
&
& #
&
&
&
&
& *
& #
& + #
&
& *
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
& # & *
&
&
&
&
& *
& #
&
& #
&
& #
&
&
(
)
&
% %
& #
& *
& #
&
& #
&
&
&
&
(
)
&
&
&
&
'
& #
& &
% )
&
(
&
% )
&
,
& #
& #
& *
& #
% %
&
&
&
&
&
& & #
(
&
&
(
&
& *
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
' &
&
&
& #
&
& # & *
& #
&
!
& *
-
&
& *
& #
&
&
+
&
&
&
&
%
&
&
& #
&
& &
&
&
&
&
&
%
&
&
&
& *
&
+ &
& #
&
& +
+
&
&
&
&
&
&
& *
& #
&
&
& & *
&
& )
&
&
&
&
&
& #
&
&
& #
&
& #
& #
%



89
33
36
39
42
45
49
53
57
61
65
!
"
Bma7
( )
Cdim7
Bma7
( )
( )
( )
C#m7
( )
!
"
F#7
( ) ( )
Bma7
( )
!
"( )
Fm7(b5)
( )
( )
Bb7(b9) D#m7
!
"
G#9
( )
!
"
C#7 G7(b5) F#7 D7
!
"
Gma7 Bbdim7 Am7 D7
!
"
Gma7 Dm7
( )
G9 C6 F7
!
"
Bm7 E7 Am7
D7
!
"
G6
C7
G6
End of Form
!
"
#
$ "
$ "
$
% "
$
% "
% "
$ &
$ "
$
$
$
$
$ "
$
$ "
$ "
'
(
$
)
$ "
$ "
$
$
$
$
$ "
$ "
$ "
$
$
$
$
$
$ "
$ "
$ $
$
$ &
$ &
$ $ "
$
$ &
$
$ "
$ &
$ "
$
$ "
$
$
$ "
$
(
$ "
)
$
$ "
$ &
$
$ "
$
$
$ "
$ "
)
(
$ "
$
$ "
$
$
$ &
$ "
$ "
$
$ " $
$
$
$
(
!
$
*
$
)
$
$
$ "
$
$ "
$ "
$
$
$ "
$ &
$
$
$ "
$ "
$
$ $ &
$ "
$
$ "
$ "
$
$ "
$ "
$
$ $ "
$
$
# (
$
)
$
$
$
) (
$
)
(
$
' (
% "
+
$ "
$
$
$
$
$ "
$
)
(
$
)
(
,
'
$
$
$
$ $ "
$ &
,
$ '
$
$
$
$ "
+
$
"
$
( $
)
$
$
" $
$
#
$
$
$
$
$
) (
$
)
(
$
)
( ' '
$
$
$ "
$
# '
$
$ " $
$ "
$
$
)
$
$
)
$
)
( '
$ $ "
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$ "
)
$
$
$ $ $
$ " $ &
(
$ &
)
$
$ " $
$
$
$
$ "
$
$ "
$
)
$"
#



90

d.
q = 186
Swing
Jumpin' with Symphony Sid
Gezt, S & Raney, J "Immortal Concerts" Track 7 @ 3:04 [rec. Oct 28, 1951]
Jim Raney Solo
Transcribed By:
G.Hodges, 2005
5
9
13
17
21
25
29
33
!
! "
1st Chorus
#
C7 F7/C C7 F#9/A#
"
F7 C7 A7
"
Dm7 G7 C7 A7 Dm7 G7
"
2nd Chorus
C7 F7/C C7 F#9/A#
3
3
"
F7 C7 A7
"
Dm7 G7
< <
C7 A7 Dm7 G7
3 3
"
3rd Chorus
C7
F7/C
C7
F#9/A#
3
3
"
F7
( )
C7 A7
3
3
"
Dm7 G7
( )
C7 A7 Dm7 G7
$ %
&
'
& & (
&
&
)
&
& & * & ) $
% &
'
&
&
& *
&
&
&
&
'
%
&
'
%
&
'
%
&
&
& (
'
%
&
'
%
&
& &
'
%
&
'
%
&
'
%
&
& *
&
'
%
&
'
%
&
'
%
&
&
& & &
'
% ) %
&
'
&
&
&
&
%
&
'
&
& & (
&
) )
&
+ *
&
&
&
&
%
&
'
& & *
&
&
& *
'
%
&
&
&
&
&
&
& , &
'
%
+
& * & ) ) %
& *
'
& ,
&
&
& *
& (
& ,
& *
&
&
& *
&
&
& , & *
&
)
&
&
&
& *
&
% &
'
&
&
&
% & *
'
& (
& (
& *
& ( & ,
&
&
&
&
&
& & &
' % )
&
+
&
&
& *
& *
&
&
&
&
-
. % ) $ %
&
'
&
&!
&
& &
&
& &
&
&
&
&
&
%
&
'
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
'
% ) %
&
'
"
& *
/
&
&
& ,
& *
) %
& & *
&
& *
& & *
&
&
& * & ,
&
&
& *
&
& *
&
& *
& & *
&
) ) ) %
& (
'
&
& (
) )
& (
& (
& ,
&
&
&
& (
&
&
&
&
&
&
& ( & ,
&
"
& (
/
&
&
&
&
&
'
%
&
'
%
&
) $ ) %
& *
'



91
37
41
45
49
53
55
57
59
61
65
!
4th Chorus
C7
F7/C C7 F#9/A#
3
!
F7
( )
C7 A7
3
3
!
Dm7 G7 C7 A7 Dm7 G7
!
5th Chorus
C7 F7/C
( )
C7 F#9/A#
!
F7
( )
( ) ( )
!
C7 A7
!
Dm7 G7
3 3
!
( )
C7 A7
( )
Dm7
<
G7
( )
3
!
C7
6th Chorus
F7/C C7
( )
F#9/A#
3
!
F7 C7 A7
3
" #
"
"
"
"
"
" $ "
%
& ' ( ' &
" $
%
" #
"
"
"
"
"
" " $
"
"
" $
" $
"
" $
"
"
"
"
"
"
" "
"
" $
"
"
" $
" )
"
"
"
"
" " $
"
'
"
" $
" $
"
" $
"
" $
"
"
" #
"
"
"
"
"
"
" " " "
' ( ' '
" $ " #
" " )
"
% &
"
" $ " #
"
"
"
"
"
"
" " $
"
" "
" $ " # !
&
!
"
*
"
"
"
" " $
"
(
'
" $
"
+
" "
"
" " $ " # " $
"
'
"
"
" $
"
"
" $ " #
"
"
" )
"
% &
"
" )
"
"
"
"
"
&
!
"
*
"
"
"
"
"!
"
" $
" " )
" )
" )
" )
"
'
"
"
"
"
"
"
'
"
"
"
"
" "
&
" $
" "
%
&
"
*
, ,
"
*
"
%
&
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
*
, & '
" $
" $
"
" " )
" #
"
' &
"
"
"
%
& ' &
"
"
"
%
& ( &
"
-
" $
"
"
"
" )
"
" #
"
"
. " $
" $
+
" #
"
" $
"
"
"
"
"
" #
-
" $
"
" $
"
"
" $
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
" " $
"
" " )
" )
" )
" )
"
" " $
"



92
69
73
!
Dm7 >
G7 C7 A7 Dm7 G7
( )
End of Form
>
3
3
!
" #
"
" $
"
"
" #
"
"
" #
" #
" #
" %
"
"
" "
&
' "
"
"
"
"
&
'
"
"
"
"
"
" " # " $
""
" #
"
( )



93

e.
Ballad
q = 74
Getz, S & Raney, J "Stan Getz Quintet - Birdland Sessions"
Track 5 @ 0:23 [rec. May 31, 1952]
'Round About Midnight
Jim Raney Solo
Transcribed By:
G.Hodges, 2005
4
6
8
10
11
13
14
15
!
! "
#
#
#
#
#
#
end of Intro
1st Chorus - incorporating head
Ebm7 Cm7(b5) Fm7(b5) Bb7(#9)
3
3
3
3
"
#
#
#
#
#
#
Ebm7 Ab7 Bm7 E7 Bbm7 Eb7
"
#
#
#
#
#
#
Abm7 Db7 Ebm7 Ab7
"
#
#
#
#
#
#
B7 B7(b5) Bb7
"
#
#
#
#
#
#
Ebm7 Cm7(b5)
3
3
3
3
"
#
#
#
#
#
#
Fm7(b5)
Bb7(#9)
Ebm7
Ab7
3
"
#
#
#
#
#
#
Bm7 E7 Bbm7
Eb7
3
"
#
#
#
#
#
#
Abm7 Db7
3
3
3
3
"
#
#
#
#
#
#
Ebm7 Ab7 B7 Bb7
3
$
% &
%
% &
%
%
% &
%
% &
$$
%
%
$
%
$ ' %
(
%
%
%
%
( ) )%
% &
%
%%
%
%
'
%
%
(
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
% &
%
%
%!
% & %
!
% % % % % # % & % % # % &
% & % #
% & %
% &
% #
*
) )
%
% % &
%
%
%
%
$
%
%
%
%
%
%
% &
% &
%
+
$ )
%
%
%
%
% % % %
% &
*
)
%
%
%
% %
%
%
%
( ) $
%
%
%
% % &
%
% #
+
$ )
$
% % &
%
% &
%
%!
%
%
% #
$
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%!
) $
%
%
%
%
%
%
% &
%
%
%
$
% %
(
) $
% &
%
%
! %
% &
%
% &
% &
% # % &
% &
%
% &
%
%
%
%
%
$
% &
% &
%
$ % #
%
%
$ ) ,
% &
%
% &
%
% % &
%
%
% %
%
%
%
$
- &
-
% & % #
+
% &
%
%
%
$
% & !
%
%
- &
+
$$
%
%
%
%
%
% %
,$)
%
%
%
% % &
%
%
%
% % &
% #
%
% # % &
% &
% &
%
%



94
17
19
21
23
25
26
27
28
29
30
!
"
"
"
"
"
"
Ebm7 Cm7(b5) F7(b9)
3 3
!
"
"
"
"
"
"
Bb7 Cm7(b5) F7(b9)
!
"
"
"
"
"
"
Bb7 Abm7 Db7
Gbma7
!
"
"
"
"
"
"
Cb7 Bb7
<
Eb7
( )
Db7
3
!
"
"
"
"
"
"
Cb7 Bb7
!
"
"
"
"
"
"
( )
Ebm7 Cm7(b5)
!
"
"
"
"
"
"
Fm7(b5)
( )
Bb7(#9)
( )
!
"
"
"
"
"
"
Ebm7 Ab7
3
!
"
"
"
"
"
"
Bm7
( )
( )
( )
E7
( )
Bbm7 Eb7
( )
!
"
"
"
"
"
"
( )
Abm7 Db7
3
3
3
3
# $
% & &
# $
#
#
& #
# $
# # #
# $
# #
# $
#
#
#
#
#
!
#
'
#
#
#
# (
# # " # $
#
)
* & +
# $
#
#
#"
# $
#
# #
#
# "
# # #
#
#
# $
#
# $
#
#
&
#
#
#
#
&
#
#
# $
#
#
#
&+&
#
# $ # "
#
#
%
& &
#
# # $
#
#
#
# # $
#
#
# $ # "
#
# "
# #
(
#
#
#
#
+ &
#
#
#
#
*
# # #
%
& ,
# $
#
# # $
#
#
# $
#
#
# $
#
# "
#
* -
+ *
#
# $
#
# "
#
# $
*
#
# $ # "
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
# $
#
#
# # $
#
# " # # $
#
# "
#
#
#
,
#
#
#
#
# $
* & #
# $
#
#
#
# $
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
,
#
#
# $
#
#
# $
,
# $
# "
, * *
#
#
#
#
# "
#
+ #
# $
#
#
.
* -
* # $
# ( $
# $
#
(
#
#
# $
#
# $
# $ # "
# $
# "
#
#
"
#
#"
# "
# "
# $
,
#
#
# $
# $
# $ # "
(
(
# $ # " "
# $ # "
#
#
# $
# $
# $
# $
#
#
#
# $
# $
#
#
#
# $
#
*
#



95
31
33
35
37
38
39
41
42
43
44
!
"
"
"
"
"
"
Ebm7 Ab7
Cb7
<
Bb7
>
!
"
"
"
"
"
"
Ebm7
2nd Chorus
Ebm7 Cm7(b5)
3
3
!
"
"
"
"
"
"
Fm7(b5) Bb7(#9) Ebm7
<
Ab7
!
"
"
"
"
"
"
Bm7 E7 Bbm7 Eb7
!
"
"
"
"
"
"
Abm7
( )
Db7
( )
< 3
3
!
"
"
"
"
"
"
Ebm7 Ab7
B7
B7(b5)
>
3 3
3
!
"
"
"
"
"
"
Bb7
( )
( )
!
"
"
"
"
"
"
( )
Ebm7
Cm7(b5)
<
!
"
"
"
"
"
"
Fm7(b5)
Bb7(#9)
( )
( )
( )
!
"
"
"
"
"
"
Ebm7
Ab7
#
#
#
#
# #
# #
# #
$%
# &
'
#
#
#
#
# #
#
#
#!
(%
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
)
# # & #
# #
# &
# #
'
%$
# " # &
# &
#
# #
# &
#
# " #
#
#
#
)%
#
# &
##
*
$
#
#!
# & # " # &
#
+
$ %
# # & #
#
# &
#
# #
% )
# " # # &
#
$
#
#!
###
#
#
#
%
# &
#
#
##
* $
%
"
#
,
# #
# & # " #
+
$ %
#
# # &
# # &
#
#
# # &
#
# "
%
$ % % #
'
# &
#
#
# " # &
#
#
-
)
#
#
#
#
# &
# &
#
# "
#
# "
# &
+
$
"
#
,
"
#
,
"
#
,
"
#
, # &
%
# # #!
#
#
"
# &
,
# # #
# # #
'
#
# & # " #
'
$
# " # &
# "
#
# & # "
$
#
# # &
# &
#
#
#
#
#
# &
# &
# &
#
# "
#
#
# &
#
#
#
# " # &
# &
# "
#
#
# "
"
#
,
#
#
# &
#
# & # "
#
# #
#
#
)
#
#
#
# &
!
# &
# #
#
#
#
#
# &
$ % #
# &
# & #
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
# & # "
)
# #
#
# # &
#
#
# &
# "
# "
-
#
# & !
#
#
#
#
) #
#
# & #
#
#
)
#
#
#
# #
#
%
#
#
# &
# &
# "



96
45
46
47
e = q
49
53
56
58
rit.
61
rall.
!
"
"
"
"
"
"
Bm7 E7 Bbm7
Eb7
!
"
"
"
"
"
"
Abm7
( )
( )
Db7
!
"
"
"
"
"
"
Ebm7
( )
>
Ab7 B7
Bb7
3
3 3
3
3
!
"
"
"
"
"
"
Tacet
Ebm7
!!!!!
Double Time Latin
Standard Changes end
Cm7(b5)
( )
F7(b9)
Cm7(b5)
3
3
3
!
"
"
"
"
"
"
F7(b9)
Dbm7
Gb7
3
!
"
"
"
"
"
"
Dbm7>
Gb7
3
3
!
"
"
"
"
"
"
Bm7
>
E7
( )
Cm7
!
"
"
"
"
"
"
F7 Bb7alt
Ebm(,7)
"
#
$
# %
# %
#
# %
# % #
#
#
#
# %
# "
# "
# #
# "
# " #
#
# %
& '
(
# %
#
# # %
#
#
# # %
#
#
#
#
# "
#
# %
#
(
# %
# #
#
#
#
#
#
#
# % ##
)
#
*
#
# # " # %
(
#
#
#
#
#
#
) )
#
+
#
#
#
#
# %
#
#
#
# %
# %
# %
# %
#
#
#
$
)'
# %
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
,#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
# %
#
,
#
#
# #
&
' '
#
&
##
# # %
# % #
# " # %
- -
#
# %
#
#
#
)
#
#
#
#
#
)
)
# # %
# %
#
&
' '
#
# " # %
#
#
-
*
* * %
#
# %
#
&
#
# " # %
# %
'
#
# # %
# #
#
# " # %
#
# %
# #
#
*
# # %
##
#
&
#
#
#
# %
, %
- #
#
#
#
#
#
#
# %
# %
- # %
# %
#
.



97

f.
q = 96
Latin
Charles, T & Raney, J "Collaboration West"
Track 10 @ 3:13 [rec. December 23, 1952]
A Night In Tunisia
Jim Raney Solo
Transcribed By:
G.Hodges, 2005
5
9
13
16
20
24
27
30
!
! "
#
Eb7 1st Chorus Dm7 Eb7 Dm7
"
#
Eb7
Dm7
Em7(b5) A7(b9) Dm7
3
"
#
Eb7 Dm7
( )
Eb7 Dm7
3
"
#
Eb7
( )
Dm7
( )
Em7(b5)
( )
A7(b9)
3
3 3 3
"
#
Dm7
( )
Am7(b5) D7(b9) Gm7
"
#
Gm7 C7 Gm7(b5) C7(b9) F6
( )
( )
"
#
Em7(b5) A7(b9) Eb7
( )
( )
Dm7
( )
( )
3 3 3 3 3 3 3
"
#
Eb7
<
<
Dm7
>
Eb7
3 3 3 3 3
"
#
Dm7
Em7(b5) A7(b9) Dm7
2nd Chorus
Eb7
( )
$ $ %
% % &
%
% &
% %
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
% & % '
( %
)
% % &
%
*
( $ +
(
% &
*
%
%
% &
%
)
(
%
%
% &
%
%
% '
% ' % #
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
% &
%
% &
$ +
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
% %
%
%
%
%
%
% #
%
%
% % &
%
*
( $ ( (
%
)
% &
,
% &
%
% % #
%
%
%
,
%
% ' % #
%
%
% &
,
%
% ' % #
%
%
%
*
(
%
% &
% &
%
%
!
, '
)
% &
%
%
% &
%
% '
%
%
%
)
(
% &
% '
% &
%
% '
%
% &
% '
% &
% #
%!
%
%
%!
%
%
(
%
)
(
% #
)
% #
%
(
% &
*
%
%
%
%
%
%
(
% &
)
%
% '
% &
%
% &
% '
% '
%
%
%
%
%
%
(
,
%
% #
% %
$ $ (
% &
)
%
%
% #
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
(
%
)
%
% &
%
%
%
,
,
%
%
%
(
%
%
% &
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
% &
)
( (
% % #
% % #
%
% ' % #
%
%
%
)
( $ (
% #
)
%
!
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
$
%
%
%
%%
%
)
( $ (
%
)
% &
%
%
%
%
%
% &
%
%
) (
,
)
(



98
34
38
42
45
49
53
56
60
64
68
!
"
( )
Dm7 Eb7
>
Dm7
( )
Eb7
( )
!
"
Dm7
Em7(b5)
( )
A7(b9) Dm7 Eb7
!
"
Dm7 Eb7 Dm7
!
"
Eb7
Dm7
Em7(b5) A7(b9)
Dm7
!
"
Am7(b5)
( )
D7(b9) Gm7 Gm7
( )
C7
3
!
"
Gm7(b5) C7(b9) F6
#
$$$$$$
!
"
Em7(b5)
>
A7(b9)
>
Eb7 Dm7 Eb7
!
"
Dm7 Eb7
Dm7
( )
Em7(b5) A7(b9)
!
"
Dm7
3rd Chorus
Eb7 Dm7
>
Eb7
3 3
!
"
Dm7
Eb7
Dm7
Em7(b5) A7(b9)
%
&
' '
(
)
(
(
(
(
(
(
(!
(
)
( *
(
'
(
)
(
( + ( "
( "
(
%
( *
(
( ( "
(
(
( "
(
(
, , '
(
&
(
(
)
' - '
(
&
( *
( ( (
(
( (
(
( *
( (
,
, '
(
)
( *
(
(
(
(
( + ( "
( "
(
(
, '
(
(
(
( *
(
(
(
( +
(
.
+ (
.
"
(
(
(
(
(
(
( *
(
(
!
((
- '
(
)
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
( *
(
(
(
( *
(
(
(
(
( + ( "
(
(
(
( *
(
(
(
(
- , , '
(
&
(
(
(
(
(
%
(
)
' '
(
)
(
( *
( *
( +
(
(
( *
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
( +
( *
(
( *
( +
( +
(
( (
,
,
(
(
(
(
(
(
( (
)
' , , '
(
)
( *
(
(
(
(
(
'
(
)
( ( +
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
'
(
)
(
'
(
)
(
(
(
, , '
(
)
( *
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
'
(
)
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
, '
(
( + ( "
(
)
' '
(
( + ( "
(
(
( *
(
'
(
) '
(
)
(
'
(
)
(
'
(
)
(
,
'
(
)
(
) '
(
(
, '
( *
)
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
, , '
(
(
(
(



99
72
76
80
84
88
92
95
!
"
Dm7 Eb7
( )
Dm7
Eb7
>
!
"
Dm7
Eb7
Dm7
Em7(b5) A7(b9)
!
"
Dm7 Am7(b5) D7(b9)
Gm7
!
"
Gm7 C7
Gm7(b5)
C7(b9) F6
( )
3
!
"
Em7(b5) A7(b9)
( )
Eb7
( )
>
Dm7 Eb7
!
"
Dm7 Eb7
Dm7
!
"
Em7(b5)
( )
( )
A7(b9) Dm7
End of Form
#
$
$
%
$
$
$ &
$
$
$ $ &
$ &
$
$ &
' $ &
$
$ " $ (
$ $
$
$
$
)
*
$
$
$
$ $
% % %
$
$
$
$ $ &
$
$
$
$
$ (
$
$
$ & $ ( $ $
*
$
)
$
$
$
$
$ $ &
$ $
$ (
$ &
$
$
$ &
$
$ (
$
$
$ &
)
* %
$ &
$ $
$ $
$
$
$
$
$
% *
$
)
*
$
)
$ $ &
$ &
$
$
$
$ $ &
$
$
$ & $
$ $
$
$
$
$
*
$ &
)
$
$
*
$ &
)
$
)
*
$
$
$
$
$
$
$ &
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$ &
$
$
$
$
$
$
% % % *
!
$ &
+
$
)
*
$ &
)
$
$
$
$"
$
)
$
$
$
$
$
)
* , *
$
)
$ &
$
*
$
)
$
$ (
$
$ "
$
'
' &
$
$
$
$ &
$ $
$
$ $



100

g.
q = 204
Swing
Raney, J "Visits Paris Vol. 1" Track 4 @ 0:40 [rec. February 6, 1954]
Stella by Starlight
Jim Raney Solo
Transcribed By:
G.Hodges, 2005
5
9
13
17
21
25
29
33
!
! "
#
1st Chorus
C#m7(b5)
F#7(b9)
"
#
Am7 D7
c# arp
Dm7 G7
"
#
Cma7 F7
( )
Gma7 C#m7(b5) F#7(b9)
"
#
Bm7 Gm7 C7 Dma7 C#m7(b5) F#7
"
#
F#m7(b5) B7(b9)
E7(#5)
"
#
Am7 F7
3 3
"
#
Gma7
C#m7(b5)
( )
F#7(b9)
3
"
#
Bm7(b5) E7(b9) Am7(b5) D7(b9)
( )
"
#
Gma7 End of Form
$
!
$
$
$
$ #
%
$!
& '
$
%
$
$
$
$
$ #
$
$ # $ ( $
$ #
$
' $
%
$ #
$ $ #
$ #
$ $ )
$
$
$
$
$
$ #
$
$
$
* ( $ #
$
$
$ #
$ $
%
' & & '
$
$ $ )
$
$ (
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$ (
$ )
$
$ )
$
'
$
%
$ )
$
$
%
' ' $
%
+ '
$ #
%
$
$
$
$
$
$
%
' & + +
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$ $ #
$
$ )
$ # $ (
$
'
$ $ #
$ $ (
$
$
+
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$ $ #
$
$
$ $ #
$
%
' '
$ )
%
$
$ $ )
$
'
$
%
$
$ (
$
%
' & &
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$ )
$
$
$
%
' '
$ )
%
$
$
$
$
%
' '
$ (
%
$ #
$
$ #
$ (
$
%
'
'
$
%
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$ $ #
$
$
$
$
$ #
$
$ #
$
$ )
%
' & & '
$
%
$
$
$
$ #
"
$ #
,
$
%
' & $ )
$
$
$ )
$
$
$
$
$
$
$ (
$
$
%
' & '
$
%
$ )
$ (
$ $
$ (
$ )
$ $
$
$ )
$ ) $ (
$
& ' $
%
$
$
$
$
$
$
$ $
,
' & +



101

h.
Swing
Raney, J "Visits Paris Vol. 2" Track 1 @ 0:39 [rec. February 10, 1954]
q = 246
Fascinatin' Rhythm
Jim Raney Solo
Transcribed By:
G.Hodges, 2005
5
9
13
17
21
25
30
35
!
! "
#
#
1st Chorus A
Cm7 F7 Cm7 F7
"
#
#
Cm7 F7 Cm7 F7 Fm7 Bb7 Fm7
( )
Bb7
"
#
#
Fm7
( )
Bb7 Fm7 Bb7 Ebma7
( )
Cm7 F7
"
#
#
Bbma7
[D7]
( )
Gm7 C7
"
#
#
Cm7
( )
F7
[Dm7(b5)] [G7(b9)]
1st Chorus B
Cm7 F7 Cm7 F7
"
#
#
Cm7 F7 Cm7 F7 Fm7 Bb7 Fm7 Bb7
"
#
#
Fm7 Bb7 Fm7 Bb7 Ebma7 Edim7 Bbma7
"
#
#
C7 Cm7 F7 Bbma7 Dm7 G7
"
#
#
2nd Chorus A
Cm7 F7 Cm7 F7 Cm7 F7 Cm7 F7
$
Fm7 Bb7
%
&
& '
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
& '
&
& #
& '
&
&
&
& '
&
!
& '
(
&"
&
&
& ' %
%
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
) %
&
&
!
&
(
&
&
&
& #
&
&
& #
*
+
!
&
(
&
&
+
&
*
& '
&
&
, &
&
+
&
(
& #
(
+ % ) %
&
&
&
&
&
&
,
& #
& #
&
&
& #
+
&
*
&
% %
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
*
+ % % %
& -
&
&
&
& -
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
& & #
&
&
& #
&
+
&
*
& #
&
% % +
&
*
& #
&
&
&
&
&
& '
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
& # &
&
% ) %
&
&
& #
&
&
&
&
& #
&
&
&
&
+
&
*
&
&
&
&
&
& & # . #
)
& &
& &
& &
&
*
+ %
& -
& '
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
)
%
& #
&
&
&
&
&
& '
%
&
+
&
*
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&"
&
(
) $
!
& -
(
&"
&
*
) % + & '
*
&
&
&
& '
"
&
* ) % %
& '
&
&
&



102
40
45
49
53
57
61
64
!
"
"
Fm7 Bb7 Fm7 Bb7
Fm7 Bb7
Ebma7
Cm7
Edim7
F7
3
!
"
"
Bbma7 [D7]
( )
2nd Chorus B
Gm7 C7
!
"
"
Cm7
F7
#
[Dm7(b5)] [G7(b9)]
Cm7 F7 Cm7 F7
!
"
"
Cm7 F7 Cm7 F7 Fm7 Bb7 Fm7 Bb7
!
"
"
Fm7 Bb7
Fm7
( )
Bb7
#
Ebma7 Edim7
3
!
"
"
Bbma7 C7 Cm7
!
"
"
F7 Bbma7 Dm7 G7
End of Form
Cm7
$
$
$
$
$
$ "
$
$
$ "
% &
$
'
$ "
$
$
$
!
$
'
$
$
% ( %
$
$
$
$
(
(
$ $
$
$
$
$ "
$ )
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
*
$ )
$ +
$
$
$
&
$ +
'
$ )
$ +
$ +
!
*
$
$
&
$
'
$!
$ "
"
$
,
$ )
$
$
"
$ +
,
$
$
$
$
$
$ +
$
$
*
$ )
$ )
$
$
$
$ $
$
'
& % ( %
$ )
$
$
$
$ ) $ "
$
$
$
$ & $
'
$ " $ )
$ $ )
$
$ )
$
$
$ "
$
"
$
,
$ )
$
$
$ "
$ "
$
*
$ )
$
$
% ( %
$
$
$
$
$
$ )
&
$
'
&
$
'
$ )
$
$
$
$ "
$
$
$ "
$
% % &
$
'
$ $!
$
'
$
$
!
$
,
$
$ $
$ "
%
$ "
$ )
$
$
$
'
& % (



103

i.
q = 152
Swing
Norvo, R & Raney, J "Red Norvo Trio" Track 3 @ 0:47 [rec. March, 1954]
Out of Nowhere
Jim Raney Solo
Transcribed By:
G.Hodges, 2005
5
9
13
17
21
25
29
32
!
! "
#
1st Chorus
Gma7
( )
"
#
Bbm7 Eb7
Bbm7
Eb7 Gma7
3 3 3
"
#
Bm7
E7
Bm7
E7
Am7
( )
Bm7(b5)
E7(#9)
"
#
Am7
( )
Eb7
( )
3
"
#
Am7
D7
D7(#9) Gma7
3
"
#
Bbm7 Eb7
Bbm7
Eb7 Gma7
"
#
Bm7
E7
Bm7
E7
( )
Am7
Bm7(b5)
E7(#9)
"
#
Am7
F7(b5)
>
>
>
Bm7
<
Bbdim7
3 3 3 3
"
#
Am7 D7 Gma7
Am7 D7
End of Form
$ %
& #
& & '
&
& #
& # &
(
& )
& & '
&
&
&
& '
& '
&!
&
*
+ $ %
&
*
&
&
& # (
& &
$ %
&
*
& '
&
& '
& '
& '
&
& )
& '
& )
&
& ' &
*
% %
&
*
&
$ %
&
*
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
& #
& #
&
&
&
&
& )
&
& ' & )
&
& )
& ' & )
&
&
(
&
& &
%
&
*
& #
&
&
&
*
%
&
*
% $ %
&
*
&
& #
&
&
&
&
& & '
& #
& ) & #
& )
& )
&
&
& #
& '
& & '
& &
& )
( #
( )
"
& #
,
&
&
&
&
$ $ %
&
*
& )
& '
&
&
& #
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
-
$
%
&
! & '
*
% % & '
*
&
& & #
$ % . & '
/
&
& & #
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
& & ' & )
&
&
&
&
&
& & #
&
*
% %
&
*
& #
&
& ' & )
&
&
&
&
&
&
$ $
&
& # & )
&
& & '
$
+ %
&
*
& #
&
&
& & '
&
&
*
&
& & '
&
*
&
& & '
&
* %
& '
& & '
& #
&
* % %
&
*
&
&
&
&
&
&
+
&
&
&
&
&
&
& & & '
&
$ +



104

j.
q = 138
Swing
Sachs, A & Raney, J "Clarinet and Co." Track 2 @ 1:52 [rec. March 4, 1957]
Gorme Has Her Day
Jim Raney Solo
Transcribed By:
G.Hodges, 2005
5
8
11
13
15
19
23
27
!
! "
1st Chorus
C6 A7 Dm7 D#dim7 Em7 A7 Dm7 G7
3
"
> C6 C7
Fma7
<
F#dim7 Cma7 Fma7
3
3
"
Dm7 G7 C6 F6 F#dim7 Gm7 G#dim7
3
"
Am7 D7 Gm7 C7
"
F6 F7 Bbma7 Bdim7
>
"
>
Am7 D7(#5) Dm7 G7 C6 C#dim7 Dm7 D#dim7
3
"
Em7 A7 Dm7 G7
C6 C7
Fma7 F#dim7
3
3
"
Em7 A7(#5)
( )
Dm7 G7 C6
>
F6 F#dim7 Gm7 G#dim7
"
Am7 D7 Gm7 C7 F6
( )
F7
3
# $
% &
'
%
%
( ( $
%
)
%
%
%
'
$
%
' $
% & !
% %
'
$ ( $
% &
'
%
% % *
%
'
$
"
%
)
%
'
$
"
%
)
%
'
$
%
%
%
%
'
$
"
% &
)
%
'
$
"
%
)
%
'
$ $
% *
% % &
%
%
% * % &
%
%
%
%
% & !
% %
'
$ (
%
%
%
%
% %
)
$
%
( $ + ,
'
( $
%
% &
%
% & % *
% &
%
%
%
% & % *
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
% & % *
%
% ,
'
$
%
%
%
%
%
%
% % &
%
-
%
% ,
%
%
%
%
%
% % &
%
%
%
%
% & % *
%
-
%
-
% & % *
%
% ,
% ,
- %
%
%
- %
%
-
% &
%
% &
%
( $
%
'
%
%
%
%
%
%
% &
(
%
(
%
( $
%
'
% %
%
% & % *
%
% &
%
% % &
%
%
% ,
% ,
%
%
% &
%
%
%
%
%
% %
' $ $
%
'
( ( $
%
'
%
%
%
% & % * %
'
$
%
% % &
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
( $
%
'
%
%
%
' $ $
%
'
%
% %
'
$ ( $
%
'
%
%
% &
% &
%
% ,
%
%
'
$ ( # (
%
%
%
%
% &
%
%
%
% % ,
%



105
30
!
Bbma7 Bdim7 Am7 D7(#5) Dm7 G7
End of Form
"
"
" " #
" #
"
"
"
$
"
%
" &
"
"
"
"
" &
"
!
" #
%
"
" "
%
$ '



106

k.
q = 204
Bossa
Schifrin, L & Raney, J "Bossa Nova Groove" Track 2 @ 4:04 [rec. November, 1962]
(Note: track was recorded 30/100ths sharp)
Samba Para Dos
Jim Raney Solo
Transcribed By:
G.Hodges, 2005
5
9
13
17
21
25
29
33
!
! "
solo chords
head chords
1st Chorus
C7
Cma7
F7
Caug/G#
C7
Am7
C7
"
F7
Fma7 Fm7 Bb7
C7
Em7 A7
3
"
Dm7
Dm7
>
( )
G7
G7 C7
Cma7/G
A7
A7 Dm7
Dm7
G7
G7
( )
"
C7
Cma7
F7
Bm7(b5)
E7(b9)
( )
C7
Am7 Abm7 Gm7
C7
"
F7
Fma7
( )
Fm7 Bb7
C7
Em7
( )
A7
( )
"
Dm7
Dm7 G7
G7
( )
Cma7/G
C7
A7
A7 Dm7
Dm7 G7
G7
"
C7 F7
>
C7
"
F7 >
C7 A7
3
"
Dm7 G7 C7 A7 Dm7 G7
End of Form
#
$
%
$
&
$
%
$
&
$
$
!
$ '
(
$
$
$ )
$ $ *
$
$ )
$
$ ' $
$
$
$ '
$
$
$
(
%
!
$
(
$
$
$
$ ' $
+ + %
$
&
$
$
$ !
$ '
(
$ '
$
$ ) "
$
& +
$
$
%
$
&
$ *
$
$
$ '
$
$ '
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
,
$ ' $ )
$
$
$ ' $ ) $ '
$ )
$
$
$
$
+ # %
$
&
$
$
$
$ ' $ )
$
&
% %
$ '
$
$
$ '
$ $ '
$
$
$ '
$
$ ' $ )
$ $ *
$
$
$
$
$ '
$
+ #
%
$
(
$
$ '
$ $ '
$
$
$ '
$
$ '
$ ' $ )
$
$
$
$
$
&
%
$
& % $
$ $
$
$
+
$ '
$
$
$
$
$
%
$ '
&
$
$
$
&
% %
$
&
$ '
$
$
$ $ *
$
# # +
$ $ *
$
&
$
$ '
&
$
&
$
$ *
&
$
$
$ *
-
$
$
$ ' $ )
$ $ *
$
$
$
$ '
$
% $
&
$
$
$
!
$
(
$ '
&
% + # +
$
$
$
$ '
$
$ '
$
$
$ ' $ ) $
%
$ $ '
$
$
$
, *
$
,
$
,
$
$
$
$
$ $ '
$
,
(
%
$
$ '
,
$
$ $ *
$
$ $ $ *
" $ $
$ $
$
$ ' $ )
$ $



107

l.
A Primera Vez
q = 252
Swing
Raney, J and Sims, Z "Two Jims and Zoot"
Track 2 @ 1:32 [rec. May 11-12, 1964]
Jim Raney Solo
Transcribed By:
G.Hodges, 2005
5
9
13
18
22
26
31
36
!
! "
#
C6
1st Chorus
D7
"
Dm7 G7
#
C6 Dm7 G7
"
Em7 F#m7(b5) B7(b9) Em7
"
F#m7(b5) B7(b9) Em7 Ebm7 Dm7 G7 C6
( )
"
D7
2nd Chorus
Dm7 G7
"
C6 Dm7 G7
( )
C6
"
D7
#
Dm7
>
G7
( )
"
C6
#
Dm7 G7 Em7
>
F#m7(b5) B7(b9) Em7
"
F#m7(b5) B7(b9)
>
Em7 Ebm7
$
% % &
%
% % '
(
) $ $
%
%
%
%
%
% &
%
%
%
%
% % '
%
%
%
%
!
% *
(
%
%
%
%
% % &
%
+
) , $
%
%
%
%
% &
%
%
%
%
%
%
% &
!
% &
(
%
%
%
%
% &
%
% &
%
%
%
%"
%$ %
"
% &
+
%
%
+
) %
"
%
+
% *
+
)
% &
+
)
% &
"
) , $ )
% &
+
-
% &
"
% '
+
%
"
% &
+
%
% '
%
%
(
)
%
$
% % &
% %
% % '
$ )
%
(
%
.
%
%
%
%
% *
% *
% % *
.
% *
%
%
%
%
%
%
% &
%
% *
%
% % &
%
% *
%
%
%
%
(
) , , )
% &
+
!
% &
(
%
%
% % &
+ )
%
)
%
+
% % &
%
)
%
+
)
%
+
%
%
+
)
%
$ $
% &
%
%
%
%
(
)
% % &
. &
%
% &
(
) $
, $
% %
%
+
)
%
+
) $
% &
%
% %
% '
% & % ' % &
%
% &
%
$
) %
+
%
%
% &
%
% &
% % &
% &
%
%
%
% %
%"
%
+
% &
%
%
% & % '
$



108
40
44
47
!
Dm7 G7 C6
D7
!
Dm7
G7
!
C6 Dm7 G7 End of Form
C6
" #
$
$
%
%
&
$
$
$
$
$
%
%
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
%
%
$
$
&
# "
$
&
# '
$
(
# '
$ %
!
$
& #
$ %
&
$ )
&
#
$
$
$
$
$
$
$ %
$
$
$ $ %
$
$ %
$
$
$
$
$ *
$
' #
$
$
$
$ *
$ $ *
$
$
$ * $ $
$
'
+ $
' "



109

m.
q = 160
Swing
It Could Happen To You
Raney, J "The Influence" track 3 @ 1:28 [rec. September 2, 1975]
Jim Raney Solo
Transcribed By:
G.Hodges, 2005
6
10
14
18
22
26
29
!
! "
#
Gma7 Em7 Am7 D7
1st Chorus
Gma7 Bm7(b5) E7(b9) Am7
"
#
C#m7(b5) F#7(b9) Gma7 Cma7 Bm7(b5)
"
#
E7
( )
[Am7]
C#m7 Cm7 F7 Gma7
3
"
#
F#m7(b5) B7 Em7 A7 Am7
"
#
D7 Gma7
( )
Bm7(b5) E7(b9) Am7
>
"
#
C#m7(b5) F#7(b9) Gma7 Cma7 Bm7(b5)
"
#
E7
[Am7]
C#m7 Cm7 F7
( )
"
#
Gma7 Bm7(b5) E7 Am7
$!
$ %
&
$
$ $
&
$ ' !
$ %
$
$
(
$
) $
&
$
)
$ %
&
$ '
$
$
$
) $
&
$
$
$
$
$
)
$
&
$ #
$
$ #
$ #
$
$ #
$
$
$ %
$ #
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$ %
$
$
)
$
&
(
$
$
$
$ '
$
) $
&
$
$
$
$ #
$ $ %
( )
$ #
&
$ #
$
$ #
$
$ #
$ #
$ %
$ '
$ %
$ %
* +
)
$ #
&
) $
&
$ #
) $
&
$
) $
&
$
$ $
$ $
$
$
$
$
$
$ % $ # $ %
$
$
$
$ $ '
$ '
$
$
$ %
$ '
$
$
$
$ $
$
$
$ $ #
$
$
$
$ %
$
$
$
$
$ #
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$ #
$ #
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$ %
$ #
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$ %
$
$
$
( )
$
$ '
$
$ '
,
-
.
( ( ) $
$
$$
) )
$ #
$
$ #
$
$
$
$
&
) )
$ %
$ '
$
$ '
$
$ '
$
&
) )
$ '
$
$ '
$
$
,
( ( )
$
$
$
$
$ $ '
$ $ '
$
, ( ( )
$ '
$ $ '
$ '
$
$ %
$!
$
$
$ %



110
32
36
40
44
48
52
56
60
63
65
!
"
D7 Gma7 Am7 D7
2nd Chorus
Gma7
3
3
3
3
!
"
Bm7(b5) E7(b9) Am7 C#m7(b5) F#7(b9)
( )
Gma7
!
"
Cma7 Bm7(b5) E7
[Am7]
C#m7
!
"
Cm7 F7 Gma7 F#m7(b5) B7 Em7
!
"
A7 Am7 D7 Gma7
3
!
"
Bm7(b5) E7(b9) Am7
>
C#m7(b5) F#7(b9) Gma7
!
"
Cma7 Bm7(b5) E7
[Am7]
C#m7
!
"
Cm7 F7 Gma7 Bm7(b5) E7
!
"
Am7
( )
D7
3
!
"
Gma7 Am7 D7
3rd Chorus
Gma7
( )
Bm7(b5) E7(b9)
#
#
#
# # $
#
# %
# $
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
&
#
#
#
#
&
# $
# %
#
#
&
#
# %
#
#
&
#
#
#
#
#
#
# %
!
# " #
# #
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
# #
# #
# #
# #
# #
#
' (
#
&
# %
# $
#
#
#!
#
# # #
"
#
)
#
# *
(
# $
&
#
#
# $
#
#
# "
# %
#
(
# "
&
# "
#
# "
#
#
#
#
# $ #
# $ #
# #
# #
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
# "
# "
(
#
&
#
#
#
!
#
&
#
#
#
#
+
,
-
# "
&
(
#
#
#
#
#
#
# # %
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
# $
#
#
#
(
#
) .
(
#
)
# "
#
#
# %
#
#
#!
#
)
#
#
#
#
#
"
#
)
#
' ' (
#
&
#
(
# %
&
#
#
# #
# #
# #
&
( (
#
#
#
#
# "
# %
#
#
#
#
# "
#
#
# %
#
# "
#
# "
*
(
"
# %
)
# $
&
#
*
# "
#
# # "
#
#!
#
#
#
#!
# %
# # $
#
# #
# $
#
# $
#
!
# % #
# %
# "
#
#
# %
#
!
# %
#!
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
# % # " #
#
#
' (
#
#
# #
#
#
# $
# # $
#
# %
# $ #!
#
&
# $
# %
"
#
) #
# % #
#
#
#
( #
&
#
( #
&
#
#
#
#
&
( .



111
69
73
77
81
85
89
93
96
!
"
Am7 C#m7(b5) F#7(b9) Gma7 Cma7
!
"
Bm7(b5) E7
[Am7]
C#m7 Cm7 F7
!
"
Gma7 F#m7(b5) B7
>
Em7 A7 !
!
"
Am7 D7 Gma7
( )
>
Bm7(b5) E7(b9)
#
( )
!
"
Am7 C#m7(b5)
( )
F#7(b9)
!
Gma7
>
Cma7
!
"
Bm7(b5) E7
[Am7]
C#m7 Cm7 F7
!
"
Gma7 Bm7(b5) E7 Am7
!
"
D7 Gma7 Am7 D7 End of Form Gma7
$
% "
&
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
!
%
&
% "
% "
%
%
%
"
'
(
%
% )
%
% * %
%
%
&
$
%
%
%
%
% *
% )
!
% *
&
%
% *
% )
% )
% *
% "
%
+ $
%
(
+
%
(
$ + $
%
%
(
%
%
%
%
#
*
,
%
"
%
%
%
%
(
$ + $
%
(
% "
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
% % "
%
!
%
&
%
%
%
% *
%
%
%
% ) % " % )
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
% *
% )
%
%
%
% % "
(
$
%
%
%
%
%
%
% )
% "
%
%
%
% "
%
% "
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
% "
% "
%
% "
%
%
% %
%
"
%
% )
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
% %
%"
% %
%"
% " %
+ $ %
(
%
%
%
+
%
% *
%
%
%
!
% *
&
% )
"
%
&
%
&
$ $
%
&
%
%
%
% %
% "
%
%
%"
%
%
(
$
%
( $ $
%
(
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
(
%
"
!
% *
&
% )
(
%
"
,
% *
&
%
"
% %
%
%
%
*
%
%
+
,
,



112

n.
q = 172
Swing
Raney, J "Live In tokyo" Track 2 @ 0:43 [rec. April 12-14, 1976]
How About you
Jim Raney Solo
Transcribed By:
G.Hodges, 2005
5
9
12
15
19
23
26
29
!
! "
#
#
#
1st Chorus
Ebma7 Ab7
"
#
#
#
Gm7 Gbdim7 Fm7 Bb7 Ebma7
$
Ab7
"
#
#
#
Gm7 Gbdim7 Gm7(b5) C7(#5)
3
3
"
#
#
#
Fm7 Abm6 Gm7
>
Cm7
3
"
#
#
#
Am7(b5) D7(#9) Gma7 Em7 Am7 D7(#5) Gma7
3
"
#
#
#
Fm7 Bb7 Ebma7
Ab7
Gm7 Gbdim7 Fm7
"
#
#
#
Bb7 Bbm7 Eb9sus4
"
#
#
#
Abma7 Db7 Eb/G
"
#
#
#
Gbm7
>
Db7 Fm7 Ebm7 Dm7 G7(b9) Cm7 F7
% & '
(
)
(
(
( # (
& ( *
(
'
( #
+
&
(
& ( (
(
(
(
( *
(
(
(
(
(
( * ( # (
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
& %
'
(
)
(
(
'
(
)
(
( * (
(
( #
(
(
+
' '
( *
+
(
(
(
( *
(
(
( #
( *
(
( #
( *
( ( #
(
( * ( #
(
(
( * ( (
( ( *
( #
( ( #
(
!
( #
+
( #
(
( *
( ( *
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
( (
(
( *
( *
( *
(
(
(
)
'
(
( * ( #
( *
( ( # ( *
(
( ( *
(
(
(
( *
(
(
&
'
(
( #
)
(
(
(
( (
(
(
(
( #
(
'
( #
) '
( *
) '
(
)
'
(
)
(
"
(
)
(
(
(
(
(
( *
(
(
( ( *
( #
( #
(
(
( # ( *
(
( #
(
( *
( *
( *
( * (
(
( ( #
( #
( *
( # ( *
(
( #
(
(
( #
( *
(
'
(
+
( #
(
!
( #
+
(
(
( *
( ( '
( #
+
' (
)
'
"
( *
,
(
( (
( (
( (
(
'
(
)
(
(
( # (
( *
'
(
)
(
( * ( #
(
(
( (
)
'
(
)
'
( (



113
33
37
39
41
43
45
47
50
53
57
!
"
"
"
Fm7 Bb7 Eb%
2nd Chorus
Ebma7 Ab7
!
"
"
"
Gm7
( )
Gbdim7 Fm7
( )
!
"
"
"
Bb7 Ebma7 Ab7
!
"
"
"
Gm7 Gbdim7
( )
Gm7(b5)
!
"
"
"
C7(#5)
( )
Fm7
!
"
"
"
Abm6 Gm7 Cm7
!
"
"
"
( )
Am7(b5) D7(#9) Gma7 Em7 Am7 D7(#5)
!
"
"
"
Gma7 Fm7 Bb7 Ebma7 Ab7
!
"
"
"
Gm7 Gbdim7 Fm7 Bb7
>
Bbm7
!
"
"
"
Eb9sus4 Abma7 Db7
#
$
%
#
%
#
$
#
$
% & &
# #
# #
& %
!
#
#
'
%
#
# ( # "
#
# (
# # (
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
# " # (
#
# "
# (
#
& %
#
#
#
#
#
# "
!
#
#
'
!
#
'
)
#
#
#
# (
#
# "
#
# ( # "
# "
#
# ( # "
"
* %
# # (
#
# # "
#
# ( # "
#
#
# "
$
% %
#
# (
#
#
# # (
#
#
# (
)
#
# # "
# # "
# ( # "
) &
%
#
#
#
#
#
# # (
#
#
)
#
# "
#
# #
# # (
#
#
% *
)
#
#
# "
#
#
#
#
# ( # "
#
# "
!
# "
'
#
#
# (
# # (
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
# (
# "
!
#
'
#
#
# (
#
# "
# (
#
# "
#
# "
#
# (
#
# (
#
%
# (
$
#
#
# (
#
#
#
# (
#
#
#
#
#
#
# ( # "
#
#
#
#
#
%
#
$
%
# "
$
!
# "
'
# (
#
#
# "
#
# "
#
#
%
# (
$
%
#
$
%
# "
$
%
#
'
#
#
#
# ( # "
$
% %
#
'
& & % #
$
#
#
#
#
# (
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
# (
$
% # "



114
60
64
68
72
75
76
78
80
82
85
!
"
"
"
Eb/G Gbm7 Db7 Fm7 Ebm7 Dm7 G7(b9)
!
"
"
"
Cm7 F7 Fm7 Bb7 Eb%
3
!
"
"
"
3rd Chorus
Ebma7 Ab7 Gm7 Gbdim7 Fm7 Bb7
!
"
"
"
Ebma7 Ab7 Gm7 Gbdim7 Gm7(b5)
!
"
"
"
C7(#5)
4
!
"
"
"
Fm7
( )
Abm6
!
"
"
"
Gm7 Cm7 Am7(b5) D7(#9)
!
"
"
"
Gma7 Em7 Am7 D7(#5)
gliss
!
"
"
"
( )
Gma7 Fm7 Bb7 Ebma7 Ab7
!
"
"
"
Gm7 Gbdim7 Fm7 Bb7 Bbm7
#
$
%
$
$ " $ &
$
$ "
$ $
'
# #
$
$
"
&
'
( $
$ & $
$
$
$
$
$
'
#
$ "
$
$ "
#
$
'
$
$ &
$
$
$
$ $
$ &
$ "
$ $
$
$
$ "
$
$
$
$ &
$ &
$
$
$
$
$
$
$ &
$ "
$ &
$
$
$
( (
$
$
$
$
$
$ $ "
$
$ &
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$ $ "
$
$ &
$ "
$ &
$
$
$
$ "
$
$
$ $ &
$ #
$
'
$ &
$ $
$ " $
$
$
#
$
$ $ & $ "
$
$ "
$
$ & $ "
$ "
$ &
$
$
$ "
$
$
$
$ $ & $ " $ &
$
$ &
$
$
$ "
$ & $ "
$
$
$ "
!
$
)
$
$ &
*
$
$
$
$
$
!
$
$
&
)
!
$ "
)
$
$
+
$ & $
$
$
$
$"
$
'
# #
$
$
$ "
$
$
$ "
$ &
$ & $ "
(
$ &
$
$
#
$
$ "
$
$
#
$ " $ &
$
$
#
$ &
$ &
$
$
$
$
$ "
$ & $ "
$ & $
$
$
$ &
$ &
' # ( #
$ &
$
$ &
$
$
$
$ "
$ &
$
$
$ &
$ &
$ &
$ "
$
,
+ #
$
$ "
$ &
$ &
' # #
$ "
'
#
$
'
$
$
$ $ & !
$ "
% $
$ & $
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$ &
$
$
$ "
$
$
$
$
$
$ $
$
$ &
$
$
$
$
$
$
$ & $ " $
$
'
#
$ &
#
$ "
'



115
89
92
96
98
!
"
"
"
Eb9sus4 Abma7 Db7
!
"
"
"
Eb/G
gliss
Gbm7 Db7 Fm7 Ebm7 Dm7 G7(b9)
!
"
"
"
Cm7 F7 Fm7 Bb7
!
"
"
"
Eb%
End of Form
#
$
$
$ "
$ %
$ "
$ % $ "
$
$
$
$
$
$
$ "
& $ %
'
!
$ "
(
$
$
$ %
$
$ "
$ % $ "
$
'
&
$
$ $
' &
!
$
(
$ %
$ $
'
&
$
$
$ "
$
$ "
'
&
$
$ $
$ $
$ $
$ $
$ % $ $ " $
$ $
$
$
$
$ %
$
&
$
(
$
$ %
$
$
$
$ "
$
$
!
$ "
(
) %
$" $ %
(
$"
$
'
$
$ %
$
$



116

o.
q = 256
Swing
Raney, J "Solo" Track 4 @ 1:02 [rec. December 20, 1976]
The Way You Look tonight
Jim Raney Solo
Transcribed By:
G.Hodges, 2005
5
9
13
18
22
26
30
34
!
! "
#
1st Chorus Fma7 Am7(b5) D7
"
#
Gm7 C7 Fma7
( )
D7
"
#
Gm7 C7 Cm7 F7
"
#
Gm7 C7 Fma7 Dm7 Gm7 C7 Fma7 Dm7
3
"
#
Gm7 C7 Fma7 Dm7
>
Gm7
"
#
C7
( )
( )
( )
Fma7
( )
D7 Gm7
>
"
#
C7 Cm7 F7 Bbma7
3
"
#
Gm7 C7 Fma7 Dm7 Gm7
( )
C7 Fma7 Dm7
"
#
Bbm7
>
Eb7 Abma7 Adim7/F7
( )
Bbm7
3
$
%
&
'
% #
&
$ $
%
&
%
&
$
% #
&
$ $
%
&
$
%
(
%
$
%
(
%
%
$
%
(
%
%
%
%
%
% % #
%
%
%
% #
%
%
%
%
%
%
' ) '
% % #
%
%
%
% # %
% % #
%
% #
%
%
%
%
%
% % #
%
'
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
% #
% #
%
%
%
% # % % #
% % #
% #
%
%
%
%
* '
%
%
%
%
% #
%
%
' '
%
&
$
%
&
$ +
&
$
%
%
%
%
%
&
'
%
&
$ '
'
%
%
%
%
% #
% #
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
% # % ,
%
%
% % #
%
% #
% ,
% #
%
% ,
%
% , % #
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
% #
%
(
$ ' '
%
%
% #
%
%
%
%
% % #
%
% %
%
%
%
%
%
% #
% % #
% % #
% ,
% ,
%
% % #
%
&
$ ' )
%
% %
& $ '
%
%
%
%
%
&
$
%
%
%
%
%
&
$
%
(
$
%
%
&
$
%
%!
%
(
%
%
%
&
$
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
'
'
%
% #
%
% #
%
% #
% #
+ % #
% #
% % ,
%
%
%
%
% #
% $
%
&
%
% ,
%
% #
%
% ' )



117
38
42
46
50
54
58
62
67
71
75
!
"
>
Eb7 Abma7 Fm7 Bbm7
!
"
Eb7 Abma7 Adim7 Bbm7
!
"
Eb7 Abma7 Gm7
!
"
C7 Fma7
> > > >
Dm7
>
Gm7
3
3
3
!
"
C7
( )
Fma7
( )
D7 Gm7
!
"
C7 Cm7
( )
( )
F7 Bbma7
!
"
Gm7 C7 Fma7 Dm7 Gm7 C7 Fma7 Dm7
>
Gm7 C7
( )
!
"
Gm7 C7 Fma7
( )
Dm7 Gm7 C7
!
"
2nd Chorus
1st guitar begins bass line

Fma7
2nd guitar takes over improv
Dm7 Gm7 C7
!
"
Fma7 D7 Gm7 C7
# "
#
# "
#
#
#
#
# # "
# "
# # $ #
# "
#
%
&
# " ! #
%
'
# $
& #
(
#
(
&
#!
# "
%
#
# "
#
# " !
#
#
# "
#
#
# "
%
&
#
' '
# $
# "
# " # $
# "
%
&
#
)
#
# "
#
#
#
#
#
# "
#
#
'
#
# "
#
#
#
# "
# # $
#
#
#
#
%
&
# "
# #
#
#
# "
#
#
#
# #
# "
%
&
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
# # #
*
*
#
#
# " # $
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
# "
*
%
& +
#
#
#
#
# "
#
# #
#
# $ # "
#!
#
(
#
#
&
#
%
#
#
#
#
#
#
# "
# "
#
#
#
# " # $ # " # $
#
# "
#
#
#
# # "
#
#
#
!
#
#
# #
#
#
( &
#
(
&
#
# #
#
(
&
#
' +
#
#
#
#
#
(
&
)
' #
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
# "
# "
#
# $
# $
#
# "
#
# " # $
# # "
# "
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
+
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
*
#
# "
# "
#
#
#
(
& ' '
#
# "
#
#
*
# " # $
(
&
#
#
#
#
'
#
' '
#
#
#
# # "
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
# " # $
#
#
#
# "
# "



118
79
83
87
91
96
100
104
108
112
115
!
"
Cm7 F7 Bbma7
( )
Gm7 C7
!
"
Fma7
>
Dm7 Gm7 C7 Fma7 Dm7 Gm7 C7
!
"
Fma7
( )
Dm7
Gm7 C7
!
"
Fma7 D7 Gm7 C7
( )
Cm7
!
"
F7
( )( )
<
Gm7 C7 Fma7 Dm7 Gm7
!
"
C7 Fma7 Dm7 Bbm7 Eb7 Abma7
!
"
Adim7/F7 Bbm7 Eb7
( )
Abma7
( )
!
"
Fm7 Bbm7 Eb7 Abma7
>
3
!
"
Adim7 Adim7 Bbm7 Eb7
( )
( )
3
!
"
Abma7
<
Gm7
C7
#
#
#
# " # $
# # "
#
# "
#
#
% # " # $
# "
#
# "
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
# #
#
&
#
& #
!
#
#
#!
#
'
#
#
#
# #
# #
# #
#
(
"
#
#
# # #
'
)
#
#
#
'
)
* "
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
# # "
#
#
# $ # "
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
# " #
#
#
'
)
# "
# "
#
# "
#
# " # $
+
#
#
!
#
'
# "
# "
#
#
* #
! #
'
#
#
#
# " # $ # " #
+
#!
#
'
# " # $
#
#
# " % $
#
'
)
#
'
) #
#
#
# "
#
#
'
)
* "
# "
# # "
# #
'
)
# "
'
)
* $
#
# " # $ # # "
#
#
)
# "
'
# $ # "
#
# "
!
# $
'
# "
# "
#
# " !
#
'
#
# "
# "
#
# "
# $
+
# $
#
#
#
# "
#
# " # $
#
# "
# "
#
# "
%
# " # $
# # "
# "
#
# "
#
#
#
# "
#
#
#
# " # $
#
# $
# "
# "
' ) #
!
# "
'
#
'
) # #
# #
,
)
# # "
*
# " # $
#
# "
# $
# "
# "
' ) #
#
#
' ) #
! #
'
# "
# "
#
# "
#
% "
% )
#
'
#
# "
#
#
"
#
,
# # "
#
# "
#
#
#
# "
#
#
#
#
*
#
'
)
#
# " # $
#
#
#
# "
# " #
#
!
#
'



119
119
123
126
129
134
137
!
"
Fma7
Dm7
Gm7 C7
!
"
Fma7 D7 Gm7
3
!
"
C7 Cm7 F7
!
"
Bbma7 Gm7 C7 Fma7 Dm7 Gm7 C7
<
Fma7 Dm7
!
"
Gm7 C7 Gm7
( )
C7
!
"
Fma7 Dm7 Gm7 C7
End of Form
both guitar 1 & 2 begin
simultanoues improv in following chorus
Fma7
!
# "
$
# %
"
#
&
#
# #
# #
&
'
#"
!
#
$
#
&
#
#
#"
#
&
#
#
#
#
#
# # "
#
# %
#
#
# "
#
# " # %
#
#
#
# "
#
# # "
# # "
#
# % #
#
#
&
'
#
#
#
#
#
# #
#
#
# "
(
( "
# # " # % " #
# "
# "
# # "
#
# %
# "
#
#
#
#
#
#
# # "
#
#
#
&
'
# "
&
'
#
# " #
#
#
#"
#
&
#
# "
&
'
# %
"
#
&
#
!
# "
$
# % #
# #
&
'
#"
#
$
)
#
#
#
)
)
*
# # "
'
#
&
#
#
#
# " #
# # "
#
# "
# "
#
#
#
#
&
'
#"
#
$
#
#
# "
#
#"
' +



120

p.
Scrapple from The Apple
q = 184
Swing
Raney, J "Here's That Raney Day" Track 4 @ 3:29 [rec. July 21, 1980]
Jim Raney Solo
Transcribed By:
G.Hodges, 2005
4
8
12
16
20
24
27
31
!
! "
#
Gm7
1st Chorus
C7 Gm7 >
"
#
C7 Fma7
>
Bb Bdim7 Fma7 Gm7
3
"
#
Am7 D7 Gm7
( ) ( )
<
C7
( )
Gm7
"
#
C7 Fma7 Bb Bdim7 Fma7 C7
"
#
Fma7 A7 D7
"
#
G7 C7
<
>
"
#
Gm7
<
C7
"
#
Gm7
>
C7
>
Fma7 Bb Bdim7
3
"
#
Fma7
( )
Am7
( )
D7
2nd Chorus
Gm7 C7
$
% &
'
(
!
%
)
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
(
%
%
%
% &
%
$
% *
'
(
%
%
%
%
% %
%
%
%
$ %
%
%
'
$
%
% %
'
$ (
%
%
%
%
%
+ , , $
%
-
%
.
#
-
$
%
% #
% #
%
%
% % &
%
% *
% &
%
%
/
%
/
%
%
-
$
% #
'
$ %
%
% *
% #
-
$ $
%
"
%
" %
-
% #
% #
%
% *
% #
-
$ , $
%
-
% #
(
% %
%
% #
-
(
%
0
%
% % * (
% # %
%
$
% #
'
%
%
% *
%
, $
%
'
%
% % &
%
+
%
-
$ $
% *
-
% & "
%
-
%
%
%
% % &
%
%
+
%
%
-
$ $
%
/
-
+ $
%
%
-
+ $
% &
-
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
% &
%
%
% *
% *
% #
%
%
%
% &
%
%
%
%
%
% %
%
%
%
%
% %
%
%
%
%
% % &
% &
%
%
%
-
$ + $
%
-
% #
%
%
% &
+ ,
$
%
-
!
/
)
%
%
%
% &
% %
%
%
% %
%
%
% #
$
%
%
% & % *
+ + $
%
-
+
%
%
% #
%
% #
%
%
%
%
% &
%
% % *
%
% % #
%
% &
% #
$
% &
-
%
-
$ +
%
%
%
-
$
%
-
$
%
%
%
%
+



121
35
40
43
47
51
54
57
60
62
64
!
"
Gm7
#
C7
>
Fma7 Bb
>
Bdim7 Fma7 Gm7
!
"
Am7 D7 Gm7
>
( )
C7
!
"
Gm7 C7 Fma7 Bb
( )
Bdim7
( )
>
!
"
>
Fma7 C7 Fma7
( )
A7
!
"
D7
#
G7
3 3
!
"
C7
!
"
Gm7
( )
( )
C7
( )
( )
Gm7
>
!
"
C7
Fma7
!
"
Bb Bdim7
>
>
Fma7
( )
!
"
Am7 D7
end of Form
( )
Start of Fours
$
% &
'
% (
% "
% "
%
'
$
%
) * $
!
% (
+
%
' )
% &
" %
'
% "
%
% "
%
%
% %
$
%
'
$
%
+
$
%
+
% (
%
$
%
+
$
%
%
%
%
$
% "
+
$ ,
% "
-
% &
% ( %
'
$ )
$
%
+
$
%
+ %
%
$
% (
+
%
% (
%
%
* $
!
%
+
%
'
)
%
% ( % &
% "
%
'
$
% "
%
%
%
%
% "
%
% % &
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
.
( % &
%
%
% &
% % (
%
%
% & %
'
$
%
%
% (
%
%
%
!
% &
+
% (
%
!
% "
+
% (
%
%
% &
%
% %
'
$
% % "
%
%
% (
% &
%
% &
% & % "
%
%
%
)
%
%
%
%
% &
'
$ ) ) ) %
%
%
%
%
' $ $
!
%
+
% "
'
% (
%
% "
*
$
%
%
!
% (
+
/
%
% %
%
%
%
%
'
$ ) )
% % "
%
% "
% (
% &
%
,
/
%
%
/
%
'
$ *
%
'
$
% "
% &
%
% %
'
$ )
% % (
%
% % &
%
% % "
%
' $ )
$
%
'
%
% & % "
% "
% % "
%
% % "
% % "
% %
'
$ )
%
%
%
% "
$
%
'
$
%
'
$
% "
'
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
'
$
%
'
$
%
'
$ ) *



122

q.
Swing
q = 280
What Is This Thing Called Love
Jim Raney Solo
Transcribed By:
G.Hodges, 2004
Raney, J "Raney '81" Track 1 @ 0:33 [rec. February 27, 1981]
7
12
16
20
24
28
32
35
!
! "
1st Chorus
Gm7(b5) C7 Fm7
"
Dm7(b5)
G7alt
Cma7
Gm7(b5)
"
C7
( )
Fm7
( )
#
Dm7(b5)
"
G7alt
Cma7
Cm7
"
F7
( )
Bbma7 Ab7
"
( )
Dm7
#
G7 Gm7(b5)
"
C7 Fm7
Db7
( )
"
G7(#5)
C6
3
D7
2nd Chorus
3
3
3
"
Gm7(b5)
4
C7 Fm7
#
Dm7(b5)
3
$
$
$!
$
%
$
!
$ &
%
$
!
$
%
$ '
!
$
%
(
) *
$ $!
$
%
(
)
$
!
$
%
( &
$ &
! $
%
$
!
$
%
$
$
$
$
$ &
$ &
$
$
$ $ &
$
$
) * * )
$
$
$ &
$
$
$
+
$ & $ ,
$
$ &
$
$
$
$ '
$
$ ,
$
$ &
$ & $
$
$
$ &
$
+ &
*
*
$
$ &
$ &
$ $
$ $ '
$
$
$
$
$
-
$
%
$
$
$
$ &
$ $ &
$
$
$ &
%
-
$
$
$
$ &
-
$
%
$ &
$
$ &
$
$
$
$ ,
$
+
%
- -
$
%
$
$
$
$ &
$
$
$
$ &
$
$
$ &
$
$
$ &
$
$ & $
.
,
$
. $
$ &
$ &
$ &
$ &
$
$ &
-
+
%
$
$ &
$ &
$
$ '
$ ,
$
% - *
$
$
$ &
$
$
$
$
$ &
$
$
* *
$
$
$ &
$
$
%
-
$
$
$ &
$
$
%
- * *
$ & $ ,
$ &
$ $ &
$ &
$ '
$
$
$ $ $ &
$ $
$
'
%
$
$
$
$ ' !
$
$ $ '
$
%
-
$
%
$
$ &
$ $ &
$
$ $ '
$
$ &
$
$ $
$
$ &
$
-
$ &
%
-
$
%
$
$
$
$ &
$ $ &
$
$ &
$
( &
-
$
%
$ &
$
%
$
$ ,
%



123
40
45
50
55
59
63
67
71
76
80
!
G7alt
Cma7
D7 Gm7(b5) C7
!
Fm7
Dm7(b5)
G7alt
Cma7
3
3
!
Cm7
Cm7
!!!
F7
Bbma7
!
"
Ab7
( )
Dm7 G7
!
Gm7(b5) C7
!
Fm7
"
!
3rd Chorus
Db7
G7(#5)
( )
C6
( )
D7
!
Gm7(b5)
C7 Fm7
!
Dm7(b5)
G7alt
Cma7
>
D7 Gm7(b5)
!
C7 Fm7
Dm7(b5)
( )
!
G7alt
Cma7
Cm7 Cm7
#
# $
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
# $
#
# # %
#
&
#
'
#
'
# # #
# $ # # # # #
# %
' & (
#
)
# $ #
)
(
#
)
(
# $
"
#"
# #
)
# $ "
#
"
# %
)
# #
#
# # #
#
'
& ' (
#
)
# $
)
(
#
* $
# $
# $ # % #
)
( ' ' '
#
+
(
#
)
# $ "
#
)
#
'
# $
# # $
#
#
#
#
# $
#
# $
#
#
#
#
#
#
# $
# $
#
, -
#
)
# # $
#
#
# $
)
(
#
#
"
#
#
(
# $
)
# # $ # %
#
# $
#
# $
'
# $
#
(
# $
)
# # $
#
# $
# $
#
#
#
#
#
# # $
#
"
#
)
#
# $ # %
#
#
# $
#
#
.
#
#
#
#
# $
# # $
#
# /
#
# %
# $
#
# $
#
# %
# $
#
#
#
# $
# $
#
#
# %
#
# $
# # $
#
# $
# $
)
( '
# $ # #
# # #
# # #
# $ # #
#
"
# /
)
#"
# %
)
*
#
# #
#
# #
# $
"
#
0
# $
#
#
#
#
"
# /
0
# $
#
#
# /
# ' ' '
#
#
# $
# $
#
#
#
#
#
# #
#
# $
. $ # %
#
#
# $
# % # $
*
& &
# /
#
#
#
# /
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
# /
#
#
#
#
#
#
#



124
84
88
92
96
!
F7 Bbma7 Ab7
!
Dm7
"
G7
Gm7(b5)
3
!
C7 Fm7
Db7 3
3
!
G7(#5)
C6
End of Form
#
#
# $
#
# % # $
#
# #
# &
#
#
# &
#
#
#
#
#
# &
#
#
# & ' "
'
# & # %
# &
# # &
# &
#
# # &
# &
#
'
!
# $
(
#
# &
)
#
#
(
* '
!
#
(
# #
# &
#
#
*
#
(
# #
# &
#
+ + &
+
'
!
#
(
+ &
# &
#"
#
)
#
# & # # % # & # % # & # % # & # %
#"
# &
)
,



125

r.
q = 164
Swing
Billie's Bounce
Raney, J "The Master" Track 2 @ 0:52 [rec. february 16, 1983]
Jim Raney Solo
Transcribed By:
G.Hodges, 2004
7
12
17
21
25
29
33
37
!
! "
#
F7
$
1st Chorus Bb7 F7 Bb7
"
#
F7 Gm7 C7
>
F7
( )
( )
"
#
( )
F7 2nd Chorus Bb7 F7
$
3 3 3
"
#
Bb7 F7
3
"
#
Gm7 C7 F7
3
"
#
F7 3rd Chorus Bb7 F7
"
#
Bb7 F7
( )
3
"
#
( )
Gm7 C7 F7
"
#
F7
4th Chorus
Bb7 F7
%
& &
&
&
% ' %
& & & (
&
&
% ' %
& #
& &
&
!
&
&
&
&
' % )
& #
*
& +
&
& #
&
% ' %
& &
& &
& &
&
&
& (
%
' %
&
&
&
& #
,
) % %
&
&
&
& #
!
& &
,
) %
&
&
&
& #
& &
&
'
%
&
&
&
& #
& &
& &
& # &
& &
& & &
! &
,
& #
&
&
&
&
&
& # & +
&
& (
&
&
&
&
& & +
& & (
"
& (
*
&
"
& (
*
& &
&
% )
&
,
&
,
&
&
& #
&
&
& # &
&
&
&
&
& & +
&
&
&
& # &
&
& #
&
&
& #
&
& # & +
& & +
&
&
&
&
& #
&
% % )
&
,
& #
&
&
!
&&
% %
&
& #
&
& & &
"
&
*
& #
&
' )
&
,
&
&
&
& (
&
&
&
-
.
&
&
&
&
&
&
& &
& + & #
& &
*
) %
&
& &
& +
& &
& #
& &
"
& #
*
& +
&
&
&
/
% % )
& #
*
&
&
&
&
& & #
&!
&
&!
& ( &
&
&
&
&
&



126
41
46
50
53
56
60
64
68
72
76
!
"
Bb7 F7 Gm7
!
"
C7 F7 5th Chorus F7
!
"
Bb7 F7
( )
( )
!
"
Bb7 F7
3 3
!
"
Gm7 C7 F7
( )
!
"
6th Chorus F7 Bb7 F7
!
"
3
Bb7
( )
( )
F7
3 3 3 3 3
!
"
Gm7 C7 F7
!
"
7th Chorus F7 Bb7 F7
!
"
!
Bb7 F7
# "
#
#
#
#
#
# "
#
#
!
# "
$
# % # "
# "
#
# " #
$
& ' ( &
# )
*
#
#
#
# )
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
# # )
#
# # #
# )
# # #
' ' '
#
#
!
# %
$
#
#
# )
#
#
#
#
#
#
# "
#
# "
#
#
#
#
#
# "
#
#
#
#
#
# "
#
# )
# "
#
# " # %
#
# "
#
#
# #
# # "
*
#
# "
# " # %
# "
#
# "
#
#
# #
( &
!
# %
$
# )
*
#
#
#
# " #
# #
# #
#
#
#
# #
#
#
#
#
#
#
# "
&
#
*
# %
#
#
#
#
#
#
+ )
#
#
#
#
' ( ' '
#
#
#
#
#
"
&
#
#
"
*
&
#
#
*
&
#
*
#
# #
# "
#
#
#
'
( &
#
*
# "
*
#
( & ,
#
-
# "
##
# "
#
# "
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
& ' ' ' &
#
*
#
#
#
#
#
#
# # "
# #
#
# % # "
#
#
#
#
#
#
# )
#
# "
# %
# "
# )
# % # "
# # %
# # %
# "
#
#
' ( &
#
*
#
+
#
# #
# #
# #
# #
#
# %
# #
# #
# #
# #
#
#
#
# )
# # "
# )
#
#
#
#
# "
# "
#
# "
#
#
# "
#
#
"
# "
*
# "
#
# "
#
#
#
# # )
#
#



127
80
83
87
91
95
98
!
"
Gm7 C7
!
"
F7
( )
8th Chorus F7 Bb7
!
"
F7 Bb7
( )
!
"
F7 Gm7 C7
!
"
F7
( )
( )
End of Form F7
!
"
Bb7
#
F7
>
Piano Solo starts
Bb7
$
$ " $ %
$ %
$
$ &
$ "
$ "
$ %
$ "
$
$ %
$ "
$
$
$ &
$
$ "
$ %
$ "
$ &
$ %
$ " $ %
$
$ "
$ &
'
$ %
(
) * )
$
(
) $ %
(
)
$
(
* )
$
(
*
$
$ &
(
)
$
$
(
) * )
$
$
(
$
$ &
$
$
$
$ &
$
$
(
)
$
$ * * )
$
(
$ %
$!
$ $
+
) )
$
(
$ %
(
$
$
(
$
(
) )
$
(
$ %
$
$
)
$
(
$ %
(
$
$
(
$
( ) )
$
(
$ %
(
$
"
$
+
$ "
(
$
(
)
$
$ " $
$
$ $
$
$ " $
$
$
$
$
$ "
$
$ &
$ "
$ % $
$ )
$
+
$ "
"
$
$
"
+
$
$
$
$ %
$ " ,
$
$ " ,
$
$ " $
!
$
+
$ "
$ ,



128

s.
q = 224
Swing
Raney, J "Wisteria" Track 5 @ 2:25 [rec. December 30, 1985]
I Could Write a Book
Jim Raney Solo
Transcribed By:
G.Hodges, 2004
6
10
14
19
24
28
32
37
!
! "
1st Chorus
Cma7 Am7 Dm7 G7 Cma7 G7 Cma7 G7
"
Cma7 C#dim7 Dm7 G7 C/E Ab7/Eb
"
Dm7 G7 Am7 D7(b9) Gma7 B7 Em7
"
Am7 D7 Dm7 G7 Cma7 Am7 Dm7 G7
"
Cma7 G7 Cma7 G7 Cma7
#
C#dim7 Dm7
"
G7
( )( )
Am7
>
Am(,7) Am7
>
Am6 Gm7 C7
"
Fma7 Fm7 Bb7 Cma7 A7
#
Dm7 G7
>
Cma7
"
Dm7
2nd Chorus
G7
<
Cma7
Am7 Dm7 G7 Cma7
( )
G7
"
Cma7
( )
( )
G7 Cma7 C#dim7 Dm7 G7
3
C/E
#
Ab7/Eb
3
$ $
%
&
%
'
%
%
%
%
% % (
%
%
$
%
$ $ &
% (
'
%
% )
%
% *
$ $
% % (
%
% %
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
% % (
%
%
$
%
%
% %
$
$
%
%
%
%
%
$
% (
% (
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
$
% % +
%
%
$
%
%
%
%
%
% %
%
% %
% %
$ $ $
% +
% +
%
%
% (
%
%
%
%
&
%
'
% (
%
&
% (
! %!
%
'
% % ) % % (
%
%!
&
%
$ $
%
%
%
% % (
%
%
%
%
%
%
% +
% +
%
%
&
%
'
% (
$ $
%
%
% % +
%
% + % $
% % +
%
%
%
% % +
%
% +
% +
%
%
&
%
,
% % (
%
% %
%
%
% +
% + % )
%
%
% +
%
'
& $ -
"
%
,
*
%
' & &
%
'
%
%
'
& &
%
' $
*
%
!
%
'
%
'
&
%
'
& &
%
'
% +
% +
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
% + %
%
%
' &
% (
%
% %
$
"
%
,
%
%
%
%
%
%
'
%
%
$



129
42
46
50
55
59
63
68
73
77
81
!
Dm7 G7 Am7 D7(b9) Gma7 B7 Em7
!
Am7 D7 Dm7 G7
( )
Cma7 Am7
!
>
Dm7 G7 Cma7
>
G7 Cma7 G7 Cma7 C#dim7
!
Dm7 G7 Am7 Am(,7) Am7 Am6
!
Gm7 C7 Fma7 Fm7 Bb7 Cma7 A7 Dm7 G7
!
Cma7 Dm7 G7
3rd Chorus
Cma7 Am7 Dm7 G7 Cma7
<
!
"
G7 Cma7 G7 Cma7 C#dim7 Dm7 G7
!
C/E Ab7/Eb Dm7 G7 Am7 D7(b9) Gma7 B7
!
Em7 Am7 D7 Dm7
>
G7
!
<
Cma7 Am7 Dm7 G7 Cma7
>
G7
( )
3 3
#
$
$
$
$
# %
$
$
$
$
$ &
$
$ '
$
$ $ &
$
#
$
$
$
$
$ ( $ '
)
$
*
$
$
$ (
$
$
$
$
$
$ $ (
$
$
$
$ (
$
$ ( $ '
$
+
$
$ $
)
$
*
$
$ $ $
# )
$ &
*
$ '
$
! $
,
$
$
$
$
# #
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$ (
$ (
$
-
% $
$
$
$ & $ '
$ $
$
% # #
$
$ & "
$
,
$ ' $ &
$
$
$ $ (
$
$
$
$ ( $
$ &
$
$
$
$
# # #
$
$ $
* ) #
$
)
$
*
$
$ $ (
$
$
$
$ $ &
$
$
$ &
$ &
$
$
$
$ $
* )
$
)
$ (
*
$
$
$ (
$
$
$
%
#
$ & $ ' $
$ $ $
$ (
$
$ $
*
) #
$
$ &
$
$
$
$ $ &
$
$
$
$ &
$
$
$
!
$ &
,
$
# # #
$
$
$
*
)
$ (
$ $ & $
$
$
$
$
$
$
$ (
$
#
#
$
$
$
$ $ &
$ & $
$
$
$ $ (
$ $ &
$
$
$ $ (
$
!
$
$
$ (
$
*
)
$
$ &
$
$
$
$
$ $
# #
$
$
$
# # )
$ (
*
$
$
$
$ $ &
$
$
$
$
$
$
$ &
$ &
$ &



130
85
89
93
!
Cma7 G7
( )
Cma7 C#dim7 Dm7
G7
!
Am7 Am(,7) Am7 Am6 Gm7 C7 Fma7 Fm7 Bb7
!
Cma7 A7 Dm7 G7 Cma7 Dm7 G7
End of Form
"
"
"
#
$
"
"
"
"
"
"
%
"
"
" &
" '
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
" "
#
$ % (
(
"
#
$ $
"
#
"
"!
"
#
"
" '
"
"
"
"
# $
"
"
#
$ (
$
" '
#
" )
"!
"
#
"
"
#
$
"
"
*
"
" )
+
* '
* * '
*
(



131

t.
q = 170
Swing
Brown, T & Raney, J "Good Company" Track 5 @ 3:21 [rec. December 23, 1985]
Instant Blue
Jim Raney Solo
Transcribed By:
G.Hodges, 2004
6
10
14
18
22
26
30
34
!
! "
C7
1st Chorus
> <
F7/C C7 F#9/A# F7
"
F#dim7 C7 A7
( )
Dm7
"
G7
( )
C7 A7 Dm7 G7 C7
2nd Chorus
3
"
F7/C C7 F#9/A# F7
"
F#dim7 C7
>
A7 Dm7
"
G7 C7 A7 Dm7 G7 C7
3rd Chorus
"
F7/C C7 F#9/A# F7
"
F#dim7
( )
C7 A7 Dm7
3
"
G7 C7 A7 Dm7 G7
End of Form
# #
$
% &
$
'
$ $
%
$
(
# )
$
* +
$ ,
$
$ +
$
$
$
$ # %
$
(
$ +
$
$
$
$
$
) %
$ +
(
$ -
$
$ + $ - $ $ + $
$ $
$ + $ -
$ + $
$ ,
$
$
$ +
$ ,
$
$ -
$
$
$
$
$ +
$ +
$ +
$
$
( % # # %
$
(
$
$
$
$ +
$
$
$ +
$
$ -
$ +
$
$
$
$
$
#
) #
$
$
$ +
$ $ ,
$ $
$ ,
$
$
$ +
(
% # ) %
$ ,
(
$ +
'
&
$ +
(
$ -
$
$
$
$
$ +
$
$ $ -
$ $ ,
$
$
$!
$ ,
$
$
%
$
(
%
$
(
$ ,
$
(
% %
$
(
$
$
$
$
$ +
$
$
$ +
$
$ +
$
$
$
$ + $ -
$
$ ,
$ +
$ -
$
$
$ +
$ +
$
$
$
%
$ +
.
$
$
#
$
$ +
$
$
#
$
$
$
$
$
(
% # # #
"
$
$ ,
.
$
$
$
$
,
-
$
$
-
+
$
$
$
$
$
$ +
$
$
$
,
,
$ ,
$ ,
$
$
$
#
$
$
$
$
$
(
%
)
$ $ +
$
* +
$ $ +
$
*
/
%
$
( #
$
%
$
(
%
$ -
(
$
$ +
$
$ $
$
$
$ $
$
$ -
$
$
$
$ + $ -
$
$
$ + $ +
!
$
$!
$
(
$ $ + !
$
(
$
$
$ +
$
)



132

u.
q = 108
Swing
Raney, J "But Beautiful" Track 4 @ 2:17 [rec. december 5, 1990]
Someone To Watch Over Me
Jim Raney Solo
Transcribed By:
G.Hodges, 2004
4
8
11
15
19
22
25
!
! "
#
#
#
Two choruses to this point, one solo guitar head
and one highly embelished head/solo in two feel
Ebma7 C7
Fm7
>
Bb7
>
1st Chorus
>
Ebma7 Eb7
"
#
#
#
[Abma7]
Am7(b5)
Abdim7
[G#m7]
Eb/G
[Gm7]
Gbdim7 Gm7 C7
[Edim7]
Fm7
3
3
"
#
#
#
[F7]
Adim7
Bb7
Gm7
C7
Fm7 Bb7
3 3 3
"
#
#
#
Ebma7 Eb7
[Abma7]
Am7(b5)
[F7]
Abdim7
[G#m7]
[Gm7]
Eb/G Gbdim7 Gm7
C7
[Edim7]
"
#
#
#
Fm7
>
>
Adim7
Bb7
Ebma7 Abm7 Ebma7 Eb7
3 3
"
#
#
#
Abma7
Abm7
Db7
( )
3
"
#
#
# ( )
Ebma7
( )
Am7(b5) D7(b9) G7
( )
3
"
#
#
#
C7 Fm7
>
Bb7
Ebma7 Eb7
3 3
$
$ $ % &
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$ #
$ '
$
$ '
$
$
(
) * &
$ $
$$
$$
$$
$
$
$$
+
* *
!
$
,
$
+
$ '
!
$
,
$
$ $
+
* % *
$ -
+
$
$
$
$
$ '
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$$
+
*
&
$ -
$ '
$ -
$ ' $ #
$ #
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
+ * & *
$ '
+
$
$
$ #
$
$ -
$
$
$
$
$
$ #
$ '
$
$ '
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$ $ -
$ -
$ ' $ # $ $
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$ $ -
$
$ $ * $
.
$
$ '
*
&
$
$
$
$
$
$
&
$ '
$
$ #
$ ' $ #
$
$
$
$
$ $
$
$ ' $ #
$
$
$
$
$
$ $
$ $
$
" $$
+
* % &
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
) *
$ $ '
$
$ $
$ #
$
$ ' $ #
$ #
$
$ ' $ #
$
$
+
* & *
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
!
$
,
$ '
$
$ '
"
$
$
$
$
$
.
$ '
$
$
$
$
$ #
$
$
$ #
$
$
$
+
*
$ '
$ $ - $
$ $ #
$ ' $
$
$
.
+
*
$
$



133
28
31
34
36
39
42
45
48
51
!
"
"
"
[Abma7]
Am7(b5) Abdim7
[Gm7]
Eb/G
>
Gbdim7 Gm7
C7
[Edim7]
!
"
"
"
Fm7
>
B7
[F7]
Bb7 Bb7 Ebma7 C7
!
"
"
"
Fm7 Bb7
2nd Chorus
Ebma7
Eb7
3
!
"
"
"
[Abma7]
Am7(b5)
Abdim7 Eb/G
[Gm7]
Gbdim7 Gm7 C7
[Edim7]
3
!
"
"
"
Fm7
[F7]
Adim7
Bb7
Gm7
C7
!
"
"
"
Fm7 Bb7
Ebma7
>
Eb7
[Abma7]
Am7(b5)
[F7]
Abdim7
3
3
!
"
"
"
[Gm7]
Eb/G Gbdim7
( )
Gm7
> <
C7
[Edim7]
Fm7
!
"
"
"
Adim7
Bb7
Ebma7 Abm7 Ebma7 Eb7
5
!
"
"
"
>
Abma7
Abm7
Db7
Ebma7
#
#
#
#
#
# $ # " # #
#
#
#
#
#
#
# # %
## #
&
#
#
#
#
# $ # " # $
#
# $
#
# "
#
# "
#
#
#
#
#
'
( )
# "
#
#
# $ # "
#
#
#
# # %
#
#
#
# $
#
#
#
*
&( +
# #
##
# #
# $ #
# #
# #
# #
# # # "
# "
#
# $
# $
# $
#
#
# "
# # "
#
#
#
# &
#
*
#
#
# $
# # "
#
# $
# $
#
#
#
& (
#
'
#
#
# "
#
#
# $
#
#
+ (
# %
'
#
#
# "
#
# $
#
#
#
#
#
#
# "
#
# $
# "
# " # $
# "
# "
# $
# $
#
#
' ( )
(
#
# $ # "
# "
#
# $ # "
# # "
#
# $
#
# # (
#
#
#
#
# #
#
#
( (
#
'
# "
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
(
#
'
# "
#
#
#
#
# $
#
#
#!
#
#
"
# $
,
#
#
#
#
#
#
(
+
# "
#
# $
-
# $
#
# "
# "
# "
#
# #
#
# "
# $ # "
#
#
.
+ &
#
#
# $
#
# "
# $ # "
# "
#
'
( ) (
#
'
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
# "
# #
#
# $
# # $
#
#
#
#
#
#



134
55
59
63
65
!
"
"
"
Am7(b5) D7(b9) G7 C7 Fm7
Bb7
!
"
"
"
Ebma7 Eb7
[Abma7]
Am7(b5) Abdim7
[Gm7]
Eb/G Gbdim7 Gm7
C7
[Edim7]
!
"
"
"
Fm7 B7
[F7]
>
Bb7 Bb7
3
3
!
"
"
"
Ebma7 C7
Fm7
Bb7
End of Form
#
#
$
%
!
#
$
# "
# #
#
#
# &
# #
# #
# #
# #
'
%
#
#
# &
'
%
# # "
#
#
#
#
# &
# "
# "
#
#
#
'
% ( %
# &
#
#
#
#
)
# "
# &
#
# "
#
'
%
#
#
#
#
#
*
# "
# &
#
#
#
#
#
#
"
#
#
+
#
+
& #
+
"
#
+
*
#
%
#
# % #
!
# " # &
#
# #
#
'
%
# ,
#
#
#
'
% %
# &
'
# "
#
#
# "
#
#
#
#
# &
#
#
#
-
-
-
-
(



135

v.
q = 150
Swing
Raney, J "G5 project" Track 7 @ 0:28 [rec. April 6, 1992]
West Coast Blues
Jim Raney Solo
Transcribed By:
G.Hodges, 2004
4
7
9
11
13
16
18
20
!
" #
$
$
1st Chorus
Bb7
<
Ab7
#
$
$
Bb7 Bm7
E7
Bbm7 Eb7
#
$
$
<
Ebm7
Ab7
Dm7 G7 >
#
$
$
Dbm7
Gb7 Cm7 F7
#
$
$
Cm7 F7 Bb7
> Db7 >
#
$
$
!
l.v.
Gbma7
!
!
Bma7
2nd Chorus
Bb7
Ab7
#
$
$
Bb7
Bm7
E7
( )
#
$
$
Bbm7
Eb7
( )
Ebm7
Ab7
( )
#
$
$
Dm7
G7 Dbm7
Gb7
Cm7
F7
%
"
& '
( )
*
'
(
*
'
(
*
'
(
*
'
(
*
(
(
(
(
(
*
'
(
( $ (
( $ (
(
(
( $
(
(
( $
* '
&
(
(
(
(
( $
( +
(
( $
(
( ( $
( $
( +
( ( $
( +
(
( $
( +
*
' &
#
(
,
(" (
*
( (
( $
( $
&
#
(
,
(
( $ (
( (
(
( $
( &
(
( (
( (
(
(
(
(
( +
(
*
'
(
( $ (
( (
( $
( +
( $ (
( $ ( ( + (
(
(
(
(
(
( $
(
(
(
&
(
(
(
( $ ( +
(
(
(
( $
* '
(
( $
(
(
&
(
*
'
( $
(
&
(
*
'
( $
(
( $
( (
( $ ( $
( $ (
( (
(
(
(
'
(
*
'
( +
*
(
(
(
#
(
(
,
(
(
$
+
(
( $
(
( $
&
(
(
(
( (
& % &
( ( $
(
(
( ( $
(
(
( $
*
' &
( $
( $ (
( + (
-
(
( $
(
( $ ( + ( $
(
(
( $
-
#
(
,
(
(
( $
( $ (
( (
( (
*
'
(
( + ( $
(
( +
*
'
(
( (
( (
( (
(
(
( $ (
( + ( ( $
( $
*
' ( +
*
' ( $
*
'
( $
( )
(
( +
(
(
(
( (
*
'
(
*
'



136

23
26
29
31
33
35
37
!
"
"
Cm7
F7 Bb7
>
Db7
Gbma7
Bma7
!
"
"
3rd Chorus
Bb7
Ab7 Bb7
!
"
"
Bm7 E7
Bbm7 Eb7
!
"
"
Ebm7
Ab7
Dm7
G7
!
"
"
Dbm7
Gb7
Cm7
F7
>
!
"
"
Cm7
F7
Bb7
Db7
!
"
"
Gbma7
Bma7
End of Form
#
# "
# "
# " #
# #
# # # " #
# "
# # # # # # #
# # # #
# " $
% %
# "
# "
#
#
#
#
%
!
# &
'
#
#
(
#
)
% % % %
#
# * # "
# "
# "
#
# *
#
#
# "
# "
#
# *
# ( #
)
( #
)
!
#
'
# *
# " # *
# *
# "
# " # *
# # *
#
# "
# # "
#
# "
#
#
#
# *
# #
# #
# "
#
# "
# "
#
# "
#
#"
#
)
# * # " # *
#
#
!
# &
'
#
# #
#
#
#
)
(
# "
#
# # "
# * # "
#
# *
# "
# "
#
#
# #
# #
# * #
)
(
#
#
#
#
#
#
(
#
)
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
(
#
)
( # *
)
#
# "
# " #
#
#
# #
# #
# " #
# " #
) ( (
#
)
#
# #
)
( + +



137

II. Annotation, Analysis And Composition Glossary

The following abbreviations, markings and terms apply specifically to the annotation
and analysis of the selected transcriptions and compositions. Other general definitions
can be found on page 80.

| | - Brackets. These are used to delineate arpeggios, scales and other related
groups of notes.

- Broken brackets. These are used to delineate harmonic anticipations,
delays and substitutions. In these sections the notes are labeled as belonging to the
anticipated, delayed or substituted harmony.

- Boxes these are used to more clearly delineate; enclosures and turns (red),
sequential devices (green), thematic repetition and quotes (blue) and other devices
such as bebop idioms and derived licks (orange).

!, " etc String indication. This is a guide only and does not represent a categorical
indicator of the original fingering. Its main use occurs in the general analysis where
commentators advise certain fingering.

1, 2 etc Fingering indication. The above caveat applies here also. Galbraiths Guitar
Improv (1986) fingering protocol is followed in this study. String and fingering
annotations indicate the place/position at which a section is played. Stay in position
(one finger to each consecutive fret) until another fingering moves you to a new
position, except where extended fingering is indicated (Galbraith, 1986:
introduction.)

1, 3, 7, 9, 5 etc. Numerals designating relationship of notes with the root of
the indicated harmony. Accidentals attached to the numerals reflect deviation from
major scale intervals. I.e. the major scale is the default with no accidentals (1, 3, 5, 7,
9 [2], 11 [4], 13 [6]). While this sometimes results in extended annotations for other
chord types it clarifies the nature of the melody/harmony relationships especially
when substitutions or anticipations are involved. The exception to the default is the
use of the natural sign to indicate an interval that is not normally associated with a
chord type. An example would be the use of 7 to denote a major seventh when its
associated with minor or dominant harmony. This could occur, for example, in the
case of melodic minor pitch material over a minor seventh chord. In this case its use is
as a reminder in much the same way as an accidental sign is sometimes used
redundantly. Note that numerals in the annotations that denote scale tones 2, 4 and 6
are usually indicted as chord extensions 9, 11 and 13 except in the case of the major
(I) or minor (ii) chord where the 6 is used instead of 13 when there is no 7. In sections
that occur under a broken line with end bracket, the notes are labeled as belonging to
the anticipated (ant.), extended (ext.) or substituted harmony (sub.) so indicated,
rather than the original chart harmony. This is distinct from substitutes indicated with
a solid bracket, where the original chords remain the reference for the numeral
analysis. This differentiation is made as some of the substitute indications are more


138
conjectural and because it is considered that these examples are more likely aimed at
producing pitches that impact the original harmony by producing color and tension
notes. It is appropriate, therefore, to indicate these colors and tensions. I have also
chosen not to numerically label all notes. For example, scale tone numbers are usually
not given to notes that occur as part of an encl., cat., cr. or cpt. designation as such
descriptions offer little insight. The exception is the chromaticisms introduced over
dominant chords that often indicate the performers conception of the harmonic
movement. Other descriptive groupings such as arpeggio and scale also often obviate
the need for individual labeling of pitches. The numerals for notes occurring on strong
beats (one and three) are labeled in red. This is to aid in the recognition of the chord
tones in focusing melodic direction in these solos. Refer to the analysis under
Harmony and Substitution on page 191 for detail on strong-beat tones.

after. The thematic material so indicated in the composition is not a direct quote of
the original solo but is more derivational.

ant. Anticipatory harmony. These note/s anticipate the following harmony and are
best described as relating to that harmony. See Extended harmony on page 139.
Longer anticipations are indicated by broken brackets.

arp. Arpeggio. Arpeggios are designated with a letter name to indicate the root and
a chord name to indicate modality/type. Refer to the explanation for chord
nomenclature under chords on page 67. The description of arpeggios is the same as
that used for chords. The difference is indicated by the arp. designation, the font
(Times New Roman rather than Ink Pen) and by the use of brackets to delineate
the arpeggio. The arp. designation is necessary due to congruencies in certain names,
for example diminished scales and arpeggios which would both be abbreviated dim.
Triad arpeggios are indicated by the lack of an extension designation (i.e. Cm rather
than Cm7) as is the case for chords. Major arpeggios use the same nomenclature
default as chords (i.e. C arp. = C major arpeggio)

barre ( ) Fretboard bar with the first finger placed at the fret indicated by
the following roman numeral.

cat. Chromatic approach tone. Steinel labels these simply, approach tones though
he includes them in the chapter entitled Chromatic Ornamentation stating, Any
target tone can be approached from a half step below or above. The approach tone
may or may not be a member of the chord/scale that is sounding (Steinel, 1995:68)

Chords - Refer to the section chords on page 67 for explanation of the nomenclature
used in describing chords.

cr. - Chromatic run. This is different from a chromatic approach tone in that it
involves a number of notes. It is usually, though not always, concerned with the note
that is being approached. It could include a filling device between two scale tones

ct. Chord tones. This designation is used for tones synonymous with primary chord
tones when there are insufficient representatives of a pitch set to enable naming it as a
particular arpeggio or scale.



139
cpt. Chromatic passing tone. A chromatic pitch between two scale tones.

encl. Enclosure device. These involve the approach of a note, usually chord tone
with variations of tones and semitones from above and below. There are a number of
different enclosure devices. Steinel describes them as chromatic rotations and lists
the common variants as,

A. Chromatic from above and below
B. Diatonic from above and below
C. Chromatic from below and above
D. Diatonic from below and above (Steinel, 1995:68)

Steinel defines two further types as telescopes and deflections stating, These two
types of ornaments are nothing more than extended or compound rotations (ibid:71)

ext. Extended harmony. These note/s extend the preceding harmony and are best
described as relating to that harmony. See also Anticipatory harmony on page 138.
Longer extensions are further indicated by broken brackets.

from. The thematic material so indicated in the composition is, sometimes with
minor variations, a direct quote of the original solo.

nt. - Neighbor tones. A neighbor tone is a tone that leaves a note by a step and
returns to the same note(ibid:69). These can be chromatic, upper (above), lower
(below) and/or double (leaving a note and returning by two other tones).

pred. Predominantly. The indicted scale or arpeggio is predominantly of a certain
type but may include passing notes or other tones.

Scales - Refer to page 82 for scale nomenclature. In the annotations, scales are
designated with a letter name to indicate the root prior to the scale name. As many
scalar passages are incomplete examples of any particular mode or scale they are
usually named only when it is clear they are incapable of being some other scale. For
example a scalar passage utilizing pitches; d, e, f, g, a, c, d could be named as either D
dorian or D aeolian. On occasions the prefix pred. (predominantly) may be used if the
scale is likely to be of a certain kind due to its context. For example the previous
scale could be labeled, pred. dor. if it preceded a G
7
chord. The following scale
abbreviations are used throughout the annotations.

Major modes
ion. ionian
dor. dorian
phr. phrygian
lyd. lydian
mixo. mixolydian
aeol. aeolian
loc. locrian

Melodic minor modes
mel min. melodic minor


140
dor 2. dorian flat two
lyd aug. lydian augmented
lyd dom. lydian dominant
mix 13. mixolydian flat thirteen
loc

2. locrian natural two
alt dom. altered dominant

Octatonic scales
sp ph. spanish phrygian
bb maj. bebop major
bb min. bebop minor
bb dom. bebop dominant
wh dim. dimished whole/half
hw dim. - dimished half/whole

Others
har min. - harmonic minor
blu. blues scale
min pent. minor pentatonic
maj pent. major pentatonic

sequ. (1a), (1b), (2a), (2b) etc Sequential device. This applies to melodic
sequences. They may be simple or disguised by rhythmic displacement. They may
internally rigid or tonally adjusted. They are a form of thematic device but
specifically occur in close proximity and involve some intervallic movement between
the iterations of the motif. The numeral designates the complete sequence group and
the letter, its iterations.

sub. Substituted harmony. Harmony indicted by improvisational melodic material
that differs from charted chords or accompanying harmony. This harmonic
implication has a clear substitution explanation.

th. (1), (2) etc Theme (1), (2) etc. This annotation is used to delineate general
thematic devices and the use of repeated phrases. Like sequences they may be
disguised by rhythmic displacement or tonally adjusted. The numeral designates each
discreet theme.

X, x - Large case letters refer to chords (eg. G, D E), general harmonic context or
key and small case letters (g, d, e) to individual pitches.


141
III. Selected Transcriptions (annotated)


142

a.
q = 240
Swing
Gray, W & Raney, J "complete Sunset & New Jazz Masters"
Track 13 @ 1:40 [rec. April, 1949]
Sugar Hill Bop
Jim Raney Solo
Transcribed By:
G.Hodges, 2005
5
9
13
17
20
22
!
! "
#
#
#
1st Chorus
Eb7
b7
cr.
cat.
5
pred. Eb bb dom.
11 3
cpt.
9 11
encl.
b7
Ebm arp.
Ab7
5
encl.
b7
nt.
13
5
cr.
encl.
3
b7
Eb7
5
b7
Eb mixo b13
cat.
5 11 3
b9
3
3
"
#
#
#
encl.
Ab7
#11
5 11 3
Cm7b5 arp.
( )
5
Ab mixo.
b7
9
13
5
Eb7
1
cat.
#9
blu.
3
( )
C7
b7
b13
C mixo b13
5 11
Edim arp
3 5
b7
( )
#9
3
"
#
#
#
Fm7
( )
b7
cat.
5
11
b3
Fmin arp
( )
5 1
b3
encl.
13
Bb7
5
cr.
3
b9
encl.
7
5
Eb7
Ebmaj arp
Ebmaj ext.
3
1
11
Cm7
Ornithology
encl.
blu.
b3
quote,
3
1
Fm7 Bb7
1
ct.
( )
9
3
"
#
#
#
2nd Chorus
Eb7
1
Ab7
( )
#11
5
( )
3
cat.
#9
Eb7
5
11
blu.
b3
3 11
blu.
b3 3
b7
3
"
#
#
#
3
Ab7
cr.
5
13
b7 1
pred. Ab Mixo.
9
Bbm7 arp.
11
13 5
encl.
5
Eb7
sequ. (1a)
cat.
3
Gmin7 arp.
5
7
3
"
#
#
#
C7
11
11
sequ. (1b)
#11
F#m7b5
13
pred. C H/W dim.
1
3
b9
Fm7
b7 6
cr.
b6
5
11
3
3
"
#
#
#
Bb7
b7
Fmin arp.
9 5
encl.
b7 13
Bb lyd. dom.
5 #11
3
encl.
1
Eb7
5
ct.
ant.
5
[Cm7
Eb ext.
cr.
3
Fm7
End of Form
Bb7]
3
$ #
$
$ % $ #
$
$ $ #
$
$
$ #
&
$
$
$
$
$ $ #
$
$ #
$ ' ( '
$ #
$ % $ #
$
$
$ %
)
$
*
$
$ #
$
$
$ #
$
$
$
' ( ' )
$
*
$ # $ % $ # $ %
&
$
$
$
$
$ %
$
$
&
& $
$ #
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$ % $ #
$
$ %
)
$ %
*
$
$
)
$
*
$
$ # $ %
$
( )
$
*
$
$
$
*
)
$
*
)
$
' ' '
$
$
&
$
$ % $
$
$ # $ %
$
$ # $ %
$ # +
(
$
$ # $ %
$
$
$ #
$
$
$ #
$
$
$
$ $
' ' ' )
$ #
*
$ %
$
$
$
$ $ ,
$ %
&
$ %
$ #
' ' '
$
$ $ #
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$ %
$
$
$ ) $
*
$ $
$ % $ #
$
-
) ' (



143

b.
q = 246
Swing
Raney, J "Visits Paris Vol. 2"
Track 1 @ 0:39 [rec. February 10, 1954]
Fascinatin' Rhythm
Jim Raney Solo
Transcribed By:
G.Hodges, 2005
5
9
13
17
21
25
!
! "
#
#
Note: Head adds extra four bars to form
th. (1)
1st Chorus A
5
Cm7
b3 1
#11
F7
5
Cm7
b3
5
#11
F7
"
#
#
Cm7
1
dor/aeo.
b7
F7
9
11
Cm7 arp.
Cm7
5
1
F7 Fm7
1
ct.
9
1
Bb7
11
Fm7 arp.
9
b7
CmMA7 arp.
1
Fm7
11
encl.
b3
Bb7 ct.
( )
3
Bb7
13
"
#
#
7
Fm7
encl.
9
1
( )
ct.
3
Bb7
5
BbMA7 ext.
b3
Fm7 Bb7 Ebma7
3
th. (1)
Cm7 arp.
3
cat.
( )
F7 ant.
3
Cm7
#9 b9
encl.
b7
nt.
1
F7
b9
ant.
"
#
#
3
Bbma7
G dor/aeo.
13 7 1
[D7]
9 3 5
( )
Gm7
#11
C7 ant.
13
nt.
#11
C7
D maj arp.
C lyd dom
#11
Gm7 arp.
"
#
#
b7
Cm7
C dor/aeol.
b3
( )
5
5
5
F7
[Dm7(b5)]
cr.
11
#9
G7 sub.
b9
[G7(b9)]
b7
1st Chorus B
b6
Cm7
5
F7
C harm. min.
b6
Cm7
11
13
F7
cat.
"
#
#
1
Cm7
Cm7 ext.
b3
C dor/aeol.
5
F7
b7
encl.
cat.
F7 ant.
3
Cm7
1
F7 Fm7
1 9
F aeo/dor.
Bb7
b7
1 9
5
5
Fm7 arp.
Fm7
cat.
b7 3
Bb7
13
ct.
cat.
"
#
#
Fm7
b7
enc.
Bb7 ant har.
5
Bb arp.
3
1
Bb7
bb dom.
cr.
ant.
b3
Fm7 Bb7
5
Getz device see pg. 207
Ebma7
3 9 1
Edim7
13
pred C#dim7
(Edim7) arp.
b3 11
b5
encl.
Dm arp.
7
Bbma7
3
$
%
% &
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
% &
%
% #
% &
%
%
%
% &
%
!
% &
'
%"
%
%
% & $
$
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
( $
%
%
!
%
'
%
%
%
% #
%
%
% #
)
*
!
%
'
%
%
*
%
)
% &
%
%
+ %
%
*
%
'
% #
'
* $ ( $
%
%
%
%
%
%
+
% #
% #
%
%
% #
*
%
)
%
$ $
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
)
* $ $ $
% ,
%
%
%
% ,
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
% % #
%
%
% #
%
*
%
)
% #
%
$ $ *
%
)
% #
%
%
%
%
%
% &
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
% # %
%
$ ( $
%
%
% #
%
%
%
%
% #
%
%
%
%
*
%
)
%
%
%
%
%
% % # - #
(
% %
% %
% %
%
)
* $
% ,
% &
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
(



144
30
35
40
45
49
53
57
!
"
"
2nd Chorus A
C7
b9
G phry.
1
G7 sub.
b7
b13
5
encl.
b7 3
Cm7
C7 ext.
5
EbMA7 arp.
b7
F7
5
F7 arp.
cat.
b7
3
Bbma7
5
Dm7 G7
cat.
!
"
"
5
Cm7
b3
F7 Cm7
7
CmMA7 arp.
Cm7 ext.
1
F7
7
Cm7
5
F7 Cm7
cat.
7
F7
1
F arp.
3
#
Fm7 Bb7
!
"
"
1
Gm7 arp.
Fm7
9
11
6/13
Fm arp.
9
Bb7
Bb9 arp.
1
b3
Fm7 Bb7
13
AbMA7 arp.
b7
9
11
9
Fm7
1
13
Bb7
5
Ebma7
9
C#m7/F#7 sub./ant.
1
Cm7
Edim7
9
7
F7
3
!
"
"
Bbma7
b3
E dim7 ext.
E W/H dim
b5
[D7]
F7 ant.
( )
E dim7 arp.
7
2nd Chorus B
BbMA7 arp.
b3
quote,
Gm7
b7
encl.
sequ. (1a)
1
encl.
5
C7
sequ. (1b)
5
b7
b7
5
!
"
"
1
Cm7
5
5
blu.
3
1
F7
#
[Dm7(b5)] [G7(b9)]
Afternoon In Paris
cat.
Cm7
Eb arp.
cat.
3
Dm arp.
F7
cat.
b5
Cm7
Cm arp.
5
blu.
G#m arp.
cat.
7
F7
Bb arp.
1
!
"
"
cat.
9
Cm7
fragment
sequ. (1c)
b3 5
F7 Cm7 F7
cat.
1
Bb7 ant.
1
Fm7
5 #11
11
3
Bb7
1 9
1
Fm7
1
Bb7 ant.
b3 3 11
Bb7
#11 5 #11
!
"
"
Fm7
1
pred. F dor.
9
b3 11 b9
Bb7
ct.
3
9
1
b3
Fm7
( )
1
Fdim7 arp.
3
Bb7
EbMA7 ant.
#
Ebma7 Edim7
BbM7 ant.
7
13
3
$
% "
%
%
%
%
%
% &
$
%
'
%
(
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%!
%
)
* * *
"
% +
)
%!
%
(
* $ ' % &
(
%
%
%
% &
!
%
( * $ $
% &
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
% "
%
%
% "
$ '
%
(
% "
%
%
%
!
%
(
%
%
$ * $
%
%
%
%
*
*
% %
%
%
%
% "
% &
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
,
% &
% +
%
%
%
'
% +
(
% &
% +
% +
!
,
%
%
'
%
(
%!
% "
"
%
)
% &
%
%
"
% +
)
%
%
%
%
%
% +
%
%
,
% &
% &
%
%
%
% %
%
(
' $ * $
% &
%
%
%
% & % "
%
%
%
% ' %
(
% " % &
% % &
%
% &
%
%
% "
%
"
%
)
% &
%
%
% "
% "
%
,
% &
%
%
$ * $
%
%



145
61
64
!
"
"
1FMA7 arp.
Bbma7
5
11
cat.
G7 sub.
C7
3
G7 ant.
G7 arp.
b9 #9
nt.
1 b9
1
F7 ant.
Cm7
b7
!
"
"
b7
F7
ct.
13 5 1
Bbma7
5
cht.
1
Dm7
b9
G7
b9
Abdim7 arp.
End of Form
3 5 b7
encl.
b3
Cm7
#
#
#
# $
%
#
&
%
#
&
# $
#
#
#
# "
#
#
# "
#
' ' %
#
&
# #!
#
&
#
#
!
#
(
#
# #
# "
'
# "
# $
#
#
#
&
% ' )



146

c.
q = 204
Bossa
Schifrin, L & Raney, J "Bossa Nova Groove" Track 2 @ 4:04 [rec. November, 1962]
(Note: track was recorded 30/100ths sharp)
Samba Para Dos
Jim Raney Solo
Transcribed By:
G.Hodges, 2005
5
9
13
17
21
25
!
! "
solo chords
head chords
(blues)
1st Chorus
C7
Cma7
3 5 3
F7
Caug/G#
9 3
Am7 arp.
C7
Am7
3
cr.
5
encl.
3
C7
C mixo.
5
"
1
F7
Fma7
F7 arp.
b7
Fm7
(F7 ext.)
9
3
Bb7
b7 cat.
3
C7
Em7
5
3 9
A7
b3
blu.
3
C#dim7 arp.
5 b7
b9
1
b5
3
"
A7 ext.
5
Dm7
encl.
Dm7
#9
Afternoon In Paris
b3
FMA7 arp.
quote,
>
b7 1 b7
( )
G7
G7
blu.
b3 3
Bdim7 arp.
5 b7 b9
nt.
9
cat.
C7
5
Cma7/G
3 11 b7
A7
A7
1
Dm7
Dm7
G7
G7
5
1
( )
9
"
C7
1
Cma7
blu.
cat.
3
1
F7 ant.
5
F7
pred. F mixo.
Bm7(b5)
cat.
b3
9
E7(b9)
C7 ant.
1
blu.
( )
C7
Am7
#9 3 11
cr.
#11
th. (1)
5
Abm7
3
C arp.
1
5
b7
Gm7
1
C7
"
F7
Fma7
Am7b5 arp.
3 5 b7 9
( )
encl.
EbMA7 arp.
Fm7
b7
b7
Bb7 sub.
1
blu.
b3
Bb7
3
9
3
sequ. (1a)
5
C7
Em7
b3
Em7/A7 sub.
( )
b7
sequ. (1b)
b3
5
ant.
GMA7 arp.
A7
b7
( )
Ebm7 sub.
cat.
b3
"
b3
Dm7
Dm7
11
nt.
9
b3
b7
cat.
sequ. (1c)
G7
9
G7
Dm arp.
5
sequ. (1d)
Cm arp.
( )
b7
C7
G7 ext.
#9
encl.
Cma7/G
5
3
3
A7
A7
Dm7
Dm7
G7
G7
1 cat.
"
C7
6
1
cat.
#5
5
1
lyd. dom.
#11
cat.
5
F7
C7 ext.
#11
cat.
5
Trem.
## >
11
C7
1
blu.
cr.
5
th. (1)
C7 arp.
b7
cat.
$
%
&
%
'
%
&
%
'
%
%
!
% (
)
%
%
% *
% % +
%
% *
%
% ( %
%
%
% (
%
%
%
)
&
!
%
)
%
%
%
% ( %
, , &
%
'
%
%
% !
% (
)
% (
%
% * "
%
' ,
%
%
&
%
'
% +
%
%
% (
%
% (
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
-
% ( % *
%
%
% ( % * % (
% *
%
%
%
%
, $ &
%
'
%
%
%
% ( % *
%
'
& &
% (
%
%
% (
% % (
%
%
% (
%
% ( % *
% % +
%
%
%
%
% (
%
, $
&
%
)
%
% (
% % (
%
%
% (
%
% (
% ( % *
%
%
%
%
%
'
&
%
' & %
% %
%
%
,
% (
%
%
%
%
%
&
% (
'
% *
%
%
'
& &
%
'
% (
%
%
% % +
%
$ $ ,
% % +
%
'
%
% (
'
%
'
%
% +
'
%
%
% +
.
%
%
% ( % *
% % +
%
%
%
% (
%
& %
'



147
29
33
!
3
F7
5 6 b7
>
Am7b5 arp.
1
C7
Cm7 arp.
#9
b7
5
encl.
ant.
5
A7
cr.
5
11
3
5
3
!
1
Dm7
b3
dor.
5
6
G7
b9
13
9
1 #5
encl.
3 b7
C7
9
cr.
3
ant.
b7
cr.
A7
ant.
5
Dm7
b3
cr.
G7
3
End of Form
1
"
"
"
!
"
#
" $
%
& ' ( '
"
"
"
" $
"
" $
"
"
" $ " ) "
&
" " $
"
"
"
* +
"
*
"
*
"
"
"
"
" " $
"
*
#
&
"
" $
*
"
" " +
"
" " " +
" " "
" "
"
" $ " )
" "



148

d.
q = 160
Swing
Raney, J "The Influence" track 3 @ 1:28 [rec. September 2, 1975]
It Could Happen To You
Jim Raney Solo
Transcribed By:
G.Hodges, 2005
6
10
14
18
22
26
!
! "
#
Gma7 Em7 Am7 D7
1st Chorus
5
Gma7
5 3
th. (1)
b3
Bm7(b5)
b9
7
E7(b9)
b7
5
1
Am7
9
A dor.
b3 11 5 6
"
#
b5
C#m7(b5)
b3
5
cat.
F#7(b9)
11
3
encl.
5 3
pred. G lyd.
Gma7
#11
5
13
G7b9 sub.
b7
G#dim7 arp.
b9
3
13
3
Cma7
5
1
6
C ion.
5 11
3
9
Bm7(b5)
b3
Cm add9 arp.
b3
"
#
encl.
9
E7
3
( )
Bm7 arp.
b7
3
9
(meant to go 'e'?)
11
[Am7]
C#m7
b3
1 9 b3
C#m ext.
pred. C#m arp.
Cm7
5
sequ. (1a)
F7
pred. Cm arp.
5
Cm ext.
sequ. (1b)
3
Gma7
3
"
#
F#m7(b5)
B7 ant.
sequ. (2a)
1 3
B7
1
sequ. (2b)
Em7
1
Em arp.
b3
A7
Em7 ext.
5
1
Am7
b7
modality ambig. dor/aoel.
5
cpt.
6
nt.
5 11
"
#
b7
pred. alt dom.
D7
cat.
5 b5
Ab arp.
b9
Fm7 arp.
b7
#9
cat.
b9
5
Gma7
11
G7 sub.
3
( )
9
ion.
9 1 7
cat.
1
E7 ant.
3
Bm7(b5)
E7 arp.
1
b7
1
b9
E7(b9)
3
1
b7
b3
b3
Am7
cat.
7
1
mel min.
9 b3 11 5
cat.
>
6
"
#
Gdim7 arp.
b5
C#m7(b5)
7 b9
b3
b9
F# H/W dim.
sequ. (3b)
F#7(b9)
#9 1 b7
5
Gma7
sequ. (3c)
b7
b9
3
E7 arp.
A harm. min.
7
Cma7
ion.
5
encl.
sequ. (3d)
Bm7(b5)
Cm7/(F7) sub.
Cm7 arp.
sequ. (3e)
sequ. (3a)
"
#
E7(b9)
Bm7b5 arp.
[Am7]
C#m7
C#m7 arp.
1
Cm7 ant.
Cm7 arp.
5
Cm7 F7
EbMA7 arp.
( )
$!
$ %
&
$
$ $
&
$ ' !
$ %
$
$
(
$
) $
&
$
)
$ %
&
$ '
$
$
$
) $
&
$
$
$
$
$
)
$
&
$ #
$
$ #
$
$
$ #
$
$
$ %
$ #
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$ %
$
$
)
$
&
(
$
$
$
$ '
$
) $
&
$
$
$
$ #
$ $ %
( )
$ #
&
$ #
$
$ #
$
$ #
$ #
$ %
$ '
$ %
$ %
* +
)
$ #
&
) $
&
$ #
) $
&
$
) $
&
$
$ $
$ $
$
$
$
$
$
$ % $ # $ %
$
$
$
$ $ '
$ '
$
$
$ %
$ '
$
$
$
$ $
$
$
$ $ #
$
$
$
$ %
$
$
$
$
$ #
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$ #
$ #
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$ %
$ #
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$ %
$
$
$
( )
$
$ '
$
$ '
,
-
.
( ( ) $
$
$$
) )
$ #
$
$ #
$
$
$
$ #
&
) )
$ %
$ '
$
$ '
$
$ '
$
&
) )
$ '
$
$ '
$
$
,



149
29
32
36
40
44
48
52
56
!
"
Gma7
3
11
5
car.
b7
Bm7(b5) E7
b7 cat.
b13
5
Am7
E H/W dim.
cat.
11
pred. Cm7 arp.
Eb7b9 sub.
3 9
cat.
b9
7
b3
9
!
"
D7
5 11
cht.
3 9 b9 b7 #9
cat.
b9
5
th. (2)
Gma7
3
sequ. (4a)
6
5
3
GMA7 ext.
sequ. (4b)
3
Am7
b3
sequ. (4c)
b9
D7
#9
b9
b7
2nd Chorus
1
sequ. (4d)
9
5
3
Gma7
pred. G maj pent.
GMA7 arp.
7
3
3
3
3
!
"
b5
Bm7(b5)
E7 ant.
3
1
E7(b9)
E7 arp.
b7 5
1
Am7
9
A dor.
b3 11 5 b7
th. (3)
6
11
C#m7(b5)
b3
b5
cht.
b9
F#7(b9)
1
( )
b7
Gma7
Ddim arp.
5
G7b9 sub.
b7 b9 1 b7
!
"
3
Cma7
b7
5
cht.
6
Cm7/F7 sub.
5
Bm7(b5)
b7
cat.
5
b5
E7
#9
encl.
11
3
b9
1
[Am7]
C#m7
1 9
C#m add9 arp.
b3
5
!
"
5
Cm7
Eb arp.
th. (3) var.
F7
11
mixo.
3 ant. 7
Gma7
5
ion.
3
6
B7 ant.
3
F#m7(b5)
5
B7 arp.
B7
1
B7 ext.
b7
Em7
encl.
5
b3
GMA7 arp.
5 b7
9
!
"
5
A7
C#m7b5 arp.
E7 ant.
3
b7
9
13
1
b7
car. 5
5
Am7
dor.
6
F#m7b5 arp.
1
D7
b7
pred. G har. min.
5 11
3
b9 1 b7
3
Gma7
5
3
!
"
Bm7(b5)
1
5
E7b9 arp.
3
b7
E7(b9)
b3
Am7
Am7 arp.
1
Am7 ext.
>
b7
C#m7(b5)
F#7 ant.
1
b5
F#7(b9) Gma7
9
G7 sub har.
1
b7
!
"
3
Cma7
CMA9 arp.
9
th. (3) var.
6
7 1
Bm7(b5)
1
A harm min.
1
E7
b7
5
11
3
G#dim7 arp.
b9
b3
[Am7]
C#m7
C#m arp.
b3
cat.
# # $
%
%
%
%
% % &
% % &
%
' # # $
% &
% % &
% &
%
% (
%!
%
%
% (
%
%
%
% % &
%
% (
% &
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
)
%
%
%
%
)
% &
% (
%
%
)
%
% (
%
%
)
%
%
%
%
%
%
% (
!
% " %
% %
%
%
% "
%
%
%
%
%
% %
% %
% %
% %
% %
%
# $
%
)
% (
% &
%
%
%!
%
% % %
"
%
*
%
% +
$
% &
)
%
%
% &
%
%
% "
% (
%
$
% "
)
% "
%
% "
%
%
%
%
% & %
% & %
% %
% %
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
% "
% "
$
%
)
%
%
%
!
%
)
%
%
%
%
,
-
'
% "
)
$
%
%
%
%
%
%
% % (
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
% &
%
%
%
$
%
* .
$
%
*
% "
%
%
% (
%
%
%!
%
*
%
%
%
%
%
"
%
*
%
# # $
%
)
%
$
% (
)
%
%
% %
% %
% %
)
$ $
%
%
%
%
% "
% (
%
%
%
%
% "
%
%
% (
%
% "
%
% "



150
60
63
65
69
73
77
81
85
!
"
1
Cm7 F7
11 5 3
Gma7
#11
cr.
5
DMA7 arp.
E7 ant.
b7 6
Bm7(b5)
b5 1
E bb. dom.
7 b7
7
E7
13
DbMA7 arp.
b9 3
#5
F arp.
!
"
Am7
7
encl.
( )
cr.
A dor./aeol.
b3
Am7 arp.
encl.
ant.
3
D7
9
11
9
11
Em7 arp.
13
1
b7
cat.
3
!
"
5
D7 ext.
Gma7
1
#11
Am7b5 ant/sub.
b5
Am7
#5
blu.
encl.
1
9
D7
#9
3rd Chorus
5
Gma7
th. (1) var.
( )
3 5
b3
th. (2)
Bm7(b5)
11
1
E7(b9)
!
"
Am7
cr.
7
A mel min.
1
b3
cat.
A#dim7 arp.
C#m7(b5)
b5
cat.
F#7 ant.
3
encl.
5
F#7(b9)
b7 5
Gma7
3 5
G7 sub.
b7
cat.
3
Cm7 ant.
Cma7
cht.
9
cat.
!
"
b7
Bm7(b5)
EbMA9 arp.
1
(Cm7)/F7 sub.
9
11
E7 ant.
13
encl.
1 b7
cat.
E7
b7 5 b7
[Am7]
C#m7
5
pred. Ebaug arp.
7
Cm7
1
5
b3
F7
!
"
9
Gma7
b7
1
7
b7
F#m7(b5)
13
1
1
B7
B7 arp.
>
Afternoon In Paris
GMA7 arp.
b3
Em7
encl.
quote,
1
b7 5
encl.
cr.
3
A7
A7 arp.
#9
!
#9-3
blu.
b9
1 b7
!
"
5
Am7
G7 sub.
A dor/aoel.
nt.
5
11
b3
1
b7
3
D7
D7 arp.
b9 #9
1
b7
3
Gma7
lyd.
6
encl.
( )
>
b7
5
E7 ant.
b7
Bm7(b5)
1
b9
3
1
E7 arp.
E7(b9)
b7
5
#
( )
3
!
"
E7 ext.
5
A har/mel min.
Am7
1 b3
F#7 ant.
1
( )
C#m7(b5)
9
5
11 3
F#7(b9)
5
F#7 arp.
b7
1
!
7
Gma7
>
5 3 b7
G7 sub.
1
cat.
pred. Bdim arp.
3
Cma7
5
ct.
5
9 1
$
%
!
& '
(
& )
*
&
$
& "
&
& & "
&
&"
&
&
&
&"
& '
& & )
&
& &
& )
&
& )
&
"
& ' &
& '
& "
&
&
& '
&
"
& '
&"
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
& ' & " &
&
&
+ %
&
&
& &
&
&
& )
& & )
&
& '
& ) &"
&
*
& )
& '
!
&
( &
& ' &
&
&
&
% &
*
&
% &
*
&
&
&
&
*
% ,
%
& "
(
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
!
&
(
& "
& "
&
&
&
"
-
*
&
& '
&
& ) &
&
&
(
%
&
&
&
&
& )
& '
!
& )
(
&
& )
& '
& '
& )
& "
&
+ %
&
*
+
&
*
% + %
&
&
*
&
&
&
&
#
)
,
&
"
&
&
&
&
*
% + %
&
*
& "
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
& & "
&
!
&
(
&
&
&
& )
&
&
&
& ' & " & '
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
& )
& '
&
&
&
& & "
*
%
&
&
&
&
&
&
& '
& "
&
&
&
& "
&
& "
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
& "
& "
&
& "
&
&
& &
&
"
&
& '
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&



151
89
93
96
!
"
b3
Bm7(b5)
b9
cht./loc.
b3 1 5
E7
11
cht.
3
[Am7]
C#m7
b7
Em arp.
b3 b5 5
Cm7
b3 1
Cm arp.
F7
b7
!
"
b3
blu.
Gma7
3
1 9
7
GMA9 arp.
sequ. (5a)
1
GMA7 ext.
Bm7(b5)
b7
E7
G#dim arp.
sequ. (5b) sequ. (5c)
1
Am7
Am7 arp.
b7
cat.
!
"
Am7 ext.
b7
D7
encl.
3
9
5
b7 3
Gma7
5
3
blu.
5
cr.
#5
[Am7
D7 ant.
1
5
D7]
1
End of Form
1
b5
5
1
Gma7
#
#
# #
#!
# #
#!
# " #
$ % #
&
#
#
#
$
#
# '
#
#
#
"
# '
(
# )
!
#
(
#
(
% %
#
(
#
#
#
# #
# "
#
#
#!
#
#
&
%
#
& % %
#
&
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
&
#
!
"
# '
(
# )
&
#
!
*
# '
(
#
!
# #
#
#
#
'
#
#
$
*
*



152

e.
q = 280
Swing
What Is This Thing Called Love
Jim Raney Solo
Transcribed By:
G.Hodges, 2005
Raney, J "Raney '81" Track 1 @ 0:33 [rec. February 27, 1981]
7
12
16
20
24
28
!
! "
Cma7 D7
sequ. (1a)
1st Chorus
7
Gm7(b5)
encl.
9 1
C7
3
sequ. (1b)
3
Fm7
encl.
5
1
sequ. (1c)
1
encl.
b3
"
Ebm7/(Ab7) sub.
1
Dm7(b5)
sequ. (1d)
b7
encl.
5
G7alt
G mixo.
11
3
5
b7
1
th. (1)
b9
G7 ext.
Cma7
pred. G H/W dim
#9
1
7
3 b3
9 1
C7 ext.
D7 Gm7(b5)
1
Dm7 ant.
9 b3 11
"
Gm7 ext.
5
C7
b7
pred. Eb arp./shape
( )
cat.
3
13
b7
9
G7 arp.
C7 cont.
11
pred. D arp. pred. D arp.
Fm7
13
encl.
1
pred. F dor.
9
encl.
b3
11
th. (2) var.
#11
encl.
th. (2)
6
5
Fm7 arp.
b3
1
( )
b7
#
Dm7(b5)
Gm7 ct.
"
G7alt
1 b9
sequ. (2a)
#9
b9
b7
Bb MA7 arp.
#11
Cma7
sequ. (2b)
C lyd.
5
6
5
#11 9
G7 sub.
Gmaj arp
3
5
1
C7 sub.
b7 13
cr.
cat.
5
11 b3
Cm7
Cm7 arp.
th. (3)
5
b9
"
#9
Afternoon In Paris
AbMA7 arp.
F7
5
quote,
b7
G H/W dim
9
1
13
Em7 arp.
7
( )
#11
Bbma7
7
Bb lyd. Bb ion.
3
1
13
Ab7
Ab H/W dim.
nt.
5
b7
b3
encl.
3
"
9
pred. Cm7b5 arp
b7
Ebm7 arp.
5 11 3
9
( )
1
Dm7
encl.
#9 b9
G7 ant.
13
7
9 1
b3
#
G7 Gm7(b5)
nt.
b5
1
Gmin ct.
sequ. (3a)
#5
"
5
C7
C7 ct.
b7
5
Fm7
1
b3
sequ. (3b)
Fmin ct.
1 1
Dm7(b5)
sequ. (3c) var.
( )
$
$
$!
$
%
$
!
$ &
%
$
!
$
%
$ '
!
$
%
(
) *
$ $!
$
%
(
)
$
!
$
%
( &
$ &
! $ +
%
$
!
$
%
$
$
$
$
$ &
$ &
$
$
$ $ &
$
$
) * * )
$
$
$ &
$
$
$
,
$ & $ +
$
$ &
$
$
$
$ '
$
$ +
$
$ &
$ & $
$
$
$ &
$
, &
*
*
$
$ &
$ &
$ $
$ $ '
$
$
$
$
$
-
$
%
$
$
$
$ &
$ $ &
$
$
$ &
%
-
$
$
$
$ &
-
$
%
$ &
$
$ &
$
$
$
$ +
$
,
%
- -
$
%
$
$
$
$ &
$
$
$
$ &
$
$
$ &
$
$
$ &
$
$ & $
.
+
$
. $
$ &
$ &
$ &
$ &
$
$ &
-
,
%
$
$ &
$ &
$
$ '
$ +
$
% - *
$
$
$ &
$
$
$
$
$ &
$
$
* *
$
$
$ &
$
$
%
-
$
$
$ &
$
$
%
- * *
$ & $ +
$ &
$ $ &
$ &



153
32
35
40
45
50
55
59
63
!
7
G7(#5)
encl.
1
13 cat.
5
()7
cat.
b3
C6
3
1
3 3
pred. E7 arp
#5
7
cr.
encl.
th. (3) var.
1
b7
C7 sub.
cr.
5
encl.
Gm ct.
[D7]
3
3
3
!
2nd Chorus
5
Gm7(b5)
Gm7 arp.
b7
b3
1
C7 ant.
#9
G7 ext.
C7
13
encl.
1
cr.
5
C7 ext.
Fm7
encl.
b3
"
Dm7(b5)
5
G7 ant.
G mixo. b13
b13 5 3
3
!
5
3
G7alt
#5
11
#5
11
Cma7
b3 5
cat.
b3
blu.
3
5 5
D7
1
Gm7(b5)
1
#5
C7
#5
!
Fm7
9
b5
Dm7(b5)
11
ant.
b3
b7
G7alt
encl.
5 3
Am arp.
1
Cma7
6
3
3
!
9
sequ. (4a)
b3
pred. C aeol.
Cm7
5
#5
!!!
sequ. (4b)
b7
b7
F7
blu.
3
Bbma7
7
th. (1) var.
encl.
ion.
1
5
!
"
Ab7
9
car.
encl.
( )
1
Em7b5 arp.
#5
Ab bebop dom.
7
encl.
1
Ab7 lyd. dom.
b3
Dm7
cat. 1
cat. 3
G7 ant.
G7 arp.
b9
G7
#9
1 13
car.
5
!
3
Gm7(b5)
Gm7 arp.
5
cat.
3
C7
!
cat.
1
Fm7 ant.
Fm7 arp.
b3
5 b7
"
Fm7
b7
6
3
car.
nt.
!
Afternoon In Paris
derivation,
b5
Dm7(b5)
Fm arp.
encl.
1
G7 ant.
cr.
5
G7(#5)
encl.
( )
9
3
B dim7 arp.
b7
C6
encl.
nt.
G7 ext.
( )
13
G arp.
th. (3) var.
C7 sub.
1 cr.
5
3 5
D7
cat.
# $
#
#
# # # %
# #
#
$
&
#
#
#
# $ "
#
# # $
#
&
'
#
&
#
# %
# # %
#
# # $
#
# %
#
# #
#
# %
#
'
# %
&
'
#
&
#
#
#
# %
# # %
#
# %
#
( %
'
#
&
# %
#
&
#
# )
&
#
# %
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
# %
#
# # )
#
*
#
+
#
+
# # #
# % # # # # #
# )
+ * '
#
&
# % #
&
'
#
&
'
# %
"
#
&
#
# #
&
# % "
#
"
# )
&
# #
#
# # #
#
+
* + '
#
&
# %
&
'
#
( %
# %
# % # ) #
&
' + + +
#
,
'
#
&
# % "
#
&
#
+
# %
# # %
#
#
#
#
# %
#
# %
#
#
#
#
#
#
# %
# %
#
- .
#
&
# # %
#
#
# %
&
'
#
#
"
#
#
'
# %
&
# # % # )
#
# %
#
# %
+
# %
#
'
# %
&
# # %
#
# %
# %
#
#
#
#
#
# # %
#
"
#
&
#
# % # )
#
#
# %
#
#
/
#
#
#
#
# %
# # %
#
# $
#
# )



154
67
71
76
80
84
88
92
96
!
b3
Gm7(b5)
11
3rd Chorus
b5
encl.
6
5
Gm7 arp.
b7
C7
3
C H/W dim.
#9 b9
13
7
9 1
b7
C7 ext.
13
cr.
Fm7
5
encl.
b7
b3
b3
9
!
sequ. (5b)
b3
Dm7(b5)
b9
cat.
5
G7(b9)
bb dom.
7
1 b7
3
Cma7
>
7
ct.
7 b3
Gm7 ant.
D7
sequ. (5a)
b3
Gm7(b5)
Gmin. ct.
b3
!
C lyd. dom.
b7
C7
1
#11
b7
Fm7
1 b3
5
F mel.min.
7
9
sequ. (6a)
1 b5
Dm7(b5)
( )
#5
pred. D loc.
6
encl.
1
b7
cr.
!
1
G7alt
sequ. (6b) var.
Cma7
lyd. device (see pg's 180, 217)
#11
5
C lyd.
#11
1
sequ. (6c) var.
1
#11
Cm7
5
#11
1
!
5
F7
1
5
Bbma7
1
#11
5
sequ. (7a)
#11
1
Ab7
!
1
nt.
9
1 b7
b3
Dm7
cat.
b7
"
G7
1
G mel. min.
cat.
Gm7(b5)
3
7
!
sequ. (7b)
11
C7
Bb maj. arp.
b7
9
C mixo.
11
cat.
sequ. (7c)
1
Fm7
FmMA7 arp.
cat.
7 b7
ct.
6
Dm7(b5)
#5
Eb ion.
b5 3
3
!
1
G7(#5)
cht. b7
cat. b3
C6
3
cat.
b3
3
b3
cat.
3
b3
cat.
3
End of Form
1
C7 ant.
b7
Next solo,
Doug Raney
# $
#
# $
#
# %
# $
#
#
#
# $
# $
#
#
# %
#
# $
# # $
#
# $
# $
&
' (
# $ # #
# # #
# # #
# $ # #
#
!
# )
&
#!
# %
&
*
#
# #
#
# #
# $
!
#
+
# $
#
#
#
#
!
# )
+
# $
#
#
# )
# ( ( (
#
#
# $
# $
#
#
#
#
#
# #
#
# $
, $ # %
#
#
# $
# % # $
*
- -
# )
#
#
#
# )
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
# )
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
# )
#
# % # )
#
# #
# $
#
#
# $
#
#
#
#
#
# $
#
#
# $ ( "
(
# $ # %
# $
# # $
# $
#
# # $
# $
#
(
"
# )
+
#
# $
&
#
#
+
' (
"
#
+
# #
# $
#
#
'
#
+
# #
# $
#
* * $
*
(
"
#
+
* $
# $
#!
#
&
#
# $ # # % # $ # % # $ # % # $ # %
#!
# $
&
-



155

f.
q = 108
Swing
Raney, J "But Beautiful" Track 4 @ 2:17 [rec. december 5, 1990]
Someone To Watch Over Me
Jim Raney Solo
Transcribed By:
G.Hodges, 2005
4
8
11
15
19
22
!
! "
#
#
#
Two choruses to this point, one solo guitar head
and one highly embelished head/solo in two feel
Ebma7 C7
Fm7
>
Bb7
>
1st Chorus
encl.
>
5
Ebma7
Getz device see pg. 207
5
Eb7
3
Cm pent.
9
1
"
#
#
#
11
[Abma7]
Am7(b5)
b5
sequ. (1a)
b3
sequ. (1b)
cat.
Abdim7
[G#m7]
5 b3
sequ. (1c)
1
Eb/G
[Gm7]
5
Gbdim7
cat.
Gm7
C7 ant.
9
b7
b9
C7
[Edim7]
#9
1
b7 b3
Fm7
Fm7 arp.
b3
th. (a)
b7
3
3
"
#
#
#
[F7]
Adim7
1
F#m7 arp.
F#m7/B7 sub.
cat.
3
Bb7
nt.
5 5
b5
cat.
3 3
Bb7 arp.
cat. Gm7
1
C7
3
Edim7 arp.
5
b7
cat.
b9
1
C7 ext.
Fm7
cat. 5 11
9
9
Bb7
C#m pent.
E7 sub.
13
5
encl.
3
3 3 3
"
#
#
#
#11
Eb lyd.
Ebma7
6
5
3
b7
9
Eb7
sequ. (2a)
Cm arp.
b7
Am7(b5)
[Abma7]
b5
[F7]
b3
cat.
G#m7 sub.
sequ. (2b)
b7
[G#m7]
Abdim7
5
11
b3
ant.
b3
Eb/G
[Gm7]
5 6
G phr.
b7
Gm7 ext.
Gbdim7
5
cat. 5
Gm7
b3
C7
[Edim7]
b7
Bb arp.
9
11
3
"
#
#
#
Fm7
>
th. (a)
Fm7 arp.
>
5
E7 sub.
C#m pent.
Adim7
3
9
1
Bb7
cat.
encl.
5
cat.
3
1
Ebma7
9 5
Abm7
cat.
11
3
Ebma7
ct.
3
3
encl.
Eb7
3 3
"
#
#
#
#11
Abma7
5
#11
5
1
lyd. device (see pg's 180, 217)
5
1
#11
5 1
1
Abm7
5
5
cr.
13
Db7
( )
5
b9
cr.
9
1
3
"
#
#
# ( )
6
Ebma7
cr.
( )
5 b5
Cm arp.
Am7(b5)
b7
b3
1
D7(b9)
b7
5
cat.
3
G7
Bdim arp.
G arp.
( )
3
$
$ $ % &
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$ #
$ '
$
$ '
$
$
(
) * &
$ $
$$
$$
$$
$
$
$$
+
* *
!
$
,
$
+
$ '
!
$
,
$
$ $
+
* % *
$ -
+
$
$
$
$
$ '
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$$
+
*
&
$ -
$ '
$ -
$ ' $ #
$ #
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
+ * & *
$ '
+
$
$
$ #
$
$ -
$
$
$
$
$
$ #
$ '
$
$ '
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$ $ -
$ -
$ ' $ # $ $
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$ $ -
$
$ $ * $
.
$
$ '
*
&
$
$
$
$
$
$
&
$ '
$
$ #
$ ' $ #
$
$
$
$
$ $
$
$ ' $ #
$
$
$
$
$
$ $
$ $
$
" $$
+
* % &
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
) *
$ $ '
$
$ . #
$ #
$
$ ' $ #
$ #
$
$ ' $ #
$
$
+
* & *
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
!
$
,
$ '
$
$ '
"
$
$
$
$
$
.



156
25
28
31
34
36
39
42
45
!
"
"
"
3
Em7 arp.
C7
5
cat.
#9
3
b9
3
1
b3
11
Fm7
b7
b3
1
>
Bb7
E7 sub.
cr.
9
b7 13
cat.
5 5
Ebma7
3
Eb7
9 1
3 3
!
"
"
"
11
[Abma7]
Am7(b5)
b5 b5 b3
b5
Abdim7
5 b3 ant.
b3
[Gm7]
Eb/G
>
G phr.
5
7
Gbdim7
cat.
ant. 5
Gm7
Gm7 arp.
11
C7
[Edim7]
chr.
EmMA7 arp.
3
5
7
#9
Db ion.
b9
1 b7
!
"
"
"
AbMA7 arp.
b3
Fm7Afternoon In Paris
encl.
b7
quote,
5
>
B7
[F7]
13
cat.
3
nt.
1 b7
5
Bb7 Bb7
#11
encl.
5
Ebma7
Getz device see pg. 207
1
C7
C7 arp.
5
b7
3
!
"
"
"
5
Fm7
C7 ext.
b3
#5
Bb7
#9
9
b9
13
Ddim7 arp.
Ebma7
2nd Chorus
3
Eb MA7 ext.
7
Eb7
5
cat.
blu.
#9
B7 arp.
b7
3
!
"
"
"
b3
11
[Abma7]
Am7(b5)
encl.
Cm arp.
b3
b7
b5
Abdim7
b7
cat.
3
pred. Eb arp.
Eb/G
[Gm7]
bb7
Gbdim7 Gm7
cat.
5
b3
b9
C7
[Edim7]
1 3
!
"
"
"
Fm7
F dor.
b3
1
Bb7 ant.
11
#5
pred. B ion/mixo.
b5
[F7]
Adim7
#5
11 b5
#9
Bb7
11 b9
encl.
cat.
b3
Gm7
1
b7
C7
!
"
"
"
Fm7
car.
car.
Bb7
b9 cat. 5
Ebma7
>
9
Eb7
#5
[Abma7]
Am7(b5)
[Abdim7]
3
3
!
"
"
"
7
[Gm7]
Eb/G
5
3
5
Gbdim7
Eb ext.
( )
Gm7
1
> <
C7 ant.
b9
3
b9 1
C7
[Edim7]
C7 arp.
b3
Fm7
blu.
b3
Cm7 arp.
# $
#
#
#
#
# "
#
#
# "
#
#
#
%
&
# $
# # ' #
# # "
# $ #
#
#
(
%
&
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
# $ # " # #
#
#
#
#
#
#
# # '
#
!
#
)
#
#
#
#
# $ # " # $
#
# $
#
# "
#
# "
#
#
#
#
#
%
& *
# "
#
#
# $ # "
#
#
#
# # '
#
#
#
# $
#
#
#
+
)& ,
# #
##
# #
# $ #
# #
# #
# #
# # # "
# "
#
# $
# $
# $
#
#
# "
# # "
#
#
#
# )
#
+
#
#
# $
# # "
#
# $
# $
#
#
#
) &
#
%
#
#
# "
#
#
# $
#
#
, &
# '
%
#
#
#
#
# $
#
#
#
#
#
#
# "
#
# $
# "
# " # $
# "
# "
# $
# $
#
#
% & *
&
#
# $ # "
# "
#
# $ # "
# # "
#
# $
#
# # &
#
#
#
#
# #
#
#
& &
#
%
# "
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
&
#
%
# "
#
#
#
#
# $
#
#
#!
#
#
"
# $
-
#
#
#
#
#
#
&



157
48
51
55
59
63
66
!
"
"
"
Adim7
b7
7
Bb7
9
1
b7
#5
encl.
3
Ebma7
1 7 b3
Abm7
9 1
encl.
3
Ebma7 Eb7
Ebaug arp.
5
!
"
"
"
Eb7 ext.
#9
>
Abma7
b9
cr.
1
3
5
3
5
7
G7 ext.
6
Abm7
5
b7
3
Db7
9 b7
5
Ebdim7 sub.
#11
Ebma7
encl.
bb7
5
!
"
"
"
b5
Am7(b5)
b7
3
D7(b9)
b9
1
b7
3
G7
5
G7b9 arp.
b9
1
b7
b7
C7
encl.
3
cr.
5
Fm7
b3
9
1
5
Bb7
E7 sub.
13
b5
cat.
3
!
"
"
"
3
Ebma7
5
Eb7
sequ. (3a)
[Abma7]
Am7b5 arp.
Am7(b5)
b5
b7
#5
sequ. (3b)
b7
Abm7 arp.
1
Abdim7
sequ. (3c)
Gm7 arp.
3
[Gm7]
Eb/G Gbdim7
Gbdim7 arp.
sequ. (3d)
5
Gm7
Gm7 arp.
b7
C7
[Edim7]
car. 5
!
"
"
"
Fm7
5
melodic fragment from head
11 b3
B7
[F7]
3
b5
>
#5
Bb7 Bb7
13
1
5
Ebma7
ant.
3
b9
C7
3
b9
#9
3
3
!
"
"
"
5
Fm7
b7
5
13
b9
Bb7
3
b9
ant.
Eb69
End of Form
3
#
$
% "
%
% &
'
% &
%
% "
% "
% "
%
% %
%
% "
% & % "
%
%
(
$ )
%
%
% &
%
% "
% & % "
% "
%
*
+ , +
%
*
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
% "
% %
%
% &
% % &
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
-
+
!
%
-
% "
% %
%
%
% &
% %
% %
% %
% %
*
+
%
%
% &
*
+
% % "
%
%
%
%
% &
% "
% "
%
%
%
*
+ , +
% &
%
%
%
%
)
% "
% &
%
% "
%
*
+
%
%
%
%
%
$
% "
% &
%
%
%
%
%
%
"
%
%
.
%
.
& %
.
"
%
.
$
%
+
%
% + %
!
% " % &
%
% %
%
*
+
% /
%
% %
*
+ +
% &
*
% "
%
%
% "
%
%
%
%
% &
%
%
%
(
(
(
(
,



158

IV. General Analysis

a. Overview

As mentioned previously, the style of analysis and the presentation of information in
this study utilizes a number of amalgamated techniques. The identification of chord
scale relationships, harmonic analysis and musical devices form the core of the on-
score annotations. This is in keeping with a number of related studies such as
Westons (2005). The current work, however, places more emphasis on the on-score
annotations relating to musical devices and groups the subsequent written analytical
observations and commentary around topic areas rather than treating each
transcription in isolation. This is supported by works such as Martins (2001) thematic
based study and more generally by Galper (2005).

A number of themes relating to Raneys work have crystallized from the research
undertaken for this study. The following broad overview is provided to place these in
perspective before discussing them in detail. The discussion and analysis is
subsequently divided into three broad categories, Raney as; Musician, Guitarist and
Improvisor. Obviously it is difficult to categorize some items. For example, some
aspects of Raneys improvisation are inextricably bound to his approach to the guitar.
In these cases I have placed the subject under the heading to which the majority of its
material relates. It should be noted that some topic areas are not exhaustive as they
only represent the data the author has currently acquired. It is hoped the further
research will uncover resources to extend some of these fields. In commenting on
Raneys work reference is made to the transcriptions, annotated and analyzed
transcriptions as well as to other sources such as interviews and works referred to in
the literature survey.

Jimmy Raney exhibited a level of creative and technical mastery that is well
recognized by informed players and critics. His primary commitment to the repertoire
and improvisatory language of bebop saw him become regarded as a unique exponent
of this style on guitar. In fact he was probably the first to present a fully-fledged
realization of the bebop language on guitar. He is consequently given credit, by a
number of the sources accessed by this study, as having made a major innovative
contribution to the development of jazz in general and the guitar in particular. As
indicated by a number of commentators, one aspect of Raneys playing that makes
him stand out in the period is his ability to compete timbrally with horn players. This
is not to say that his volume was loud or his actual tone was horn-like but that the
confidence of his legato and slurring enabled him to match their sound in strength and
presence. Scott Henderson states, That was Jimmys thing. He was like one of the
first guys to get sort of a horn-like quality in his playing. (interview with the
author, 2006) Jon adds that Jimmy expressed it this way,

he said Dont imitate [on] your own instrument [type], imitate [on]
another because a phrase on another instrument, pulls your instrument,
sounds totally different! (interview with the author, 2006)

Raney demonstrated through his playing a deep understanding of compositional
structure and motivic development. His eclectic music interests and wide listening are


159
considered to have played a major part in this. It was also arguably a product of his
keen intellect and investigative mind. Commentators all agree on the clarity of this
parameter of his musical expression and many indicate its depth as being a defining
characteristic of his work.

His technique was unique in its ability to express the nuances of bebop phrasing and
articulation. A number of performers who had opportunity to observe Raney at close
quarters indicate that his early focus on Charlie Parkers playing and in particular his
articulation, equipped Raney with a sound that had not, until then, been achieved on
guitar. The clarity and accuracy in his playing is possibly only surpassed by his
meticulous attention to the slurs, accents, ghosted notes and other articulations that
set his sound apart.

His style and expression matured over the years and his skill and facility had no
obvious troughs. In spite of his hearing affliction, later in life, there would appear to
be few examples on record in which is there is any indication of a performer unable to
fully express his musicality in his chosen field. Interestingly, it would appear to be the
less harmonically complex music styles that found him, on rare occasions, apparently
out of his depth.

While his theoretical understanding may have been, according to Jon Raney, after
the fact (interview with the author, 2006) he nevertheless displayed a deep
understanding of complex harmony and sophisticated rhythmic ideas. He was able to
express these concepts in real time with a creative power that went well beyond a
player who has learned a series of devices verbatim. As Doug Raney humorously
asserts, they might as well learn to type instead if thats all theyre interested in.
(interview with the author, 2006) Raney certainly felt he got to the point on numerous
occasions where his improvisations were transcendent of cerebral or academic
processes. Sherman recalls Raney telling him, on a good night you dont have any
idea what the chords are, you dont even have to worry about it. (interview with the
author, 2006) He constantly aimed to expand his musical horizons and absorbed ideas
from a number of sources. That his particular interest in the music of Bach, Bartok
and Stravinsky went beyond aficionado to serious student status is evidenced by his
own compositional excursions as well as the development of his improvisational
language.

The essence of Raneys improvisation is all about the motion and power of the
melodic line. He achieved this with an ingenuity and variety that was unique. He had
a number of concepts and some devices such as hidden sequences (Silverman,
2006:64) and suspensions (Raney, Jon, interview with the author, 2006) that
assisted him in achieving this goal but his machinations were rarely formulaic or
without either harmonic or thematic purpose.


160

b. Raney as musician

(i) Style

It is not the intention of this project to offer a comparative study between Raney and
other players such as Tal Farlow, arguably the player closest in style to him. However
it is worth noting that they are the two names most commonly associated with this
style of guitar playing. Of the two, Farlow has had considerably more exposure than
Raney in the public arena. Discussing their similarity, Sherman recalls an incident that
is also recorded in Just Jazz Guitar (Wilson, 2006:106) magazine.

You know that Atilla [Zoller] told me that when he was in Vienna, he
was playin violin in this group and he heard his first jazz. He heard the
Red Norvo Trio and he just loved Tal Farlows playing. They were
coming to Paris so he saved up his money and he went to Paris and he
found the club and he walked in. Tal wasnt there and he sat down and
started listening Jimmy Raney was playin guitar and in about three
bars he [Zoller] said, Oh! he said Ive gotta go to the United States,
everybody plays like Tal Farlow! (interview with the author, 2006)

There were similarities between Tal Farlows and Raneys playing. However, Atilla
Zollers first exposure to Raney was as a fairly inexperienced player himself and it is
likely that hearing the virtuosic bebop style capably expounded by both players was
enough for him to assume they were somewhat identical. Typical of the bebop style
Raney has a melodic facility that delivers rapid flows of notes with sweeping
harmonic references rather than either overt punctuated statements such as the earlier
Swing players or sparse more restrained statements like the later Cool advocates.
However it is interesting that Raney was capable of objective evaluation of this aspect
of his own playing. Jon states,

Even in himself he felt that his playing was a little busy maybe or it used
a lot of language to get to the point shall we say Its not a value
judgment, just, like he recognized that there was a certain amount of
Bach-ian linear thing to complete what he had to say. (interview with
the author, 2006)

In an interview Raney had with Louisville radio host, Phil Bailey concerning the
album Two Jims and Zoot (c1964), Jon recollects him saying,

Well you should be able to reco[gnise] me. Im the one that goes on
and on and on and Jim [Hall] is the one that plays these short concise
things. (interview with the author, 2006)

Raney was most comfortable within the mainstream jazz and bebop genres. Jon
recalls,

I was wood-shedding and I was trying to get it together and I tried to
play Dolphin Dance with him and I thought he knew it because he
recorded it with Al [Haig] and Al really just foisted that tune on them


161
[Jimmy] said its a wonderful tune but its not in my system. I wish I
could have written it. he said. You know because there is that kind of
simplicity [in tunes like that] and [by contrast] the tunes that my father
writes are very similar to way he plays [improvises]. Like, The Flag Is
Up like all these counter lines, I mean thats him all over the place. I
mean its melodic and predictable but it does have a certain amount of
complexity there. (ibid)

Even within his chosen genre Raney had occasional tunes that he was not totally at
ease with. Of What Is This Thing Called Love
81
duo partner Scott Henderson says,
Ill tell you something else. He [Raney] never liked playin this tune. He didnt like
it. He said, I just never know what to play on it. (interview with the author, 2006)

A recorded example of Raney attempting to cope with simple changes occurs on the
Dave Pike album Carnavals (1962). The tune La Bamba has a basic progression of
triadic primary chords. Raneys solo seems to flounder for a connection with the
foundational harmony and lacks the usual emphatic melodic statements. This style of
tune requires more of a pop riff approach and Raney is unable to develop his usual
melodic focus in this environment. After discussing this unusual occurrence Jon adds,

The way he described being confronted with simple changes [was].. I
need a tune with changes, you know, the guide, put some of my
direction [in] He in a self deprecating way says, You know, if its just
a simple change its like argh! I dont know what to do with that I
only have so much material, I need some sign posts to [relate to]. So in
terms of being confronted with one four five or one
interminable one! I wouldnt doubt that he would be like, Shit, what do
I do here? Cause part of his style is about being driven into the
changes and theres no one better at it But again he was also aware
of the world within he was speaking thats why he made that comment
about Dolphin Dance. (see page 160) Its like its not in my
system he said. Which is a complicated statement but it does mean that
there is a system that he thinks. And you know that world is very vast
but its very grand and small at the same time Within the world that
he was speaking he knew what that world was. He was phenomenal,
you know, but he realized to start speaking in another world would be
another lifetime. He spoke well enough. (interview with the author, 2006)

(ii) Eclecticism

Raney had a keen interest in classical music. While he was drawn to composers that
had some similarity to his field, such as Bach, he also had an interest in those who
offered a challenge to his compositional mind. The dissonance of Bartok and the
rhythmic inventiveness of Stravinsky both held considerable fascination for him. This
was either shared with or passed on to many of the musicians he came in contact with.
Henderson relates,


81
Raney recorded What Is This Thing Called Love on Raney, J (1981) Raney 81, Criss Cross Jazz


162
Actually Charlie Parker used to stay with him. Hed live at his
apartment He had one with Jim Hall, And he said you never
knew when Charlie Parker would show up. At two in the morning out
of his mind either wanting to borrow money or play chess. He said hed
come over and theyd listen to Bartok and play chess. (interview with the
author, 2006)

Roger Dane confirms Raneys interest in classical music and his enjoyment of sharing
this with others,

Every time I ever talked to him, ever, we never talked about jazz. We
talked about classical music. He loved everything from Bach to Bartok. I
mean, and thats what he would talk about. Hed talk more about that
than he would jazz. (interview with the author, 2006)

The ideas Raney absorbed from his study of classical composers did more that just
inspire his general creativity. A number of sources indicate that aspects of style and
technique were not only assimilated into Raneys compositions but also his jazz
playing. Henderson indicates that He got a lot of this sort of phrasing thing from
Bartok. Yes, especially the fifth string quartet That was his favorite piece.
(interview with the author, 2006) Sherman points out another classical connection,
This is what he actually told me too, that he got a lot of his ideas from Bach.
(interview with the author, 2006) Dane adds,

That classical thing was evident in his two guitars with [Doug] or
Scott [Henderson] or Jack [Brengle] or whoever, because he loved to do
that polyphony, where youre just keeping a line going back and
forward at the same time its like a two part fugue he loved that.

(interview with the author, 2006)

(iii) Compositions

Raneys bebop compositions pepper the first two decades of his recording career,
particularly his time with Stan Getz. It is not intended in this study to discuss or
categorize these. However, it should be noted that he also wrote a number of pieces
for solo guitar and various types of ensemble configurations that are not currently in
the public domain either as recordings or scores. These works range from guitar solo
to string quartet and guitar ensemble through to big band. Jeff Sherman says that an
original big band piece called 81
st
Street Waltz was rearranged by Raney for five
guitars and recorded at a later date though the title does not appear to be commercially
available. (interview with the author, 2006)

Stan Moon once asked Raney if he ever wrote any, standard
82
kind of tunes and he
[Raney] said, No, everything he wrote was like a bebop head or quartet type
you know, guitar quartet or quintets. (interview with the author, 2006) It would
appear that Raney wrote more than once for strings as well
83
. Sonny Stephens says,

82
Stan is referring to tunes that have a vocal style melody as per a jazz standard which are usually
songs taken originally from the music theatre, tin pan alley or parlor song repertoire. (see definitions)
83
The recorded work Strings and Swings (Raney, J. 1972) was probably not an isolated excursion into
this field.


163

I recall that he.. was working on [a piece] for string quartet, it was
like Wait Till You See Her.. I dont know whether he ever recorded
that but I sure remember being over at his mothers house, you know,
looking over those parts When he would get moved he could
definitely put it down completely. (interview with the author, 2006)

Composition was an important part of Raneys musical expression. Sherman confirms
that early on he studied composition with Hal Overton and he was very serious about
that and he loved Bartok. (interview with the author, 2006) It is hoped that more of
Raneys works come to light and are able to be accessed by researchers and
performers.

(iv) Ensemble

Raney was most comfortable in the smaller ensemble. His recordings as leader feature
him in everything from guitar duo to quintet/sextet with piano, bass, drums and horn
player(s). It would appear that Raney never pursued large ensemble or solo guitar
work out of choice and he also made few excursions into the bass line/chord
accompaniment style of players like Joe Pass. These aspects are covered in more
depth under the section Raney As Guitarist, page 164. Stan Moon confirms Raneys
stylistic focus,

He was so used to having a bass play with him that whenever it was just
two of us hed still stayed offa the bass quite a bit and he never did a
walking bass line like say a Joe Pass. (interview with the author, 2006)

Roger Dane points to reasons for Raneys preference for the small ensemble,

I think he liked the freedom, like in Bill Evanss Group with his bass
players and drummers I think he liked the group improvisation and
kinda feel even though it might be the bass [or someone elses] solo.
The interplay I think thats what I think about with Jimmy. Cause I
think thats what he was trying to achieve, especially when it was a
smaller group. (interview with the author, 2006)

While the desire for spontaneous interaction was important in Raneys playing it
would seem Raney had an arranger like mentality about his ensemble work. Many
of the contrapuntal lines used in the heads he played with Getz as part of that unique
texture must have been worked out of ahead of time as they were repeated on other
recording dates as well as on alternate takes in the same session. Moon recollects his
arrangements of other parts of the tune.

One of the things that I noticed about playing with him and I thought
was a very wise thing to do cause over a period of years we would
play a lot of the same tunes, many times together and I noticed that he
would usually have the same intro and the same ending that he had
determined ahead of time for that tune. Which made it very safe.
(interview with the author, 2006)



164
c. Raney as guitarist

(i) Instruments and equipment

As mentioned previously, Raney was regarded by himself and others as a musician
who played guitar rather than a guitarist who played music. It is interesting that this
mindset produced a technician who was so highly regarded by his peers and who
achieved so much in the development of guitar performance. It is likely that it was
this approach that also enabled him to produce a consistency of sound that is noted by
a number of commentators. Sherman comments that Raney always sounded the
same, it didnt matter what guitar he was playing or who he was playing with.
(interview with the author, 2006) Stan Moon elaborates,

Interesting thing about him youll probably hear this from several of
the other guys. It always seemed to me regardless of what kind of guitar
he had and over the years he had several different kind of guitars, he
always got almost the same sound regardless of what the guitar was. I
mean it was just his way of playing and it came through, his personality
came [through] not only his style but the sound of the guitar He set his
strings up higher than a lot of guitar, jazz guitar players. Lot of jazz
guitarists like their strings real low, you know, so youve got that quick
action but he would set em up high. (interview with the author, 2006)

Moon continues, recalling one of his own gigs that Raney showed up to. He loaned
his instrument to Raney so he could get up to play a set and noticed,

When Jimmy played my guitar, and I had it, the strings set fairly low, I
could hear some string rattles cause he was used to high action and he
really picked hard. (interview with the author, 2006)

This firm pick action was not a recipe for high volume performances. It would appear
that part of the recipe for the clarity of his playing, aside from his exacting technique,
was the combination of strong picking with little amplification. A number of players
recall his insistence on fairly low volume levels. Bruce Morrow believes this
influenced his own playing,

I learned in the short time that I was with him, really how to play for
guitar players in the style. To play with brushes and not to be
overbearing and even when I go to sticks or something like that you
could just tell [the correct approach] because Jimmy was so laid back
nothing was blarey it was just not like that. (interview with the author,
2006)

Raneys sound was not only consistent in timbre but consistently in quality and while
he didnt place a priority on equipment, commentators note the set up he used at
various stages. Doug says And my father has this beautiful sound, old bar pickup
guitar, he had. I finally got one of those. (Jenson, 2005:87) Stephens mentions his
amplification,



165
I just remember standing next to that single twelve Polytone,
(amplifier) thats what he used, and being affected by what I was
hearing. That was a distinct feeling [being there] it was better than the
records amazing that was probably the most thrilling part I was
right there. I mean it was unbelievable. (interview with the author, 2006)

Raney was almost nonchalant regarding his instrument and equipment. Doug
indicated that Jimmy had to loan a guitar for the Japanese tour in 1976. (Raney, D
2006:pc) Greg Walker states,

Jimmy, he never really cared a lot about equipment You know, he just
played a guitar. And when I [was] out buying guitars every week
[unclear] and he said, But, well Greg youve got a guitar! All you need is
one! (interview with the author, 2006)

He also recalls a conversation about equipment that is revealing as to Raneys
attitude,

So I was talking to Tal about it and Jimmy just interrupts and he says
You know, Tal, Gregs a guitar nut he said There are guitar nuts
and then there are guitar players and usually guitar nuts cant play but
Gregs a guitar nut but he can play! (ibid)

(ii) Single line focus

Jimmy Raney was known for his focus on single line improvisation. Asked by
interviewer Jim Fisch about Raneys lack of chordal work Jack Wilkins says,

Jimmy never really got too much into that area. That's O.K. though,
nobody can do it all. He could do it, but that's not how he heard the
music. It's not where he wanted to go with it. (Fisch, 1997:np)

Other commentators who note this emphasis in Raneys playing include Summerfield
(1978), Sallis (1996), Hamilton (1991) and Jon Raney (interview with the author,
2006). While this may not be noteworthy for performers whose instruments offer no
other choice it is at least worth mentioning for a player whose instrument offers
chordal options. In fact much of the folk and even some classical repertoire for guitar
is based more on a chordal (or arpeggio in the case of classical) approach to the
instrument than a freely melodic one. This focus by Raney on melody may well be
one of the reasons for his success in the particular niche in which he made his unique
contribution to the development of jazz guitar. While his talent was such that solo
guitar and chord solo style improvisations were not beyond his reach his major
contribution was to the elevation of the jazz guitar as a virtuosic melodic instrument.

While acknowledging Raneys main preference and contribution to the development
of jazz guitar as being that of a single line player he was more than capable of
excursions into chordal work. Some of this was of necessity due to his hearing
problems in later life but he was also involved in arranging tunes for solo guitar
before that need arose. Jeff Sherman says of some solo guitar arrangements that


166
Raney wrote out for him
84
in the sixties that Youll find its like that, a lot of its real
obvious chords, but later on he started involving more counterpoint and voice
leading, sort of. (interview with the author, 2006)

Sonny Stephens started taking guitar lessons from Raney in Louisville around 1974
and began playing bass for him shortly after this in a local ensemble. He recalls that
Raney showed him a few things on bass. (interview with the author, 2006) Raney
must have had some skills in this area, which is interesting given that he didnt make
any excursions into bass-line/chord style playing. Stephens spent some time studying
chord solos with Raney that he had prepared and notated. He remembers there were
several of them and that I think Autumn In New York was one, Autumn In New
York How About You and Smoke Gets In Your Eyes. (ibid) He adds that Raney
used to play my My Shining Hour as a solo arrangement as well but recollects that it
was not notated. Jeff Sherman says that deafness contributed to Raney playing more
solo repertoire at least on local gigs for a while.

And then when he started going deaf. Before that he never did any solo
stuff. He did he had a version of Smoke Gets In Your Eyes and he
played it on a bunch of concerts and Ola [Miracle, Raneys partner] even
finally told him Jimmy, youre going to have to learn another one,.. solo
guitar tune. And then when Jimmy started going deaf and he figured he
couldnt play with people he took this gig in this restaurant and started
playing and of course all of a sudden all this innate musical genius just
started working. (interview with the author, 2006)

Sherman recalls it wasnt his permanent focus though, Raney telling him in the late
eighties at a guitar clinic, Well, I dont really do it anymore. (ibid)

(iii) Technique

The work that Raney put into his early rise as a guitar virtuoso remains largely
hidden. As is true of a number of players, his attitude to practice later in his career
seems almost nonchalant. However, comments from artists regarding their lack of
practice are often misleading as what they sometimes mean by practice is
woodshedding (see under Definitions on page 84). This is a process undertaken
more regularly and for more extended periods during formative years. The reality is
that older musicians are often in some kind of contact with their instrument on a
regular basis either through gigs or arranging and composing. The gigging jazz
musician may well play up to four or five times a week for three to four hours at a
time making the traditional practice session paradigm somewhat redundant. Stan
Moon remembers asking Raney about his practice routine. He relates the
conversation,

He said, I dont practice much. and I said Well, what does that
mean? and he said, Well, sometimes I wont even play the guitar for
weeks but he was writing, composing all during this time, see, so it was
in here (points to his head) even though he didnt have to have the

84
While they are outside the scope of this study the author was given copies of some of these. They
may be the same as or similar to the ones that Sonny Stephens describes in his interview.


167
guitar in his hands that much. And I remember seeing him a few times
where probably he hadnt played much in a week or two and hed play
a little bit and then hed just kind of shake his hand out like this, to
loosen it up and hed be right there. (interview with the author, 2006)

Raney did have an alcohol problem that effectively took him out of circulation for
extended periods. This would have also affected whatever practice regime he had but
it seemed to have little real effect on his performance ability as he was able to rise to
concert standard with very little notice. Stephens remembers Raneys ability to play at
a high level after a period of no practice,

One thing I recall was one time we were going down to play at the
Hearthstone and Jimmy hadnt touched the guitar in, like, two
months and I swear there was just a little tell-tale thing the first set
and after that it was like hed never set it down. (interview with the
author, 2006)

Apart from the very end of his career and in spite of his health issues Raneys
technique showed steady consolidation and improving technical confidence after his
initial rapid rise to prominence in the late 40s. Referring to Jimmys solo on Samba
Para Dos from Bossa Nova Groove (1962) Jon Raney remarks,

His playing continually improved I think I mean thats a sixty two
[recording] his playing in the late forties was great but it wasnt on
that level of development its on the way there.. but yeah thats
a great solo. It sure is something. (interview with the author, 2006)

While many of Raneys licks or idioms can be fingered without major technical
problems it is the sheer speed and fluency of linkage and the apparent ease of motivic
development and creative resourcefulness that attracts the attention of commentators.
After listening to Fascinatin Rhythm from Jimmy Raney Visits Paris Vol. 2 (1954)
Henderson exclaims, 1954 he did this? Wow! Man nobody was playin guitar like
that in 54. They barely are now. (interview with the author, 2006) Raneys focus on
the dictates of the music itself rather than the idiosyncrasies of the guitar may in some
ways have freed him to accomplish technical advances which until that time had been
considered out of the guitars bailiwick. Raneys technique was developed as a by-
product of the ultimate goal of aural creativity. Jon Raney states that,

But his technically involved phrases were really more about trying to
create the most interesting inner line. He pursued those darker tones just
to create a little more edge. (interview with the author, 2006)

He goes on

But another thing he was influenced in from the technical aspect was that
he found it extremely difficult to translate bebop to the guitar... He was
trying to figure do I up pick, down pick do I slur this riff and finally
he decided that the best way to do it would be to shut his mind off about
it and just play and aim for emulating the sounds, [rather than] worrying
about technically up pick here, down pick there, slur here, slur


168
there Its almost like that Inner Game Of Tennis thing where you
dont think about whether you raise your elbow or bring your arm
back you just think about where you want the ball to go on the other
side and so the same analogy. I think he was thinking along the same
lines for the guitar in that he just wanted to see, Well how am I going to
achieve that particular sound on the guitar and that actually worked for
him cause he felt like the unconscious mind or semi conscious mind
is much more adept, or the instinctive mind maybe we call it, is much
more adept at solving physical issues. It knows what to do if you just let
it do it. And that was his principle.

So a lot of people are sort of mystified at his picking and its really just
that he was trying to emulate the sound so one of the things you notice
is for saxophone he would use a lot more slurring and then he was
picking the piano he wanted to get a little more like marcato kinda
sound or something like that and hed find himself picking more notes
when he was imitating Bud Powell solos and things like that. So in
terms of his technique it was a really practically driven, by his ear
and solutioning.. trying to come to the best solution organically. (ibid)

Jon indicates that this achievement was not lost on Raney himself,

In terms of the music he did eventually come to grips with the
technical aspect, the technical achievement of what [he had done] because
the people that are going in after the fact are going; Well look, look at
this! He wasnt so conscious of it in his creation but he became aware of
it after the fact and he was also aware of it in the players that he liked.
(interview with the author, 2006)

A mark of Raneys advanced technique is the apparent ease with which he handled
fast tempos. Jeff Sherman confirms that this was not an aural illusion saying,

He never ever struggled with tempo if you listen to transcriptions and
see all these notes and then you see like a Jimmy Raney solo in like a
book or something and then you realize the tempi is like three hundred
and fifty beats! And [also] where most guys tend to drive the rhythm
section, he never did. (interview with the author, 2006)

Raney was known not only for his ability at extreme tempos but his consistency of
time regardless of the style or speed of the piece. Henderson says, You know his
time is just impeccable he used to say, Some people have perfect pitch he
thought he had perfect time. (interview with the author, 2006) Sonny Stephens adds,

The main thing that I remember was he could tell any fluctuation in
the time I remember that Thats the main thing that stuck with me my
whole time. (interview with the author, 2006)

In spite of Jons and others comments concerning Raneys technique being mainly a
by-product of his musical quest it should not be assumed that Raney paid no attention
to technical issues such as pick control. It would appear that at certain times he


169
applied the same rigor to this aspect of his development as he did in other technical
areas particularly those to do with rhythmic phrasing techniques. (see Rhythmic
Devices on page 187) Jon says he heard from Doug that,

Dad actually worked out lots of different picking schemes for the same
ideas Well this is what he [Doug] told me and I believe him. And I
watched a little and I think you see that. He took the same idea and put it
on different strings. The point of that being that wherever he was on the
neck he wanted to have access to ideas he could hear. So he consciously
took an idea and did it on this and then did it in a different position
Which makes sense because you know, he tries to play by ear but if youre
out of position n you wanna reach for your idea and if it doesnt feel
right it can [stop the flow]. (interview with the author, 2006)

(iv) Articulation

A number of different articulations are used in jazz guitar generally. Raney has his
own unique palette of devices, commentators agreeing that he made a considerable
contribution to the field with his approach. A guitarist uses pull-offs and hammer-
ons along with slides to achieve the illusion of true legato. While each note must be
articulated in some way on the guitar to produce a note the attack can be lessened by
these devices to simulate the flowing sound that can be made by non-tongued lines on
a woodwind instrument or single bow stroke on a violin. Each of these effects are
indicated in notation by a slur. The annotated solos have major slurs indicated.
Regarding legato phrasing on guitar Jim Kelly notes,

I reckon there is a lot to be said for the legato thing and hes [Raney]
got a great balance of it Wes had a great balance of it. (interview with
author, 2006)

Sherman indicates that Raney got his feel by emulating Charlie Parker. Hell
articulate the note on the off beat and slur the note on the beat which takes the
accent off the beat. This is achieved by hammer-ons, pull-offs and slides adding,
he liked to do a lot of on slides, one finger slides (interview with the author, 2006)

This articulation is so important to the bebop style that when Raney wrote for strings
he had to score the work in a unique way. Sherman remembers Raney telling him that,

He told me when he did that string writing, of course now he wouldnt
have that problem as string players are pretty good these days but string
players [back then] didnt understand that kinda phrasing at all so he
would do a divisi and hed have half the violins playing [unclear] on
the beat and the full string section playing on the and so you get that
natural accent. (interview with the author, 2006)

The individual slurs in Raneys lines are fairly clear on most recordings. Henderson
states that the listener should look out for them, whenever you see a half step going
down like that. like right here at the beginning. (points to change between bars 4-5
of How About You (transcribed solo from Live in Tokyo, [1976]), he continues,



170
That was kinda sorta his genius not pickin every note. And a lot of it
was picking on the and of four or the and of three and doing a pull-
off, either a pull-off or a slide into basically a strong chord tone on a
strong beat, thirds and sevenths. (interview with the author, 2006)

Henderson notes that in bar 5 of the same solo, the chromatic line from f through
e

to e would usually involve a pull-off from the e

to e. (ibid) He
demonstrates a slurring exercise that facilitates development of the concept of slurring
onto the downbeat a la Raney, utilizing the structure of a chord shape to generate
lines with built in harmonic pressure. (plays)
85


(ibid)

He works the basic concept through other chord shapes and harmony forms such as
diminished and pentatonic and demonstrates the exercise descending as well as
ascending. He refers to a similar line that he recollects Raney doing in a tune called
Dancing In The Dark, (plays)


He demonstrates the harmonic concept behind the run,

So Im playin it up, (plays),

those chords. Yep, but he always would slur into it. (ibid)

It would appear that Raney may have used segments of these type of digital devices to
compile his longer lines. An example occurs in bar 32 of Someone To Watch Over Me
(transcribed solo from But Beautiful, 1990).

As previously indicated, another articulation device is ghosting. Silverman states in
Down Beat that Raney liked to call them swallowed notes. (Silverman, 2006:64).
This device has a similar function to a slur in creating accents. It enables an accent to
be implied by removing the emphasis from the previous note by ghosting it (see

85
This designation indicates the interviewee is playing/demonstrating the transcription which follows
on their instrument.


171
under Definitions on page 80 and Diacritical Markings on page 70). A slur is
different in that it implies an accent on the preceding note by removing the
articulation from the note that follows.

There were a few peculiarly guitaristic articulations that occur in Raneys playing.
One of these is the sweep arpeggio. A good example of this can be found in bars 27-
29 of It Could Happen To You (transcribed solo from The Influence, 1975) though
there are many other examples in the transcriptions. Scott Henderson says, Every
time you see anything like that hes gonna do sweep pick. (interview with the
author, 2006)

(v) Fretboard approach and fingering

Various performers interviewed indicated that Raneys left hand technique played an
important part in the generation of his particular sound. However, it wasnt just the
legato devices that impacted his style. Rick Stone says,

You know, the way most of the cats that I saw that played out of that
traditional jazz approach that really had a great sound and stuff [played
mostly with three fingers] Like you, I was trained to use the fourth
finger man I used to play with three fingers when I was a kid, when I
didnt know anything and then somebody said Oh! You should really be
using your fourth finger and I relearned all my rock licks and stuff, all
my Jimmy Page licks I relearned to play everything using my fourth
finger.. But a lot of guys that I saw play rarely used that finger. Its like
an auxiliary finger almost. I saw Jimmy Raney play. I saw Jimmy play
mainly with these three fingers. I was amazed cause I had already
learned from the records, I had learned a bunch of his solos. I had
transcribed a bunch of his stuff but I was playing it with my fingering
system! When I saw how Jimmy did it, it looked so different, I said;
Damn, thats not how Im fingering any of that stuff I could get the
same sound, I learned how to make it work but I realized I wasnt doing
it the way he was doing it The way he was doing it was so much simpler
than what I had come up with. (interview with the author, 2006)

Without the advantage of being able to study the small amount of extant video footage
that features Raney, definitive comments regarding his fingering of certain passages
remain somewhat conjectural. However, consulting with professional jazz guitarists
has produced valuable insights into Raneys approach to the board and his fingering
concepts for various devices. Of particular benefit has been the consultation with
Scott Henderson who played with Raney for around a decade. Henderson asserts that,
I can tell from the sound and the note choices. I know exactly what was in that
hand. I watched it for ten years! (interview with the author, 2006) A combination of
Hendersons insights and access to video footage of Raney may yet produce a
definitive study of this particular facet of his work. It is not the intention of this study
to exhaustively explore Raneys fingering options but information on this topic can
help inform areas such as his concept of fretboard layout, slurs created by finger
slides and the use of chord shapes as a basis for single lines. These in turn affect the
concept of melodic and harmonic relationships used in improvising on the instrument.



172
Henderson adds weight to Stones observations on the predominance of the use of the
first three fingers in Raneys style, saying as he plays through the transcriptions, And
do you notice I barely use my fourth finger and everythings like right in right
there. The meat and potatoes part of the guitar. (ibid) He continues,

You know, rule of thumb; if youre really reaching, going crazy youre
probably not there Its also part of the phrasing too. The fingering helps
you to get the phrasing out. (ibid)

According to Henderson Raney had a particular way of approaching runs using the
dorian scale.

And another thing that Jimmy would do. He always uses (plays)

that for a dorian scale When you see that in there more than often
thats the fingering hes gonna use. (ibid)

He then gives a specific example from one of the transcriptions. In bar 11-12 of What
Is This Thing Called Love (transcribed solo from Raney 81, 1981) Henderson
indicates that Raneys fingering is most likely as indicated below. (plays bar 11-13,
demonstrating fingering as below),

(ibid)

Another possible fingering for this line arises out of the concept of solo lines being
derived from chord shapes. Hendersons case is substantial for this specific line due to
his involvement with Raney, however, Kelly raises some interesting possibilities that
also fit well with available evidence and may apply to other solo sections. He notes,
indicating that the C
7
extensions 9, 11, 13 occur at the end of the phrase as a B
MA7

arpeggio, You can see guitaristically hes really sticking to a very kinda
pure C
7 th
isnt he there. (interview with the author, 2006) The use here of the
B
MA7
arpeggio over the C
7
provides the standard upper extensions of the dominant
chord and is a device Raney used quite often. Kelly adds that the common fingering
of this chord with one note per string,
is a possible scenario and could well lend fluency to this line. He adds
that this is a device that Wes Montgomery used. Given the anecdotal evidence that
Wes and other guitarists of the period followed Raneys lead in a number of ways,
there is the possibility that the idea originated with Raney. The following fingering
option while conjectural is equally utilitarian and utilizes the device that Jim Kelly
claims is a Wes Montgomery approach. (ibid) The B
MA7
chord in root position


173
across four strings is used over the C
7
harmony. The example is extended to show its
usefulness in approaching the next phrase.

While not having the advantage of Hendersons direct connection to Raney, Kellys
insights into aspects of improvisational concept are useful and are referred to more
extensively in the section Raney As Improvisor on page 174.

Henderson again demonstrates Raneys common fingering approach to dorian licks,
referring to bar 5-6 of Fascinatin Rhythm (transcribed solo from Jimmy Raney Visits
Paris Vol. 2, 1954).

And that I can pretty much assure you hes fingering (plays),

(interview with the author, 2006)

In bar 1-2 of the same transcription Henderson demonstrates a similar dorian
fingering that demonstrates Raneys preference for using the 3
rd
finger where
possible. As it starts on a higher fret the 3
rd
finger can be used instead of the 4
th
on the
starting note of the phrase.

And this first thing right here, this is how hes fingering that. (plays),

(ibid)

This excerpt could equally as well be fingered as follows. Given Raneys tendency to
work things out in various positions this a possibility. It is also built around fairly
simple chord shape positions.

This fingering option would most likely suggest the following changes to the
fingering of bar 5-6. Once again, however, this possibility sits well with the principle
of close fingering around basic chord shapes.




174
Raney makes considerable use of intervallic leaps that aid in accenting rhythmic
subdivisions or as a means to remove the accent from the harmonic beats (1 and 3) or
the down beats. Fingering these presents some dilemmas. Looking at bars 18-19 of It
Could Happen To You (transcribed solo from The Influence, 1975). Henderson
clarifies,

See what hes doin there. Thats a real typical kinda Jim thing. (plays
bars 18-19) and that would be played, (plays) he would finger it that way,
(plays) slide down on the third finger (plays),
86

he didnt really do a lot of like big wide fingerings. If youre reaching a
lot youre probably not getting it But if you keep it in tight [you are
usually correct]. (interview with the author, 2006)

He then indicates that close finger positions are the norm in Raneys style, providing
the following scenario for the whole phrase,

See how everything is really tight in there, (plays bars 17-19,
demonstrating fingering as below)

and theres another slur right here, you can now be sure, finger one goes
down there, yep, finger one goes down. [onto the first beat of bar 19]
(plays phrase again) Positive thats how he did it. (ibid)

d. Raney as improvisor

(i) Bebop language

It should be noted that Raneys style incorporates many of the common elements of
the be-bop era. Many of the licks have equivalencies in other players of the period.
Some of the broader characteristics and their relation to Raneys work were raised by
the players interviewed for this study and it is these comments that have been used in
the following discussion. There has been no attempt here to cover the extensive topic
of bebop style. For detailed information, texts such as David Bakers three-volume set
How to Play Bebop (1987), Les Wises The Bebop Bible (1982) and Bebop Licks for
Guitar: A Dictionary of Melodic Ideas for Improvisation (2002) as well as Wendell
Harrisons The Be-Bopper's Method Book (1997) provide comprehensive information.
For a wider discussion of bebop devices used in Raneys work see Westons
dissertation, But Beautiful: A Study of the Harmonic and Melodic Elements of Jazz
Guitarist Jimmy Raneys Improvisational Style (Weston, 2005).


86
This is a composite of a number of fragments that he demonstrates in the interview.


175
Rick Stone believes that while bebop improvisational lines contain complex harmonic
motion there is, of necessity, a simple framework in many of the great bebop artists
improvisational approaches. He asserts that Raney likely had such a framework, a
belief that is confirmed by other commentators.

Bird and Dizzy and all those guys, man. They werent thinking about all
this stuff. They were thinking about dominants and when you listen to
them play and when you start playing that stuff, [it confirms it] and Jimmy
the same way, man.. Forget about all those two, fives and everything,
just look at the dominant and everything will be crystal clear. (interview
with the author, 2006)

He goes on to demonstrate one of the fundamental bebop devices that of an ascending
arpeggio and descending scale. He relates them to the diatonic arpeggios that are built
of each of the chord tones in a dominant chord. The descending scale is the bebop
dominant.

Oh! Yeah if youre playin G
7
of course you play Dm cause thats the
minor on the fifth. Thats an important chord but its not the only
important chord.. Yeah, OK, so look at the real important ones on a
dominant, look theres a diminished on the third (plays),

There I just ran it and ran it into the scale. Theres the minor on the fifth,
(plays),

it resolves into the third (plays again followed by a G
7
chord)
right, it resolves into the third of the dominant, (plays),

There it was in the scale, right. The major on the seventh. (plays),

(plays again followed by the F
MA7
as a chord). You play this all the time,
right. (plays again) OK now look, you know that one resolves to the fifth.
(plays),

(plays twice more), Right, thats its natural resolution, it wants to go to
the fifth. (plays),

(ibid)



176
In relation to bebop lines in general and Raneys style in particular, Henderson
indicates where the chromaticisms should generally occur. He also asserts that phrases
tend to go up on arpeggios and down on scale tones and chromatics. (interview with
the author, 2006) He then adds that in simple terms the primary points of
chromaticism in bebop lines are between the 6
th
and 5
th
scale degrees in major or
ionian scale lines. In dominant scales they usually fall between the tonic and the 7
th

and in the dorian, between the 4
th
and 3
rd
. He also demonstrates where the slurs are
best placed for appropriate phrasing. The placement of the chromaticisms allows the
chord tones to occur on strong beats and the overall phrase to resolve on beat one
rather than beat four. In the case of the dorian example it is linked to its dominant
partner (in this example, F
7
) and as such supports chord tones from that chord.


(ibid)

Obviously this is a simple formulaic summary and the reality of the application of this
and other such concepts is much more complex. However, it does provide some
clarification of the principles underlying Raneys concepts especially when it is
combined with other characteristics of Raneys approach such as slurring onto strong
beats and rhythmic phrase displacement. (discussed under Rhythmic Devices on
page 187) Henderson, who studied with Hal Galper reiterates the focus of beat one
and to a lesser degree beat three as resolution points for harmonic pressure in
improvised lines or melodies. Galpers work, Forward Motion (2005) deals with this
and wider theories of melodic and harmonic motion in music. Henderson crystallizes
one aspect of the concept saying,

The main idea here is that whole tension and release thing is achieved by
placing the half step on an up beat leading chromatically to a strong
chord tone on the down beat. Thats really where youre going to get the,
this bebop dynamic thing happening. (interview with the author, 2006)

Another characteristic of the bebop style that was raised by Henderson was in the
context of discussing one of the transcriptions of Raneys early playing. Henderson
noted that when his bebop language was more mature Raney would rarely start
phrases on the first beat of the bar and often on up beats. (ibid)

Other general characteristics of bebop apparent in Raneys solo lines are; unusual
phrase lengths, harmonic anticipations and delays and a focus on the overall melodic
strength and forward direction rather than the harmonic validity of pitches at a purely
vertical level. An example that demonstrates these concepts is found in bar 13 of
What Is This Thing Called Love (transcribed solo from Raney 81, 1981). Kelly notes


177
that the a over the Fm chord is appropriately explained as a continuation of the
previous C
7
harmony. He sees Raney,

doing a typical bebop thing where he carries it over and not
worrying about the fact that youre hearing an a on an Fm because
heres the line Its got its own forward motion and integrity, melodic
integrity. (interview with the author, 2006)

(ii) Compositional approach

Commentators agree that Raneys improvisations exhibit a high degree of structural
development and compositional style. This is demonstrated in a number of ways. The
form and overall contour of the solos can be seen in aspects of thematic coherence,
motivic development, rhythmic density and harmonic complexity. Doug Raney
describes the solo from What Is This Thing Called Love (transcribed solo from Raney
81, 1981) in terms of its compositional structure,

If you want to build up like a solo and my father was into this a lot
too you kind of try to think of it as a sort of a composition if possible
so in other words its got an A (a beginning), a middle and an end. So
maybe start out like he does here in the beginning with those short
simple phrases and it gets more and more complex and the lines get
longer and longer but then he mixes it up with more rhythmic stuff,
like those triplet phrases he had over here so. And you can see the end
is more or less all of a sudden going back to a simple solution at the
end So it is like that You can see that just by looking at it without
even knowing what it is you can see Look how simple that is and see
the lines are maybe two bars long in the beginning mostly with a lot of
breaks and then it gets [more complex] and then its back to kind of
simple stuff again here Really hes got a lot of long lines, here [in the
centre] and you can also see hes got a lot of variation in descending
lines and ascending lines and repeated phrases Gradually he sort of
winds down and then all of a sudden hes playing half notes here
and straight quarter notes there so its very compositional you could
say. (interview with the author, 2006)

Another compositional characteristic of Raneys solos is the strong use of motifs and
themes. These are usually developed through the solo and play a part in creating
melodic strength and direction in the solo. Themes and motifs can occur at a micro or
macro level. Silverman points out one of the motivic rhythmic devices, that of two
dotted quarters followed by a quarter (Silverman, 2006:64) in his transcription of
Raneys Motion solo in Down Beat. He points out various permutations of the motif.
This motif also occurs in other Raney solos. On the subject of Jimmys use of themes
and his development of thematic material Doug Raney observes,

Hell [Jimmy] play one phrase and then, like Sonny Rollins did a lot of
taking one phrase and then developing that and running it through the
different permutations he did a lot of that he studied composition
thats how he wrote that great piece [Suite For Guitar Quintet] you were
asking about.. he listened to classical music through all his life so of


178
course he had a certain compositional element in his playing. (interview
with the author, 2006)

As mentioned previously, one of the defining characteristics of the early Stan Getz
Quintet sound was the unique interplay between Getz and Raney. Much of this was
focused on Raneys ability to create lines that complemented Getzs melodies in
various contrapuntal textures. Raney continued to apply this ability, though not as
powerfully, in other ensembles. Stan Moon remembers playing a number of venues
with Raney but,

As far as I can remember every time that I played with him it was just
two guitars, Ah, he really enjoyed doin that and one of the things that I
enjoyed the most with him in doin the two guitar thing was the
counterpoint that we would do He had incredible ability to listen to me
or whoever he was playing with and match his counterpoint with what I
was doing Better than anybody Ive ever played with. (interview with
the author, 2006)

Roger Dane adds, he loved to do that polyphony, where youre just keeping a line
going back and forward at the same time its like a two part fugue he loved
that. (interview with the author, 2006)

(iii) Scale choice

From both interview sources and analysis of Raneys solos it is clear that he didnt
conceive his melodic lines primarily from the perspective of scallic resources. The
transcriptions rarely have prolonged scalar sections that can be conveniently
categorized into any of the standard scale or mode pitch sets. The lines also seldom
move for more than a few beats in straight step wise motion. Henderson explains,

He never really thought about things in those terms, you know in one
respect he was very much an ear player. He told me he never practiced
scales. (interview with the author, 2006)

He mentions playing a tune called Dancing In The Dark one night with Raney and at
one point during Hendersons solo Raney stopped him and demanded, Show me
what you just did there. (ibid) Henderson continues,

Cause he had never really dealt with... [the] whole step half step
diminished scale before. Hed been playing it, you know, it comes out
but he never really thought about it. So its like the only thing I ever
showed Jimmy Raney. (ibid)

Jon Raneys comments in relation to Jimmys approach to scalar material are
enlightening,

There are times when hell do the altered [scale] but he claims to not
know the scales necessarily. He happened upon the scales but the
ideas are sort of dictating it, not the other way round Licks that happen


179
to fall in it he would hear it as a familiar sound so it wouldnt be sort of
this road-block for him. (interview with the author, 2006)

Jon continues, referring to Jimmys overall concept as being aurally driven. He
indicates that Jimmys familiarity with the overall harmonic effect of certain groups
of notes enabled him to transcend a pedestrian adherence to conservative
harmonic/melodic relationships.

And that, you know, also makes plain certain contradictions in terms of
chords and things like that Its about getting to the overall solution,
which leads to contradictions in terms of scales which are fixed snap-
shots of sounds and colors along the way I mean he can be thinking
in a scale at a [certain] time but he can also at the same time be thinking
of a particular note that he wants to get to and using a quote, avoid
note in there Its similar to a scale, the sound has a similar
bearance but it can be [that there is] some room there for the
overall [effect]. Or you might be looking at a particular note, Well
why did he pick that note and its like hes not hearing the G altered
there. Hes hearing Dm, G at that particular point and the more simple
thing.. Its like Oh well, the altered scale doesnt have the c in it so
where did that come from Well its D minor, G Theres a fair
amount of that in his concept I think. (ibid)

This sound scape concept seems to apply to other scalar material. After discussing
bar 17 of What Is This Thing Called Love (transcribed solo from Raney 81, 1981) Jon
observes, He seems to like lydian on C. (interview with the author, 2006) Scott
Henderson agrees that Raney conceived his lines very much as certain sound palettes
associated with broad harmonic structures and that this was organic rather than
analytical. When asked if Raney related this aural approach and concept to the
fingerboard through chord shapes he says,

I think so. There was probably a lot of that. Playing off the shape and then
just taking it, you know, beyond there. He also studied composition with
Hal Overton and so he kinda had a background. In fact he did a lot
of composing. (interview with the author, 2006)

Another way of placing Raneys scale concept in a theoretical framework is to align it
with what Schenkel (1983) describes as additive extension scales. (see page 83) This
use of scale material adds extensions or color notes to existing scales treating them as
more of a framework rather than a discreet and unalterable entity. A similar concept
occurs in additive chromatic scales where chromaticisms are added at key points in
scale frameworks to facilitate resolutions and harmonic emphasis. These terms are
appropriate as a general description of some of Raneys scalar lines but fail to provide
a means of more detailed analysis and categorization. As such they have not been
used in the annotations to the transcriptions.

The harmonic direction or resolution of the line often seemed to concern Raney more
than the particular pitch set associated with the current chord. A good example of this
is that Raneys minor runs sometimes contain the major as well as the minor sixth
thereby producing what appears to be an ambiguity of mode (aeolian or dorian). A


180
specific example occurs in bar 17 of It Could Happen To You (transcribed solo from
The Influence, 1975). Henderson points out the probable reason, What hes doing
here is hes thinking theres a D
7
right there. (interview with the author, 2006) In this
instance the f occurs on the down beat of three producing an anticipated
dominant. This device occurs again in bar 81 though this time the anticipation is
pushed ahead further to beat two. This apparent awareness of the harmonic
implications of complex melodic lines permeates Raneys solos.

(iv) Intervallic leaps

Leaps are usually defined as being an interval that exceeds the usual range expected
between notes in triadic chords. This would usually mean any interval greater than a
fourth. As Silverman points out briefly, (Silverman, 2006:64) Raney makes use of
intervallic leaps as a means accenting rhythmic subdivisions. It would appear though,
that this device was used more pervasively for another reason. Study of the
transcriptions shows that intervallic leaps occur predominantly onto off beats and
when this is not the case the leap will usually be onto a harmonically weak beat (2 or
4). This could mean the device was also used to take the overt accent off the strong or
harmonic beats (1 and 3). As previously explained this has the effect of a reverse
accent. In other words the very fact that rhythmic, articulational and tessitura induced
accents are removed from the strong beat allows the focus to be placed on what is
happening melodically. The chromatic resolution at points of harmonic movement is
thereby made obvious by understatement. The following example from bar 18-21 of It
Could Happen To You (transcribed solo from The Influence, 1975) demonstrates this
well,



The first leap of a fifth in bar 18 accents the offbeat of two. The second leap in bar 18
of a minor seventh while occurring onto a downbeat is onto beat four which is a weak
harmonic beat. The leap in bar 20 again occurs onto the offbeat, this time of three but
the returning leap takes the focus onto beat four, again a weak harmonic beat.

Demonstrating the harmonic source of some of the more regular intervallic inclusions
Rick Stone indicates that,

When youre hitting the third of the chord [as a melody note] the sixth
above always the root and the sixth below is always the fifth. So
theres an important chord tone a sixth away and I utilize that one a lot
and sometimes I play the ninth because its a major seventh away like if
Im on a minor chord, I like that sound (plays)
87


Right see Im on Fm. (plays),

87
These pitches are applied over a Fm and a Bm chord.


181

Theres Fm, you see what Im doin Im playing the third and the ninth.
And the Bm. (plays)

And I know Jimmy loved to play those major seventh intervals. Go listen
to Jimmys solos. Jimmy likes that melodic major seven a lot. (interview
with the author, 2006)

While the major seventh leap does figure in Raneys playing it would appear that a
range of options are reflected somewhat evenly in Raneys lines. If anything, the sixth
(major and minor) and the flat or minor seventh seem to predominate.

(v) Arpeggios

One of the characteristics of bebop is the tendency to use arpeggios on ascending
lines and scalar runs on the descending lines. This has the musical outcome of
producing smoother runs to cadential points. This can occur within phrases as well
over longer melodic structures. Raney, as with many bebop players, uses arpeggios
not only to overtly outline the current harmony but also to produce substitute
harmony. This has the result of creating extensions or alterations to the underlying
chord as well as creating subsidiary harmonic tension and therefore motion. This
aspect of Raneys use of arpeggios is discussed under Harmony And Substitution on
page 191.

Without verification from visual sources it is difficult to postulate peculiar shapes or
positions in Raneys use of arpeggios from the transcriptions. Doug Raney does make
note of Jimmys preference of the minor seven arpeggio saying, He really runs the
chords a lot of times too does a lot of arpeggios, the minor seventh arpeggio
constantly (interview with the author, 2006) but doesnt indicate if certain fingerings
were important. Referring to Jimmys incomplete book (see pages 42, 56, 200) Jon
Raney sets his use of arpeggios into context

Im just trying to get this book of his going and fleshing and adding
stuff and one of the things about it is understanding the nuggets, the
pieces of improvisation. And so you see a lot of that like
interconnection of three elements The scale fragments, the arpeggios
and the auxiliary tones as well. Auxiliary tones; neighbor tones, passing
tones, everything else that doesnt fall into that. But a lot of his phrases
are definitely [about that] I mean its influenced me. Its a lot of that
combining creatively scale fragments and arpeggios.. (sings),

(sings),


182

(sings),
88
and then learning creative ways to invert them (sings),

That phrase, right, its an inversion of, (sings),

youll see a lot of what he does and its varying the same material
in different ways (sings),

Same phrase!
89
Dropped down so instead of going straight up to the
ninth, say youre on a Bm,
90
(sings),

(sings),

You go up and you come back down a lot of his stuff can be
[understood in this context]. Youll see a fair amount of that inversion of
chords. (interview with the author, 2006)

Another aspect of Raneys arpeggio fingering deserves further research. Arpeggios
are generally slower to finger than scales if they are played vertically up and down the
fret board. This could be a clue as to the fingering of various sections. It may be
beneficial to find the simplest across the board fingering for any arpeggios used in a
particular line and work out the scalar section of the passage from that foundation.

(vi) Chromatic devices

Raneys improvisation is typical of bebop in its use of chromatic ornamentation. In
his volume Building a Jazz Vocabulary: A Resource for Learning Jazz Improvisation
Steinel indicates that,

As a general rule, chromatic tones will lead into target tones from:

88
Jon stops this fragment mid phrase and so it was not transcribed.
89
Jon pitches the next phrases almost a semitone lower than the previous examples but the material is
the same.
90
Jon originally says, Gm. Since he sang it as a B minor chord with c being the ninth I have
adjusted the chord to reflect the transcribed line.


183
1. A half step below or above.
2. A whole step above. (Steinel, 1995:66)

He then categorizes the common variants as approach tones, chromatic neighbor
tones, chromatic rotations and telescopes and deflections. (ibid:68-71) Some of these
terms are, in the authors experience, not used as commonly as the ones I have
selected. For comparison of the nomenclature used refer to Enclosure device under
the glossary on page 139. It is not intended here to comprehensively catalogue
Raneys use of chromaticism, however, each of these devices has been labeled on the
annotated transcriptions and material arising from interviews and consultation is
discussed below.

One of the most frequently used chromatic devices in Raneys solos is the enclosure
or rotation. (ibid:68) As with intervallic leaps this device is actually a form of
embellishment of the line to the target tone. It postpones harmonic resolution and also
serves as an emphasis of resolution itself. As indicated in the glossary it usually
consists of an approach to a note, usually a chord tone, by means of notes a step above
and below the target pitch. The actual intervals of approach can vary. The harmony at
any point can inform the choice of enclosure though it is not definitive. Enclosures
can also be extended to include a longer approach, a device Steinel labels
telescopes or deflections (ibid:71).

Confirming Raneys use of enclosures, Rick Stone demonstrates the concept,

And another thing that Jimmy loves to do is he loves to do enclosures
(plays)

(then plays),

If I want to put that note on the beat, I go and four and one. If
youre going to get to a note too soon, enclose it! (interview with the
author, 2006)

Stone indicates their versatility and points out again that the device can be used to
postpone resolution of a melodic line.

See these can be combined so many different ways you can run up a
chord and if you dont want to resolve to the note right [away] (plays),

(plays),

You know, thats one Raney does. (ibid)


184

Talking about how to develop longer phrases from this he says,

You could go anyway you want to off of that note cause once youre on
that f youre on a chord tone of G
7
you could come down the scale
from the seventh. (plays),

(then plays),

(and)

You could run up a chord. You could run down the scale. (plays),

(then plays),

You could combine these.. (plays),

All I did, look I ran up the chord on the third, came down the scale with a
chromatic to the fifth, ran up that chord came down the scale with a
chromatic to the seventh, ran up that chord came down the scale with a
chromatic, went all the way down to the root. (ibid)

Doug Raney refers to Jimmys use of the device to delay the resolution onto a chord
tone. He describes the approach as,

just circling one note I mean just going out of the scale and back into
it, by playing the note below and the note above and then the note itself,
you know that kind of thing I think he just doesnt want to go straight
to the tonic or the third or the fifth or the seventh directly. (interview
with the author, 2006)

According to Jon, Jimmy had his own terminology, naming them suspensions. For
Raney this was apparently a wider category than defined above. It would appear that
he considered other embellishments conceptually in the same category as enclosures.
Referring to bar 9 of What Is This Thing Called Love (transcribed solo from Raney
81, 1981),


185

Jon indicated that Jimmy called the A and B suspensions, implying that Raney
saw them as an embellishment of the chord tone rather than as part of say a half/whole
diminished scale.

He calls them suspensions He uses that lick a lot. The flat nine, sharp
nine back to the tone a minor third below and he called them
suspensions. So its interesting that he calls them suspensions because
really its like hes not so much thinking the chord as much as the
target tones. (interview with the author, 2006)

Paul Brown, a Sydney based guitar performer and educator, comments on a common
motif that he has noticed in Raneys solos. This device is an extended form of
enclosure. The initial chord tone focus is the 5
th
approached by upper neighbor tones
(7, 6), in Raneys terminology probably called suspensions. The color note of
3 (or 9) is then followed by an enclosure, this time to the 5 by way of a
semitone below and a tone above (5, 6,) before ending on the 3
rd
.

I'd be interested to know which tunes you have transcribed for your thesis.
I've just completed a transcription of 'The Song Is You' from 'The Master'.
Amongst the standard bop runs are quite a few figures that were peculiar
to Raney, although other students of his playing (Rene Thomas, for
instance) regularly reinterpreted them. His method of chromatic
enclosure (e.g. 7, 6, 5, 3, 5, 6, 5, 3) is particularly distinctive.
(Brown, 2006:pc)

Rick Stone refers to one enclosure device (over a G7 chord) that is from Raneys
vocabulary,

I know thats a thing that Jimmy did, that I got from Jimmy (plays),

That was the double chromatic enclosure of the seventh. (interview with
the author, 2006)

Raney used a number of other chromatic devices to achieve his particular sound. As
indicated already many of these are common to the language of bebop but Raney was
an innovator in that he attempted to apply them in a truly linear manner. Explaining
Jimmys use of approach tones and other chromatics Jon says,

In a way some of the chromatics that he uses and things like that its
easier to think of as tones that [are] used to getting to another tone
which sometimes resists chordal analysis Chordal analysis likes to fix
it in space in a particular place and the horizontal analysis tends to


186
like to run through it So, in a way hes a lot more horizontal even
though its very technically involved. (interview with the author, 2006)

He elaborates,

That would explain also some of the other stuff where hes in C major and
hes doing a chromatic down from e flat for example, that kind of stuff
like straight down from e flat to c Its just that it brings in a
chromatic passing tone that works from beat to beat and... you could
really do it from anywhere. You could do it from a flat. It all depends on
whether your cadences are major or minor and what beat youre on
What seems contradictory is really just a dark appoggiatura or
something. (ibid)

The chromaticism in Raneys dominant lines often appear to defy definition in terms
of standard scale choices. In studying the analysis of bars 11-14 of the solo from What
Is This Thing Called Love (transcribed solo from Raney 81, 1981) Jim Kelly notes
that, You dont hear that Pass-ism [Joe Pass] of the absolute altered [scale]
Wes [Montgomery] uses it The classic (plays),

(interview with the author, 2006)

Jon confirms this observation,

The chromaticism is really all his own though, you know he had some
unusual or maybe even almost you might say guitaristic [mannerisms]
in the chromatics. (interview with the author, 2006)

In bars 17-19 of What Is This Thing Called Love (transcribed solo from Raney 81,
1981) the use of 9, 9, 9 over an implied G
7
chord is obviously a linear
chromaticism. On this occasion it has a harmonic purpose as he is implying a
dominant leading to the Cm.

In this example Jon labels them as passing tones,

These are upper passing tones to the g what happens is sometimes
his passing tones can be of a darker even quote, chord contradictory
nature.. [Overall it] looks like C, G
7
back to C [minor] with the
chromatic there, so its almost like you could view that as neighbor
tones to C. Youre still on C and then G ish action going on right
there down to the [C minor] which is what you actually wrote so youre
in the ball park.. I mean this could be G (the g major arpeggio starting
on four and of bar 17) but it could also be C you know I should hear
the phrase you know, to see how its connected to this because there is the


187
potential here that this is the upper part of C major, C
MA9
. I dont know
Id have to hear him play it to see how he sort of connected that. If Im
thinking right its almost like this is, the sixth of C and this is a little bit of
G goin on here. (ibid)

(vii) Rhythmic devices

Raney was noted for his exacting approach to time and innovative rhythmic concepts.
This was not just a focus on rhythmic complexity or variety but also the application of
concepts of micro-meter and cross rhythm at a number of strata. Silverman discusses
some of these in his Down Beat article. Silverman states Raney would strategically
place accents in a line of eighths (Silverman, 2006:64) indicating that he did this by
means of; rhythmic groupings, changes in direction, intervallic leaps and cross
rhythms. These observations are borne out by the present study but it is Raneys
articulations themselves that provide the means by which these devices are
implemented. Silverman adds separately Another technique worth mentioning would
be ghost notes. Barely audible, Raney liked to call them swallowed notes. (ibid)
Silverman gives two examples in his transcription to illustrate his point but has not
marked on the score where any others might fall. In this study the author has indicated
all ghosted notes. (see pages 70 and 81). It can be seen from the transcriptions in the
current work that this device was pervasive in Raneys playing, however, Silvermans
article does not fully connect the importance of this device and others like it to his
more weighty observations on rhythmic accents within the phrase. Of more weight in
this discussion is Jon Raneys work on Jimmys unfinished book. (see pages 42, 56,
181, 200) Some material is now appearing on Jons blog (see page 42) but the
eventual release of the book will clarify this discussion and add greatly to the
understanding of Jimmys style.

Ghosted notes and slurs play a major part in Raneys ability to create accents that are
used to achieve two apparently disparate goals. On one level he uses these to create
interest and syncopated rhythmic punctuations and on another (aided by the first) to
propel the line to points of resolution by means of a sense of energized motion. In
fact, on the micro level, by ghosting the down beat or slurring onto beats one and
sometimes three which are usually the points of harmonic change he removes the
articulation from the strong beat. This has the effect of producing a kind of reverse or
negative accent. By regularly not articulating onto the strong beat he emphasizes it
by understatement. This is discussed further under Articulation on page 169.

Jon Raney points out that the concept of rhythmic displacement was something
Jimmy heard in other players,

He did do that kind of thing where [he would be] taking every phrase and
moving it round the beat. But its really under the influence of the
players that he admired most. Charlie Parker in particular.. he idolized
him for just the sense of like, his whole system [which] is so complete in
terms of you take one value and you can see it in totally different contexts,
different speeds. (interview with the author, 2006)

Doug confirms this,



188
He also did a lot of things that he used to tell me to check out like
especially when Charlie Parker was disposed to a certain freedom of
where you start and where you finish and things like that, and across the
bar phrases and things like that and starting the same phrase on one
or starting it on one and or starting the same phrase on two and
ending it on the one of the next bar that kind of stuff. All that stuff he
did and basically he got the idea from Charlie Parker. (interview with the
author, 2006)

Jon indicates that Jimmy may have taken the concept further than those whom he was
inspired by.

He perhaps was even more inventive with rhythm than Parker. Perhaps!
You know, I mean just in the the amount of that type of thing that he
had done, you know. (interview with the author, 2006)

Stan Getz was also interested in rhythmic displacement. Working with Raney in his
early career it is likely that some cross fertilization of ideas occurred. Jon comments
one of Getzs solos,

There was also a really exceptional solo that Stan did on Mosquito
Knees from Parker 51 that solos nuts man And its got a lot of
the Parker displacement n all that but another thing it has that Parker
didnt was groupings. Hes doing fives in there Its funny that
solo on Mosquito Knees. He starts with that Bolero He starts
with Ravels Bolero. Yeah that solo hes doing fives and all kindsa
stuff. (ibid)

Raneys phrasing concepts included the incorporation of a number of odd numbered
phrase lengths such as five and seven beats into his solos. Because 4/4 meter
dominates in jazz repertoire Raneys use of groupings of six is also noteworthy. Doug
and Jon both refer to these concepts in their fathers playing. Jon points out examples
in the Fascinatin Rhythm (transcribed solo from Jimmy Raney Visits Paris Vol. 2,
1954) transcription.

This is what I was talking about, Fascinatin Rhythm. Thats the phrase
in seven right there (referring to the two bar pick-up). In my ear, thats
what Im hearing.. and five in particular as well (bar 5, 6) he does
five a fair amount, in fact its part of the way he phrases sometimes.
(interview with the author, 2006)

He continues, pointing out that the phrases might be delineated by accents rather than
rests,
its right in there all of a sudden theres a phrase and when you write it
out on this paper you dont see it. But then clearly where you put the
accents [reveals it]. Like there it is. (ibid)

Sherman confirms this and demonstrates how Raney instructs its initial incorporation
into melodic material,



189
When he first came back to town in the late sixties I studied with him a
little bit it was kinda sporadic but he showed me some of his
thinking then and one thing that you hear he has [a] really great
mathematical concept about time and he would superimpose like fives
and then he would say, Run and practice your scales, why dont you
play one, two, three, four, five; one, two, three, four, five; one, two, three,
four, five; one (sings),

And all of a sudden you start hearing these little five things. (interview
with the author, 2006)

Raney not only produced phrase lengths of uneven numbers of beats he also aimed to
place these at varying starting points in the bar. As Silverman (2006) points out,
repetition of a phrase at different starting points also produced a type of cross rhythm.
Along with many of Raneys articulational devices this had the effect of inducing an
inner propulsion into the melodic line. Raneys experimentation with the placement of
phrases is confirmed by Jon,

The way he put it was he would take any phrase that he learned and try
to move it (sings),

... and then (sings),

You just heard me emphasize it [example two] as and but if you listen
to it in another room it would sound like it was on the beat. Its hard to
talk about but it got to be, I think that he did that and kept doing it to
the point where the rhythmic displacement had a feeling attached to it
It sounds different. It had this certain kind of way of piercing the space,
if you will. (interview with the author, 2006)

Sherman observes that Raneys rhythmic displacement was applied to a number of
parameters in his solos ,

Hell play like a triplet across the beat and various things across the
phrases and thats where hell superimpose chords across the barline.
Hell start on the and of four or the and of three even. (interview with
the author, 2006)

An overt example of beaming across bar line occurs in bars 34-35 of It Could Happen
To You (transcribed solo from The Influence, 1975).


190

In this example Raney has produced the cross rhythm by starting the eighth note
triplet grouping on the off beat of one in bar 34. Dane comments on this aspect of
Raneys rhythmic invention,

One of the things I think about Jimmy, I think about his polyrhythmic
nature twos against threes, threes against fours I remember having a
conversation with him about when he would write that kind of stuff out he
would beam over the bar line and that was the first time Id seen
that I know Stravinsky did it and probly some others, but he was
into that and like I say he was into classical anyway. (interview with the
author, 2006)

It is possible that a certain amount of Raneys rhythmic concepts were intuitive,
gained from exhaustive listening to Parker and his time in Stan Getzs band. Whatever
the extent of this infusion Jon Raney indicates that considerable work went into the
final realization of Jimmys concepts,

You know my father did a lot more work on fives and things like that.
He really did actually work on that technical aspect at some point, you
know, like I even have a lesson somewhere in one of those reel-to-reel
tapes that hes given my brother. (interview with the author, 2006)

He goes on,

And in particular he was into [in] lets say the middle period working
out phrases in fives and accents and things like that. And he did seven, I
dont know if he actually worked on phrases in seven [But] he
commented that other players did that. Like Lee Konitz for example But
I dont know if he [Jimmy] actually did that but definitely fives he had
certain phrases that he did, you know, like scalar things. (ibid)

Jon provides some insight into Jimmys concept of swing feel, indicating that
accents on the eighth notes and placement of the attack play a major part in the
production of the sound,

When he would teach students about how to play in terms of swing
they [the students] would get into this whole kinda quasi swing thing and
his whole concept was [not so much, swinging but] very much about at
least in terms of your line, thinking about accented eighths and then
also depending on what was going on either dropping it back, is how
he referred to it. Like dropping it back behind the beat or up on top so
that in general his lines [are] a little bit more squared towards the
eighth, especially as the tempo speeds up.. So like when hed get a
student in thatd be all over the place he would say, Well lets just do
it in eighth notes. Now accent the eighth notes And then in terms of
trying to get the swing feel, instead of like (sings a set of dotted eighths)


191
which sounds like a child skipping He would say, Try to drop it back
behind the beat while still maintaining the eighth note line or accented
eighth note line. (ibid)

In this as well as other areas it appears that Raney conceptualized his playing after
the fact. Jon describes his father as being,

an unconscious theorist and he could explain it after the fact.. and
at that point in his life, I guess that was circa eighty two, eighty three, he
was sort of reflecting on his own work and he realized that he was
thinking about larger meters and that he thought in larger meters like a
very large six four and things like that and constructed phrases with
that. But he had done it in a way that was sort of unconscious. He was
attracted to phrases that just happened to work out that way. So it was
sort of like there was a method to the madness, sort of after the fact.
(ibid)

(viii) Harmony and substitution

The information gathered from the various commentators presents a somewhat
contradictory picture of Raneys approach to this subject. Some emphasize his
intuitive and aural focus and present the view that he gave little consideration to
matters of chord superimposition and substitution in his improvisational lines. Others
indicate that he consciously applied advanced concepts in the development of his
solos. Many present both points of view in paradoxical juxtaposition. A balanced
picture of Raneys position probably lies with a synthesis of both extremes. The
dichotomy that Raney was at once highly evolved in his improvisational concepts but
at the same time not preemptively analytical is most likely also applicable in the area
of the harmonic aspect of his lines.

It is obvious that, intuitively or not, Raney manages to move through numerous
harmonic implications in any given phrase. Due to the inherent intelligence of the
melodic material these can usually be understood and explained in terms of sound
harmonic principles, reinforcing the idea that players such as Raney had advanced
aural abilities and that these abilities were informed by discerning and analytical
listening practices. Jon Raney indicates that in some ways Jimmy dictated his own
harmonic mantle onto the existing framework of tunes,

Because thats another thing.. as technical as he is in a way hes not so
much a book player. Hes a book player in the sense that his harmony is
well defined in his line but he looks at it more as the fact that hes
defining the harmony, not that hes looking at the harmony as a construct
and playing over that Thats also Birds [Charlie Parkers] concept in
some different ways. But I mean essentially, Bird had overall
harmony going on, so like maybe the change would call for Dm, G
7
and
Bird is playing on C major. (interview with the author, 2006)

He goes on,



192
like the overall cadence is mentally you have your own mind about what
generally the important cadence is for that, so in the sense that you
have the ability to write substitutions and create pedal tones and different
things like that a good player will just say, Well this is what that area
sounds like to me so I dont care if that setting says Bm, E
791
if Im
hearing a, (sings),
92

If Im hearing an ending lick what happens to the harmonic rhythm.
Lets say Im in bar thirty and then Im hearing a five pedal or
one or one, six, four chord in there then thats what [Ill play]
and that can be confusing for people who want to pin it to a chord
change. (ibid)

When asked if his father had an intentional superimposed or substituted harmony that
dictated his complex lines Jon asserts that he was more melodically driven.

I dont think it was harmony as the template I think that the example
that Parker set in him learning it was enough that the model had
enough directional harmony in it he adopted that model, that very
harmonically complex model as his working vocabulary so that
within the architecture of the line there was a great deal of harmony
going on but not to the point where it would be like little practice
sessions on that particular [idea] We cant get in his mind then but I
would think that it was more driven on who he transcribed. (ibid)

Jon recalls a videoed clinic involving his father and in particular a question from one
of the students who asked,

Do you think about chord scale relationships and he [Jimmy] thinks for
a second and says No! and he kinda just left him hanging there and
people laughed and then he kinda chimed in..... he says hes always
learned by imitation. He calls it mothers milk You learn to speak by
imitating your mother most of the time and so its the same thing with
the playing. (ibid)

In spite of the implication from these observations that there is a degree of mild
harmonic anarchy in Raneys approach it should be noted that in any jazz ensemble
performance there must be basic harmonic agreement. Issues as to what chord
changes are used for any particular tune are often crucial to the performance. One
interesting observation made by Jon Raney implies that there may have been some
issues with the recording of Jimmy Raney Visits Paris Vol. 2. (1954) Discussing
transcriptional and analytical issues concerning the solo on Fascinatin Rhythm

91
Jon originally spoke of this example in C. i.e. He says Dm, G
7
. Since he sang it in A I have
adjusted the chords to reflect the transcribed line.
92
This lick can be seen in a number of contexts. Perhaps the simplest is as a A
MA7
outline. Given that
Jon has no pitch reference this could be transposed up a minor third to fit the harmonic example he
gives.


193
(transcribed solo from Jimmy Raney Visits Paris Vol. 2, 1954) Jon remarks, while
listening to the recording,

You know whats really confusing on that album is that he was playing
different changes than the piano. Did you notice that? The pianist, I think
he was playing like dominant sevenths against it and Dad was playing a
lot of very defined changes I bet you he was bugged. I mean he wasnt
happy with the chords he was hearing. I mean if I were to guess. Because
you listen to it theres a disjunct. Its like hes in this modern territory
and theyre not. Not to say the pianist wasnt good, he was, but the
chords there, the chords he was feeding sounded like dominant seventh to
me. (interview with the author, 2006)

By the last eight bars of the first chorus (bars 35-42) he adds,

Ah yeah, thats sounding a little better. But the firsts not good.. You
know on that second chorus its kinda like the piano was playing sus,
suspension chords. (ibid)

Hendersons observations are also indicative of the difficulty faced in categorizing
Raneys conceptualization of this area. When asked if Raney used conscious chord
substitution to generate his lines he replies, On occasion but not much He was
more into just outlining the chords and having really wild sort of phrasing.
(interview with the author, 2006) but adds later, His idea of substitutions was sort of
like taking things that he already could play and just using them in very different
ways. (ibid) He elaborates,

Taking an idea like this, he would play, (plays),

Which he would use, (plays),

for an Am Well he would also use it for, (plays),

F half diminished
93
(plays),

(ibid)


93
Another name for a minor seven flat five chord. In this case usually written F
!(7)
or Fm
7

5
.


194
The harmonic interpretation of the last phrase is of a ii/V in E minor. Fm
7

5

moving to a B
7alt
(B
7
9

5
) and resolving to an Em
9
. Not only does Henderson show
the possibility of the Am lick functioning as Fm
7

5
he then shows the same motif
implying dominant harmony by transposing it up a minor third.
94
It would appear
from this that Raney did use harmonic cells in multiple functions which is a common
form of chord substitution and that this process could have involved the use of basic
chord shapes as the framework for the melodic material.

Looking at the sequenced theme in bars 27-29 of It Could Happen To You
(transcribed solo from The Influence, 1975) Henderson confirms that they are typical
m
7
guitar chord shapes. He adds, Hell superimpose that. Right here hes thinking
Cm (interview with the author, 2006)

From investigation of the transcriptions it would appear that Raney often seems to be
allowing a sense of harmonic approximation into his lines. This could be connected
to the aural basis of his improvisational approach or it could be that there is a certain
freedom associated with conceptualizing the harmony in broad brush strokes rather
than tight vertical constructs. If this is the case it is interesting that the freedom
created by a more panoramic view of the harmony has actually given Raney the space
to create his own uniquely complex structures.

Jim Kelly comments on the essential simplicity of Raneys conceptual framework,
noticing Raneys liberality with the strict harmony. He refers to the Gm
7

5
in bar 11
of What Is This Thing Called Love (transcribed solo from Raney 81, 1981) saying,
What Ive noticed too hes really not playing it as a half diminished a lot.
offering the explanation, You dont have to always have half diminisheds going
to minor centers if you like. (interview with the author, 2006)

The phrase in bars 13-14 beginning with the f on beat 3 of bar 13 can be viewed as
either a partial diminished scale or at least built around the diminished arpeggio off
f. Again, Raney is free with the harmonic consequences of the phrase given that he
is soloing over an Fm
7
chord at that point. Kelly indicates the device is not uncommon
saying, Well we do, we play that on a minor chord dont we sometimes... Like a
diminished scale. I do. He concludes of the overall phrase How great does that
sound on the minor chord! (ibid)

The transcriptions also show Raney utilizing a number of standard substitutions in his
improvisations. While commentators generally agree on the intuitive implementation
of these they do confirm their presence and frequency, Jeff Sherman says that Raney
used,

Kind of a lot of the traditional substitutions say if its a one chord in
the key and going to two. He would play like one, four dominant,
three to six dominant to get to the two chord. So you have B
7
, Am,
D
7
to get to the Gm. [in the key of F] So he did a lot of those kinds of

94
As a matter of interest the sequence could also function as an Am
7
, D
7

9
in which case the chord of
resolution would be a G
MA7



195
things and they were just sort of automatic for him. (interview with the
author, 2006)

Another common device is his treatment of the ii/V progression Doug Raney says,

I mean you can also goof around with the two chord lets say you can
change it to a [dominant] seventh my father did that a lot he would
take a minor seventh, he would change it to a seventh, you know, things
like that. (interview with the author, 2006)

Rick Stone asserts that Raneys lines incorporate a number of triadic structures.
Again, these may have been arrived at by imitative and intuitive rather than cognitive
means.

It seemed like Jimmy was really into that too, man, the upper structure
triad things Like you learn certain chords (plays G
13

9
) you think
of G
7
like a thirteen flat nine (plays),

Right, (repeats phrase) see! (plays),

He would play things like that I remember he would do things like that
all the time. Cause look. (plays),

Cause look play a G
13

9
, what major triads sitting on top of that?
Theres an E triad. (plays)

Just like when you play a Dm
7
chord theres an F triad, (plays),


Look at how easy that is, a two, five, one.

There you go, you know.



196
Jimmy was always doing stuff like that. (interview with the author,
2006)

In bar 23 of What Is This Thing Called Love (transcribed solo from Raney 81, 1981)
the use of an A on beat 4 over an A
7
chord could come from the use of a tritone
substitute to create the line rather than just the insertion of a 9 either as a
chromaticism or because of scale choice. Analyzing this in retrospect presents us with
a chicken or egg scenario in trying to determine what the causal factors were in the
lines genesis. Jon Raney offers valuable insight that at least clarifies Jimmy
utilization of such concepts,

Its like hes not really hearing A there, on the change You know
what it is, I guess that hes thinking of it more like D
7
but its moved,
you know A, D
7
although I mean again youve got this thing going
where its almost got as much in common with Dm as well.. but then
it breaks it here. This is definitely A
7
here. (interview with the author,
2006)

The paradox of Raneys theoretical process is illustrated by Hendersons comments
regarding another example of tritone harmony at bar 18 of It Could Happen To You
(transcribed solo from The Influence, 1975).

In fact you got g sharp there, youre right, see hes thinking the A
triad which is the tritone sub. of D
7
Thats the way Jimmy would
operate. (interview with the author, 2006)

He qualifies the statement with I dont think he really thought about things in those
terms. (ibid)

As mentioned previously, Jim Kelly doesnt have the advantage of close association
with Raney however his experience and aural objectivity produce some astute
observations on improvisation. On bar 12-13 of What Is This Thing Called Love
(transcribed solo from Raney 81, 1981) he points out the possible use of a B
MA7
shape to generate the basic extensions of C
7
. He reinforces the view that Raney
probably perceived the harmonic texture as broad and free of restrictive legislation.

Ive noticed they do that he seems to want to really stick with it just
being.. a simple C
7th
to him but its like, (plays),

Which is just G dorian. Dorian for the whole lot you know, so hes not
being encumbered by the chords too much. (interview with the author,
2006)



197
He plays an example of the type of application of this idea over a longer harmonic
progression,

and goes on to explain that the B
MA7
shape which produces, as he puts it, simple
C dominant melodic material can then be used down a tone (A
MA7
) over the Fm
tonic.

So it means guitaristically youd have like a shape Im just saying
that because its like a guitaristic shape You can hear that the guys
not really playing off that chord by chord thing and thinking more
like the harmonic minor sort of sound. Which you might tend to do at
tempo. (ibid)

Kelly here is referring to the tendency in jazz soloing to use extended harmonic
centers over chord progressions at faster tempos. For example, over a Gm
7

5
, C
7

9
,
Fm
7
the soloist might play F harmonic minor or over a Gm
7
, C
7
, F
MA7
an F major
scale as opposed to the option of playing a different scale or mode type over each
chord. Raney seems to imply the combination of both approaches in many of his lines
by the judicious use of chromatic approach tones and the careful placement of chord
or guide tones.

The use of the major triad or major seven arpeggio down a step from the root of the
dominant (i.e. the four or subdominant chord) is quite common in Raneys lines.
Kelly elaborates,

I reckon its the Wes (Montgomery) idea you know.. I reckon he heard
C
7 th
like that. Yeah, he heard it like that. And Ive maintained that like
when Wes was playing a simple three chord blues in the key of C, you
could actually strip the band away and play a simple three chord minor
blues in G minor and every thing would sound absolutely perfect to it
Because the sound of C
7 th
was more like Gm to him because that
produced the upper partials, the nine, eleven, thirteen sound. (ibid)

Looking at bar three of What Is This Thing Called Love (transcribed solo from Raney
81, 1981) (the start of the solo chorus) Kelly again points out the possible use of the
four string major seven shape as a basis for the improvised line. Even though the
arpeggio is not played in this instance he indicates that the transcribed theme of f,
a, g is often part of a longer bebop lick that starts with that arpeggio.

Well, see again to me, now the addition to that (refers to the three note
theme in bar 3) is,


198

a classic Wes and classic bop theme like when youre playing C
7th

In other words I just say that hes just thinking of simple C
7th
. (interview
with the author, 2006)

Variations on the same theme are repeated until bar 7. In bar 6-7 Kelly suggests a
simple approach to the harmony behind the improvised line confirming Stones
observations (see page 175) regarding the redundancy of the two chord in certain
situations.

And then here its simple. Its a G
7th
they just keep going five, one all
the time and not, where we might tend to pay a bit more attention to
[question] Is it a half diminished two, preceding the five? When I was
with Joe [Pass] he said I dont know what all this is about, the two
chord, he says, Its just the five chord to [its resolution, one] (ibid)

Kelly has his own unique illustration on the place of the two chord preceding the
dominant or five. Given Raneys sense of humor he may have appreciated this
description,

I reckon the two chord on the five is just pretty well like a guy in a
dinner suit and the two chords the bowtie. Its just a little bit of a
dress up of the dinner suit. The dinner suit is the five chord. (ibid)

While this paradigm changes at slower tempos such as in ballads where the full
subtleties of each chord movement can be fully explored, at higher tempos Kelly
suggests,

I reckon they release themselves from the chords. They just as much
as they can go five, one, thats what theyre trying to do with their
thinking. So that they can get about the business of playing something
without being too caught up. (ibid)

Another option Kelly suggests to look for is the same major seven arpeggio device
applied more chromatically. Over a Gm
7
, C
7
, Fm
7
chord progression for example the
line might involve a B
MA7
arpeggio (implying a Gm
9
or C
7
with standard
extensions), an A
MA7
or A major triad (implying a C
13

5
or a C
13

9
) and an A
MA7

arpeggio (implying a Fm
9
). It is probable that groups of devices like these are built
into lines that Raney uses at fast tempos but that they are thought of and played as a
conglomerate or homogeneous structure.

A similar style substitution is achieved by replacing the dominant chord with major
seven arpeggio off the flat two. An example in the above key might take the form of
a B
MA7
arpeggio over the Gm
7
, a D
MA7
arpeggio over the C
7
(implying a C
7

5
)
and the A
MA7
arpeggio over the tonic Fm. Referring to bar 39-41 of Someone To
Watch Over Me (transcribed solo from But Beautiful, 1990),


199

Henderson says,

Hes just (plays)
95


[playing] sorta like an altered In his world that would be like a kind of
a B altered sound. (interview with the author, 2006)

The pitch material for last beat of bar 39 (with a Fm
7
harmony) and all of bar 40 (with
a B
7
harmony), except for the chromatic approach tone on four and is all B major
scale. This device over a dominant chord a half step down comes very close to the
pitch set of a melodic minor off the same root, a scale that would produce the B
altered or super locrian mode.

It is not the intension of the author to explore any of Raneys comping or chord solo
style and therefore discussion regarding vertical harmonic structures is not undertaken
here. However, Stan Moon recalls Raney using parallel harmony in his chord solo
work which may indicate his familiarity with these concepts in a different scenario to
his single line solos. This may point to the possibility of deliberate and cognitive use
of devices like these in his improvising. Stan says

I remember working on a piece he did Dancing In The Dark
(sings),

Where he takes like a diminished chord and just moves the whole chord
up, (sings),

You know, kinda in parallel
96
. I dont know what youd call it exactly but
I think that was the thing that he did a lot Just take a form and move
it in different locations. (interview with the author, 2006)

Hal Galpers work Forward Motion (2005) and Sam Mosts Jazz Improvisation (Most
and Cavalier (ed), 1996) both address the topic of the structural foundations of
melody. Galpers is a more theoretical coverage and refers to the fundamental

95
Henderson merely plays a line here that implies the same kind of harmonic concept that Raney uses.
It is not an attempt to replicate Raneys line.
96
Moon is referring to the not uncommon practice, in jazz guitar in particular, of harmonizing a scalar
run with a intervalically parallel chord with the top note as the melody. This produces a non-diatonic
harmonization.


200
building blocks as inactive melodies (Galper, 2005:29) and defines these as
composed of mostly whole notes, half notes and sometimes quarter notes and
constructed using basic chord tones (roots, 3rds., 5ths., and 7ths.[sic]). (ibid:29) He
contrasts these with embellishments or active melodies which he defines as
rhythmically active (8th. notes, triplets, and 16th. notes etc.) and constructed of non-
chord-tones (either in the key or tension notes outside the key). (ibid:29) He adds
further that inactive melodies utilize mostly unanticipated (on beat) rhythms
whereas embellishments tend to have a predominance of anticipated (off beat)
rhythms. Galper asserts,

Youve probably been hearing this aspect of soloing while listening to the
Masters improvise.. each player has his or her own particular mix of
active and inactive content. Their styles can even be partially defined by
each players particular individual mix of melodic and embellished lines.
(ibid:30)

Sam Mosts book is a practical work providing exercises for the development of this
skill. It would appear from Jeff Shermans comments that Raneys yet to be published
work has some similar exercises in it. (see pages 42, 56, 181) Galper states that
appropriately utilizing the inactive melody as the basis and focus of melodic
construction is fundamental to the development of improvisational skills.

The application of this principle is evident in the analysis of Raneys solos. The main
chord tones of 1, 3, 5 and 7 are consistently placed on the strong beats of the bar.
Consequently the placement of color tones and the focus of rhythmic and melodic
embellishments are centered around the weak and off beats. While Raney centers
his improvisational lines around these inactive melodies it is his ability to insert
embellishments at speed on to this framework and the uniqueness of the
embellishments and the way in which they are derived which set him apart. The
framework or inactive notes are also sometimes drawn from sources other than the set
chords to the pieces and this sets up another level of complexity to his soloing.

The annotated solos in this study were analyzed as to what chord tone fell on the
strong beats (1 and 3). These were labeled in red. Note the frequent occurrence of
basic chord tones as a melodic reference point at the focus of harmonic movement in
the annotated transcriptions. A table indicating the frequency of occurrence of each
chord tone/strong beat correlation for each solo is provided on page 202. The table
indicates that there is an underlying simplicity to what at first appears to be complex,
convoluted and often dense melodic material. The analysis did account for sections
that represented obvious substituted, anticipated or extended harmony, taking the
chord tone designation from the substituted harmony. However, simple anticipated or
delayed resolutions were not included in the frequency calculations for the table as
arguably the deliberate intention is for them not to coincide with the strong beat.
These occur when a resolution is merely anticipated or delayed by an eighth note
(quaver). Examples include, bar 6 of Sugar Hill Bop (transcribed solo from Wardell
Gray Complete Sunset and New Jazz Masters, 1949), bar 52 of Fascinatin Rhythm
(transcribed solo from Jimmy Raney Visits Paris Vol. 2, 1954), bar 19 of Someone To
Watch Over Me (transcribed solo from But Beautiful , 1990) and bar 81-86 of What Is
This Thing Called Love (transcribed solo from Raney 81, 1981). Also, instances of
modal ambiguity such as a minor third played over a major chord (or visa versa) were


201
counted as miscellaneous tones rather than as fundamental chord tones. It spite of
disallowing these possible inclusions the results are quite compelling. It can be
observed that the frequency of the phenomenon of strong beat/chord tone resolution is
profound both in extent (in all solos) and depth (prevalence within each solo).

Consultation confirmed these results and generated some pertinent observations. Scott
Henderson notes Raneys strong beat focus on chord tones in How About You
(transcribed solo from Live in Tokyo, 1976), You go through this, how many times
do you see the third or the seventh! (interview with the author, 2006)

Doug Raney comments on the function of this characteristic,

Thats probably to keep it rooted in [the harmony] to give him the
freedom to do other things he wants to have a certain inner logic in
what hes doing Lee Konitz used to call my father Mister Changes
you know he really runs the chords a lot of times too does a lot of
arpeggios, the minor seventh arpeggio constantly but then he
combines that with all these intricate things that we were talking
about, alterations and circling notes and stuff like that but there
has to be a certain reference point. (interview with the author, 2006)

Most jazz improvisation texts point to the 3
rd
and 7
th
being the most common of the
chord tones used to anchor the melodic line. This is due to the modal clarity and
harmonic pressure that is characteristic of these two notes. In the analysis of Raneys
solos it would initially appear that the 5
th
and sometimes the 1
st
are at least as
common as the 3
rd
and 7
th
. This may be as a result of a substitution, intuitive or
cognitive. With regard to the 5
th
, Jon Raney points out that it may occur more in bars
in which it, for example, represents a dominant pedal tone, dominant anticipation or
an attempt to reduce the predictability of the line.

Further to this, Raneys use of substitutes may create secondary sets of chord tones in
which what appears to be the fifth may be functioning as a third. For example, g is
the fifth of Cm but the third of E. So if Raney is thinking of an E
MA7
substitute
over the Cm
7
chord change (in effect a Cm
9
) his use of g is actually conceived by
him as the third of E rather than, as it superficially appears, the fifth of Cm. Jon
elaborates,

Plus the fact that when youre a player like him and you play on the ninths
then in a way you might be thinking of the third as a fifth, you see. In
other words, like if youre on a Cm chord your fifth is g but to E
MA7

its a third. So if youve got licks and such that are sort of built in the
extensions, in his own mind it carries a fifth but it feels like a third from
the harmony that hes detailing.. Like even horn players will be
thinking about maybe connecting upper extensions. So like, for instance
a change like Cm, F
7
you might see it possibly as Gm, Fdim or
something, right? In a way at that particular moment youre seeing that
particular group or youre seeing [it] from that perspective like. Your


202
Cm, F
7
you might be seeing it as E
MA7
, Edim7
97
. You know what
Im saying so it could all be frame of reference. (ibid)

Table 1 Strong beat/chord tone correlation in Raney solos

Sugar Hill Bop Fascinatin' Rhythm
Chord degree Frequency Chord degree Frequency
1 2 1 17
3 8 3 21
5 5 5 15
7 9 7 11
9 0 9 4
#11/11 3 #11/11 1
6/13 5 6/13 2
Alt 2 Alt 9
Other/Misc. 0 Other/Misc. 6
Bars in solo 24 Bars in solo 64

Samba Para Dos It Could Happen To You
Chord degree Frequency Chord degree Frequency
1 6 1 20
3 14 3 49
5 16 5 40
7 12 7 25
9 4 9 7
#11/11 1 #11/11 7
6/13 1 6/13 7
Alt 3 Alt 9
Other/Misc. 0 Other/Misc. 4
Bars in solo 36 Bars in solo 96

What Is This Thing Called Love Someone To Watch Over Me
Chord degree Frequency Chord degree Frequency
1 31 1 11
3 29 3 24
5 26 5 28
7 16 7 12
9 6 9 4
#11/11 14 #11/11 12
6/13 8 6/13 3
Alt 8 Alt 9
Other/Misc. 16 Other/Misc. 1
Bars in solo 96 Bars in solo 64


97
This chord functions as a F
7

9,13
. The designation 7 is sometimes used interchangeably with 7 or
MA7.


203

(ix) Other Idioms

A number of Raneys improvisational idioms have been described as part of a
particular musical device or process under previous sections of this analysis. Others
that have been specifically mentioned as characteristic of his style and content by
those consulted for this project are covered here. It is interesting to note that in some
ways Raneys attempt to generate lines without obvious repetition of stock devices is
one of the characteristics that has marked his playing as being unique. Regarding the
use of repetitive licks in Jimmys playing Doug admits there are some but says,

You know the funny thing is though what he was trying to do was trying
to get further and further away from those things thats what makes
people recognize its him often. (interview with the author, 2006)

As has been previously discussed Raney did spend considerable time generating a
unique catalog of sounds. Sometimes this was achieved through aspects of phrase
placement and length. He also had a preference for what Jon Raney calls the darker
tones (interview with the author, 2006). These were added by virtue of direct
inclusion or indirectly through substitution.

If you want to talk about dark tones listen to the way they fit in his solo in
The Song Is You. [from the Birdland Sessions (1948-1952) album] On
the bridge in particular. (sings),

You know, where you get weird 5,9. (ibid)

Talking about their appearance in a Cm
7
, F
7
cadence Jon says

I think he liked that particular sound the sharp nine Well, I say its
the sharp nine but its the sharp nine in relation to B but its the thirteen
in relation to [F]. (ibid)

Bar 18 in the solo of What Is This Thing Called Love (transcribed solo from Raney
81, 1981) shows another example of the use of chromatic devices based around
altered ninths. Doug Raney says Its typical of one of my fathers phrases.
(interview with the author, 2006)

A number of substitution based licks have already been discussed. The following
example is one that Henderson mentions as being an option commonly used by
Raney. Referring to bar 48-49 of Fascinatin Rhythm (transcribed solo from Jimmy
Raney Visits Paris Vol. 2, 1954) Henderson initially suggests the following fingering
but also goes on to comment on the harmonic concept behind the line,



204


Heres what hes doing I know exactly what hes doing. (plays),

Hes thinkin Cm
7
to F
7
here. Hes thinkin Cm
7
this whole
measure, Cm
7
to F
7
and then down a half step to what you [have] got
there. Cause he did that a lot. (interview with the author, 2006)

At the surface level this device is a simple semitone side-slip of the harmony,
producing a strong extra tension to the basic chord progression. This movement
produces substantial color to this section of the line. At a deeper level the F
7
is
itself a substitute dominant harmony (moving to the F
7
) being a tritone substitute for
C
7
(V of V). In other words Raney is preceding the ii/V package of Cm
7
, F
7
which as
discussed previously is often viewed simply as the V chord (F)
7
with a secondary
dominant (C
7
). This line then has a sense of movement onto the end of the eight bar
phrase.

The chords under the example above refer to the possible harmonic concept that
Raney is using. This may be in spite of the rhythm section that is following simpler
chord movements. Henderson mentions that the line in bar 49 from beat two and
(11, 9, 3/9, 3, 1 relating to F
7
) is a common device of Raneys. (ibid) Again the
complexity of the line implies greater harmonic movement. The first two notes could
be 7 and 5 of Cm and the a a chromaticism leading to the third of the F
7
, a .
This is a variant of a wider concept, that of small cells gravitating to chord tones but
also containing chromatic colors and pressure tones.

Henderson elaborates on the chromatic two/five device, (plays)

When you ever hear that kind of thing, hes doing (plays),

Even though its written, (plays),

(interview with the author, 2006)


205

Another example of this device in the annotated transcriptions occurs with the Fm
7

to B
7
substitution in bar 8 of Someone To Watch Over Me (transcribed solo from But
Beautiful , 1990). In bars 9-10 of It Could Happen To You (transcribed solo from The
Influence, 1975) the use is less obvious. Nevertheless, the Cm9 arpeggio followed by
a Bm7 arpeggio over the Bm75, E7 cadence is clearly the same device masked both
rhythmically and by its emphasis on the ii component of the ii/V progression.

Raneys playing has a number of stylistic ties to previous players and styles. Jon
refers to one lick that links Jimmy to the pre bebop era.

One of the thing[s] that marks his playing is the slight tie to the swing
era, (sings),

Like on the sixth, you know like that its [a] Louis Armstrong
phrase, (sings),

(interview with the author, 2006)

When asked what chord tone the phrase approached Jon says,

I think its actually to the sixth Yeah its on the sixth. Its like a Louis
Armstrong-ish kind of phrase Im trying to think of, is it West End
Blues? You know that old solo of Louis, very famous, where he scat
solos. Simple blues, its called West End Blues. Thats an example of
that kind of architecture. (ibid)

Deciding on a musical ideas lineage can be fraught with difficulties. Proving or
disproving connections is complex and inconclusive. However commentators agree
that a number of devices are passed around various players and generally mutate as
they travel from artist to artist. Rick Stone obliquely and inadvertently refers to this as
he describes a Raney idiom,

Jimmy has his own way, you know. (plays),

I mean its like Bird (Charlie Parker), some of those are like Bird
licks too, I think I dont know if thats a Jimmy or a Bird. That may be
even a Bird lick. (plays),

Oh thats a Bird lick. (interview with the author, 2006)



206
Jon describes one of the specific motivic ideas that Raney appropriated from his time
with Stan Getz.

I think he [Jimmy] transcribed some Stan Getz He was very influenced
by him, especially early. Some of the phrases he took from him like that
double noted phrase. (sings),

You hear Stan do that first That was sort of Stans thing, you know not
too many people were doing the double noted [thing]. I dont think Lester
[Young] did that, that I recall. (interview with the author, 2006)

Jon also indicates that both Jimmy and Stan borrowed a specific Lester Young lick.
He says that it is evident in Getzs solo on Mosquito Knees from the album Parker
51
98
(see also page 188) and implies that Getzs and Raneys use of it involved some
mutation.

And hes also doing that lick both of them took from Lester Young
which is,
99


My father does that phrase.. That was Lesters lick but Stan took that
lick and he also did it half step up too, so on a B change you do it up
on a B major I think that father was influenced a lot by that
Transposing phrases and rhythmically, you know, doing rhythmic work.
(ibid)

Jon mentions (2007:pc) that this lick is used by Jimmy on the Aebersold play along
Vol. 20 - Jimmy Raney: For You to PlayTen Favorite Jazz Standards (1979) on the
Rhythm changes solo. He also suggests that Jimmy was not content to remain static in
his improvisational language, implying that clichs in his lines were swapped for
more complex motifs and devices over time.

I guess he kinda maybe threw some of his clichs slightly to the side
and put new ones in their place slightly. Theres certain ones, (sings),

Like hes got these little back turning phrases that Rene Thomas
100

picked up on. (ibid)


98
It would appear that this is a Stan Getz album with the same title as the tune Parker 51.
99
The written example above was provided by Jon at a later date (2007) in a personal communication.
100
Jon and Doug Raney and Peter Leitch all refer to Rene Thomas as a player who was profoundly
influenced by Jimmy. He assimilated much of Raneys style but had a rhythmic intensity and attack
with a more aggressive edge.


207
He also reworked various ideas and reinserted them into his repertoire in an evolved
form at later dates. Jon says,

He tore off [appropriated] some of the Charlie Christian licks. You
know that double-stop thing he does sometimes on blues
101
. [Also]
that one phrase he does like, (sings),

Thats another of his That flat five thing That never left, I mean he
did that early on and then he reinvented it on What Is This Thing
Called Love.
102
(ibid)

Jon discusses one of the signature licks of Jimmys that other players noticed,
indicating that it occurred frequently enough that he and his brother considered its
appearance in solos humorous.

That phrase is kinda funny My brother and I had a joke about that, you
know its just a real clear line and some players have picked up
on that one. And this one player I think hes from Russia or some other
place and he was in Denmark and he actually took that lick and he
actually did it in a whole sequence beyond what was there You know
like, moving it all. Like making it into a folly or something. (ibid)

Jon writes the basic Raney lick thus,


He goes on to say,

See, its probably a pick-up line. But he may do that phrase
anywhere.. He might vary this possibly.. So, I mean, this is
superimposed upon a big [Dm
7
, G
7
, C]
103
kind of thing, right Then it
begins to make more sense, right. The same phrase transposed. (ibid)

Jon points out that the lick ends up on the fifth not the third when normally you
would expect it might end on the [e].
104
(ibid) He goes on to explain its application
in other contexts,

The line in particular where he does this is on Anthropology from
Live In Tokyo.
105
He does it on the drum breaks. (sings),
106


101
An example of this can be found in bars 25-29 of Instant Blue (transcribed solo from Good
Company, 1985)
102
See bars 81-86 of What Is This Thing Called Love (transcribed solo from Raney 81, 1981)
103
Jon originally spoke of this example in A. i.e. He says Bm, E
7
, A. The written example
above was provided by Jon at a later date (2007) in a personal communication and so I have adjusted
the chords to reflect the example he provided.
104
A similar adjustment was made in this quote to reflect the key of the written example.


208

.. Hes doing drum breaks with Leroy Williams and then he plays it
right there..... Thats from the bridge.. Hes on the D
7
at that point in
the bridge of rhythm changes.
107
(ibid)

The overall structure of this lick is similar to the side-step ii/V in that it adds a
secondary or substituted dominant tension to the run that doesnt exist in the written
or accompanying harmony. Using the written example that Jon Raney provides (see
page 207) the theoretical basis can be viewed as substitution based on a tritone. The
regular ii/V of C Dm
7
, G
7
) is followed by ii/V based around D
7
, the tritone
substitute of G
7
. This provides a final resolution of D
7
to C. On the micro level it is
also interesting that in the written examples application the arpeggio that starts each
bar is an arpeggio of the four chord. In the bar of G
7
the line starts with an F major
arpeggio. In the next bar (Am
7
, D
7
) the arpeggio is a C major triad. This
device is described more fully on pages 196-198.

The generation of lines may be inspired by things that a player is currently exposed to.
They may also be a deliberate attempt to create a new sound around pre-established
principles. This mix of appropriated and reworked material as well as ideas that
represent a type of pre-composition are often difficult to separate. Nevertheless, it is
often the mark of fresh creativity that has a players peers in the industry noting a
new sound. Jon remembers,

Theres that one, great solo he did. Its like a chorus on a Music
Minus One record, you know, (sings),

That there! That one phrase, (sings),

He definitely that was a worked out phrase It has to be. Cause
Ive heard it and it just... Howie Collins was pressing for that and it just,
like, knocked him overwhen he [Jimmy] recorded that, cause like the

105
Jon Raney is referring to the album Live in Tokyo (1976)
106
This sung example differs from the original only slightly in intervallic content but substantially in
its key centre. Transposing it up a fifth places its third bar appropriately over the D
7
chord that starts
the bridge of Rhythm Changes. The b that begins the last full bar should be a b to maintain the
appropriate tritone relation ship with the f that begins the previous bar.
107
The chord progression to Gershwins I Got Rhythm. This a common contrafact from the bebop
period.


209
rest of the record was just comping but thats one of his big phrases.
(ibid)

The new ideas that infuse the repertoire of performers like Raney are themselves
partially a product of a soloists own aural heritage and therefore informed to some
degree by their past and current musical influences. With Raney the influences were
very broad. He absorbed material from across the available jazz spectrum as well as a
number of diverse sources from classical music. This background was by no means
merely intuitively incorporated as it is clear that he made considerable effort to
enhance and expand his own language by transferring numerous improvisational
concepts to the guitar. This in itself produced both musical and technical innovation.
It would be wrong to assume, however, that Raney was merely regurgitating other
preexistent material on his chosen instrument. While it is nearly impossible to indicate
the line of demarcation between new work and reworked or assimilated material in
jazz improvisation, commentators agree that Raney added a considerable range of
innovative material to the jazz language and expanded the possibilities for the
improvisational role of the guitar in particular.




210
Chapter 4
Eight Jazz Compositions

I. Selected Idioms and Compositional Notes

As discussed in Selection of Idioms From Analyzed Solos (page 78) the choice of
idioms was based on their reflection of Raneys style confirmed by the analytical and
consultation process. A deliberate attempt to represent a diversity of material was
made as well as taking into account the requirement to be compositionally functional.
The idioms were selected exclusively from the analyzed solos so that their application
would be more informed. Finally the motifs were reviewed as to their overall
educational benefit as well as their usefulness in enhancing the authors own playing
and developing sound. As indicated I have chosen to use a number of licks per
composition. I have included the discussion of each idiom with the notes on the
compositional process as these are closely related in both process and outcome. The
source of the selections used are indicated on the composition scores with the prefix
after or from to indicate the degree of derivation. (see under Glossary on pages
138, 139)

The relationship of the analysis of Raneys improvised solos to the compositional
process can be traced through the delineation, analysis and discussion of the idioms
themselves. The improvisational material is subjected to an investigative process in
the annotations and the information from this is combined with the observations of the
artists consulted in the study and the authors own analysis. The results of this process
form the basis for the discussion in the General Analysis (page 158). It is this
discussion and resultant codification of a number of key elements of Raneys style
that informed the selection of material used in the compositions. The link between
this material and the compositions is further clarified by specific discussion in the
compositional notes regarding the particular idioms being utilized for each
composition. Further, the compositional notes refer to and discuss not only this
specific melodic material but also more general compositional approaches, processes
and elements of Raneys style that have been observed in the improvised solos and
subsequently used in the development of the new works.


e. Composition #1

I decided that at least two of the tunes would utilize existing progressions. One of
these was the blues. Due to the short length of this form two examples were
composed.

The first blues-based composition was written using material predominantly from one
of Raneys blues, Sugar Hill Bop (transcribed solo from Wardell Gray Complete
Sunset and New Jazz Masters, 1949). Sugar Hill Bop is an example of Raneys earlier
style and the composition reflects this with the use of simple repetition and the regular
metric placement of the main theme. This theme was taken from a lick Raney uses
over the IV chord (A7) in bar 17-18 of his solo.


211

The composition is in the same key as the solo (E) but as the theme is initially
applied to the tonic chord in the composition it was transposed down a perfect fourth.
For the initial two iterations of the main theme only the first four beats of the lick
were used, with the material from the second bar of the lick added in bar 6 of the
composition as a natural climax to the lines direction. Rhythmic elements of the lick
were adjusted to suit the new melodic position and importance of the line and to
emulate the use of the triplet elsewhere in the original solo. The triplet also provides a
link to the secondary material used in the piece. This material occurs in bars 7-8 of the
composition, leading up to the cadential section of the tune and also uses a lick from
Sugar Hill Bop (ibid), this time bars 19-20. This time the quote is direct.


The theme for the final four bars is taken from the pick-up (bar 1-2) to the solo from
Fascinatin Rhythm (transcribed solo from Jimmy Raney Visits Paris Vol. 2, 1954).


As the original occurred over the cadence for Cm (Dm
7
, G
7
) the lick was transposed
up a minor third to fit the Fm
7
, B
7
cadence. The lick was also rhythmically
displaced to place the resolution to the third of the dominant chord on beat 1 of bar
10. The line is harmonically colorful as it starts with the consonant sounds of a
straight minor seven arpeggio on the ii chord and moves to a range of altered notes
and extensions (9, 9, 13, 7 and 9) over the V chord. Permutations of this basic
idea occur in a number of Raneys improvisations. Other similar examples from the
transcriptions include bars 11-12 of the Fascinatin Rhythm (ibid) solo,


212

in the pick up from Someone To Watch Over Me (transcribed solo from But Beautiful,
1990)


and in bars 67-68 of What Is This Thing Called Love (transcribed solo from Raney
81, 1981).


f. Composition #2

The form of piece #2 is based on an A, B
1
, A, B
2
structure. The theme for the A
section was derived from bars 19-22 of It Could Happen To You (transcribed solo
from The Influence, 1975).


This line is linked quite strongly to the harmonic progression so the original harmony
was also utilized in the A section of the composition. Based on Galpers concept
regarding the active and inactive components of solo lines (2005) the material was
rhythmically augmented and a number of passing and/or active tones removed to
create the final melody for the piece. It is not suggested that this was the only possible
interpretation of the skeletal foundation of the initial lick. While a number of color
tones were left in place to give the melody some impetus the resultant material with
its predominance of half and quarter notes has more of the elements of a jazz standard


213
melody than the original be-bop line. The rhythmic augmentation also affected the
implementation of the harmonic progression.

The B section is loosely derived from bars 22-24 of Someone To Watch Over Me
(transcribed solo from But Beautiful, 1990).


In the composition the sustained 5 over the Am
7

5
chord is followed by a triplet of
chord tones moving to the dominant chord in the next bar. Due the extended harmonic
rhythm of the piece I elected to extend the tension of the dominant with the use of
both 9
th
colour tones (9, 9) in bar 15. These often occur together in Raneys
dominant lines and in the composition resolve to chord tones in bar 16. The second
iteration of the B section has a similar harmonic base to the first occurrence except
for the required cadence to G. The melodic material begins again with a sustained
note but its tessitura is higher, pre-empted by a slight change to the end of the second
A. This time the pitch selection centres on basic chord tones to facilitate the more
consonant focus of final section.


g. Composition #3

This composition was an attempt to apply Raneys idioms in a more modern
environment. The chord progression and form are loosely modeled on the Cool style
with relatively static m
7
chords and a lack of overt tonal harmonic markers. It has an
A, B, tag structure that is repeated when the head is played in the same way as a jazz
blues. The initial theme is derived from the concept occurring in bars 9-10 of It Could
Happen To You (transcribed solo from The Influence, 1975).


This line is an example of the use of side-slip harmony referred to by Henderson on
page 203-205. In this instance the harmonic package Bm
7

5
, E
7
is treated as a single
entity and improvised over using a Cm
9
arpeggio which provides a range of tension or
color tones. It is followed by the consonant Bm
7
arpeggio. In the composition this
idea is removed from its original cadential application and placed over static m
7

harmony where its sideslip produces an implied dominant a half step higher. This
chord is noted in the chord progression for the piece but is not necessarily played by


214
the accompaniment on every iteration. The overall effect of a line that moves from
consonance to dissonance and back against the relatively static background is the key
element of the theme.

The concept for the second eight bars which occurs over MA7 harmony

develops the
basic rhythm of the initial theme while adding lydian melodic material. The analyses
indicate Raney favored this color over MA7 chords. The initial occurrence of the
11 in bar 10 is only brief and anticipates the harmony of the next chord. To link the
two occurrences of this idea an ascending dorian line similar to that found in bar 21 of
Fascinatin Rhythm (transcribed solo from Jimmy Raney Visits Paris Vol. 2, 1954)


is added in bar 12 of the composition. The lydian sound returns more strongly in bar
15. The final section of the piece is a series of rhythmic stops followed by a lick from
bars 30-32 of Samba Para Dos (transcribed solo from Bossa Nova Groove, 1962).


This lick is an example of Raneys use of juxtaposed arpeggios to create the sense of
movement out of an otherwise fairly short melodic fragment. It also supports the idea
that he seems to reconstruct licks by altering one or more components of the original
phrase. With this approach, pitch, rhythm, line shape or metrical placement are altered
to gain a larger resource out of the original concept. Other permutations of this same
simple melodic arch include ascending arpeggio followed by descending scale and
visa versa.


h. Composition #4

Composition #4 was produced to provide a vehicle for Raneys use of major scale
material a half step above the dominant chord. A clear example of this occurs in bar
39-41 of Someone To Watch Over Me (transcribed solo from But Beautiful, 1990).

So that the lick could be utilized as a main theme and not merely as cadential or
turnaround material the composition begins with a ii, V progression. This progression
enabled the Raney lick to be fully utilized as the primary theme. In the composition
the lick is transposed down a tone to place it in the key of D. The lick is initially


215
broken up and rhythmically displaced to increase the melodic interest and harmonic
variety. The first full iteration of the original phrase doesnt occur until bars 5-7.

The form of the composition is similar to composition #3 but the last section is
sufficiently different to describe it as an A, B, A, C form. The B section uses as
its initial theme a lick from bars 11-14 of What Is this Thing Called Love (transcribed
solo from Raney 81, 1981).


This line has a clear emphasis of the placement of basic chord tones on the strong
beats but adds interest by delaying the resolution over the dominant until the third
beat and by the use of intervallic skips on the off beats. In its application in the
composition it is transposed up a perfect fourth.

For the second part of the B section this line is extended with material derived from
bar 5 of Fascinatin Rhythm (transcribed solo from Jimmy Raney Visits Paris Vol. 2,
1954).
This lick has a similar shape to the main theme of the piece and so leads to the return
of the original idea as well as conferring a sense of melodic development or evolution.
In this line the scalar run starting on the tonic of the minor chord is followed by a
descending arpeggio. In the composition only the basic elements of the line are
retained. The addition of a chromaticism on the ascending line and the adjustment of
the descending arpeggio to imply a harmonic shift to the major chord a tone lower
help to give the line added impetus. Further interest is added to the line by the use of
rhythmic displacement.

A number of licks were combined for the melody of the C section. These were
selected for their ability to maintain a sense of forward pressure. First, in bars 25-26
of the composition a line from bars 17-18 of Samba Para Dos (transcribed solo from
Bossa Nova Groove, 1962) was employed.



216

This was extended by tonal adjustment to fit the rising chord progression and by
rhythmically displacing the material to increase the implied tension. Other material
from Samba Para Dos (bar 22-23),


provided a linked to the final phrase which uses a MA
9
arpeggio based on the
subdominant harmony (IV) over the ii chord of the cadence and then reiterates it a
half step higher over the dominant chord. This is similar to the device used in bars 10-
11 of composition #7.


i. Composition #5

This piece is in 32 bar song form with a harmonic progression that features basic
linear chord scale movement. This is not an ideal vehicle for be-bop lines which tend
to be built best on progressions with rapid harmonic fluctuations and multiple
cadences. Nevertheless the inner strength and logic of the lines drive the melody
forward and provide implied harmonic color. The first theme is taken from four beat
phrase in bar 54-55 of Fascinatin Rhythm (transcribed solo from Jimmy Raney Visits
Paris Vol. 2, 1954).


This material is extended with repetition and sequencing for the first four bars of the
composition. The A section is completed melodically with the approach to the first
time ending which is provided from a similarly shaped line from bars 51-53 of the
same solo (see previous example).

The B section begins with a line that is based on an extended enclosure with
chromatic approach tones. The bridge also features the inclusion of some longer note
values to contrast with the A sections more consistently energetic phrasing. The
first of these longer notes involves the use of e , the 6
th
of the Gm
7
chord, a pitch
which is repeated two bars later as the 9
th
of D
7
and finally resolves to e as the 3
rd

of the Cm
7
in the final cadence of the B section. In between these two points the


217
bridge is punctuated with a loose derivation of the line from bars 12-13 of It Could
Happen To You (transcribed solo from The Influence, 1975).


This is a further application of the side-slip device used in Composition #3. (see page
213) The metric displacement in the composition adds to harmonic tension of the line.
The A section returns with a minor change of the last note to more adequately
cadence the melody.


j. Composition #6

This is the only Latin groove tune in the set of compositions and in keeping with the
style consequently involves a little more syncopation than the others with perhaps the
exception of #3. Like composition #4 it is also based on a A, B, A, C form. The
pick-up uses bar 7 from It Could Happen To You (transcribed solo from The
Influence, 1975).


The use of long anacruses is a little unusual in latin tunes but the standard Recordame
sets a precedent. Like Recordame this composition treats the anacrusis with
considerable melodic importance as it is intended to be an integral part of the overall
effect of the primary theme. The body of the theme follows in bars 2-4 which is
inspired by the falling line found in bars 47-48 of What Is this Thing Called Love
(transcribed solo from Raney 81, 1981).


This concept is extended to fill the three bars by the use of two basic enclosure
devices and by breaking the phrase with a shift in metric placement. This idea returns
two bars later in bar 6 after a joining phrase taken from bar 8-9 of Samba Para Dos
(transcribed solo from Bossa Nova Groove, 1962).


218


The return of the falling line in bar 6 is the iteration most similar to the original lick
from What Is this Thing Called Love (transcribed solo from Raney 81, 1981) and
utilizes the 9 over the dominant chord to add pressure to the final resolution to the
third of C
MA7
. However, in the compostion the line is placed squarely over the
dominant chord rather than over the ii, V as occurred in the original solo. A similar
device in a different harmonic context occurs in bars 1-3 from It Could Happen To
You (transcribed solo from The Influence, 1975).


The B section uses a derivation of another falling style phrase, this time chromatic,
which occurs in bars 4-5 of Someone To Watch Over Me (transcribed solo from But
Beautiful, 1990)


Another version of this device occurs in bar 28 of the same solo.


The composition concludes with a return to the basic material of the B section but it
is modified to fit the clich IV, iv, iii, vi, ii V, I ending.




219
k. Composition #7

This was the second blues form and the complexity of the work was increased by the
use of a more intricate main theme and the application of rhythmic displacement and
sequencing of the material. The theme was taken from bars 15-16 of Samba Para Dos
(transcribed solo from Bossa Nova Groove, 1962) where it is used over a C
7
.


The lick was transposed down a tone to fit with the Bkey of the piece. The line
resolves to the fifth of the chord on the third beat in the original solo and was used
similarly in its initial occurrence in the piece. In subsequent occurrences, the idea is
rhythmically shifted so that the resolution occurs on beat 2 of bar 4, beat 1 of bar 6
and finally on beat 2 of bar 8. Its second iteration is transposed to fit the subdominant
harmony of bar 6.

The cadential section of this blues was loosely derived from two sources of dominant
substitution found in the analyses. In bar 10 over the ii chord, which as previously
discussed is considered part of the dominant harmonic package, the MA7 arpeggio
one tone lower that the dominant was used. An example of this is found in bar 32 of
Fascinatin Rhythm (transcribed solo from Jimmy Raney Visits Paris Vol. 2, 1954).


Over the dominant chord itself the arpeggio was repeated a semitone higher before
resolving to chord tones. This unusual tension creating effect is found in bar 73 of It
Could Happen To You (transcribed solo from The Influence, 1975).



The complete idea with both arpeggios combined also occurs in the pick-up to
Someone To Watch Over Me (transcribed solo from But Beautiful, 1990) two bars
before the actual transcription begins.




220
l. Composition #8

Composition #8 was built on the chord progression from I Got Rhythm. This
progression is used as a contrafact in a number of be-bop compositions such as Oleo
and Anthropology. It has the form A, A, B, A, also know as song form or 32 bar
form.

The main theme involves the use of the 5 or 11 device Jon Raney refers to on
page 207. I have used here the example from bar 81-86 of What Is This Thing Called
Love (transcribed solo from Raney 81, 1981). Of interest in this lick is the hemiola
effect achieved with the note grouping and slurring.



It has other permutations such as the one in the same solo in bars 39-41 where it uses
an augmented fifth.


Another example occurs in bars 20-21 of Someone To Watch Over Me (transcribed
solo from But Beautiful, 1990).


The rest of the A section of the tune was derived from the lick from bars 27-29 of
Fascinatin Rhythm (transcribed solo from Jimmy Raney Visits Paris Vol. 2, 1954).


221


This was applied over a slightly different and more harmonically active version of the
same progression. Once again the concept of forward motion and resolution permitted
the use of material in different context from its original occurrence. While the
individual tones may change in their hierarchical importance against a given chord the
overall line achieves its directional goal and so maintains melodic integrity.

The bridge of the tune begins with an idea from bars 19-21 of It Could Happen To
You (transcribed solo from The Influence, 1975).


It is transposed down a tone and truncated so that it begins on the off beat of beat 3 in
bar 11. This use of unusual placement of phrases mirrors much of Raneys idioms and
helps to continue the sense of forward motion. It is followed by a phrase from bars
41-42 of Fascinatin Rhythm (transcribed solo from Jimmy Raney Visits Paris Vol. 2,
1954)


which again uses the concept of a MA7 arpeggio starting a tone below the dominant.
In the composition it is transposed to an F
MA7
arpeggio over a G
7
chord. The phrase is
then extended by the repetition of the same concept over the next chord, a C7. This
time the lick is taken from bar 12-13 of What Is this Thing Called Love (transcribed
solo from Raney 81, 1981) and involves a variation in rhythm and metric placement.


The final lead back to the return of the A section utilizes a complex enclosure with
an internal chromatic sequence. This is loosely modeled on the line from bar 36 of
Someone To Watch Over Me (transcribed solo from But Beautiful, 1990).


222




223

II. Lead Sheets




224

a.
q = 175
Swing
Composition #1
G.Hodges, 2007
5
9
!
! "
#
#
#
Eb7
after: Sugar Hill Bop (bar 17)
Ab7 Eb7
3 3
"
#
#
#
Ab7
after: Sugar Hill Bop
(bar 18)
Eb7
from: Sugar Hill Bop (bar 19-20)
C7
3
3
3
"
#
#
#
Fm7
from: Fascinatin Rhythm (bar 1-2)
Bb7 Eb7 Cm7 Fm7 Bb7
$
%
&
% '
% (
%
%
% #
%
%
$
% #
)
* + $
%
&
% '
% (
%
%
% #
%
%
$ % (
)
* +
$
%
)
% '
%
%
%
% #
%
%
$
% #
)
*
%
%
%
% %
)
$ * $
% '
)
%
%
%
%
% % '
% (
%
% (
% #
% % (
%
% %
%
%
%
%
%
% # %
% ( %
%
% (
%
,
+ + +



225

b.
q = 175
Swing
Composition #2
G.Hodges, 2007
5
9
13
17
21
25
29
!
! "
#
Gma7
after: It Could Happen To You (Bar 19-22)
Bm7(b5) E7(b9)
"
#
Am7 C#m7(b5) F#7(b9)
"
#
Bm7
after: Someone To Watch Over Me (Bar 22-24)
3
E7
3
"
#
Am7(b5)
3
D7(b9)
"
#
Gma7 Bm7(b5) E7(b9)
"
#
Am7 C#m7(b5) F#7(b9)
"
#
Bm7
E7
3
"
#
Am7
D7
Gma7
$
!
%
%
%
%
% $ #
$
$ &
%
%
$!
% #
%
%
%
%
$
$ #
$
%
%
' $
%
%
%
$ &
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
' ( $
%
%
%
$ (
$ &
% (
%
% % #
$
!
%
%
%
%
% $ #
!
%
$ &
%
%
$!
% #
%
%
%
%
$!
%
$
!
%
' $!
%
$ #
%
%
$ #
%
% #
%
$!
%
$
$
' '




226

c.
!
"
#
#
q = 240
Swing
Composition #3
G.Hodges, 2007
5
9
13
17
21
$
%
#
#
!
! "
#
#
Gm7
after: It Could Happen To You (bars 9-10)
3
Ab7(b9)
3
Gm7
"
#
#
Bbm7
3
B7(b9)
3
Bbm7
"
#
#
Ama7
3
Abm7
after: Fascinatin Rhythm (bar 21)
"
#
#
Gma7
3
$
Cma7(#11)
%
"
#
#
F#7(#9)
from: Samba Para Dos (bars 30-32)
F#7(#9)
"
#
#
F#7(#9)
& '
'
'
' #
'
' %
& (
)
& '
'
' #
' %
' #
'
& (
* +
' #
,
& $ ( '
' % ' #
' # #
' %
-
' +
'
,
' #
' ' ' % '
' #
'
' %
( $ '
'
' $
' % #
'
,
(
' #
&
#
&
,
*
'
,
(
&
&
&
#
* *
+
' $
-
' $
' $
'
' $
' %
' $
' %
'
*
&
,
&
#
* *
+
' $
-
' $
' $
'
' $
' %
' $
' %
' $
'
' &
,
&
#
* * +
' $
-
' $
' $
'
' $
' %
' $
' %
'
*
&
,




227

d.
q = 160
Swing
Composition #4
G.Hodges, 2007
5
9
13
17
21
25
!
! "
#
#
#
#
#
Ebm7
from: Someone To Watch Over Me (bars 39-41)
Ab7(b5)
Dbma7
"
#
#
#
#
#
Bb7
Ebm7 Ab7(b5)
Dbma7
"
#
#
#
#
#
Cm7(b5)
from: What Is This Thing Called Love (bars 11-14)
F7 Bbm7
"
#
#
#
#
#
after: Fascinatin' Rhythm (bar 5)
Em7
Ebm7
"
#
#
#
#
#
Ab7(b5) Ebm7 Ab7(b5)
Dbma7
"
#
#
#
#
#
Bb7
Ebm7 Ab7(b5)
E7
"
#
#
#
#
#
Eb7
from: Samba Para Dos (bars 17-18)
Ebm7 Edim7 Fm7
$ % &
'
& (
&
&
&
&
& &
)
& (
&
& (
&
& #
'
& (
& (
'
&
& &
$
$ % &
'
& (
&
&
&
&
&
& & (
&
& (
& (
& # & (
& (
& #
& (
& *
%
& (
+
&
&
& (
&
&
&
%
&
'
%
&
'
*
&
& (
&
&
& (
&
&
& & (
& (
&
&
&
&
&
& & (
& (
&
&
$ ) %
&
'
& (
& ,
& (
& & (
&
& (
& (
&
& (
) %
& #
'
&
&
& & (
&
& (
&
& & (
&
$ % &
'
& (
&
&
&
&
& &
)
& (
&
& (
&
& #
'
& (
& (
'
&
& &
$
$ % &
'
& (
&
&
&
&
&
& & (
&
& (
& (
& # & (
& (
& # & (
& &
& ( ) %
&
+
& ,
& #
%
& (
+
&
&
&
& ( & #
&
&
&
&
%
&
'
&
& (
& (
%
&
'
&
&
& &
!
& (
'
&
&
& # & (



228
29
31
!
"
"
"
"
"
Bb7
from: Samba Para Dos (bars 22-23)
Ebm7
from: Someone To Watch Over Me
(pick-up, before transcription starts)
3
!
"
"
"
"
"
Ab7 Dbma7 Dbma7
3
# $
#
# "
#
#
#
# # $
%
#
&
#
#
#
#
#
%
#
&
# $
# $
# $
#
# $ # "
# $
#
#
#
#
'
!
' '




229

e.
q = 200
Swing
Composition #5
!
"
#
#
G.Hodges, 2007
5
1.
$
%
#
#
9
2.
13
17
21
25
!
! "
#
#
from: Fascinatin' Rhythm (bars 54-55)
Bbma7 Cm7 Dm7 G7 Cm7 F7
"
#
#
Bbma7 Bb7 Ebma7
from: Fascinatin' Rhythm (bars 51-53)
Dm7 Cm7 Bbma7 Cm7 F7
"
#
#
Bbma7 Am7 D7 Gm7
"
#
#
Am7(b5)
after: It Could Happen To You (Bar 12-13)
D7 Gm7
"
#
#
C7 Cm7 F7 Bbma7 Cm7
"
#
#
Dm7 G7 Cm7 F7 Bbma7 Bb7 Ebma7 Dm7
"
#
#
Cm7 Bbma7 Cm7 F7 Bbma7
$ %
& '
&
&
&
& ' & #
&
& (
&
)
& ' & #
&
&
&
& % (
&
)
&
& ' & #
&
&
&
&
% $
&
&
&
&
&
&
& *
&
&
&
& '
& '
&
&
&
& &
&
& *
&
&
&
)
( % %
& '
&
&
& &
&
&
&
& &
)
( % (
&
)
&
&
&
&
& *
&
&
& ' &
+
$
&
&
&
& #
&
&
& '
&
& '
&
& '
&
&
&
&
& &
)
( % (
&
)
&
&
&
&
& *
&
&
& ' & & # + #
$ $ %
& '
&
&
&
& ' & #
&
& (
&
)
& ' & #
&
&
&
& % (
&
)
&
& ' & #
&
&
& &
% $
&
&
&
&
&
&
& *
&
&
&
& '
& '
&
&
&
& &
&
& *
&
& &
)
( % $





230

f.
q = 160
Latin
Composition #6
G.Hodges, 2007
5
9
13
17
21
25
29
!
! "
from: It Could Happen To You (bar 7)
G7 Am7 Em7
"
from: Samba Para Dos (bars 8-9)
A7
1 1
Dm7
after: What Is This Thing Called Love (bars 46-48)
G7 Cma7
"
( )
Bm7(b5) E7alt
Am7
3
"
E7(b9) Dm7
after: Someone To Watch Over Me (bars 4-5)
Dm7(b5)
3
G7
"
Am7 Em7
"
A7
1 1
Dm7 Fm7 Cma7
"
C7
Fma7 Fm7
Em7
3
"
A7
1 1
Dm7 G7
C6
#
$
% &
'
%
%
%
% &
%
%
%
!
%
'
%
% %!
$ $
%
'
% % &
%!
%
'
%
$
%
'
% &
%
%
% (
%
% ( % )
%
%
%
% %
$
% (
'
%
!
%
'
%
%
*
*
%
!
%
'
%
%
% ( %
!
% (
'
%
%
% +
,
%
%
* %! %
-
%
%
% ( %! % (
-
%
%
%
+ .
$
% &
'
%
%
%
% &
%
%
%
!
%
'
%
% %!
$ $
%
'
% % &
%!
%
'
%
$
%
'
% &
%
%
% (
%
% ( % )
%
%
%
% %
$
% (
'
%
!
%
'
%
%
* )
*
%
!
%
'
%
%
% %
!
%
'
%
% (
% +
,
%
%
% &
%
%
% (
%
% ( % )
%
%
!
%
'
%
%
% +
+
+
.




231

g.
q = 175
Swing
Composition #7
G.Hodges, 2007
5
9
13
!
! "
#
#
from: Samba Para Dos (bar 15-16)
Bb7 Eb7 Bb7
"
#
#
Eb7 Bb7
"
#
#
G7
after: Fascinatin' Rhythm (bar 32)
Cm7(b5)
after: It Could Happen To You (bar 73)
F7alt Bb7 Gm7
"
#
#
Cm7 F7
$ % & '
(
' # ' )
' ' )
'
'
'
'
' #
' % & '
(
' # ' )
' ' )
'
'
'
'
' #
'
% &
'
(
' # ' )
' # ' )
'
'
'
(
&
'
'
'
'
' #
'
% & '
(
' ' )
' ' )
'
'
'
'
'
' )
'
(
& % $
'
'
'
' *
'
'
&
' *
+
' )
' #
' )
'
'
' #
' )
'
'
'
&
'
+
'
%
$ $





232

h.
!
"
#
#
q = 200
Swing
Composition #8
G.Hodges, 2007
5
1.
$
%
#
#
9
2.
13
17
21
25
!
! "
#
#
Bb
after: What Is This Thing Called Love (bars 81-86)
G7 Cm7 F7 Dm7 G7 Cm7 F7
"
#
#
from: Someone to Watch Over Me (bar 3)
Bb Bb7 Ebma7
from: Fascinatin' Rhythm (bars 27-29)
Edim7 Bb Bb Gm7 Cm7 F7
"
#
#
Bb Bb F7
$
Bb D7
from: It Could Happen To You (bars 19-21)
"
#
#
G7
from: Fascinatin' Rhythm (bars 41-42)
C7
after: bar 12-13 of What Is This Thing Called Love
3
"
#
#
F7
after: bar 36 of Someone To Watch Over Me
Bb G7 Cm7 F7
"
#
#
Dm7 G7 Cm7
$
F7 Bb Bb7 Ebma7 Edim7
"
#
#
Bb
% &
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
% &
%
%
%
%
%
% &
% ' ' % %
%
( (
% %
% %
% %
%
)
' *
% +
% &
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
)
' ( ( (
%
%
%
%
( * * '
%
,
%
% % +
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
- & '
% &
,
%
%
%
% & #
%
)
%
%
* * '
%
,
%
%
%
%
%
% +
% % +
% &
% &
%
%
%
%
'
%
)
% #
%
% % +
%
%
% +
%
%
)
' *
% &
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
% &
%
%
%
%
%
% &
% * % %
%
% %
% %
% %
%
)
' *
% +
% &
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
( $




233

III. The Recording Raney Season

Attached to this thesis is a recording of the compositions derived from Raneys
idioms. While it presents the material as a jazz performance its main purpose is as an
aural record of the process undertaken as part of this project and to showcase the
original compositions in their appropriate context.

The recording was done in a home studio using Pro Tools LE
108
(2006) recording
software and a Digi 002 Factory
109
audio interface with a Behringer
110
Ultragain
Pro-8, eight channel A/D & D/A converter. The computer platform was a Macintosh
G5
111
computer running system software Mac OS version 10.4.8. (2006).

The bass was miked directly at the instrument using a large diaphragm mike. No extra
amplification was added to this. Piano was recorded using two overhead mikes. Both
piano and bass were recorded in the same room. The drums were placed in a separate
room and were miked with two condenser mikes overhead for the overall sound and
cymbals. The bass drum was miked separately. The snare and hi-hat were captured
using one mike placed above and between. Guitar was also recorded separately and
was recorded using a miked amplifier.

The recording sessions were undertaken with pianist Viv Middleton (Brisbane),
double bassist Peter Walters (Brisbane) and drummer Paul Hudson (Brisbane). Charts
were supplied a month before the first session and rehearsed briefly on the day of the
session. The guitar, piano bass and drums were recorded simultaneously but in
discreet sound environments. Guitar tracks were redone later due to technical
difficulties with the amplifier used on the original recording. The recording was
mixed and mastered at a later date by Laurence Maddy in Melbourne.

Audio Compact Disks were produced with a LaCie CD burner. The disk artwork was
added with the aid of LaCie Light Scribe
112
(2005). This equipment was used to
produce copies of the recordings of the original compositions and copies of the
recordings that the transcriptions were taken from.











108
Pro Tools LE is the registered trademark of Digidesign, Avid Technology, Daly City California,
USA
109
Digi002 is the registered trademark of Digidesign, Avid Technology, Daly City California,
USA
110
Behringer International GmbH, Willich, Germany
111
Macintosh is the registered trademark of Apple Computer Corp, USA
112
Light Scribe is the registered trademark of LaCie USA, Hillsboro, Oregon, USA


234

Chapter 5
Conclusions

I. Summary

The project was begun with the primary goal of the utilization of jazz improvisatory
material to generate new compositions and performance. A number of secondary aims
were also identified, some at the start of the project and some as the project
progressed. The secondary aims included a contribution to the reappraisal of Jimmy
Raneys place in jazz history, additions to the knowledge of his improvisational style
and biographical information, an enhancement of the authors own compositional and
improvisational language and the development of a new model for research into jazz
improvisation with practical outcomes.

As stated previously the project was divided into three main sections. The first
involved primarily developing an aural familiarity with the improvised solos of
Jimmy Raney and the subsequent transcription of a representative sample. The second
section was centered around the investigation and analysis of a subset of this body of
material. The third section provided practical and creative outcomes for the thesis
with original compositions and recording.

These sections coincide with the conceptual framework discussed in the methodology.
The premise of Imitation, Assimilation and Innovation is linked to the sections of
the study as outlined in the introduction and methodology. (see pages 7 and 72) A
number of outcomes are identified in the following discussion. Discussion of both the
process and outcomes of the study are presented under the above groupings.

Some outcomes outside this framework are also identified. The biographical
information on Raney gained from the interviews was largely an unintentional
product of the research but provides a secondary source of validation of the study and
may contribute to the generation of further research. The exploration of a new
methodological model while intentional is also discussed as an extra outcome.


II. Process

a. The transcriptions

The transcriptions were presented in simple lead sheet format and this aided in their
production. Had the work required more detailed rhythmic and harmonic transcription
the process would not only have been more time consuming but resulted in major
notational dilemmas. Even the detail finally presented in the current study elicited
some remarks from the consultants. Many commented positively on the quality and
quantity of the work surveyed. Doug Raney indicated that some of the detail was
unnecessary and was beyond the usual requirements of such work. (interview with the
author, 2006) However, his comments were delivered in the context of ease of reading
and the more usual application of such transcriptions to general imitative study. In
such applications the aural recording is the reference point with the transcriptions


235
acting as a guide. While this is also true of the current study the balance is towards a
slightly more accurate notational record. Some of the accidentals used in the
transcriptions may also be debated but in the end it was the visual clarity of the
underlying melodic/harmonic relationships that was important for the current study
and so ease of reading and performance related notational rules may suffer with some
sections of the scores.

While the consultations were primarily aimed at gaining information on the analytical
component of the study, input from the musicians interviewed also added to the
validation of the transcriptions. In particular, clarification of some harmonic
ambiguities and assistance on notational presentation was useful. This enabled some
adjustments such as a simplification of some rhythms where appropriate.

b. The analyses and selection of idioms

The initial approach to the analysis was to harmonically reference the pitches and
label distinct occurrences of scales and arpeggios after the style of Weston (2005).
This elucidated a number of devices and concepts in the improvisations. Simple
substitutions and repeated figures were immediately apparent. Reference to Galpers
(2005) book enabled the harmonic foundation of the lines and their melodic integrity
to be interpreted and Steinels (1995) work confirmed the pervasive use of devices
such as enclosures. The next process was to label a number of the more obvious
sequential and thematic devices which also confirmed the compositional foundation
of Raneys approach.

The process of analyzing the transcriptions illuminated a number of devices or lines
that were difficult to assess by any of the standard scale, arpeggio or substitution
forms known to the author. Therefore, in many of the interviews, questions regarding
these enigmatic points served as a starting place for discussions regarding the
analytical component of the study. Often material that initially appeared too complex
or lacking in apparent coherence was simplified or clarified by the interviewees
observations. This often enabled contributors to offer insight based on personal
knowledge of Raneys playing or reveal relevant information relayed by Raney
directly to them. After the consultations a number of the harmonic and substitutional
concepts were then labeled as by this time many of the more obscure lines had been
given an analytical explanation.

The contributions from the interviews had a major impact on the subsequent selection
of idioms. As this was to provide a representative selection of some of Raneys lines
the input from this process was an important reference. While consideration was
initially given to the labeling of licks apparently influenced by fretboard geometry or
fingering constraints this was ultimately regarded as too conjectural without reference
to visual archives.

c. The compositions and recording

Interestingly, the works proved to be more difficult to compose than was originally
envisaged. This was due to a number of factors. After the lengthy scrutiny of Raneys
solos both aurally and analytically and the resultant increased appreciation for his
skills it was quite daunting to try to utilize his material in a way that was considered


236
appropriate and sufficiently respectful to the original works. The inevitable personal
comparison did impact on the authors ability to relax initially with the process of
composing and indeed recording the final product. Another issue was that by this
stage in the process Raneys solos had became so familiar that it was difficult to
separate out components from a solo that had such organic integrity. Also, many of
the lines that had appealed due to their harmonic color, what Jon Raney calls his
darker tones (interview with the author, 2006), were built on dominant harmony.
This material while useful later in compositions for tension and development is not
easily suited to initial motifs. Consequently, I occasionally used a cut and paste
approach to certain sections of the compositions so that I could include more of this
material rather than developing all the ideas from the more introductory style motifs
that occur at the start of Raneys solos. In spite of this occasional conjunction of ideas
from different source solos it was interesting that due to the essential concord of his
improvisations this didnt appear to impact too negatively on the compositions. In fact
this tended to enhance the study aspect of the pieces. After observing this problem I
consciously chose progressions for at least two of the compositions that would enable
this type of idiom to be used at the start of the piece as primary thematic material.

One of the problems that emerged was the direction of the compositions in respect to
whether they were merely an in the style of work or a more developed evolutionary
structure that merely utilized Raneys licks as an inspirational nexus and took the
compositional process to harmonic and melodic realms well beyond the style of the
genre in which his solos were conceived and implemented. It was decided to err
slightly on the side of the former as the purpose of the project was to attempt to
assimilate Raneys idioms and it was clear that this would not occur to the same
extent if a freer approach to the compositions was followed. However, in an effort to
explore a wider range of outcomes at least one of the compositions was given a more
modern style. It is hoped that the idioms used for this work are still clear within a
slightly different framework.

Another compositional approach used was to look deeper into the structures of the
lines to find material in the denser sections that would stand teasing out or extending
rhythmically to serve as melodic material over the more harmonically static sections
of the compositions. This process was also useful in that many of the inner structures
started to reveal themselves in ways that were not apparent in the initial analysis. I
have referred to some of these in the compositional notes. I also attempted to
consciously apply devices that had been revealed by the study itself as being used by
Raney in extending and developing the material. Hidden sequences (Silverman,
2006), enclosures (Steinel, 1995), active and inactive melodies (Galper, 2005),
chromaticisms and other substitution devices were all used to extend or develop
various motifs.

It was occasionally difficult to decide whether the chord progression from the original
solo should be used and how much of it to appropriate. The risk was that the exercise
would degenerate into compositional montage. Composition #2 was a case in point as
the line used as the initial theme, unlike some of the other idioms, was inextricably
bound to the chord progression even after modification. The compositional process of
harmonic and melodic augmentation and the distillation of the melodic material
provided a solution. Further contrast was provided by the selection of material for the
B section from a separate solo and the subsequent opportunity to move in a new


237
harmonic direction. This composition also utilized material in a heavily modified
format so that a jazz standard style of melody could be achieved. Because Raneys
solos are bebop in style even his improvisations over slower tempos are complex and
dense. For this tune the selected phrase was teased out heavily to release its inner
guide tones. This proved to be a good vehicle for the demonstration of Galpers (ibid)
concept of forward motion and a confirmation of Mosts (1996) practical approach.

For a number of the compositions it was difficult not to rework the material into a
style that was not overtly be-bop in character. A conscious effort was made to refrain
from this approach as it was thought this may have tended to produce a final product
that was little different from the initial solos in overall impression and style. However,
since it was considered that the process of developing small germs of thematic
material was also applicable to bebop composition it was decided to compose #5 and
#8 in a more direct homage to the period. Like the other compositions, the melody for
these pieces is not just cut and pasted from various solos. In each a relatively small
amount of Raneys original material is used demonstrating its suitability for extended
thematic treatment. In these pieces there is a deliberate attempt to extend the length of
the melodic line and place it in more metrically active areas of the chord progression.

The recording component provided a vehicle for intensive attention to the selected
idioms and their application to a practical performance situation. The resultant
familiarity with the material was consequently an opportunity to realize the imitation,
assimilation and innovation paradigm. It became clear, however, that the time frame
of the project reduced the effectiveness of a fuller more organic absorption of Raneys
style. While this was considered a negative aspect it may result in an adjustment of
the model to allow more time for certain components and to establish other activities
or tasks that would aid in this process.


III. Outcomes

a. The transcriptions

Davisons assertion that transcriptions represent a valid research outcome (Davison,
1987:70) is supported in his own study by the input of the artist concerned. While the
current study was not able to include consultation at that level it is arguable that the
input from artists with close artistic and/or personal association with Raney adds a
level of credibility to the production of these scores. There has been to date no large
publication of Raneys solos. This is a significant deficiency considering the
importance many commentators place on his contribution the field. That this project
produced such a substantial body of material and that it contributed to a relatively
scant published repository was considered by the consultants to be a positive aspect of
the study.

b. The analysis

As can be seen from the relevant section of the literature survey (pages 53-56) there is
considerable variation in analytical approaches to jazz improvisation. Most studies
develop an approach based on the needs of a particular project. (see under Selection
of transcriptions for analysis pages 76-78) There are a number of aspects of the


238
current study that build on related work such as Weston (2005) and Silverman (2006).
Due primarily to consultation with Raneys sons and some of his peers many of these
parameters have been explored further. The ultimate compositional goal of the
analysis also helped to illuminate more global aspects of Raneys improvisational
style as well as exploring the practical results of the application of many of his
conceptual principles. Considerable and substantiated additional knowledge regarding
Raneys rhythmic and phrasing concepts, substitution devices, melodic direction,
articulation and scale and arpeggio choice has been added to that already published.

Previously undocumented components of Raneys style that were addressed by this
study include details of his concept of chord substitution and the harmonic
implications of melodic lines, rationale and source for some components of his
rhythmic variation and metric displacement and his compositional focus as well as
some aspects of his technical approach to the instrument and fretboard. The
interviews not only clarified features of Raneys conceptual framework but enabled
some postulation concerning the rationale for such devices as chord substitution and
stylistic elements of his technique, phrasing and tone. The realm of exact fingering
approaches remains currently conjectural but it is hoped that this may change in the
near future with publication of Raneys book by his son Jon and video footage of
Raneys performances becoming available to researchers.

c. The compositions and recording

Some of the direct analytical benefits of the application of Raneys material to the
compositions have already been discussed but it is important to note the wider value
of this process. The requirement to address compositional issues by reworking some
of the selected idioms actually aided in a better understanding of their content and
initial contextual application. Concepts illuminated by this process included the active
and inactive components of improvised phrases (Galper, 2005), forward motion in the
melodic line, transference of substitution concepts, the use of color notes to generate
tension on a macro and micro level and the use rhythmic development as part of
phrase extension.

The analysis and discussion of improvisatory language remains theoretical unless
realized in some form of practical application. While some deficiencies in the use of
composition and performance to achieve this outcome are acknowledged there would
appear to be a number of advantages compared to theoretical analysis only. The
deficiencies mostly center on the extent of assimilation of material into the authors
playing. While this did not appear to affect the composition as directly as the
recording it must nevertheless be considered given the intuitive nature of some
aspects of the compositional process.

Work on the analysis and composition did not produce as rapid an absorption of
Raneys ideas into the authors playing as was hoped. However, the composition and
learning of the heads did open up some of the intricacies of Raneys ideas in ways the
transcription and analysis alone did not. Left to the first two processes the overall
learning outcomes would have remained intellectual at best. While the possibility of
further enrichment of the authors own soloing style will take more time than this
study allowed for it would be true to say that attention to this component has
produced a number of practical benefits. The authors improvisational approach now


239
includes in particular a number of chord and arpeggio based ideas not previously used
and the investigation and application of some of the concepts has assisted in the
practical understanding of developing both more coherent and yet more harmonically
colorful improvisational phrases.

d. Other outcomes

(i) Biographical material

An unintentional outcome of this study was the contribution to the published
biographical information on Raneys life and career. While not exhaustive it
represents a major step forward in the quantity and quality of available material. The
interviews and consultations were primarily aimed at gaining information on the
analytical component of the study but secondarily contributed a considerable amount
of new data of a biographical nature. Details of Raneys musical start, career, teaching
and educational connections, musical and secondary artistic interests and various
anecdotes and artifacts that cast light on his attitudes and character are some of the
contributions of this project. The study has also consolidated much of the existing
material and placed it in context. This also occurred with the survey of his recordings
and jazz career. Some new data was also gained from the exhaustive search for
available recordings undertaken for this study and the subsequent investigation of
various discographical details. This has been recorded in detail in the relevant sections
of this thesis.

(ii) The model

The conceptual model used as the framework and methodological basis for this thesis
has a number of advantages that have become clear from the project. In the first
instance the goal of producing a creative outcome produced benefits to the analysis
itself. Removing the analytical process from the purely cognitive and written domain
profoundly affected the analytical approach taken. The focus on practical outcomes in
the descriptions used is more aligned with the process of music making and therefore
arguably presents a more organic study. The feedback of information into the
analytical nexus from the creative activity helped inform the discussion of the
material at another level producing insights into the improvisational process and
mindset.

Traditional cultural emersion and curricula within designated learning institutions
both effectively produce jazz practitioners, however, many of the processes of such
transmission and learning are not clearly understood or documented. It was not the
goal of this study to duplicate those practices, aim to replicate those outcomes or to
study the learning process itself. Rather, the process was seen to be an opportunity to
pursue a similar learning goal using a related methodology and to be able to document
its outcomes with practical product. As well as this it was seen as an opportunity to
attempt to move discussions of theory and analysis to some level of practical
application especially in the area of the area of jazz improvisation.

While it has been demonstrated that the use of existing jazz idioms in the generation
of new material produces a greater understanding of the original material and a clearer
view of possible applications of the concepts that gave rise to them there are some


240
aspects of the application of this framework which have proved to be problematic. It
has been pointed out on pages 72-73 that Swanwicks (1994) work delineates
intuitive/aesthetic and logical/analytical forms of knowledge in music learning. While
his definition of terms is not exactly synonymous with the current study his comments
do help explain the issues facing the current work. He states, referring to imitation,
that,

Copying, imitating, are themselves acts of analysis where we sift out
certain elements for attention those things we want to emulate. Varied
practice is also analytical, a way of consciously extending the dynamic
library, cataloguing, classifying, building up a schema, an action pattern.
(ibid:155)

Regardless of the categorization of activities as either intuitive or analytical the
process itself is clearly a prolonged or even continuous one. This made it difficult to
realize the full possibilities of the process within a limited timeframe. In this respect,
the performance and recording which focuses more on the authors own playing and
attendant possible lack of observable assimilation was the most problematic.
Assessing the extent to which any assimilation had taken place was difficult and
without means of ensuring objectivity. A longer study format or one that mapped the
absorption of smaller amounts of information into a players vocabulary might be one
way of overcoming the problems caused by time constraints. This being said the
benefits of the composition and the discipline of applying this material to a
performance/recording situation was seen as positive both aesthetically and
analytically.

IV. Further Research

The research model used in this study deserves further assessment. With some
modifications the model may be able to be applied to other stylistic studies. As it has
in the current study, the model may function as one means of assisting the analysis
and investigation of a particular artists work with the creative product working as a
means of clarifying and exploring the analysis and theoretical information at a
different and possibly deeper level. The benefits of this approach have been outlined
above. The other possible avenue is to evaluate the model as a tool in the training of
developing improvisers. In this context the model may serve as a way of formalizing
some of the processes that occur in jazz learning environments, both cultural and
institutional. As indicated previously, there were some deficiencies observed that may
impact this approach such as the time needed for true assimilation and the evaluation
of innovation in the final product. Nevertheless, these are not seen as insurmountable
and further work should be able to delineate the issues further and propose possible
solutions.

As can be seen from the literature surveyed for this study there is a significant lack of
published biographical material on Jimmy Raney. (see pages 31-38) This study has
not only surveyed much of what little is available in the literature but added to that
with the interviews and research of recordings and other aspects of Raneys career. It
is hoped that this work may inspire the production of a more exhaustive biography
involving wider consultation with other musicians who worked with him
professionally. The existence of major private collections of memorabilia should also


241
be surveyed and an effort made to source the rarer recordings, unpublished audio
material and composition, arranging and literary works produced by Raney.

Two other areas of further research opportunities were identified by this study. The
first is visual archival material and its use in establishing other aspects of Raneys
style and technique. Fingering determined from such an investigation would enable
not only establishment of technical aspects of Raneys fingerboard approach but also
enable deeper conclusions to be drawn on his improvisational concepts. Technique
related facts such as chord and arpeggio shapes often reveal secondary levels of
information of a theoretical or conceptual nature. Jon Raney advises close observation
of audio-visual material to unravel the peculiar licks that may be based on geographic
movements but that still seem to defy basic or simplistic fingering positions.
(interview with the author, 2006) Any work on this area should be further referenced
by the few guitarists like Jeff Sherman, Scott Henderson and Jack Wilkins that had a
close playing association with Raney. With a study of this nature other aspects of
Raneys instrumental technique such as pick placement and posture would also be
able to be evaluated as to their impact on his style. It is hoped that possible access to
the audio-visual material that is extant would encourage not only research into the
areas outlined but also the compilation and conservation of this valuable resource.

The second area of opportunity is consultation with a wider range of people who had
personal and professional contact with Raney. The benefits of further work in this
area are twofold. First, it is important that more data is collected on practical aspects
of Raneys musical legacy from fellow musicians before this information is lost.
There are still a number of musicians who performed with him during his career that
were not able to be interviewed for this study and it would be beneficial to add their
input into further research into his individual improvisational style and his overall
contribution to the development of jazz. It is suggested that interviews that focus on
practical research would be most effective if work was first done on any visual
material available by then. The second benefit of such interviews would be to extend
the depth of available biographical information on this artist. More detailed interviews
of a biographical focus with Raneys sons Doug and Jon, among others, would be
beneficial.

Other research opportunities could see a partnership of classical and jazz focused
researchers investigate aspects of Raneys utilization of concepts from classic
composers such as Bartok and Stravinsky who many of the consultants refer to as
being major influences on Raneys playing. The range and diversity of further
research possibilities resulting from this thesis helps confirm the depth of Raneys
legacy and it is hoped that this study and others will contribute to the knowledge of
this artist and a reevaluation of his place in the history and development of jazz.




242


Bibliography

I. Publications

Aebersold, J (1992) Vol. 54 - Maiden Voyage, Transcribed Piano Voicings: Comping to the Record as
Played by Jamey Aebersold, New Albany, Indiana: Aebersold

Aebersold, J (1996) Vol. 70 - Killer Joe, Transcribed Piano Voicings: Comping to the Record as
Played by Jamey Aebersold, New Albany, Indiana: Aebersold

Aebersold, J A New Approach to Jazz Improvisation [series], New Albany, Indiana: Aebersold

Alexander, C (ed) (1999) Masters of Jazz Guitar; The Story of the Players and Their Music, London:
Balafon

Alkyer, F (ed) (1995) Downbeat 60 Years of Jazz, Milwaukee, Wisconsin: Hal Leonard

Al-Zand, Karim Adim (2000) Theoretical Observations on Jazz Improvisation: The Solos of Julian
Cannonball Adderley, [PhD Thesis], Harvard University, Cambridge, Massachusetts

Amadie, J (1991) Jazz Improv: How to Play It and Teach It: Thornton

Andrews, D (1967) Scales Chords and Arpeggios for Guitar, Asia: G. Ricordi and Co

Andrews, D (c1970) Jazz Guitar Style, Solo, Book 1-3, Sydney: J. Albert and Son

Ayeroff, S (ed) (1978) Django Reinhardt, New York: Consolidated Music

Ayeroff, S (ed) (1979) Charlie Christian, New York: Consolidated Music

Babad, B (1999) Jazz Under Construction: Blueprints for Building Interesting and Expressive Solos,
[MMus Thesis], California State University, Long Beach

Bailey, D (1993) Improvisation: Its Nature and Practice in Music, Ashbourne: DaCapo

Baione, L (2001) Get Your Band Together; Berkley Practice Method Guitar, Boston, Massachusetts:
Berklee Press

Baker, D (1971) Techniques of Improvisation, Chicago: Music Workshop Publications

Baker, D (1979) Jazz Etudes: Bb Instruments, New Albany, Indiana: Aebersold

Baker, D (1980) The Jazz Style of, A Musical and Historical Perspective, Lebanon, Illinois: Studio
PR

Baker, D (1987) David Bakers How to Play Bebop [Vol. 1-3] Van Nuys, California: Alfred

Baker, D (1988) Jazz Improvisation, A Comprehensive Method for All Musicians, [revised edition] Van
Nuys, California: Alfred

Baker, D (1990) David Baker's Modern Concepts in Jazz Improvisation: A Comprehensive Method for
All Musicians, Van Nuys, California: Alfred

Baker, M (1955) Mickey Baker's Complete Course in Jazz Guitar, Sydney: J. Albert & Son

Baker, M (1973) Mickey Baker's Jazz Guitar: A Self-Instructor, London: Clifford Essex



243
Barlow, D (1997) A Portfolio of Transcriptions and Analyses Towards Masters of Music, [MMus
Thesis] Canberra: Australian National University

Benson, B (2003) The Improvisation of Musical Dialogue: A Phenomenology of Music, London:
Cambridge University Press

Benson, E (ed) Just Jazz Guitar, Atlanta, Georgia: Just Jazz Guitar

Benward, B and Wildman, J (1984) Jazz Improvisation: In Theory and Practice, Dubuque, Iowa: W.C.
Brown

Bergonzi, J (1992) Inside Improvisation [Vol. 1- 4): Advance Music

Berle, A (1977) Jimmy Raney: a Legend in Jazz Guitar, Guitar Player v11n3:29

Berle, A (1994) Patterns Scales & Modes for Jazz Guitar, New York: AMSCO

Berliner, P (1994) Thinking in Jazz: The Infinite Art of Improvisation, Chicago: University of Chicago
Press

Birkett, J (1987) Jazz Guitar, Milwaukee, Wisconsin: Hal Leonard

Birkett, J (1995) Gaining Access to the Inner Mechanisms of Jazz Improvisation, [PhD Thesis]: Open
University, Milton Keynes, U.K.

Borthwick, J (2000) Hal Crook: An Analysis of His Improvisational Style from the Period 1994-1996,
By the Examination of Core Material Common to Three Representative Recordings and Their Related
Transcriptions, [MMus Thesis]: Sydney Conservatorium of Music

Bouchard, G (2000) Intermediate Jazz Improvisation; A Study Guide for Developing Soloists, New
Albany, Indiana: Aebersold

Britt, S (1984) The Jazz Guitarists, Poole, U.K.: Blandford Press

Carner, G (1990) Jazz Performers: An Annotated Bibliography of Biographical Materials, Westport,
Connecticut: Greenwood Press

Carter, R and Boaden, F and Aebersold, J (ed) (1988) Ron Carter Bass Lines: Exactly as Recorded:
Transcribed from Volume 35 Cedar Walton, New Albany, Indiana: Aebersold

Carter, R and Stephens, S and Aebersold, J and Fisher, G (ed) (1983) Ron Carter Bass Lines: Exactly
as Recorded: Transcribed from Volume 15, Payin' Dues, New Albany, Indiana: Aebersold

Chamberlain, G (1998) Transcription and Analyses, [MMus Thesis] Canberra: Australian National
University

Christiansen, M (1995) Mel Bay's Complete Jazz Guitar Method, Pacific, Missouri: Mel Bay

Clarke, E (2001) Generative Principles in Music Performance in Sloboda, J (ed) (2001) Generative
Processes in Music: The Psychology of Performance, Improvisation, and Composition, Oxford: Oxford
University Press

Clinton, G (1977) Jimmy Raney, Guitar: July issue

Coker, J (1970) Patterns for Jazz, Lebanon, Indiana: Studio Publications/Recordings

Coker, J (1975) The Jazz Idiom Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey: Prentice-Hall

Coker, J (1987) Improvising Jazz, New York: Simon and Schuster



244
Coker, J (1989) The Teaching of Jazz, Rottenburg N., West Germany: Advance Music

Coker, J (1990) How to Practice Jazz, New Albany, Indiana: Aebersold

Cole, T (2002) The 10 Most Underrated Jazz Guitarists in the History of Jazz, Jazz Times,
July/August

Conti, R (2001[a]) The Precision Technique of Robert Conti, Las Vegas, Nevada: Pinnacle

Conti, R (2001[b]) Jazz Lines - Source Code Book 1, Las Vegas, Nevada: Pinnacle

Conti, R (2001[c]) Precision Technique - Source Code Book 2, Las Vegas, Nevada: Pinnacle

Conti, R (2001[d]) Intros Endings - Turn-Arounds - Source Code Book 3, Las Vegas, Nevada:
Pinnacle

Conti, R (2001[e]) The Formula - Source Code Book 4, Las Vegas, Nevada: Pinnacle

Cook, R and Morton, B (2000) The Penguin Guide to Jazz on CD (5
th
Ed.), London: Penguin Books

Cooke, M (1997) The Chronicle of Jazz, London: Thames and Hudson

Copeland, R (1977) The Ray Copeland Method and Approach to the Creative Art of Jazz
Improvisation, St. Albans, New York: Kaercea Enterprises

Corbett, J (1994) Extended Play: Sounding Off from John Cage to Dr. Funkenstein, New York: Duke
University Press

Coryell, L (1998) Jazz Guitar: Creative Comping, Soloing, and Improv, San Francisco: Miller Freeman
Books

Crow, W (1990) [liner notes, sound recording] on Getz, S and Raney, J (1951-53) The Complete
Recordings of the Stan Getz Quintet with Jimmy Raney, Mosaic Records, 1990 [#3033 of 7500, limited
edition]

Davis, S (1986) Masters of Time, Transcribed Drums from Various Aebersold Volumes, New Albany,
Indiana: Aebersold

Davis, S (1992) Vol. 54 - Maiden Voyage, Transcribed Drums, New Albany, Indiana: Aebersold

Davis, S (1997) Vol. 70 - Killer Joe, Transcribed Drums, New Albany, Indiana: Aebersold

Davison, M (1987), A Motivic Study of Twenty Improvised Solos of Randy Brecker Between the Years
of 1970-1980 [PhD Thesis]: University of Wisconsin, Madison

Davison, M (1994) Randy Brecker Trumpet Artist Transcriptions, Milwaukee, Wisconsin: Hal Leonard

Davison, M (2003), The Music of Randy Brecker: Solo Transcriptions and Performing Artist Master
Class CD, Miami, Florida: Warner

Delbridge, A and Bernard, J (eds) (1998) The Macquarie Concise Dictionary 3rd Edition, Sydney:
Macquarie University Press

deMause, A (1983) Mel Bays 101 Jazz Guitar Licks, Pacific, Missouri: Mel Bay

Dickert, L (1994) An Analysis of Freddie Green's Style and His Importance in the History of Jazz
Guitar, [PhD Thesis], University of Memphis

Diorio, J (1992) Single Line Improvising, Miami, Florida: Warner



245
Diorio, J (2000) Intervallic Designs for Jazz Guitar: Ultramodern Sounds for Improvising, Milwaukee,
Wisconsin: Hal Leonard

Diorio, J (2001[a]) Jazz Blues Styles, Pacific, Missouri: Mel Bay
Diorio, J (2001[b]) Jazz Structures for the New Millennium, Pacific, Missouri: Mel Bay

Edwards, B (1983) Fretboard Logic: The Reasoning Behind the Guitar's Unique Tuning System:
Tampa, Florida USA, Bill Edwards Publishing

Edwards, B (1993) Fretboard Logic Vol. III Applications: Creative and Analytical: Tampa, Florida
USA, Bill Edwards Publishing

Edwards, B (1998) Fretboard Logic SE: Vol. I & II Combined: Tampa, Florida USA, Bill Edwards
Publishing

Ellis, H (2000) The Herb Ellis Jazz Guitar Method / Swing Blues, Miami, Florida: Warner

Ellis, H and Stang, A (1996) The Herb Ellis Jazz Guitar Method / Rhythm Shapes, Miami, Florida:
Warner

Ellis, H and Stang, A and Holmes, T (1996) The Herb Ellis Jazz Guitar Method / All the Shapes You
Are, Miami, Florida: Warner

Eschete, R (1986) The Complete, Practical Guide for the Jazz Guitar Soloist, Van Nuys, California:
Alfred

Evans, L (1984) Improvise by Learning How to Compose: A Workbook in Jazz Improvisation for Piano
and All Other Melody Instruments, Milwaukee, Wisconsin: Hal Leonard

Feather, L (1966) The Encyclopedia of Jazz in the Sixties, New York: Horizon Press

Feather, L (1990) The Passion for Jazz, New York: Da Capo

Feather, L (1993) The Encyclopedia Yearbooks of Jazz, New York: Da Capo

Feather, L (c1988) [liner notes, sound recording] on Holiday, B (1942-1954), Billies Blues: Blue Note

Feather, L and Gitler, I (1976) The Encyclopedia of Jazz in the Seventies, New York: Horizon Press

Feather, L. and Gitler, I (1999) The Biographical Encyclopedia of Jazz, New York: Oxford University
Press

Ferguson, J (2001) All Solos & Grooves for Jazz Guitar: Position Studies, Scales & Patterns, Pacific,
Missouri: Mel Bay

Fewell, G (2005) Jazz Improvisation for Guitar: A Melodic Approach, Boston, Massachusetts: Berklee
Press

Fisher, J (1995[a]) Beginning Jazz Guitar [with CD recording], Van Nuys, California: Alfred

Fisher, J (1995[b]) Intermediate Jazz Guitar [with CD recording], Van Nuys, California: Alfred

Fisher, J (1995[c]) Mastering Jazz Guitar: Improvisation [with CD recording], Van Nuys, California:
Alfred

Fisher, J (1996) Rhythm Guitar Encyclopedia [with CD recording], Van Nuys, California: Alfred

Fisher, J (2000) The Complete Jazz Guitar Method [compilation with CD recording], Van Nuys,
California: Alfred



246
Fisher, J (2002) Jazz Guitar Harmony [with CD recording], Van Nuys, California: Alfred

Fisher, J (ed) (1996) Jazz Guitar: Master Class Van Nuys, California: National Guitar Workshop

Forman, B (1991) The Jazz Guitarists Handbook, San Francisco, California: Guitar Solo

Fox, M (2004) Guitar: Arpeggio Studies on Jazz Standards, Pacific, Missouri: Mel Bay

Friedman, J (1979) Guitar Jazz Licks, California: Lucky 1 Music Pub.

Furstner, M (1993) Chords Scales and Simple Improv [Vol.1 and 2], Nambour, Queensland: self
published

Galbraith, B (1979[a]) The Fingerboard Workbook, Middlebury, Vermont: Weybridge

Galbraith, B (1979[b]) Daily Exercise in the Melodic and Harmonic Minor Modes, Middlebury,
Vermont: Weybridge

Galbraith, B (1986[a]) Guitar Comping: With Bass Lines in Treble Clef, New Albany, Indiana:
Aebersold

Galbraith, B (1986[b]) Play Along With Bach, New Albany, Indiana: Aebersold

Galbraith, B (1986) Guitar Improv, New Albany, Indiana: Aebersold

Galper, H (2005) Forward Motion: From Bach to Bebop, Petaluma, California: Sher Music

Garcia, A (ed) Jazz Education Journal, Richmond, Virginia: International Assoc. of Jazz Educators

Genova, V and Quiggley, G (1997) Beginning Improvisation, Brisbane: Jazzworx

Giddins, G (1998) Visions of Jazz, The first Century, New York: Oxford University Press

Gilbert, D and Marlis, B (2002) Advanced Guitar Soloing: The Professional Guide to Improvisation,
Milwaukee, Wisconsin: Hal Leonard

Gilbert, M (1995) [Jimmy Raney Obituary] Jazz Journal International v48n7:48

Gitler, I (1961) Jimmy Raney, Down Beat v18n15:19

Golla, G (1975) Improvisation for Guitar-Don Andrews Guitar series, Sydney: J. Albert and Son

Gourley, J (1972) Jimmy Raney, Jazz-hot n283:26

Grassel, J (1984[a]) Big Ax, Frozen Sky, Wisconsin: UMI

Grassel, J (1984[b]) Monster Chops Hialeah, Florida: Columbia Pictures Publications

Grassel, J (1995) Super Ax, Frozen Sky, Wisconsin: UMI

Grassel, J (1996) Jazz Guitar Classics, Milwaukee, Wisconsin: Hal Leonard

Grassel, J (1998) Jazz Guitar Standards, Milwaukee, Wisconsin: Hal Leonard

Green, A (2000) Jazz Guitar Technique, Brooklyn, New York: Microphonic Press

Green, A (2002) Jazz Guitar Structures, Brooklyn, New York: Microphonic Press

Green, B (1985) Bunky Green's Jazz in a Nutshell: A Short-Cut to Jazz Improvisation, New Albany,
Indiana: Aebersold


247

Green, L (2002) How Popular Musicians Learn, Aldershot: Ashgate

Greene, T (1985[a]) Modern Chord progressions, Van Nuys, California: Alfred

Greene, T (1985[b]) Jazz Guitar Single Note Soloing, [Vol. 1 & 2], Miami, Florida: Warner

Greene, T (2000) Chord Chemistry, Miami, Florida: Warner

Greene, T (c1975[a]) Guitar Scales and Melodic Patterns, Westlake, California: Dale Zdenek

Greene, T (c1975[b]) Guitar Chords, Arpeggios and Studies, Westlake, California: Dale Zdenek

Greene, T (c1975[c]) Guitar Scales and Arpeggios Complete, Westlake, California: Dale Zdenek

Gridley, M (1997) Jazz Styles: History & Analysis, New Jersey: Prentice Hall

Gunod, N (ed) (1996) National Guitar Workshop with Alfred Jazz Guitar Masterclass, Van Nuys,
California: Alfred

Haerle, D (1980) The Jazz Language: A Theory Text for Jazz Composition and Improvisation, Miami,
Florida: Studio P/R

Haerle, D (1983) Scales for Jazz Improvisation, Miami, Florida: Studio P/R

Haerle, D (1989) The Jazz Sound: A Guide to Tune Analysis and Chord/Scale Choices for
Improvisation, Milwaukee, Wisconsin: Hal Leonard

Halbig, E (1994) Power Pentatonics: For Rock and Jazz Guitar: A Modern, Creative Approach for the
Advancing Guitarist, Van Nuys, California: Alfred

Hall, J (1990) Exploring Jazz Guitar, Milwaukee, Wisconsin: Hal Leonard

Hall, J and Jones, J (1994) Jazz Guitar Environments, Milwaukee, Wisconsin: Hal Leonard

Hamilton, F (1991) [teaching material] Jazz Guitar Fundamentals Vol. I: Scales and Arpeggios,
Denton, Texas, USA: University of North Texas

Hamilton, F (1992) [teaching material] Jazz Guitar Fundamentals Vol. II: Chord Voicings and
Compings, Denton, Texas, USA: University of North Texas

Hamilton, F (undated) Jazz Guitar Lines and Comping Studies, Denton, Texas, USA: University of
North Texas

Harrison, W (1997) Be-Boppers Method Book: Rebirth Inc.

Hodges, G (2004) An Integrated Approach to Fretboard Concepts: Technical Material for Jazz and
Contemporary Guitarists, Mackay, Queensland, Australia: self published

Hodges, G and Kerr, D (2003) Developing a Successful Jazz Program in a Regional Centre. in
Hayward, P & Hodges, G (ed), Jazz in the Asia Pacific region: Proceedings of the Inaugural Asia
Pacific Jazz Conference. Mackay: Central Queensland University

Hughes, J (1988) Intro: Reflections of a Jazz Survivor, Guitar Player v22n2:10

Ingram, A (1980) Modern Jazz Guitar Technique, Northampton: Northampton Guitar Studios

Isaacs, I (1987) Jazz Guitar School, Woodford Green, Essex: International Music

Jacobs, S (1996) Mel Bay's Complete Book of Jazz Guitar Lines & Phrases, Pacific, Missouri: Mel Bay


248

Jacobs, S (2004) The Changes: Guide Tones for Jazz Chords, Lines & Comping for Guitar, Pacific,
Missouri: Mel Bay

Jenson, J (2005) Doug Raney Just Jazz Guitar August, 2005:87

Johnson, D (1995) Six Improvised Trumpet Solos, Thesis (MMus) Canberra: Australian National
University

Johnson, E (1990) Eric Johnson: Guitar Transcriptions, Milwaukee, Wisconsin: Hal Leonard

Johnson-Laird, P (2002) How Jazz Musicians Improvise, Music Perception v19n3

Kelly, J (undated) Guitar Concepts, Lismore, Australia: self published

Kelly, J (undated) Jazz Improvisation, Lismore, Australia: self published

Kelly, J (undated) The Dominant Seventh Chord and Then the Blues, Lismore, Australia: self published

Kennington, D (1971) The Literature of Jazz, A Critical Guide, Chicago: American Library
Association

Kernfeld, B (ed) (2002) New Grove Dictionary of Jazz [2
nd
edition], London: MacMillan

Kerry, B (1996) Structure in Jazz Improvisation: A Formulaic Analysis of the Improvisations of Bill
Evans, [B. Mus. (Hons.) Thesis], University of New South Wales, Sydney

Kessel, B (1992) The Jazz Guitar Artistry of Barney Kessel, San Diego, California: Windsor Music

Khan, S (1991) Pat Martino: The Early Years: Jazz Guitar Solos Miami, Florida: Belwin

Khan, S (1996) Chord Khancepts, New York: Manhattan Music

Kinkle, R (1974) The Complete Encyclopedia of Popular music and Jazz 1900-1950, New Rochelle:
Arlington House

Kirchner, B (ed) (2000) The Oxford Companion to Jazz: Oxford: Oxford University Press

Koransky, J (ed) Down Beat Magazine, Elmhurst, Illinios: Maher Publications: www.downbeat.com
[accessed 2/2/04]

Kuzmich, J (1990) An Annotated Survey of Teaching Materials for Jazz Improvisation, Manhattan,
Kansas: International Association of Jazz Educators

Kuzmich, J (1997) An Annotated Survey of Teaching Materials for Jazz Improvisation, Volume 2,
Manhattan, Kansas: International Association of Jazz Educators

Kynaston, D and Kynaston, T (ed) (1992) Jazz Guitar Solos /Mike Stern, Kalamazoo, Michigan:
Corybant Productions

Kynaston, T and Ricci, R (1978) Jazz Improvisation Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey: Prentice-Hall

Lan Doky, N and Gardner, J (1992) Jazz Transcription: Developing Jazz Improvisational Skills
Through Solo Transcription and Analysis West Germany: Advance Music

LaPorta, J (2000) A Guide to Jazz Improvisation, Boston, Massachusetts: Berklee Press

Larkin, C (ed) (1998) The Encyclopedia of Popular Music, London: Muze

Leavitt, W (1966) A Modern Method for Guitar, Boston, Massachusetts: Berklee Press


249

Lee, R (c1993) Mel Bay's Jazz Guitar Method, Pacific, Missouri: Mel Bay

Levine, M (1992) Vol. 50 - Miles Davis, Transcribed Piano Voicings: Comping to the Record as
Played by Mark Levine, New Albany, Indiana: Aebersold

Levine, M (1995) The Jazz Theory Book, Petaluma, California: Sher Music

Lewis, M (1991) Clifford Brown; Complete Transcriptions: Brownie

Lord, T (1992) The Jazz Discography, West Vancouver, B.C.: Lord Music Reference

Lord, T (2005) The Jazz Discography, [CD-ROM ver. 6.0.] West Vancouver, B.C.: Lord Music
Reference

Lowery, R (1994) The Robert "Boysie" Lowery Method for Jazz Improvisation: Including a
Biographical Sketch, Wilmington, Delaware: R.A. Lowery

Mairants, I (1989) Famous Jazz Guitar Solos; As Played and Recorded by Charlie Christian, Ivor
Mairants, West Montgomery, Joe Pass, George Benson, Charlie Bird, Milwaukee, Wisconsin: Hal
Leonard

Mantooth, F (1996) Patterns for Improvisation: From the Beginning, Milwaukee, Wisconsin: Hal
Leonard

Marshall, W (2000) 101 Must Know Jazz Licks; Quick Easy Reference for All Guitarists, Milwaukee,
Wisconsin: Hal Leonard

Marshall, W (2001) Best of Wes Montgomery, Milwaukee, Wisconsin: Hal Leonard

Martin, H (2001) Charlie Parker and Thematic Improvisation, Lanham, Maryland: The Scarecrow
Press

McRae, B (1998) introduction to Shadwick, K Jazz Legends of Style, Sydney: Universal International

Mead, D (ed) Guitar Techniques, Bath, UK: Future publishing

Mehegan, J (1974) Jazz Improvisation [Vol. 1- 4], New York: Watson-Guptil

Metcalfe, J (1990) Jimmy Raney, Louisvilles Legendary Jazz Guitarist Louisville Music News
v2n1:2

Mock, D (1998(a)) Harmonic Minor Revealed, Miami, Florida: Warner

Mock, D (1998(b)) Melodic Minor Revealed, Miami, Florida: Warner

Mongan, N (1983) The History of the Guitar in Jazz, New York: Oak Publications

Mongan, N and Kernfeld, B (undated) Grove Music Online:
http://www.grovemusic.com/shared/views/article.html?from=search&session_search_id=372787110&
hitnum=1&section=jazz.370100 [accessed 17/9/06]

Monson, M (1996) Saying Something: Jazz Improvisation and Interaction, Chicago: University of
Chicago Press

Montgomery, M (1984) Studies in the Jazz Style for the Double Bassist: Twelve Original Etudes
Derived from Twenty-Two Transcribed Solos [Thesis]: University of Miami

Morgan, A (1963) Jimmy Raney, Jazz Monthly v9n8:16



250
Morgenstern, D (1972) [liner notes, sound recording] on Raney, J (1972) Strings and Swings: Muse

Most, S (1996) Jazz Improvisation: The Best Way to Develop Solos Over Classic Changes, Miami,
Florida: Warner

Most, S and Cavalier, D (ed) (1996) Jazz Improvisation, Miami, Florida: Warner

Munro, D (1999) Jazz Guitar: Swing to Bebop, Miami, Florida: Warner

Nachmanovitch, S (2002) Free Play: The Power of Improvisation in Life and Art, New York: Putnam

Nettl, B et al. (1998) In the Course of Performance: Studies in the World of Musical Improvisation,
Chicago: University of Chicago Press

Nettles, B and Graf, R (1997) The Chord Scale Theory and Jazz Harmony, Rottenberg, West Germany:
Advance Music

OMara, P (1996) A Chordal Concept for Jazz Guitar, Rottenburg N., West Germany: Advance Music

Owens, T (1974) Charlie Parker: Techniques of Improvisation, [PhD Thesis], University of California,
Los Angeles

Pappas, C (2002) Review: - Ways of the Hand: A Rewritten Account, Library Journal v127n3

Pass, J (1986) Joe Pass Guitar Chords, Pacific, Missouri: Mel Bay

Pass, J and Thrasher, B (1986) Joe Pass Guitar Style, Pacific, Missouri: Mel Bay

Pearl, D (2002) The Art of Steely Dan: Cherry Lane

Petersen, J (1979) Jazz Styles and Analysis: Guitar: A History of the Jazz Guitar via Recorded Solos
Chicago: Maher

Piper, A (1998) Transcriptions and Analyses of Chet Baker, Thesis (MMus) Canberra: Australian
National University

Porter, C (ed) Jazz Times, Silver Spring, Maryland: Lee Mergner

Porter, L (1983) John Coltranes Music of 1960 through 1967: Jazz Improvisation as Composition,
[PhD Thesis] Waltham, Massachusetts: Brandeis University

Porter, L and Ullman, M (1993) Jazz: From Its Origins to the Present, New Jersey: Prentice Hall

Pozzi, D (1998) Approach to Jazz Improvisation [with CD], Milwaukee, Wisconsin: Hal Leonard

Pressing, J (1984) Cognitive Processes in Improvisation, in Crozier, R and Chapman, A (eds)
Cognitive Processes in the Perception of Art, North Holland, Amsterdam

Pressing, J (1987) The Micro - and Macrostructure of Improvised Music, Music Perception v5n2

Pressing, J (1988) Improvisation: Methods and Models in Generative Processes in Music, in Sloboda,
J (ed): Oxford; Clarendon Press

Pressing, J (1999) Cognitive Complexity and the Structure of Musical Patterns, Proceedings of the 4th
Conference of the Australasian Cognitive Science Society, Newcastle

Pressing, J (2001) Improvisation: Methods and Models in Sloboda, J (ed) (2001) Generative Processes
in Music: The Psychology of Performance, Improvisation, and Composition, Oxford: Oxford
University Press



251
Pressing, J (ed) (1994) Compositions for Improvisers: An Australian Perspective, Melbourne: La Trobe
University Press

Pritchard, D (transcriptions), Rahn, E (ed) (1980) Larry Coryell: Jazz Guitar Solos: Transcriptions &
Adaptations from the Original Recordings New York: Coryell Publishing Co.

Raney, J (1976) [liner notes, sound recording] on Raney, J (1976) Solo: Xanadu

Raney, J (1985) [preface to score] Jimmy Raney Solos: Exactly as Recorded: Transcribed from Vol. 29,
Play Duets with Jimmy Raney, New Albany, Indiana: Aebersold

Raney, J (1985) Jimmy Raney Solos: Exactly as Recorded: Transcribed from Vol. 29, Play Duets with
Jimmy Raney, New Albany, Indiana: Aebersold

Raney, J (1993) Things Downbeat Never Taught Me Louisville Music News, September

Raney, J (1996[a]) For Guitarists Only! (Jimmy Raney Small Band Arrangements), Elmsford, New
York: Music Minus One

Raney, J (1996[b]) [cover notes, play-along set] on For Guitarists Only! (Jimmy Raney Small Band
Arrangements), Elmsford, New York: Music Minus One

Raney, J (1998) Hot tips: Jimmy Raneys ballad test Guitar Player v32n8:155

Raney, J and Raney, D (1979) [liner notes, sound recording] on Raney, J and Raney, D (1979) Duets:
SteepleChase Music

Raney, J. (1979) Vol. 20 - Jimmy Raney: For You to PlayTen Favorite Jazz Standards, [with CD]
New Albany, Indiana: Aebersold

Raney, J. (1983) Vol. 29 - Play Duets with Jimmy Raney [with CD], New Albany, Indiana: Aebersold

Raney, J. (undated [a]) [publisher/journal unknown] How Did I Become A Living Legend? Copy
obtained from Pat Lentz, U of L, Louisville, 2006

Raney, J. (undated [b]) Rhee Khoris [unpublished article] obtained from Pat Lentz, U of L, Louisville,
2006

Raney, J. (undated [c]) The Composer [unpublished article] obtained from Pat Lentz, U of L,
Louisville, 2006

Raney, Jon (garage band web site) http://www.garageband.com/artist/jraney [accessed 26/7/06]

Raney, Jon (undated) http://www.geetan.com/jonraney.cfm [accessed 9/12/07]

Raney, Jon (personal web site): http://jonraney.com/ [accessed 26/7/06]

Raney, Jon. (blog) http://jonraneyblog.blogspot.com/ [accessed 9/12/07]

Rask, P (2001) Arthur Edward Pepper (1925--1982): An Analysis of His Improvisational Style through
Solo Transcriptions from 19431960, [Thesis]: University of Northern Colorado

Rector, J (1984) Mel Bay's Deluxe Encyclopedia of Jazz Guitar Runs, Fills, Licks, & Lines, Pacific,
Missouri: Mel Bay

Redding, N and Mitchell, M (1995) Hendrix Radio One, Milwaukee, Wisconsin: Hal Leonard

Reeves, S (2000) Creative Jazz Improvisation, New Jersey: Prentice Hall

Reid, D (1991) Walk This Way, Brisbane: i/f music


252

Ricker, R (1976) Pentatonic Scales for Jazz Improvisation, Miami, Florida: Studio P/R

Roberts, H (1972) Chord Melody, Washington: Playback Music

Roberts, H (1978) Super Chops (technique), Washington: Playback Music

Roberts, H and Grebb, B (1972) Sight Reading, Washington: Playback Music

Roberts, H and Hagberg, G (1989) Guitar Compendium - The Praxis System, West Germany: Advance

Rochinski, S (1994) The Jazz Style of Tal Farlow, Milwaukee, Wisconsin: Hal Leonard

Rochinski, S (1998) The Motivic Basis for Jazz Guitar Improvisation, Milwaukee, Wisconsin: Hal
Leonard

Rusch, B (ed) Cadence Magazine, Cadence Building, Redwood, New York: CadNor Ltd

Russell, G (1959) The Lydian Chromatic Concept of Tonal Organization, New York: Concept

Saalik Saood, Z (1995) Mel Bay Presents Wes Montgomery, Jazz guitar Artistry, Pacific, Missouri:
Mel Bay

Sadie, S (1995) The New Grove Dictionary of Music and Musicians [13th reprint] London: Macmillan

Sallis, J (1982) The Guitar Players, Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press

Sallis, J (1996) The Guitar in Jazz, Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press

Salvador, S (1988[a]) Jazz Guitar Series - Chordal Enrichment and Chord Substitution, Pacific,
Missouri: Mel Bay

Salvador, S (1988[b]) Jazz Guitar Series - Four part Comping for Solo and Harmony, Pacific,
Missouri: Mel Bay

Salvador, S and Giordano, M (1988) The Art of Single String Soloing: Concepts and Ideas for
Improvisation, Pacific, Missouri: Mel Bay

Salvador, S and Giordano, M (1991) Jazz Single String Studies: Technical Studies for Today's
Guitarist, Pacific, Missouri: Mel Bay

Salvatore, J (1970) Jazz Improvisation: Principles and Practices Relating to Harmonic and Scalic
Resources, [PhD Thesis] Florida State University

Sandole, A (1977) Jazz Improvisation (I & II), New York, New York: A. Sandole Music

Schenkel, S (1983) The Tools of Jazz, Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey: Prentice Hall

Schiff, R (ed) (1988) Solos for Jazz Guitar: Classic Solos as Played by New York: C. Fischer

Scofield, J (1987) John Scofield Guitar Transcriptions, Milwaukee, Wisconsin: Hal Leonard

Scott, C (1994-1995) A Folio of Transcription of Famous Bassists' Solos and Analyses Thereof,
[MMus Thesis] Canberra: Australian National University

Shadwick, K (1998) Jazz Legends of Style, Sydney: Universal International

Shipton, A (2001) A New History of Jazz, New York: Continuum



253
Silverman, S (2006) Harmonic, Rhythmic Tension Propel Jimmy Raneys Motion Solo, Down Beat
v73n7:64

Sloboda, J (1986) The Musical Mind: The Cognitive Psychology of Music, Oxford: Oxford University
Press

Sloboda, J (ed) (2001) Generative Processes in Music: The Psychology of Performance, Improvisation,
and Composition, Oxford: Oxford University Press

Smith, D (1986) 132 Hot Jazz Licks for Guitar, Florida: Columbia pictures Pubs.

Snidero, J (c2000) Easy Jazz Conception - Solo Etudes for Jazz Phrasing, Interpretation and
Improvisation Germany: Advance Music

Sokolow, F (2000) Fretboard Roadmaps, Milwaukee, Wisconsin: Hal Leonard

Sokolow, F (arr) (1976) Wes Montgomery Jazz Guitar Solos: Almo Publications

Sokolow, F and Schiff, R and Schwartz, N (1980) The Complete Jazz Guitar, USA: Almo

Steinel, M (1995) Building a Jazz Vocabulary: A Resource for Learning Jazz Improvisation,
Milwaukee, Wisconsin: Hal Leonard

Stephan, G and Stephan, K (1992) The Complete Guide to Jazz Improvisation: (for all instruments)
Jenison, Michigan: Stephan Publications

Stewart, J (1988) Mel Bay Presents The Evolution of Jazz Guitar: A Thorough Study of the Guitar in
Jazz, Pacific, Missouri: Mel Bay

Stewart, J (1994) Mel Bays Complete Jazz Guitarist, Pacific, Missouri: Mel Bay

Sudhalter, R (1999) Lost Chords; White Musicians and Their Contribution to Jazz 1915-1945, New
York: Oxford University Press

Sudnow, D and Dreyfus, H (2001) [reprint edition] Ways of the Hand: A Rewritten Account, London:
The MIT Press

Summerfield, M J (1978) The Jazz Guitar Its Evolution and Its Players, Gateshead, U.K.: Ashley
Mark

Sutton, S and Turner, G (1992) Progressive Jazz Guitar, South Australia: Koala

Swanwick, K (1994) Musical Knowledge Intuition, Analysis and Music Education, New York:
RoutledgeFalmer

Taylor, M (1990) Jazz Guitar Artistry, Volume One, Newcastle upon Tyne: Ashley Mark

Tedesco, T (2002) An Improvisational Concept for the Jazz Guitar, Los Angeles, California: Luco
Publishing

Tedesco, T (c1975) For Guitar Players Only, Westlake, California: Dale Zdenek

Tirro, F (1993) Jazz, A History, New York: Norton

Tjader, C (1961-68) [liner notes, sound recording] on Jazz Round Midnight Cal Tjader, Verve -
Polygram, 1996

Tomkins, L (1977) The Jimmy Raney Story Crescendo International v15n11:14



254
Unattributed (1985) Famous Jazz Guitar Solos/Eddie Lang, Woodford Green, Essex: International
Music Publications

Unattributed (1986) The Rolling Stones: Wise

Unattributed (1988) Wes Montgomery, Artist: Transcriptions for Guitar, Milwaukee, Wisconsin: Hal
Leonard

Unattributed (1989) Guitar Standards; 16 Classic Jazz Guitar Performances Transcribed, Milwaukee,
Wisconsin: Hal Leonard

Unattributed (1989) Jazz Transcription for Trumpet: Music Sales

Unattributed (1989) The Best of Blood Sweat and Tears, Milwaukee, Wisconsin: Hal Leonard

Unattributed (1990) Jazz Transcriptions for Tenor Sax: Music Sales

Unattributed (1993) Stan Getz B Flat Tenor Saxophone Artist Transcriptions, Milwaukee, Wisconsin:
Hal Leonard

Unattributed (1993) The Beatles: Complete Scores: London: Wise Publications

Unattributed (1996) 50 Essential Bebop Heads; Arranged for Guitar, Milwaukee, Wisconsin: Hal
Leonard

Unattributed (1996) Santana's Greatest Hits, Milwaukee, Wisconsin: Hal Leonard

Unattributed (1996) The Classic Songs and Solos of Eric Clapton: Music Sales

Unattributed (1997) Buddy Rich: Jazz Legend 1917-1987: Transcriptions and Analysis of the Worlds
Greatest Drummer, Miami, Florida: Warner

Unattributed (1997) John Mayall - Authentic Guitar-Tab, Miami, Florida: Warner

Unattributed (1998[a]) 12 Classic Jazz Standards [with CD], Elmsford, New York: Music Minus One

Unattributed (1998[b]) 12 More Classic Jazz Standards [with CD], Elmsford, New York: Music Minus
One

Unattributed (1998) Jazz Guitar Standards: Artist Transcriptions Play-Alongs, Milwaukee, Wisconsin:
Hal Leonard

Unattributed (1999) Dire Straits Guitar tablature: Wise

Unattributed (1999) Steve Howe / Guitar Pieces, Miami, Florida: Warner

Unattributed (2000) Oscar Peterson: Note-For-Note Transcriptions of Classic Recordings [with CD]:
PG Music

Unattributed (2000) Steely Dans Greatest Songs: Cherry Lane

Unattributed (2001) Grateful Dead: Authentic Guitar Tab, Miami, Florida: Warner

Unattributed (2001) Mel Bays Master Anthology of Jazz Guitar Solos [Vols. 1, 2 & 3], Pacific,
Missouri: Mel Bay

Unattributed (2002) AC/DC Ballbreaker: Music Sales

Unattributed (c1964) [liner notes] Sims, Z and Raney, J and Hall, J Two Jims and Zoot, Mainstream
Records


255

Unattributed (undated) Great Jazz Guitarists 1 and 2, Miami, Florida: Warner

Unattributed (undated) The Jazz Guitar Bible, Milwaukee, Wisconsin: Hal Leonard

Unattributed editor Jazz Improv Magazine, Jenkintown, Pennsylvania: E.S. Proteus

Unattributed editor Jazz Player Magazine: Medfield, Massachusetts: Dorn Pubs.

Unattributed editor Saxophone Journal Medfield, Massachusetts: Dorn Pubs.

Van Epps, G (1981) Harmonic Mechanisms for Guitar, Pacific, Missouri: Mel Bay

Voelpel, M (2001) Charlie Parker for Guitar, Milwaukee, Wisconsin: Hal Leonard

Volpe, H and Dale, J (1970) Jazz Improvisation on 1000 Chords: With Modern Licks and Diagrams
for the Guitar, and All Instruments, New York: Clef Music

Watrous, P (1995) [Jimmy Raney Obituary] New York Times 16/5/95

Weiskopf, W and Ricker, R (1993) The Augmented Scale in Jazz, New Albany, Indiana: Aebersold

Weston, I (2005) But Beautiful: A Study of the Harmonic and Melodic Elements of Jazz Guitarist
Jimmy Raneys Improvisational Style, [MMus Thesis], Queensland Conservatorium of Music, Griffith
University, Brisbane

Whiteoak, J (1999) Playing Ad Lib: Improvisatory Music in Australia, 1836-1970, Sydney: Currency
Press

Willmott, B (1994) Mel Bays Complete Book of Harmony Theory and Voicing, Pacific, Missouri: Mel
Bay

Willmott, B (1996) Mel Bays Complete Book of Harmonic Extensions for Guitar, Pacific, Missouri:
Mel Bay

Wilmer, V (1962) Jimmy Raney, Melody Maker October issue

Wilson, K (2006) Bellarmine Jazz Clinic Celebrates 20 Years Just Jazz Guitar n47:106

Wise, L (1982) Bebop Bible, Milwaukee, Wisconsin: Hal Leonard

Wise, L (2001) Jazz Improvisation for Guitar, Milwaukee, Wisconsin: Hal Leonard

Wise, L (2002) Bebop Licks for Guitar: A Dictionary of Melodic Ideas for Improvisation [Book and
CD], Milwaukee, Wisconsin: Hal Leonard

Woodward, J (2002) The Melodic Guitarist Method Yeppoon, Queensland, Australia: self published

Workman, J and Jentsch, C (c1993) Jazz Guitar Solos; John Abercrombie, Rottenburg: Advance Music

World Wide Web, Adelson, S (2000) [from 20th Century Guitar, September 1, 2000] Interview with
Allan Holdsworth: www.steveadelson.com/index.php?sec=reports&sub=interviews [accessed 4/7/06]

World Wide Web, AMG All Music Guide: www.allmusic.com/cg/amg [accessed 29/3/03]

World Wide Web, Bailey, P (1995) Classic Jazz Guitar:
http://www.classicjazzguitar.com/artists/artists-page.jsp?article=23 [accessed 11/9/02]

World Wide Web cdBBQ, http://www.cdbbq.com/ [accessed 22 /5/06]



256
World Wide Web, Clarke, D (ed) (undated) Music Web Encyclopaedia of Popular Music:
http://www.musicweb.uk.net/encyclopaedia/r/R21.HTM [accessed 16/9/06]

World Wide Web, Fisch, J (1997) [from: 20
th
Century Guitar, December 1 1997] Interview Jack
Wilkins Top Ten: www.jackwilkins.com/reviews/view?id=27, [accessed 4/7/06]

World Wide Web, Fisher, J Jody Fisher: www.jodyfisher.com [accessed 1/2/04]

World Wide Web, Jimmy Raney: www.jimmyraney.com/ [accessed 4/8/06]

World Wide Web, Leitch, P. (undated) The Interview: www.peterleitch.com/leitchprojects.html
[accessed 1/8/06]

World Wide Web, Liebman, D (2002) The Story of the International Association of Schools of Jazz
http://www.davidliebman.com/IASJ/iasj.htm [accessed 16/12/07]

World Wide Web, Menuhin, Y (2003) amazon.com [review]: http://www.amazon.com/Free-Play-
Improvisation-Life-Art/dp/0874775787/sr=8-1/qid=1158579122/ref=pd_bbs_1/102-4710400-
1613764?ie=UTF8&s=books [accessed 18/9/06]

World Wide Web, Methany, P. (2006) Pat Metheny - JAZZ Online - Summer 1995 [Question 2]:
www.patmethenygroup.com/scrapbook/interviews.cfm [accessed 4/7/06]

World Wide Web, Patterson, B (1998) Jazz Guitar Online, http://www.jazzguitar.com/features/tal.html
[accessed 1/78/06]

World Wide Web, Shoemake, S and Shoemake, C (undated) Talsan Music - Guitar Transcripts:
www.talsanmusic.com/transcriptions/Guitar.html [accessed 19/9/06]

World Wide Web, Torvund, O (undated) Jimmy Raney:
http://www.torvund.net/guitar/BooLists/Jimmy_Raney.asp [accessed 2/2/04]

World Wide Web, unattributed (undated) Classic Jazz Guitar:
http://www.classicjazzguitar.com/artists/artists_page.jsp?artist=25 [accessed 16/9/06]

World Wide Web, unattributed (undated) Digital Sounds - guitar pro files:
http://www.digitalsounds.de/gtprub.php?buchstabe=r&funktion=interalfa2&von=0&id= [accessed
19/9/06]

World Wide Web, unattributed (undated) Grove Music Online:
http://www.grovemusic.com/shared/views/home.html?authstatuscode=200 [accessed 17/9/06]

World Wide Web, unattributed (undated) Grove Music: Raney, Jimmy,
http://www.grovemusic.com/shared/views/article.html?from=search&session_search_id=372787110&
hitnum=1&section=jazz.370100 [accessed 17/9/06]

World Wide Web, unattributed (undated) Jimmy Raney:
http://www.theiceberg.com/artist/27590/jimmy_raney/ [accessed 17/2/03]

World Wide Web, Weber, R, (2004) amazon.com [reader review]: http://www.amazon.com/Ways-
Hand-Rewritten-David-Sudnow/dp/0262194678/ref=dp_return_2/102-4710400-
1613764?ie=UTF8&n=283155&s=books [accessed 17/9/06]

World Wide Web, Yahoo Shopping:
http://shopping.yahoo.com/p:Jimmy%20Raney:1927006271:page=discography:subpage=all;_ylt=AqP
FcChwDhsj7Qtxy38DBO9UvQcF;_ylu=X3oDMTBudjZmdTkzBF9zAzg0MzkzMzAwBHNlYwNhcn
R0b29s [accessed 17/9/06]

Wyble, J (2001) The Art of Two Line Improvisation, Pacific, Missouri: Mel Bay



257
Xiques, E (1996) Take A Chorus, Elmsford, New York: Music Minus One

Yanow, S (2000) Bebop (The Essential Listening Companion), San Francisco: Miller Freeman Books

Young, D (1965) [liner notes, sound recording] on Various artists (1965) David X. Youngs Jazz Loft,
Jazz Magnet Records, 2000



258

II. Discography

Brookmeyer, B (1954, 55) The Dual Role of Bob Brookmeyer, Original Jazz Classics

Brookmeyer, B (1954-58) Bob Brookmeyer, Mosaic Record, 2004

Brookmeyer, B (1962) Trombone Jazz Samba, Verve MGV

Brown, T and Raney, J (1985) Good Company, Criss Cross Jazz

Burns, R (1954-55) Bijou, Period - Fantasy Records, 1999

Burrell, K and Raney, J (1957) 2 Guitars, Prestige Fantasy Records, 1992

Charles, T (1956 ) Teddy Charles Tentet, Collectables Records, 2001

Charles, T (1960) On Campus! Ivy League Jazz Concert! Fresh Sound, 1989

De Franco, B (1949-52) Buddy De Franco and His Orchestra, HEP Records, 2005

Eden, S (2006) Then & Now, [private, limited release] available from: http://www.sideden.com/cd.htm

Getz, S (1948-52) Stan Getz, Birdland Sessions, Fresh Sound, 2004

Getz, S (1950-54) Stan Getz, The Complete Roost Recordings, Roost, 1997

Getz, S (1953) Early Stan, Prestige Records, 1991

Getz, S and Raney, J (1948-53) Complete Studio Sessions, Stan Getz and Jimmy Raney, Definitive
Records, 2003

Getz, S and Raney, J (1951) Immortal Concerts: Stan Getz and Jimmy Raney, Sarabandas, [re-released,
no date provided]

Getz, S and Raney, J (1951-53) The Complete Recordings of the Stan Getz Quintet with Jimmy Raney,
Mosaic Records, 1990 [#3033 of 7500, limited edition]

Giuffre, J Mercer, M (1958, 1960) Jimmy Guiffre/Mabel Mercer, Atlantic, 1999

Gray, W (1949) Wardell Gray Complete Sunset and New Jazz Masters, Disconforme, 2000

Green, U (1955) Blues and Other Shades of Green, ABC Paramount

Haig, A (1974) Special Brew, Spotlite

Hawkins, T (c1994) To a Higher Place, Columbia

Holiday, B (1942-54) Billies Blues, Blue Note

Holiday, B and Wilson, C (1942-1954, 1993) Billies Blues/Blue Light, Phantom, released as set 2003

Jackson, M (1954-69) Gospels Spirituals and Hymns, Columbia, 1998

Lea, B (1957) Lea in Love, Prestige - Fantasy, 1990

Mercer, M (1960) Merely Marvelous, Atlantic, 1999

Nelson, O (1962-67) Jazz Masters 48 Oliver Nelson, Verve - Polygram, 1995



259
Norvo, R (1952-53) Dancing on the Ceiling, Decca

Norvo, R (1953-55) Red Norvo Trios, Prestige Fantasy Records, 1995

Norvo, R (1954) Red Norvo Trio, Fantasy Records, 1991

Pike, D (1962) Carnavals, Prestige Fantasy records, 2000

Raney, J (1949-55) Woody Hermans Cool Guitar Player, Membran Music, 2005

Raney, J (1954) Jimmy Raney Visits Paris Vol. 2, RCA Victor - BMG, 1996

Raney, J (1954) Jimmy Raney Visits Paris Vol.1, RCA Victor - BMG, 1996

Raney, J (1954) Together, Xanadu, 1994

Raney, J A (1954-55) Prestige Fantasy Records, 1991

Raney, J (1954-1956) Jimmy Raney Raney Quintet Complete 1954-1956, Fresh Sound, 2006

Raney, J (1956) Jimmy Raney Featuring Bob Brookmeyer, Verve, 2006

Raney, J. (1956) Jimmy Raney in Three Attitudes, ABC Paramount

Raney, J (1956) The Fourmost Guitars, ABC Paramount

Raney, J (1972) Strings and Swings, Muse

Raney, J (1974) Live At Bradley's, 1974, Gambit Records, 2007

Raney, J (1974) Momentum, MPS

Raney, J (1975) The Influence, Xanadu, (Prevue) 1998

Raney, J (1976) Live in Tokyo: Xanadu, (Prevue) 1998

Raney, J (1976) Solo, Xanadu, (Prevue) 1998

Raney, J (1980) Heres that Raney Day, Black and Blue, 1990

Raney, J. (1981) Raney 81, Criss Cross Jazz

Raney, J (1983) The Master, Criss Cross Jazz

Raney, J. (1985) Wisteria, Criss Cross Jazz 1990

Raney, J. (1990) But Beautiful, Criss Cross Jazz

Raney, J & Hall, J & Sims, Z (1964) Two Jims and Zoot, Mainstream Records, (re-released, undated)

Raney, J and Raney, D (1979) Duets, SteepleChase, 1986

Raney, J and Raney, D (1979) Guitar Moments, SteepleChase

Raney, J and Raney, D (1979) Stolen Moments, SteepleChase, 1986

Raney, J and Raney, D (1983) Nardis, SteepleChase, 1997

Sachs, A (1957) Clarinet and Co., Fresh Sound, 1990



260
Schifrin, L (1962) Bossa Nova Groove, Ubatuqui, 1999

Schifrin, L and Brookmeyer, B (1963) Samba Para Dos, Verve

Scott, S (1965) Talkin Verve - Shirley Scott, Verve, 2001

Shaw, A (1949) Artie Shaw and His Orchestra 1949 Musicmasters, 1990

Solal, M and Raney, J (1981) The Date, Recorded Stil

The Sextet of Orchestra USA (1966) Mack the Knife - And Other Berlin Theatre Songs of Kurt Weil,
BMG, 1998

Tjader, C (1961-68) Jazz Round Midnight Cal Tjader, Verve - Polygram, 1996

Various artists (1956) Jazz Workshop - The Arrangers, RCA Victor BMG, 1987

Various artists (1989) Jazz Club; Guitar, Verve

Various artists (1998) The Jazz Experience; Guitar, Verve

Various artists (1992) Project G5 A Tribute To Wes Montgomery, Evidence Music

Various artists (1965) David X. Youngs Jazz Loft, Jazz Magnet Records, 2000

Woods, P (1954) Phil Woods Early Quintets, Prestige Fantasy Records, 1995

Zoller, A and Raney, J (1980) Jim and I, L+R


III. Video and Film

Abercrombie, J (undated) [video recording] John Abercrombie Teaches Jazz Guitar Improvisation

Benson, G (2001) [digital video recording] Absolutely Live: Pioneer Video

Coryell, L (1990) [video recording] Advanced Jazz Guitar, Pound Ridge, New York: Hot Licks
Productions

DeMicco, M (1993) [video recording] You Can Play Jazz Guitar, Woodstock, New York: Homespun

Diorio, J (1992) [video recording] Joe Diorio: Creative Jazz Guitar, Miami, Florida: Warner

Edwards, B (undated) [video recording] Fretboard Logic - The Companion Video to the Book: Tampa,
Florida USA, Bill Edwards Publishing

Ellis, H (undated) [video recording] Swing Jazz, Soloing and Comping, Washington: REH

Farlow, T (1990) [video recording] Jazz at the Smithsonian: Red Norvo [with Tal Farlow]: Kultur
Video

Farlow, T (1994) [video recording] The Legendary Guitar of Tal Farlow, Pound Ridge, New York:
Hot Licks Productions

Fisher, J (1997) [video recording] Beginning Jazz Guitar, Van Nuys, California: Alfred

Gambale, F (1988) [video recording] Monster Licks and Speed Picking, New York: DCI Music Video
Productions

Hall, J (undated) [video recording] Jim Hall: Master Sessions: Star Licks


261

Kessel, B (1981) [video recording] Elementary Guitar with Barney Kessel: Kultur Video

Kessel, B (undated) [video recording] Barney Kessel, Rare Performances (1962 1991):

Martino, P (1996) [video recording] Quantum Guitar - Advanced Concepts, Miami, Florida: Warner

Martino, P (undated) [video recording] Open Road: company unknown

Mehling, P (undated) [video recording] Learn To Play Django-Style Gypsy Jazz Guitar Vol. 1 & 2,
Milwaukee, Wisconsin: Hal Leonard

Methany, P (undated) [video recording] More Travels: company unknown

Methany, P (undated) [video recording] Pat Methany Group, We Live Here: company unknown

Methany, P (undated) [video recording] Pat Methany, Herbie Hancock, Jack DeJohnette and Dave
Holland in Concert: company unknown

Methany, P (undated) [video recording] Secret Story: company unknown

Mitchell, C (1994) [video recording] Guitar Method: In the Style of Van Halen: MVP

Mitchell, C (1995) [video recording] Guitar Method: In the Style of Stevie Ray Vaughan: MVP

Montgomery, W (1965) [video recording] Wes Montgomery, Belgium 1965: Vestapol Videos

Pass, J (1986) [video recording] Solo Jazz Guitar, Pound Ridge, New York: Hot Licks Productions

Pass, J (2000) [video recording] Joe Pass Jazz Lines, Miami, Florida: Warner

Pass, P (1991) [video recording] Joe Pass in Concert - Brecon Jazz Festival 1991: Vestapol Videos

Pass, P (2002) [video recording] The Genius of Joe Pass: Vestapol Videos

Remler, E (c1986[a]) [video recording] Advanced Jazz and Latin Improvisation with Emily Remler,
Pound Ridge, New York: Hot Licks Productions

Remler, E (c1986[b]) [video recording] Bebop and Swing Guitar, Pound Ridge, New York: Hot Licks
Productions

Ricker, B (director) [video recording] (1999) Jim Hall, A Life in Progress: Rhapsody Films

Scofield, J (1983) [video recording] On Improvisation, New York: DCI Music Video

Unattributed [video recording] (1989) Talmage Farlow: Rhapsody Films

Unattributed [video recording] (1992) Gypsy Guitar: Legacy of Django: Koch International

Unattributed [video recording] (2002) The Genius of Joe Pass: Vestapol Videos

Various (1998) [video recording] Great Guitars of Jazz: Vestapol Videos

Various (2002) [digital video recording] Legends of Jazz Guitar, [Vols. 1, 2 & 3]: Vestapol Videos

Various (undated) [video recording] The Abercrombie, Erskine, Mintzer, Patitucci Band:




262
IV. Computer Software

Gannon, P (2004) [computer software] Band in a Box - Macintosh version 12, Victoria, Canada: PG
Music

iTunes, Apple Macintosh audio file management software, Apple Computers, Cupertino, CA, USA

Digidesign Pro Tools LE version 7.1.2 (2006) [digital recording software] Avid Technology, Daly City
California, USA

Digidesign Music Production Toolkit (2006) [digital recording production software] Avid Technology,
Daly City California, USA

LaCie LightScribe Labeler (2005) LaCie USA, Hillsboro, Oregon, USA


V. Computer and Electrical Hardware

Digidesign, Digi 002 (2006) Avid Technology, Daly City California, USA

Macintosh G5 computer running Mac OS X 10.4.6, Apple Computers, Cupertino, CA, USA

Focusrite Liquid Mix (2006) Focusrite Audio Engineering Ltd, Bucks, UK

LaCie d2 DVDRW with LightScribe (2005) LaCie USA, Hillsboro, Oregon, USA

Behringer Ultragain Pro-8 (2005) Behringer International GmbH, Willich, Germany


263

Appendix 1: Source list of Jimmy Raney recordings

Table 1 Source list of Jimmy Raney Recordings
Track Time Main Artist Album Rec. date
Pardon My Bop 2:35 Getz/Raney Complete Studio Sessions 1
113
Oct. 25-26 1948
As I Live And I Bop 3:03 Getz/Raney Complete Studio Sessions 1 Oct. 25-26 1948
(Tr.)
114
Interlude In Be Bop 2:45 Getz/Raney Complete Studio Sessions 1 Oct. 25-26 1948
Diaper Pin 2:42 Getz/Raney Complete Studio Sessions 1 Oct. 25-26 1948
Five Star 2:53 Gray/Raney Complete Sunset April 1949
(Tr.) Sugar Hill Bop 2:31 Gray/Raney Complete Sunset April 1949
It's The Talk Of The Town 3:09 Gray/Raney Complete Sunset April 1949
In A Pinch 3:07 Gray/Raney Complete Sunset April 1949
Stan Getz Along 2:56 Getz/Raney Complete Studio Sessions 1 May 2 1949
Stan's Mood 2:42 Getz/Raney Complete Studio Sessions 1 May 2 1949
Slow 2:53 Getz/Raney Complete Studio Sessions 1 May 2 1949
Fast 3:06 Getz/Raney Complete Studio Sessions 1 May 2 1949
Skull Buster 2:27 Getz/Raney Complete Studio Sessions 1 May 5 1949
Ante Room 2:46 Getz/Raney Complete Studio Sessions 1 May 5 1949
Poop Deck 2:51 Getz/Raney Complete Studio Sessions 1 May 5 1949
Pennies From Heaven 3:22 Getz/Raney Complete Studio Sessions 1 May 5 1949
Pinch Bootle 3:03 Getz/Raney Complete Studio Sessions 1 July 28 1949
Earless Engineering 2:56 Getz/Raney Complete Studio Sessions 1 July 28 1949
Be Still, TV 3:10 Getz/Raney Complete Studio Sessions 1 July 28 1949
Short P, Not LP 3:20 Getz/Raney Complete Studio Sessions 1 July 28 1949
Pinch Bottle 3:01 Getz/Raney W. Herman's Cool Guitar 1 July 28 1949
115

Earless Engineering 2:54 Getz/Raney W. Herman's Cool Guitar 1 July 28 1949
Be Still, TV 3:09 Getz/Raney W. Herman's Cool Guitar 1 July 28 1949
Short P, Not LP 3:19 Getz/Raney W. Herman's Cool Guitar 1 July 28 1949
Krazy Kat 3:23 Artie Shaw and his orchestra 1949 1949
I Cover The Waterfront 3:18 Artie Shaw and his orchestra 1949 1949
Fred's Delight 4:12 Artie Shaw and his orchestra 1949 1949
Stardust 3:45 Artie Shaw and his orchestra 1949 1949
Aesop's Fables*
116
3:46 Artie Shaw and his orchestra 1949 1949
Orinoco 2:45 Artie Shaw and his orchestra 1949 1949
They Can't Take That Away From Me 2:57 Artie Shaw and his orchestra 1949 1949
Smooth 'n Easy 3:25 Artie Shaw and his orchestra 1949 1949
I Get A Kick Out Of You 3:31 Artie Shaw and his orchestra 1949 1949
Afro-Cubana* 3:47 Artie Shaw and his orchestra 1949 1949
So Easy 3:27 Artie Shaw and his orchestra 1949 1949
'S Wonderful 3:05 Artie Shaw and his orchestra 1949 1949
Innuendo 4:36 Artie Shaw and his orchestra 1949 1949
Similau 3:31 Artie Shaw and his orchestra 1949 1949
Carnival 3:11 Artie Shaw and his orchestra 1949 1949
Mucho De Nada 3:49 Artie Shaw and his orchestra 1949 1949
Oh, Lady Be Good* 2:56 B. Shaw/Raney 12 Classic Jazz Standards 1951
Poor Butterfly* 2:33 B. Shaw/Raney 12 Classic Jazz Standards 1951
Embraceable You* 3:05 B. Shaw/Raney 12 Classic Jazz Standards 1951
Three Little Words* 2:32 B. Shaw/Raney 12 Classic Jazz Standards 1951
I May Be Wrong* 2:21 B. Shaw/Raney 12 More Classic Jazz Standards 1951
Too Marvelous For Words* 4:38 B. Shaw/Raney 12 More Classic Jazz Standards 1951
I Cover The Waterfront* 2:54 B. Shaw/Raney 12 More Classic Jazz Standards 1951
Fine And Dandy* 1:59 B. Shaw/Raney 12 More Classic Jazz Standards 1951
Out Of Nowhere 3:06 Buddy De Franco and His Orchestra Feb. 19 1951
Dancing On The Ceiling 3:00 Buddy De Franco and His Orchestra Feb. 19 1951
Rumpus Room 2:49 Buddy De Franco and His Orchestra Feb. 19 1951
Melody Express 2:48 Getz/Raney Complete Studio Sessions 1 August 15 1951
Yvette 2:59 Getz/Raney Complete Studio Sessions 1 August 15 1951
Potter's Luck 2:42 Getz/Raney Complete Studio Sessions 1 August 15 1951
The Song Is You 2:49 Getz/Raney Complete Studio Sessions 1 August 15 1951
Wildwood 3:05 Getz/Raney Complete Studio Sessions 1 August 15 1951
Melody Express 2:47 Getz/Raney Complete Roost 3 August 15 1951
Yvette 2:58 Getz/Raney Complete Roost 3 August 15 1951
Potter's Luck 2:41 Getz/Raney Complete Roost 3 August 15 1951
The Song Is You 2:49 Getz/Raney Complete Roost 3 August 15 1951
Wildwood 3:06 Getz/Raney Complete Roost 3 August 15 1951

113
Numerals after the album name indicate which disk the track is found on of a multi disk set.
114
(Tr.) Indicates Raneys solo from this track has been transcribed for this study
115
Duplicate tracks are shown in bold italics
116
* Indicates titles/tracks that do not appear in the Lord Discography (2005)


264
Melody Express 2:48 Getz/Raney Complete Getz/Raney Quintet 2 August 15 1951
Yvette 2:58 Getz/Raney Complete Getz/Raney Quintet 2 August 15 1951
Potter's Luck 2:42 Getz/Raney Complete Getz/Raney Quintet 2 August 15 1951
The Song Is You 2:49 Getz/Raney Complete Getz/Raney Quintet 2 August 15 1951
Wildwood 3:06 Getz/Raney Complete Getz/Raney Quintet 2 August 15 1951
Budo 5:11 Getz/Raney Immortal Concerts October 28 1951
(Tr.) The Song Is You 7:06 Getz/Raney Immortal Concerts October 28 1951
Parker 51 6:06 Getz/Raney Immortal Concerts October 28 1951
Mosquito Knees 5:20 Getz/Raney Immortal Concerts October 28 1951
Thou Swell 4:25 Getz/Raney Immortal Concerts October 28 1951
Yesterdays 2:56 Getz/Raney Immortal Concerts October 28 1951
(Tr.) Jumpin' With Symphony Sid 7:24 Getz/Raney Immortal Concerts October 28 1951
Pennies From Heaven 5:03 Getz/Raney Immortal Concerts October 28 1951
Move 6:00 Getz/Raney Immortal Concerts October 28 1951
Rubberneck 4:23 Getz/Raney Immortal Concerts October 28 1951
Hershey Bar 3:29 Getz/Raney Immortal Concerts October 28 1951
Signal 5:52 Getz/Raney Immortal Concerts October 28 1951
Everything Happens To Me 3:20 Getz/Raney Immortal Concerts October 28 1951
(Tr.) The Song Is You 7:07 Getz/Raney W. Herman's Cool Guitar 1 October 28 1951
Parker 51 6:06 Getz/Raney W. Herman's Cool Guitar 1 October 28 1951
Thou Swell 4:26 Getz/Raney W. Herman's Cool Guitar 1 October 28 1951
Signal (alt) * 5:37 Getz/Raney Complete Roost 1 October 28 1951
Budo (alt)* 4:39 Getz/Raney Complete Roost 1 October 28 1951
Thou Swell 4:26 Getz/Raney Complete Roost 2 October 28 1951
(Tr.) The Song Is You 7:11 Getz/Raney Complete Roost 2 October 28 1951
Mosquito Knees 5:24 Getz/Raney Complete Roost 2 October 28 1951
Pennies From Heaven 5:09 Getz/Raney Complete Roost 2 October 28 1951
Move 6:05 Getz/Raney Complete Roost 2 October 28 1951
Parker (51) 6:09 Getz/Raney Complete Roost 2 October 28 1951
Hershey Bar 3:35 Getz/Raney Complete Roost 2 October 28 1951
Rubber Neck 4:27 Getz/Raney Complete Roost 2 October 28 1951
Signal 5:54 Getz/Raney Complete Roost 2 October 28 1951
Everything Happens To Me 3:24 Getz/Raney Complete Roost 2 October 28 1951
(Tr.) Jumpin' With Symphony Sid 7:28 Getz/Raney Complete Roost 2 October 28 1951
Yesterdays 3:01 Getz/Raney Complete Roost 2 October 28 1951
Budo 5:14 Getz/Raney Complete Roost 2 October 28 1951
Wildwood* 4:57 Getz/Raney Complete Roost 2 October 28 1951
Thou Swell 4:26 Getz/Raney Complete Getz/Raney Quintet 1 October 28 1951
(Tr.) The Song Is You 7:11 Getz/Raney Complete Getz/Raney Quintet 1 October 28 1951
Mosquito Knees 5:24 Getz/Raney Complete Getz/Raney Quintet 1 October 28 1951
Pennies From Heaven 5:10 Getz/Raney Complete Getz/Raney Quintet 1 October 28 1951
Move 6:05 Getz/Raney Complete Getz/Raney Quintet 1 October 28 1951
Parker 51 6:09 Getz/Raney Complete Getz/Raney Quintet 1 October 28 1951
Hershey Bar 3:35 Getz/Raney Complete Getz/Raney Quintet 1 October 28 1951
Rubberneck 4:27 Getz/Raney Complete Getz/Raney Quintet 1 October 28 1951
Signal 5:54 Getz/Raney Complete Getz/Raney Quintet 1 October 28 1951
Everything Happens To Me 3:24 Getz/Raney Complete Getz/Raney Quintet 1 October 28 1951
(Tr.) Jumping With Symphony Sid 7:28 Getz/Raney Complete Getz/Raney Quintet 1 October 28 1951
Yesterdays 3:01 Getz/Raney Complete Getz/Raney Quintet 1 October 28 1951
Budo 5:10 Getz/Raney Complete Getz/Raney Quintet 1 October 28 1951
Lady Be Good 2:18 De Franco/Raney and His Orchestra Feb. 27 1952
Buddy's Blues 3:21 De Franco/Raney and His Orchestra Feb. 27 1952
Gone With The Wind 2:52 De Franco/Raney and His Orchestra Feb. 27 1952
Sweet Georgia Brown 2:49 De Franco/Raney and His Orchestra Feb. 27 1952
Get Happy 2:50 De Franco/Raney and His Orchestra March 3 1952
Cairo 2:51 De Franco/Raney and His Orchestra March 3 1952
Potter's Luck 5:09 Getz/Raney Stan Getz Quintet Birdland April 5 1952
I Can't Get Started 3:01 Getz/Raney Stan Getz Quintet Birdland April 5 1952
Parker 51 5:13 Getz/Raney Stan Getz Quintet Birdland April 5 1952
Long Island Sound 7:43 Getz/Raney Stan Getz Quintet Birdland May 31 1952
(Tr.) 'Round About Midnight 3:54 Getz/Raney Stan Getz Quintet Birdland May 31 1952
Spotlite* 6:37 Getz/Raney Stan Getz Quintet Birdland May 31 1952
Yesterdays 4:35 Getz/Raney Stan Getz Quintet Birdland May 31 1952
Woody'n You 5:00 Getz/Raney Stan Getz Quintet Birdland August 9 1952
Yesterdays 3:58 Getz/Raney Stan Getz Quintet Birdland August 9 1952
The Song Is You 6:04 Getz/Raney Stan Getz Quintet Birdland August 9 1952
I Only Have Eyes For You 3:05 Getz/Raney Stan Getz Quintet Birdland August 9 1952
Move 6:18 Getz/Raney Stan Getz Quintet Birdland August 9 1952
My Old Flame 2:51 Getz/Raney Stan Getz Quintet Birdland August 16 1952
Move 5:45 Getz/Raney Stan Getz Quintet Birdland August 16 1952
I'll Remember April (incomplete) 5:53 Getz/Raney Stan Getz Quintet Birdland August 16 1952
Stella By Starlight 2:45 Getz/Raney Complete Studio Sessions 2 Dec. 12 1952
Time On My Hands 2:58 Getz/Raney Complete Studio Sessions 2 Dec. 12 1952
'Tis Autumn 3:15 Getz/Raney Complete Studio Sessions 2 Dec. 12 1952
The Way You Look Tonight 3:04 Getz/Raney Complete Studio Sessions 2 Dec. 12 1952


265
Lover Come Back To Me 2:58 Getz/Raney Complete Studio Sessions 2 Dec. 12 1952
Body And Soul 3:17 Getz/Raney Complete Studio Sessions 2 Dec. 12 1952
Stars Fell On Alabama 3:24 Getz/Raney Complete Studio Sessions 2 Dec. 12 1952
You Turned The Tables On Me 2:58 Getz/Raney Complete Studio Sessions 2 Dec. 12 1952
Stella By Starlight 2:44 Getz/Raney Complete Getz/Raney Quintet 2 Dec. 12 1952
Time On My Hands 2:58 Getz/Raney Complete Getz/Raney Quintet 2 Dec. 12 1952
'Tis Autumn 3:14 Getz/Raney Complete Getz/Raney Quintet 2 Dec. 12 1952
The Way You Look Tonight 3:03 Getz/Raney Complete Getz/Raney Quintet 2 Dec. 12 1952
Lover Come Back O Me 2:57 Getz/Raney Complete Getz/Raney Quintet 2 Dec. 12 1952
Body And Soul 3:17 Getz/Raney Complete Getz/Raney Quintet 2 Dec. 12 1952
Stars Fell On Alabama 3:23 Getz/Raney Complete Getz/Raney Quintet 2 Dec. 12 1952
You Turned The Tables On Me 2:55 Getz/Raney Complete Getz/Raney Quintet 2 Dec. 12 1952
Lullaby Of Birdland 2:25 Getz/Raney Complete Roost 3 Dec. 19 1952
Autumn Leaves 3:01 Getz/Raney Complete Roost 3 Dec. 19 1952
Autumn Leaves (alt) 3:07 Getz/Raney Complete Roost 3 Dec. 19 1952
Fools Rush In 2:27 Getz/Raney Complete Roost 3 Dec. 19 1952
Fools Rush In (alt) 2:32 Getz/Raney Complete Roost 3 Dec. 19 1952
These Foolish Things 3:01 Getz/Raney Complete Roost 3 Dec. 19 1952
Lullaby Of Birdland 2:26 Getz/Raney Complete Studio Sessions 2 Dec. 19 1952
Autumn Leaves 3:02 Getz/Raney Complete Studio Sessions 2 Dec. 19 1952
Fools Rush In 2:28 Getz/Raney Complete Studio Sessions 2 Dec. 19 1952
These Foolish Things 2:33 Getz/Raney Complete Studio Sessions 2 Dec. 19 1952
Lullaby Of Birdland 2:26 Getz/Raney Complete Getz/Raney Quintet 3 Dec. 19 1952
Autumn Leaves 3:01 Getz/Raney Complete Getz/Raney Quintet 3 Dec. 19 1952
Autumn Leaves (Alt) 3:07 Getz/Raney Complete Getz/Raney Quintet 3 Dec. 19 1952
Fools Rush In 2:27 Getz/Raney Complete Getz/Raney Quintet 3 Dec. 19 1952
Fools Rush In (Alt) 2:33 Getz/Raney Complete Getz/Raney Quintet 3 Dec. 19 1952
These Foolish Things 3:02 Getz/Raney Complete Getz/Raney Quintet 3 Dec. 19 1952
Edging Out 4:13 Charles/Raney Collaboration West Dec. 23 1952
Nocturne 2:52 Charles/Raney Collaboration West Dec. 23 1952
Composition For Four Pieces 1:35 Charles/Raney Collaboration West Dec. 23 1952
(Tr.) A Night In Tunisia 6:45 Charles/Raney Collaboration West Dec. 23 1952
Thanks For The Memory 3:20 Getz/Raney Complete Studio Sessions 2 Dec. 29 1952
How Deep is the Ocean 2:51 Getz/Raney Complete Studio Sessions 2 Dec. 29 1952
Hymn of the Orient 2:56 Getz/Raney Complete Studio Sessions 2 Dec. 29 1952
These Foolish Things 3:23 Getz/Raney Complete Studio Sessions 2 Dec. 29 1952
Thanks For The Memory 3:20 Getz/Raney Complete Getz/Raney Quintet 3 Dec 29 1952
How Deep Is The Ocean 2:51 Getz/Raney Complete Getz/Raney Quintet 3 Dec 29 1952
Hymn Of The Orient 2:56 Getz/Raney Complete Getz/Raney Quintet 3 Dec 29 1952
These Foolish Things 3:23 Getz/Raney Complete Getz/Raney Quintet 3 Dec 29 1952
Signal 5:40 Getz/Raney Complete Studio Sessions 2 April 23 1953
Lee 4:20 Getz/Raney Complete Studio Sessions 2 April 23 1953
'Round Midnight 5:21 Getz/Raney Complete Studio Sessions 2 April 23 1953
Motion
117
5:21 Getz/Raney Complete Studio Sessions 2 April 23 1953
Motion 5:22 Getz/Raney Early Stan April 23 1953
Lee 4:19 Getz/Raney Early Stan April 23 1953
Signal 5:40 Getz/Raney Early Stan April 23 1953
'Round Midnight 5:20 Getz/Raney Early Stan April 23 1953
Motion 5:21 Getz/Raney W. Herman's Cool Guitar 1 April 23 1953
Lee 4:19 Getz/Raney W. Herman's Cool Guitar 1 April 23 1953
Signal 5:39 Getz/Raney W. Herman's Cool Guitar 1 April 23 1953
Can't We Be Friends 3:28 Norvo/Raney Red Norvo Trios Sept. 14 1953
Blues For Tiny 3:27 Norvo/Raney Red Norvo Trios Sept. 14 1953
Somebody Loves Me 3:36 Norvo/Raney Red Norvo Trios Sept. 14 1953
'Deed I Do 3:08 Norvo/Raney Red Norvo Trios Sept. 14 1953
Our Love is Here to Stay 2:59 Norvo/Raney Red Norvo Trios Sept. 14 1953
Signal 3:06 Norvo/Raney Red Norvo Trios Sept. 14 1953
You Are Too Beautiful 5:17 Norvo/Raney Red Norvo Trios Sept. 14 1953
The Best Thing For You 2:55 Norvo/Raney Red Norvo Trios Sept. 14 1953
Can't We Be Friends 3:26 Norvo/Raney W. Herman's Cool Guitar 1 Sept. 14 1953
Blues For Tiny 3:23 Norvo/Raney W. Herman's Cool Guitar 1 Sept. 14 1953
Somebody Loves Me 3:34 Norvo/Raney W. Herman's Cool Guitar 2 Sept. 14 1953
'Deed I Do 3:05 Norvo/Raney W. Herman's Cool Guitar 2 Sept. 14 1953
Our Love is Here To Stay 2:58 Norvo/Raney W. Herman's Cool Guitar 2 Sept. 14 1953
Signal 3:04 Norvo/Raney W. Herman's Cool Guitar 2 Sept. 14 1953
You Are Too Beautiful 5:15 Norvo/Raney W. Herman's Cool Guitar 2 Sept. 14 1953
The Best Thing For You 2:52 Norvo/Raney W. Herman's Cool Guitar 2 Sept. 14 1953
Spring Sequence 6:12 Ralph Burns Bijou
118

119
1954/55

117
Raney recorded this tune under the title Momentum on the album of the same name in 1974.
118
Liner notes on Bijou claim 1955 as the recording date for these tracks. Lord (2005) claims 1954-55.
Tracks 1-5 were originally released as Spring Sequence and tracks 6-11 as Bijou.
119
Liner notes on the 1999 Fantasy re-release of this album credit Tal Farlow on guitar. Lord (2005)
lists Raney on these sessions. The original Leonard Feather liner notes only refer to the guitarist as


266
It Might As Well Be Spring 4:53 Ralph Burns Bijou 1954/55
Spring Is Here 3:36 Ralph Burns Bijou 1954/55
Sprang 3:58 Ralph Burns Bijou 1954/55
Echo Of Spring 3:47 Ralph Burns Bijou 1954/55
Spring In Naples 3:20 Ralph Burns Bijou 1954/55
Gina 5:12 Ralph Burns Bijou 1954/55
Autobahn Blues 3:49 Ralph Burns Bijou 1954/55
Lover, Come Back To Me 5:37 Ralph Burns Bijou 1954/55
Perpetual Motion 4:05 Ralph Burns Bijou 1954/55
Bijou 4:03 Ralph Burns Bijou 1954/55
Billie's Blues/Intro 0:20 Holiday/Raney Billie's Blues Jan. 5or23 1954
120

Billie's Blues 11:35 Holiday/Raney Billie's Blues Jan. 5or23 1954
Lover Come Back To Me 6:39 Holiday/Raney Billie's Blues Jan. 5or23 1954
Jumping For Jane 3:08 Raney/Clark Together January 13 1954
Invention 5:28 Raney/Clark Together January 13 1954
Jumping For Jane 3:06 Raney/Clark W. Herman's Cool Guitar 2 Jan. 13 1954
Invention 5:27 Raney/Clark W. Herman's Cool Guitar 2 Jan. 13 1954
Body and Soul 3:40 Jimmy Raney Visits Paris Vol. 1 Feb. 6 1954
121

Once in a While
122
4:33 Jimmy Raney Visits Paris Vol. 1 February 6 1954
Pennies from Heaven 3:19 Jimmy Raney Visits Paris Vol. 1 February 6 1954
(Tr.) Stella by Starlight 4:32 Jimmy Raney Visits Paris Vol. 1 February 6 1954
Another You
123
4:30 Jimmy Raney Visits Paris Vol. 1 February 6 1954
Yesterdays 3:03 Jimmy Raney Visits Paris Vol. 1 February 6 1954
You go to my Head 6:56 Jimmy Raney Visits Paris Vol. 1 February 6 1954
Body and Soul (alt) 3:38 Jimmy Raney Visits Paris Vol. 1 February 6 1954
Stella by starlight (alt1) 4:59 Jimmy Raney Visits Paris Vol. 1 February 6 1954
Stella by Starlight (alt2) 4:04 Jimmy Raney Visits Paris Vol. 1 February 6 1954
Another You (alt) 4:46 Jimmy Raney Visits Paris Vol. 1 February 6 1954
Yesterdays (alt) 2:47 Jimmy Raney Visits Paris Vol. 1 February 6 1954
(Tr.) Fascinating Rhythm 4:20 Jimmy Raney Visits Paris Vol. 2 Feb. 10 1954
Everything Happens To Me 4:07 Jimmy Raney Visits Paris Vol. 2 Feb. 10 1954
Someone To Watch Over Me 4:02 Jimmy Raney Visits Paris Vol. 2 Feb. 10 1954
Tres Chouette 4:32 Jimmy Raney Visits Paris Vol. 2 Feb. 10 1954
Imagination 4:40 Jimmy Raney Visits Paris Vol. 2 Feb. 10 1954
Have You Met Miss Jones 5:26 Jimmy Raney Visits Paris Vol. 2 Feb. 10 1954
What's New 4:23 Jimmy Raney Visits Paris Vol. 2 Feb. 10 1954
Love For Sale 3:03 Jimmy Raney Visits Paris Vol. 2 Feb. 10 1954
Night And Day 4:26 Jimmy Raney Visits Paris Vol. 2 Feb. 10 1954
Dinah 4:03 Jimmy Raney Visits Paris Vol. 2 Feb. 10 1954
Too Marvelous For Words 4:48 Jimmy Raney Visits Paris Vol. 2 Feb. 10 1954
Cherokee 2:36 Jimmy Raney Visits Paris Vol. 2 Feb. 10 1954
Once in a While 4:33 Raney/Clark Together Feb. 14 1954
124

Pennies From Heaven 3:18 Raney/Clark Together Feb. 14 1954
Yesterdays 3:03 Raney/Clark Together Feb. 14 1954
There Will Never Be Another You 4:29 Raney/Clark Together Feb. 14 1954
Body And Soul 3:39 Raney/Clark Together Feb. 14 1954
(Tr.) Stella By Starlight 4:31 Raney/Clark Together Feb. 14 1954
You Go To My Head 6:54 Raney/Clark Together Feb. 14 1954
Once In A While 4:30 Raney/Clark W. Herman's Cool Guitar 2 Feb. 14 1954
125

Pennies From Heaven 3:16 Raney/Clark W. Herman's Cool Guitar 2 Feb. 14 1954
Yesterdays 3:01 Raney/Clark W. Herman's Cool Guitar 2 Feb. 14 1954
There Will Never Be Another You 4:27 Raney/Clark W. Herman's Cool Guitar 2 Feb. 14 1954
Body And Soul 3:35 Raney/Clark W. Herman's Cool Guitar 2 Feb. 14 1954
(Tr.) Stella By Starlight 4:29 Raney/Clark W. Herman's Cool Guitar 3 Feb. 14 1954
You Go To My Head 6:51 Raney/Clark W. Herman's Cool Guitar 3 Feb. 14 1954
Bernie's Tune 5:32 Norvo/Raney Red Norvo Trio March 1954
J9 Hate K9 3:15 Norvo/Raney Red Norvo Trio March 1954
(Tr.) Out Of Nowhere 4:17 Norvo/Raney Red Norvo Trio March 1954

another young poll-winning musician whose name, for the usual contractual reasons, cannot be
revealed.
120
There is disagreement about this date between Feather (1988?) and Lord (2005)
121
Liner notes on Together! and Woody Hermans Herman's Cool Guitarist claim February 14 1954 as
the recording date for these tracks. Lord (2005) and liner notes on Visits Paris Vol. 1 claim February 6
1954
122
Raney does not play on this track
123
Another You is a standard abbreviation for There Will Never Be Another You
124
Liner notes on Together! and Woody Hermans Herman's Cool Guitarist claim February 14 1954 as
the recording date for these tracks. Lord (2005) and liner notes on Visits Paris Vol. 1 claim February 6
1954
125
These are the same tracks as those from Visits Paris Vol. 1 and Together! and therefore the same
discrepancy applies to the listed recording date.


267
Crazy Rhythm 4:26 Norvo/Raney Red Norvo Trio March 1954
Prelude To A Kiss 4:04 Norvo/Raney Red Norvo Trio March 1954
Puby La Keg 5:02 Norvo/Raney Red Norvo Trio March 1954
Everything I've Got Belongs To You 5:37 Norvo/Raney Red Norvo Trio March 1954
Just One Of Those Things 3:17 Norvo/Raney Red Norvo Trio March 1954
Bernie's Tune 5:32 Norvo/Raney Red Norvo Trios March 1954
J9 Hate K9 3:15 Norvo/Raney Red Norvo Trios March 1954
(Tr.) Out of Nowhere 4:16 Norvo/Raney Red Norvo Trios March 1954
Crazy Rhythm 4:26 Norvo/Raney Red Norvo Trios March 1954
Prelude to a Kiss 4:04 Norvo/Raney Red Norvo Trios March 1954
Everything I've Got (Belongs To You) 5:37 Norvo/Raney Red Norvo Trios March 1954
Just One of Those Things 3:20 Norvo/Raney Red Norvo Trios March 1954
Bernie's Tune 5:32 Norvo/Raney W. Herman's Cool Guitar 3 March 1954
J9 Hate K9 3:14 Norvo/Raney W. Herman's Cool Guitar 3 March 1954
(Tr.) Out Of Nowhere 4:15 Norvo/Raney W. Herman's Cool Guitar 3 March 1954
Crazy Rhythm 4:24 Norvo/Raney W. Herman's Cool Guitar 3 March 1954
Prelude To A Kiss 4:03 Norvo/Raney W. Herman's Cool Guitar 3 March 1954
Everything I've Got (Belongs To You) 5:35 Norvo/Raney W. Herman's Cool Guitar 3 March 1954
Just One Of Those Things 3:18 Norvo/Raney W. Herman's Cool Guitar 3 March 1954
Minor 4:34 Jimmy Raney 'A' May 28 1954
Some Other Spring 5:03 Jimmy Raney 'A' May 28 1954
Double Image 4:32 Jimmy Raney 'A' May 28 1954
On the Square 4:31 Jimmy Raney 'A' May 28 1954
Minor 4:33 Jimmy Raney W. Herman's Cool Guitar 4 May 28 1954
Some Other Spring 5:02 Jimmy Raney W. Herman's Cool Guitar 4 May 28 1954
Double Image 4:30 Jimmy Raney W. Herman's Cool Guitar 4 May 28 1954
On The Square 4:29 Jimmy Raney W. Herman's Cool Guitar 4 May 28 1954
Stella by Starlight 5:14 Woods/Raney Phil Woods - early quintets August 11 1954
Five 4:17 Woods/Raney Phil Woods - early quintets August 11 1954
Joanne 4:42 Woods/Raney Phil Woods - early quintets August 11 1954
Back and Blow 5:58 Woods/Raney Phil Woods - early quintets August 11 1954
Stella By Starlight 5:12 Woods/Raney W. Herman's Cool Guitar 3 August 11 1954
Five 4:15 Woods/Raney W. Herman's Cool Guitar 3 August 11 1954
Joanne 4:39 Woods/Raney W. Herman's Cool Guitar 3 August 11 1954
Back And Blow 5:55 Woods/Raney W. Herman's Cool Guitar 4 August 11 1954
Little Pony* 2:36 Basie/Raney Complete Roost 3 Dec. 16 1954
Easy Living* 4:20 Basie/Raney Complete Roost 3 Dec. 16 1954
Nails* 3:53 Basie/Raney Complete Roost 3 Dec. 16 1954
Spring is Here 2:55 Jimmy Raney 'A' Feb. 18 1955
One More for the Mode 3:49 Jimmy Raney 'A' Feb. 18 1955
What's New 2:46 Jimmy Raney 'A' Feb. 18 1955
Tomorrow, Fairly Cloudy 3:31 Jimmy Raney 'A' Feb. 18 1955
Spring Is Here 2:53 Jimmy Raney W. Herman's Cool Guitar 4 Feb. 18 1955
One More For The Mode 3:48 Jimmy Raney W. Herman's Cool Guitar 4 Feb. 18 1955
What's New 2:45 Jimmy Raney W. Herman's Cool Guitar 4 Feb. 18 1955
Tomorrow, Fairly Cloudy 3:28 Jimmy Raney W. Herman's Cool Guitar 4 Feb. 18 1955
A Foggy Day 4:07 Jimmy Raney 'A' March 8 1955
Someone To Watch Over Me 3:14 Jimmy Raney 'A' March 8 1955
Cross Your Heart 3:57 Jimmy Raney 'A' March 8 1955
You Don't Know What Love Is 3:39 Jimmy Raney 'A' March 8 1955
A Foggy Day 4:05 Jimmy Raney W. Herman's Cool Guitar 4 March 8 1955
Someone To Watch Over Me 3:13 Jimmy Raney W. Herman's Cool Guitar 4 March 8 1955
Cross Your Heart 3:54 Jimmy Raney W. Herman's Cool Guitar 4 March 8 1955
You Don't Know What Love Is 3:38 Jimmy Raney W. Herman's Cool Guitar 4 March 8 1955
Rocky Scotch 4:40 Brookmeyer/Raney Dual Role Of Bob Brookmeyer June 30 1955
126

Under The Lilacs 5:07 Brookmeyer/Raney Dual Role Of Bob Brookmeyer June 30 1955
They Say It's Wonderful 5:49 Brookmeyer/Raney Dual Role Of Bob Brookmeyer June 30 1955
Potrezebie 4:49 Brookmeyer/Raney Dual Role Of Bob Brookmeyer June 30 1955
Reminiscent Blues 3:14 Green/Raney Blues & Other Shades Of Green October 12 1955
Thou Swell 3:18 Green/Raney Blues & Other Shades Of Green October 12 1955
You Are Too Beautiful 4:20 Green/Raney Blues & Other Shades Of Green October 12 1955
Paradise 2:58 Green/Raney Blues & Other Shades Of Green October 12 1955
Warm Valley 2:45 Green/Raney Blues & Other Shades Of Green October 12 1955
Frankie And Johnny 1:49 Green/Raney Blues & Other Shades Of Green October 12 1955
One For Dee 2:44 Green/Raney Blues & Other Shades Of Green October 12 1955
Limehouse Blues 2:01 Green/Raney Blues & Other Shades Of Green October 12 1955
Am I Blue 3:01 Green/Raney Blues & Other Shades Of Green October 12 1955
Dirty Dan 2:42 Green/Raney Blues & Other Shades Of Green October 12 1955
It's Too Late Now 3:08 Green/Raney Blues & Other Shades Of Green October 12 1955
The Quiet Time 5:52 Charles/Raney The Teddy Charles Tentet January 6 1956
Nature Boy 6:24 Charles/Raney The Teddy Charles Tentet January 6 1956

126
www.amazon.com has the release date as January 6 1954. The date given is from Lord (2005) and
the liner notes.


268
Green Blues 4:09 Charles/Raney The Teddy Charles Tentet January 11 1956
You Go To My Head 4:27 Charles/Raney The Teddy Charles Tentet January 11 1956
Lydian-M1 4:25 Charles/Raney The Teddy Charles Tentet January 17 1956
Vibrations 6:16 Charles/Raney The Teddy Charles Tentet January 17 1956
The Emperor 8:07 Charles/Raney The Teddy Charles Tentet January 17 1956
Blues For Pablo 4:52 McKusick/Raney The Arrangers April 3 1956
Jambangle 4:05 McKusick/Raney The Arrangers April 3 1956
Two Dreams Of Soma 3:47 Jimmy Raney Raney Quintet 1954-1956 May 4 1956
Scholar's Mte 3:56 Jimmy Raney Raney Quintet 1954-1956 May 4 1956
Gone With The Wind 3:28 Jimmy Raney Raney Quintet 1954-1956 May 4 1956
Yesterdays 4:24 Jimmy Raney Raney Quintet 1954-1956 May 4 1956
So In Love 5:29 Jimmy Raney In Three Attitudes May 14 1956
Last Night 5:11 Jimmy Raney In Three Attitudes May 14 1956
Up In Quincy's Room 5:21 Jimmy Raney In Three Attitudes May 14 1956
Fanfare 3:55 Jimmy Raney In Three Attitudes May 23 1956
Passport To Pimlico 4:07 Jimmy Raney In Three Attitudes May 23 1956
Indian Summer 4:22 Jimmy Raney In Three Attitudes June 15 1956
On The Rocks 4:53 Jimmy Raney In Three Attitudes June 15 1956
Strike Up The Band 4:45 Jimmy Raney In Three Attitudes June 15 1956
Isn't It Romantic 4:09 Jimmy Raney featuring Bob Brookmeyer July 23 1956
How Long Has This Been Going On? 4:34 Jimmy Raney featuring Bob Brookmeyer July 23 1956
No Male For Me 4:22 Jimmy Raney featuring Bob Brookmeyer July 23 1956
The Flag Is Up 4:13 Jimmy Raney featuring Bob Brookmeyer July 23 1956
Get Off That Roof 4:10 Jimmy Raney featuring Bob Brookmeyer August 1 1956
Jim's Tune 4:05 Jimmy Raney featuring Bob Brookmeyer August 1 1956
Nobody Else But Me 5:01 Jimmy Raney featuring Bob Brookmeyer August 1 1956
Too Late Now 4:17 Jimmy Raney featuring Bob Brookmeyer August 1 1956
There Will Never Be Another You 15:45 Raney/Hall David X. Young's Jazz Loft 1957
Wildwood 8:40 Raney/Hall David X. Young's Jazz Loft 1957
(Tr.) Gorme Has Her Day 3:07 Sachs/Raney Clarinet and Co. March 4 1957
I Can't Believe 2:58 Sachs/Raney Clarinet and Co. March 4 1957
Hall's Loft 2:43 Sachs/Raney Clarinet and Co. March 4 1957
Nancy 3:21 Sachs/Raney Clarinet and Co. March 4 1957
Blue Duke 8:50 Burrell/Raney 2 Guitars March 5 1957
Dead Heat 4:07 Burrell/Raney 2 Guitars March 5 1957
Pivot 5:13 Burrell/Raney 2 Guitars March 5 1957
Close Your Eyes 4:50 Burrell/Raney 2 Guitars March 5 1957
Little Melonae 9:29 Burrell/Raney 2 Guitars March 5 1957
This Way 12:25 Burrell/Raney 2 Guitars March 5 1957
Out Of Nowhere 4:31 Burrell/Raney 2 Guitars March 5 1957
The Very Thought of You 3:11 Lea/Raney Lea in Love April 24 1957
I've Got My Eyes On You 2:18 Lea/Raney Lea in Love April 24 1957
Sleep Peaceful, Mr. Used-To-Be 3:20 Lea/Raney Lea in Love April 24 1957
You'd Be So Nice To Come Home To 3:24 Lea/Raney Lea in Love May 1 1957
True Love 3:00 Lea/Raney Lea in Love May 1 1957
Homage To Bartok 4:43 Jimmy Raney Strings and Swings Sept. 5 1957
Miracle On Main Street 5:01 Jimmy Raney Strings and Swings Sept. 5 1957
Pari Passu 3:52 Jimmy Raney Strings and Swings Sept. 5 1957
A La Belle Etoile 5:15 Jimmy Raney Strings and Swings Sept. 5 1957
Finale: Presto 3:59 Jimmy Raney Strings and Swings Sept. 5 1957
Arrowhead 7:00 Brookmeyer/Raney Bob Brookmeyer 1 Dec.13,16 1957
Street Swingers 6:21 Brookmeyer/Raney Bob Brookmeyer 1 Dec. 13,16 1957
Hot Buttered Noodling 6:04 Brookmeyer/Raney Bob Brookmeyer 1 Dec. 13,16 1957
Musicale Du Jour 8:50 Brookmeyer/Raney Bob Brookmeyer 1 Dec. 13,16 1957
Raney Day 5:26 Brookmeyer/Raney Bob Brookmeyer 1 Dec. 13,16 1957
Jupiter 5:06 Brookmeyer/Raney Bob Brookmeyer 1 Dec. 13,16 1957
I Found The Answer* 4:19 Mahalia Jackson Gospels, Spirituals & Hymns 1 March 11 1959
I Found The Answer* 4:11 Jackson/Hawkins To A Higher Place Mar. 11 1959
127

God Put a Rainbow In The Sky* 3:10 Mahalia Jackson Gospels, Spirituals & Hymns 2 March 11 1959
Come On Children, Let's Sing* 1:56 Mahalia Jackson Gospels, Spirituals & Hymns 1 Nov. 17 1959
You Must Be Born Again* 2:01 Mahalia Jackson Gospels, Spirituals & Hymns 1 Nov. 17 1959
The Christian's Testimony* 2:35 Mahalia Jackson Gospels, Spirituals & Hymns 2 Nov. 17 1959
If We Never Needed The Lord Before* 4:22 Mahalia Jackson Gospels, Spirituals & Hymns 2 Nov. 17 1959
Yale Blue 5:00 Charles/Raney On Campus! 1960
Whiffenpoof Song 3:28 Charles/Raney On Campus! 1960
That Old Black Magic 4:31 Charles/Raney On Campus! 1960
Nigerian Walk 3:54 Charles/Raney On Campus! 1960
Rifftide 3:29 Charles/Raney On Campus! 1960
Too Close For Comfort 6:07 Charles/Raney On Campus! 1960
These Foolish Things 4:10 Charles/Raney On Campus! 1960
Struttin' With Some Barbeque 3:48 Charles/Raney On Campus! 1960

127
This track was used as a backing and overdubbed by Tramaine Hawkins (vocals) on December 27
1993 producing a posthumous duet with Mahalia Jackson.


269
Yesterdays 5:39 Charles/Raney On Campus! 1960
How About You 2:59 Wilkins/Raney For Guitarists Only Aug. 21,23 1962
128

Darn That Dream 3:24 Wilkins/Raney For Guitarists Only Aug. 21,23 1962
Spring Is Here 3:16 Wilkins/Raney For Guitarists Only Aug. 21,23 1962
Sunday 3:21 Wilkins/Raney For Guitarists Only Aug. 21,23 1962
Just You, Just Me 3:01 Wilkins/Raney For Guitarists Only Aug. 21,23 1962
Beta Minus 1:57 Wilkins/Raney For Guitarists Only Aug. 21,23 1962
This Heart Of Mine 2:34 Wilkins/Raney For Guitarists Only Aug. 21,23 1962
Fools Rush In 3:13 Wilkins/Raney For Guitarists Only Aug. 21,23 1962
I Got It Bad 4:14 Wilkins/Raney For Guitarists Only Aug. 21,23 1962
Jupiter 2:49 Wilkins/Raney For Guitarists Only Aug. 21,23 1962
Mima 7:42 Schifrin/Raney Bossa Nova Groove November 1962
129

(Tr.) Samba Para Dos 5:32 Schifrin/Raney Bossa Nova Groove November 1962
Tel Eco Teco No2 3:31 Schifrin/Raney Bossa Nova Groove November 1962
Lolita Marie 4:57 Schifrin/Raney Bossa Nova Groove November 1962
Ceu E Mar 8:32 Schifrin/Raney Bossa Nova Groove November 1962
Whispering Bossa Nova 5:45 Schifrin/Raney Bossa Nova Groove November 1962
Hoe Down 2:53 Oliver Nelson Jazz Masters 48 Nov. 19 1962
Full Nelson 2:50 Oliver Nelson Jazz Masters 48 Nov. 19 1962
Ballad for Benny 2:37 Oliver Nelson Jazz Masters 48 Nov. 19 1962
La Bamba 7:46 Pike/Raney Carnavals
130
Dec. 12 1962
Matilda Matilda 3:59 Pike/Raney Carnavals Dec. 12 1962
Limbo Rock 2:26 Pike/Raney Carnavals Dec. 12 1962
Jamaica Farewell 4:57 Pike/Raney Carnavals Dec. 12 1962
Samba Para Dos 10:07 Schifrin/Brookmeyer Samba Para Dos February 7 1963
What Kind Of Fool Am I 3:05 Schifrin/Brookmeyer Samba Para Dos February 7 1963
I Get A Kick Out Of You 3:36 Schifrin/Brookmeyer Samba Para Dos February 7 1963
Just One Of Those Things 3:22 Schifrin/Brookmeyer Samba Para Dos February 7 1963
Time After Time 3:31 Schifrin/Brookmeyer Samba Para Dos February 7 1963
It's All Right With Me 2:32 Schifrin/Brookmeyer Samba Para Dos February 7 1963
My Funny Valentine 2:03 Schifrin/Brookmeyer Samba Para Dos February 7 1963
But Not For Me 3:05 Schifrin/Brookmeyer Samba Para Dos February 7 1963
Hold Me 2:55 Sims/Raney Two Jim's and Zoot May 11,12 1964
(Tr.) A Primera Vez 4:19 Sims/Raney Two Jim's and Zoot May 11,12 1964
Presente de Natal 3:06 Sims/Raney Two Jim's and Zoot May 11,12 1964
Morning of the Carnival 4:34 Sims/Raney Two Jim's and Zoot May 11,12 1964
Este Seu Olhar 4:35 Sims/Raney Two Jim's and Zoot May 11,12 1964
Betaminus 3:18 Sims/Raney Two Jim's and Zoot May 11,12 1964
Move It 4:25 Sims/Raney Two Jim's and Zoot May 11,12 1964
All Across the City 4:48 Sims/Raney Two Jim's and Zoot May 11,12 1964
Coisa Mais Linda 4:20 Sims/Raney Two Jim's and Zoot May 11,12 1964
How About You 3:52 Sims/Raney Two Jim's and Zoot May 11,12 1964
Spuds 11:33 Raney/Hall David X. Young's Jazz Loft April 1965
Mack the Knife 5:07 6tet of Orch USA Mack the Knife June 10 1965
131

Bilbao Song 3:49 6tet of Orch USA Mack the Knife June 10 1965
Barbara Song 5:07 6tet of Orch USA Mack the Knife June 10 1965
Pirate Jenny 3:37 6tet of Orch USA Mack the Knife June 10 1965
Mack the Knife (alt) 4:52 6tet of Orch USA Mack the Knife June 10 1965
Bilbao Song (alt) 3:47 6tet of Orch USA Mack the Knife June 10 1965
Pirate Jenny (alt) 4:25 6tet of Orch USA Mack the Knife June 10 1965
Feeling Good 3:41 Scott/Raney talkin' verve - Shirley Scott July 22 1965
Downtown 3:22 Scott/Raney talkin' verve - Shirley Scott July 21 1965
Bernie's Tune 6:23 Jimmy Raney Strings and Swings April 11 1969
Darn That Dream 4:28 Jimmy Raney Strings and Swings April 11 1969
Stella By Starlight 7:43 Jimmy Raney Strings and Swings April 11 1969
'Round Midnight 5:37 Jimmy Raney Strings and Swings April 11 1969
Momentum
132
5:00 Jimmy Raney Momentum July 21 1974
We'll Be Together 10:29 Jimmy Raney Momentum July 21 1974
The Best Thing For You Is Me 4:38 Jimmy Raney Momentum July 21 1974
Nobody Else But Me 4:36 Jimmy Raney Momentum July 21 1974
Nobody Else But Me 4:36 Various/Raney Jazz Club; Guitar July 21 1974
Autumn In New York
133
10:03 Jimmy Raney Momentum July 21 1974
Autumn In New York 9:56 Various/Raney The Jazz Experience; Guitar July 21 1974

128
For Guitarists Only features original Raney recordings with overdubbing of some guitar parts by
Jack Wilkins (guitar) on January 18 1996.
129
Liner notes recording date given but according to Lord (2005) these tracks were originally released
as a Eddie Harris album called Bossa Nova with a recording date of 1963 in Chicago.
130
Lord (2005) states that the original release of this album was called Limbo Carnival.
131
Liner notes date given. Lord (2005) has this session as June 1 1964 in New York
132
Raney previously recorded this tune under the title Motion on April 23 1953.
133
Lord (2005) names this track as Autumn Leaves but the above listing of Autumn In New York is
correct.


270
Just Friends 5:19 Jimmy Raney Momentum July 21 1974
Blues For Alice 4:32 Haig/Raney Special Brew Nov. 27 1974
Dolphin Dance 7:06 Haig/Raney Special Brew Nov.27 1974
Don't You Know I Care 6:32 Haig/Raney Special Brew Nov. 27 1974
Freedom Jazz Dance 4:41 Haig/Raney Special Brew Nov. 27 1974
Just Friends 6:01 Haig/Raney Special Brew Nov. 27 1974
Marmaduke 4:18 Haig/Raney Special Brew Nov. 27 1974
Shaw'nuff 3:47 Haig/Raney Special Brew Nov. 27 1974
We'll Be Together 6:03 Haig/Raney Special Brew Nov. 27 1974
I Remember You 8:50 Jimmy Raney Live At Bradley's 1974 1 Dec. 17 1974
Dancing On The Ceiling 9:59 Jimmy Raney Live At Bradley's 1974 1 Dec.17 1974
How About You 8:09 Jimmy Raney Live At Bradley's 1974 1 Dec.17 1974
I Love You 6:20 Jimmy Raney Live At Bradley's 1974 1 Dec.17 1974
It Could Happen To You 7:25 Jimmy Raney Live At Bradley's 1974 1 Dec.17 1974
Like Someone In Love 11:35 Jimmy Raney Live At Bradley's 1974 1 Dec.17 1974
Indiana/Donna Lee 8:33 Jimmy Raney Live At Bradley's 1974 1 Dec.17 1974
Days Of Wine And Roses 9:34 Jimmy Raney Live At Bradley's 1974 1 Dec.18 1974
Darn That Dream 7:57 Jimmy Raney Live At Bradley's 1974 2 Dec.18 1974
Billie's Bounce 8:19 Jimmy Raney Live At Bradley's 1974 2 Dec.18 1974
I Remember You ( Version #2) 9:24 Jimmy Raney Live At Bradley's 1974 2 Dec.18 1974
Body And Soul 11:57 Jimmy Raney Live At Bradley's 1974 2 Dec.18 1974
Indiana/Donna Lee (Version #2) 8:14 Jimmy Raney Live At Bradley's 1974 2 Dec.18 1974
Out Of Nowhere 8:58 Jimmy Raney Live At Bradley's 1974 2 Dec.18 1974
On Green Dolphin Street 7:40 Jimmy Raney Live At Bradley's 1974 2 Dec.18 1974
Motion 7:24 Jimmy Raney Live At Bradley's 1974 2 Dec.18 1974
I Love you 2:46 Jimmy Raney The Influence Sept. 2 1975
Body and Soul 7:53 Jimmy Raney The Influence Sept. 2 1975
(Tr.) It Could Happen to You 5:37 Jimmy Raney The Influence Sept. 2 1975
Suzanne 4:54 Jimmy Raney The Influence Sept. 2 1975
Get Out of Town 5:46 Jimmy Raney The Influence Sept. 2 1975
There Will Never be Another You 4:14 Jimmy Raney The Influence Sept. 2 1975
The End of a Love Affair 2:54 Jimmy Raney The Influence Sept. 2 1975
Dancing in the Dark 4:08 Jimmy Raney The Influence Sept. 2 1975
Just Friends 4:23 Jimmy Raney Live in Tokyo April 12-14 1976
(Tr.) How About You 5:22 Jimmy Raney Live in Tokyo April 12-14 1976
Darn That Dream 5:01 Jimmy Raney Live in Tokyo April 12-14 1976
Anthropology 4:06 Jimmy Raney Live in Tokyo April 12-14 1976
Watch What Happens 3:47 Jimmy Raney Live in Tokyo April 12-14 1976
Autumn Leaves 4:15 Jimmy Raney Live in Tokyo April 12-14 1976
Stella by Starlight 3:46 Jimmy Raney Live in Tokyo April 12-14 1976
Here's That Rainy Day 6:02 Jimmy Raney Live in Tokyo April 12-14 1976
Cherokee 5:17 Jimmy Raney Live in Tokyo April 12-14 1976
The Fugue 7:00 Jimmy Raney Solo (1977) Dec. 20 1976
New Signal 6:44 Jimmy Raney Solo (1977) Dec. 20 1976
How Deep Is The Ocean 6:56 Jimmy Raney Solo (1977) Dec. 20 1976
(Tr.) The Way You Look Tonight 4:30 Jimmy Raney Solo (1977) Dec. 20 1976
Wait Till You See Her 5:55 Jimmy Raney Solo (1977) Dec. 20 1976
Smoke Gets In Your Eyes 6:05 Jimmy Raney Solo (1977) Dec. 20 1976
Blues Variations 6:29 Jimmy Raney Solo (1977) Dec. 20 1976
Jonathan's Waltz 3:55 Jimmy/Doug Raney Stolen Moments April 19 1979
Chelsea Bridge 5:12 Jimmy/Doug Raney Stolen Moments April 19 1979
Stolen Moments 5:54 Jimmy/Doug Raney Stolen Moments April 19 1979
How My Heart Sings 4:52 Jimmy/Doug Raney Stolen Moments April 19 1979
I Should Care 6:41 Jimmy/Doug Raney Stolen Moments April 19 1979
Samba Teekens 6:10 Jimmy/Doug Raney Stolen Moments April 19 1979
Alone Together 7:01 Jimmy/Doug Raney Stolen Moments April 19 1979
Have You Met Miss Jones 4:06 Jimmy/Doug Raney Duets April 21 1979
My One and Only Love 5:26 Jimmy/Doug Raney Duets April 21 1979
Action 5:13 Jimmy/Doug Raney Duets April 21 1979
Invitation 6:35 Jimmy/Doug Raney Duets April 21 1979
It Might As Well Be Spring 5:18 Jimmy/Doug Raney Duets April 21 1979
Days of Wine and Roses 5:26 Jimmy/Doug Raney Duets April 21 1979
Oleo 4:22 Jimmy/Doug Raney Duets April 21 1979
My Funny Valentine 6:23 Jimmy/Doug Raney Duets April 21 1979
Chewish Chive And English 5:12 Jimmy Raney Here's That Raney Day July 21 1980
Back Home Again In Indiana 4:40 Jimmy Raney Here's That Raney Day July 21 1980
Au Privave 5:45 Jimmy Raney Here's That Raney Day July 21 1980
(Tr.) Scrapple From The Apple 7:10 Jimmy Raney Here's That Raney Day July 21 1980
You Don't Know What Love Is 7:34 Jimmy Raney Here's That Raney Day July 21 1980
All The Things You Are 7:32 Jimmy Raney Here's That Raney Day July 21 1980
Chasin' The Bird 7:13 Jimmy Raney Here's That Raney Day July 21 1980
Back Home Again In Indiana Take 2 5:35 Jimmy Raney Here's That Raney Day July 21 1980
Chewish Chive And English Take 3 4:32 Jimmy Raney Here's That Raney Day July 21 1980
(Tr.) What is This Thing Called Love 5:40 Jimmy Raney Raney '81 Feb. 27 1981
This is New 6:01 Jimmy Raney Raney '81 Feb. 27 1981


271
My Shining Hour 4:55 Jimmy Raney Raney '81 Feb. 27 1981
Peri's Scope 5:15 Jimmy Raney Raney '81 Feb. 27 1981
Sweet and Lovely 6:29 Jimmy Raney Raney '81 Feb. 27 1981
Chewish Chive and English Brick 4:49 Jimmy Raney Raney '81 Feb. 27 1981
If I Should Lose You 6:40 Jimmy Raney Raney '81 Feb. 27 1981
What is This Thing Called Love (alt) 5:40 Jimmy Raney Raney '81 Feb. 27 1981
Peri's Scope (alt) 5:27 Jimmy Raney Raney '81 Feb. 27 1981
My Shining Hour (alt) 5:02 Jimmy Raney Raney '81 Feb. 27 1981
Sweet and Lovely (alt) 6:32 Jimmy Raney Raney '81 Feb. 27 1981
If I Should Lose You (alt) 6:38 Jimmy Raney Raney '81 Feb. 27 1981
Chewish Chive and English Brick alt 4:48 Jimmy Raney Raney '81 Feb. 27 1981
The Song is You 5:58 Jimmy Raney The Master Feb. 16 1983
(Tr.) Billie's Bounce 6:34 Jimmy Raney The Master Feb. 16 1983
Along Came Betty 6:21 Jimmy Raney The Master Feb. 16 1983
Just One of Those Things 3:59 Jimmy Raney The Master Feb. 16 1983
It's Allright With Me 8:26 Jimmy Raney The Master Feb. 16 1983
Lament 7:59 Jimmy Raney The Master Feb. 16 1983
Tangerine 6:57 Jimmy Raney The Master Feb. 16 1983
The Song is You (take 1) 6:02 Jimmy Raney The Master Feb. 16 1983
Tangerine (take 2) 6:47 Jimmy Raney The Master Feb. 16 1983
There'll Never be Another You 5:46 Jimmy/Doug Raney Nardis March 7 1983
I Can't Get Started 10:11 Jimmy/Doug Raney Nardis March 7 1983
All God's Children Got Rhythm 6:01 Jimmy/Doug Raney Nardis March 7 1983
What's New 6:38 Jimmy/Doug Raney Nardis March 7 1983
Nardis 7:05 Jimmy/Doug Raney Nardis March 7 1983
Easy to Love 6:21 Jimmy/Doug Raney Nardis March 7 1983
Canon* 5:17 Jimmy/Doug Raney Nardis March 7 1983
Blimey 4:49 Jimmy Raney Good Company Dec. 23 1985
We'll Be Together Again 5:56 Jimmy Raney Good Company Dec. 23 1985
Lost and Found 6:40 Jimmy Raney Good Company Dec. 23 1985
Sir Felix 4:37 Jimmy Raney Good Company Dec. 23 1985
(Tr.) Instant Blue 7:01 Jimmy Raney Good Company Dec. 23 1985
Gee Baby Ain't I Good to You 4:49 Jimmy Raney Good Company Dec. 23 1985
People Will Say We're in Love 6:13 Jimmy Raney Good Company Dec. 23 1985
Lost and Found (alt) 6:24 Jimmy Raney Good Company Dec. 23 1985
We'll Be Together Again (alt) 6:29 Jimmy Raney Good Company Dec. 23 1985
Blimey (alt) 5:09 Jimmy Raney Good Company Dec. 23 1985
Sir Felix (alt) 4:35 Jimmy Raney Good Company Dec. 23 1985
People Will Say We're in Love (alt) 6:48 Jimmy Raney Good Company Dec. 23 1985
Hassan's Dream 7:19 Jimmy Raney Wisteria Dec. 30 1985
Wisteria 5:32 Jimmy Raney Wisteria Dec. 30 1985
Ovals 6:27 Jimmy Raney Wisteria Dec. 30 1985
Out of the Past 7:03 Jimmy Raney Wisteria Dec. 30 1985
(Tr.) I Could Write a Book 6:15 Jimmy Raney Wisteria Dec. 30 1985
Everything I Love 7:19 Jimmy Raney Wisteria Dec. 30 1985
All the Things You Are 7:05 Jimmy Raney Wisteria Dec. 30 1985
Long Ago and Far Away 5:08 Jimmy Raney But Beautiful Dec. 5 1990
But Beautiful 7:13 Jimmy Raney But Beautiful Dec. 5 1990
Indian Summer 5:26 Jimmy Raney But Beautiful Dec. 5 1990
(Tr.) Someone To Watch Over Me 8:44 Jimmy Raney But Beautiful Dec. 5 1990
I Get a Kick Out of You 6:38 Jimmy Raney But Beautiful Dec. 5 1990
Elergy for Ray Parker 8:05 Jimmy Raney But Beautiful Dec. 5 1990
He Loves and She Loves 7:27 Jimmy Raney But Beautiful Dec. 5 1990
The Way You Look Tonight 6:51 Jimmy Raney But Beautiful Dec. 5 1990
Long Ago and Far Away 5:21 Jimmy Raney But Beautiful Dec. 5 1990
Blues Cycle 6:57 Jimmy Raney But Beautiful Dec. 5 1990
Wes 6:11 Raney/Campbell G5 project April 6 1992
(Tr.) West Coast Blues 4:15 Raney G5 project April 6 1992
Yesterdays 6:00 Raney/Campbell G5 project April 6 1992
The End of a Love Affair 4:09 Raney G5 project April 6 1992




272

Appendix 2: Recordings from which transcriptions were made
Note: CD pockets are attached to the back fly and cover of the thesis.

CD 1 Jimmy Raney Transcriptions
134

1 Interlude In Be Bop [Complete Studio Sessions] Oct. 25-26 1948 2:45
2 Sugar Hill Bop [Wardell Gray, Complete Sunset] April 1949 2:31
3 The Song Is You [Immortal Concerts] October 28 1951 7:06
Also on:
Woody Herman's Cool Guitarist
Stan Getz, Complete Roost recordings
Complete Getz/Raney Quintet
4 Jumpin' With Symphony Sid [Immortal Concerts] October 28 1951 7:24
Also on:
Stan Getz, Complete Roost recordings
Complete Getz/Raney Quintet
5 'Round About Midnight [Stan Getz Quintet, Birdland] May 31 1952 3:54
6 A Night In Tunisia [Collaboration West] Dec. 23 1952 6:45
7 Stella by Starlight [Visits Paris Vol. 1] February 6 1954 4:32
Also on:
Together!
Woody Herman's Cool Guitarist
8 Fascinating Rhythm [Visits Paris Vol. 2] Feb. 10 1954 4:20
9 Out Of Nowhere [Red Norvo Trio] March 1954 4:17
Also on:
Red Norvo Trios
Woody Herman's Cool Guitarist
10 Gorme Has Her Day [Clarinet and Co.] March 4 1957 3:07
11 Samba Para Dos [Bossa Nova Groove] November 1962 5:32



CD 2 Jimmy Raney Transcriptions
1 A Primera Vez [Two Jim's and Zoot] May 11,12 1964 4:19
2 It Could Happen to You [The Influence] Sept. 2 1975 5:37
3 How About You [Live in Tokyo April] 12-14 1976 5:22
4 The Way You Look Tonight [Solo (1977)] Dec. 20 1976 4:30
5 Scrapple From The Apple [Here's That Raney Day] July 21 1980 7:10
6 What is This Thing Called Love [Raney '81] Feb. 27 1981 5:40
7 Billie's Bounce [The Master] Feb. 16 1983 6:34
8 Instant Blue [Good Company] Dec. 23 1985 7:01
9 I Could Write a Book [Wisteria] Dec. 30 1985 6:15
10 Someone To Watch Over Me [But Beautiful] Dec. 5 1990 8:44
11 West Coast Blues [G5 project] April 6 1992 4:15


134
The photograph used as the background for the two transcription CDs is from Mongan (1983:122)


273

Appendix 3: Recording of original compositions

CD 1 Raney Season
1 Composition One 2:56
2 Composition Two 3:48
3 Composition Three 3:40
4 Composition Four 2:41
5 Composition Five 3:17
6 Composition Six 4:21
7 Composition Seven 3:27
8 Composition Eight 3:11